TEXACO INC
10-K, 1999-03-26
PETROLEUM REFINING
Previous: TECUMSEH PRODUCTS CO, 10-K405, 1999-03-26
Next: THERMO ELECTRON CORP, PRE 14A, 1999-03-26



================================================================================

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549
                                    Form 10-K
                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998          Commission file number 1-27
                               T e x a c o   I n c .
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           Delaware                                     74-1383447
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)
   2000 Westchester Avenue
    White Plains, New York                                  10650
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (914) 253-4000


           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Name of each exchange
   Title of each class                                                      on which registered
   -------------------                                                      -------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>
Common Stock, par value $3.125                                             New York Stock Exchange
                                                                           Chicago Stock Exchange
                                                                           The Stock Exchange, London
                                                                           Antwerp and Brussels Exchanges
                                                                           Swiss Stock Exchange
Rights to Purchase  Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock       New York Stock Exchange
Cumulative  Adjustable Rate Monthly Income Preferred Shares,  Series B*    New York Stock Exchange
6 7/8%  Cumulative  Guaranteed  Monthly Income Preferred Shares, Series A* New York Stock Exchange
81/2% Notes, due February 15, 2003**                                       New York Stock Exchange
8 5/8% Debentures, due June 30, 2010**                                     New York Stock  Exchange
9% Notes,  due December 15, 1999**                                         New York Stock  Exchange
9 3/4%  Debentures,  due March 15, 2020**                                  New York Stock  Exchange
Extendible  Notes,  due June 1, 1999 (5 1/2% to June 1, 1999)**            New York Stock Exchange
Extendible  Notes, due March 1, 2000 (9.45% to March 1, 2000)**            New York Stock Exchange

<FN>
- ----------------
*  Issued by Texaco Capital LLC and the payments of dividends and payments on 
   liquidation or redemption are guaranteed by Texaco Inc.
** Issued by Texaco Capital Inc. and unconditionally guaranteed by Texaco Inc.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                   ----------
     The Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13
or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     No disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
is contained herein, and will not be contained,  to the best of the Registrant's
knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
     The  aggregate  market value of the voting common stock of Texaco Inc. held
by non-affiliates at the close of business on February 26, 1999 based on the New
York Stock Exchange  composite sales price, was  approximately  $24,946,000,000.
The market  value of the  voting  stock of Series B ESOP  Convertible  Preferred
Stock held in the Employees  Thrift Plan of Texaco Inc. at the close of business
on February 26, 1999, was approximately $762,849,000.
     As of February  26,  1999,  there were  536,018,730  outstanding  shares of
Texaco Inc. Common Stock.


                                   ----------


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                        (to the extent indicated herein)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Part of
                                                                                                Form 10-K
                                                                                                ---------
   <S>                                                                                             <C>
   Texaco Inc. Annual Report to Stockholders for the year 1998.................................    I, II
   Proxy Statement of Texaco Inc. relating to the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders..........     III 
</TABLE>

================================================================================

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Page
                                                                                     Texaco Inc.
                                                                   Texaco Inc.          1998          Texaco Inc.
                                                                      1998          Annual Report   March 16, 1999
Form 10-K Item                                                      Form 10-K      to Stockholders  Proxy Statement
- --------------                                                      ---------      ---------------  ---------------


                                                                PART I

<S>                                                               <C>          <C>                    <C>    
  1. and 2. Business and Properties
     Development and Description of Business...................     1                --               --
     Industry Review of 1998...................................    1-2               --               --
     Worldwide Operations......................................    3-20              --               --
     Additional Information Concerning Our Business............    21          38-39 and 49-50        --
     Forward-Looking Statements and
       Factors That May Affect Our Business....................   22-23              --               --
  3. Legal Proceedings.........................................    24                68               --
  4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.......    24                --               --

  Executive Officers of Texaco Inc.............................    25                --               --
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PART II

<S>                                                                <C>              <C>               <C>
  5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity
       and Related Stockholder Matters..........................   26                81               --
  6. Selected Financial Data....................................   26                78               --
  7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
       Condition and Results of Operations......................   26               24-40             --
 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.   26                76               --
  8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
                 -- Financial Statements.......................    26               41-68             --
                 -- Report of Independent Public Accountants...    26                69               --
                 -- Supplemental Oil and Gas Information.......    26               70-75             --
                 --Selected Quarterly Financial Data...........    26                77               --
  9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
      on Accounting and Financial Disclosure...................    26                --               --
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PART III

<S>                                                                <C>               <C>         <C>
10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.........    27                --          3-7 and 9-13
11. Executive Compensation.....................................    27                --           7 and 22-27
12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
      and Management...........................................    27                --             2 and 9
13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.............    27                --               7-8
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PART IV

<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>              <C>
14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K  28-29              --               --
    Report of Independent Public Accountants.......................    30                --               --
    Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts................    31                --               --
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                     PART I
                                   TEXACO INC.


Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties

                     DEVELOPMENT AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Texaco Inc. was  incorporated  in Delaware on August 26, 1926, as The Texas
Corporation.  Its name was  changed in 1941 to The Texas  Company and in 1959 to
Texaco Inc. It is the successor to a corporation  incorporated in Texas in 1902.
When we use the term  "Texaco  Inc." in this Form 10-K and in the  documents  we
have  incorporated  by  reference  into this Form 10-K,  we mean Texaco  Inc., a
Delaware corporation.  We use terms such as "Texaco," "company," "organization,"
"unit," "we," "us," "our," and "its" for convenience  only. These terms may mean
either  Texaco  Inc.  and  its   consolidated   subsidiaries  or  Texaco  Inc.'s
subsidiaries and affiliates, either individually or collectively.

     Texaco Inc. and its subsidiary  companies,  together with affiliates  owned
50% or less, represent a vertically integrated enterprise principally engaged in
the  worldwide  exploration  for and  production,  transportation,  refining and
marketing of crude oil, natural gas liquids, natural gas and petroleum products.

                             INDUSTRY REVIEW OF 1998

Introduction

     Crude oil prices  have a major  effect on our  financial  performance.  The
price of crude  oil is  determined  in the  international  market  by the  often
complex interaction of worldwide petroleum demand and supply. In 1998, crude oil
prices were driven down by several factors which  influenced  demand and supply.
These  included  economic   activity,   weather  patterns  and  actions  of  the
Organization  of Petroleum  Exporting  Countries  (OPEC).  For 1998,  West Texas
Intermediate  (WTI) crude oil prices  averaged  $14.39 per barrel,  or about 30%
below the 1997 average.

Review of 1998

     In 1998, the world  experienced a severe economic  crisis.  Global economic
growth  averaged a meager 1.6%,  significantly  below the 4% growth  recorded in
1997 and 1996.

     Economic  activity  varied widely among regions,  with many Asian countries
hit the hardest.  Japan,  the world's  second-largest  economy,  experienced its
worst  downturn in the  post-war  period,  caused by a collapse in consumer  and
investor  confidence and severe banking  problems.  Several of developing Asia's
key economies,  including Indonesia,  Hong Kong, Korea, Malaysia,  Singapore and
Thailand also plunged into recession,  crippled by a regional  financial  crisis
which began in July 1997.

     The financial  turbulence  eventually  spread to Russia and Latin  America.
Russia's economy  registered a steep decline.  In Latin America,  the heightened
financial  uncertainty  ultimately  pushed  the  large  Brazilian  economy  into
recession,  and slowed growth in other Latin American countries.  Moreover, weak
commodity  prices--attributable  in  part  to the  slowdown  in  Asia--curtailed
economic growth in other areas,  particularly the oil producing countries of the
Middle East and Africa.

     In  sharp  contrast  to  the  areas  experiencing   economic  recession  or
stagnation,  the U.S. and Western Europe enjoyed favorable economic  conditions.
U.S. growth remained robust as the economy  benefited from lower interest rates,
and Western Europe showed an improvement because of higher consumer spending.

                                       1
<PAGE>
     Economic  activity  has  a  major  effect  on  petroleum  consumption.  The
deterioration  in major portions of the global economy resulted in a substantial
reduction in oil demand growth,  which  increased by only about 400,000  barrels
per day (BPD) or 0.5% during 1998. This  represents a dramatic  slowing from the
roughly 2 million BPD growth  which  occurred  in both 1997 and 1996.  Demand in
Asia  suffered the largest  decline,  about  500,000 BPD. This was a significant
development,  since  growth in Asia had  accounted  for about  half of the total
worldwide increase in recent years. Moreover, warm weather at both the beginning
and end of 1998 constrained oil consumption in the U.S. and Western Europe.

     Crude  oil  prices  were  further  weakened  by  significant  increases  in
petroleum supplies early in 1998. Specifically:
o  OPEC countries set new, higher production  quotas in late 1997 and  proceeded
   to exceed them
o  U.N.-sanctioned crude  oil  exports  from Iraq  increased  sharply
o  Production  from  non-OPEC countries also increased.

     These actions led to a large increase in worldwide  petroleum  inventories.
By mid-1998,  OPEC,  Mexico and a few other non-OPEC  producers agreed to reduce
their  combined oil production by about 3 million BPD. Yet, in the face of lower
demand,  this attempt to improve the growing market  imbalance did not prevent a
further  slide in world oil  prices.  The market  price of WTI crude oil slipped
from an  average  of about  $16.70  per  barrel in  January to $11.30 per barrel
during  December.  In addition to lower worldwide crude oil prices,  warmer than
normal  weather  and excess  capacity  caused  natural gas prices in the U.S. to
decline almost 20%.

Near-Term Outlook

     We are  beginning  to  see  signs  of  strengthening  in the  international
petroleum  market. On March 23, 1999, OPEC announced that it would enact further
significant  cuts in crude oil  production  in order to support  higher  prices.
Together with some non-OPEC producers, the intent is to remove about two million
BPD  from  the  market.  While  world  oil  inventories  are  currently  high by
historical  standards,  a supply curtailment of this magnitude could tighten the
supply/demand balance.

     At the same time,  there are indications that the world economy may well be
stabilizing,  and  growth is likely to pick up in the  latter  part of the year.
Several economic developments seem to support this:
o    The U.S. economy remains robust, with few signs of slowing
o    Japan continues to spur its economy with massive fiscal stimulus and a 
     dramatic easing in monetary policy
o    Benefiting  from an inflow of foreign  capital and a trade  surplus,  Korea
     expects to enjoy positive growth in real Gross Domestic Product this year
o    Brazil is  continuing  to enact  fiscal  reforms required for International
     Monetary Fund support.

     As  the  world  economy  picks  up,  so too  will  growth  in  oil  demand.
Consumption  during 1999 is  expected  to rise by 800,000 BPD -about  double the
increase of last year.  This higher  demand,  balanced  against  lower  supplies
resulting from the OPEC and non-OPEC production accord, suggests a firmer market
in 1999.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                              WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS

     Our  worldwide  operations  encompass  three  main  businesses:
o Upstream (exploration  and  production)
o  Downstream   (manufacturing,   marketing  and distribution)
o Global Gas Marketing.

     In the following pages, we discuss each of these businesses, along with our
Global Gas and Power and Technology units.

UPSTREAM

     Our  upstream  results were  significantly  reduced by the lowest crude oil
prices in over 20 years.  Despite low prices,  we achieved  our key  operational
goals. In 1998:
o    Production was up some 9% over 1997
o    Exploration success was highlighted by finds in Nigeria,  Trinidad, and the
     Partitioned Neutral Zone (PNZ) between Saudi Arabia and Kuwait
o    Our  worldwide  reserve  replacement  of  166% enabled  us  to  achieve our
     highest year-end  reserve  total since 1985
o    Our finding  and  development  cost was an extremely competitive  $3.45 per
     barrel of oil equivalent (BOE).

Exploration

     The year 1998 was a very successful year in exploration, highlighted by key
discoveries in Nigeria,  Trinidad and the PNZ. In addition,  we continued to add
to our  deepwater  Gulf of Mexico  position  and added new  blocks in Angola and
Colombia. During the year, we continued to focus our exploration efforts on West
Africa, the deepwater Gulf of Mexico,  Trinidad and Colombia,  while withdrawing
from several less productive areas such as Italy, Vietnam and Thailand.

West Africa

     Our significant oil discovery in Nigeria Block OPL-216, named Agbami, could
potentially  contain  several hundred  million  barrels.  Located in the central
Niger Delta  approximately 70 miles offshore,  the discovery well was drilled in
4,700  feet  of  water  -- a  current  industry  record  for  Nigeria  -- and it
encountered 420 net feet of oil pay in multiple zones.

     In March 1999,  we and our  partner  Statoil  announced a discovery  on the
nearby block  OPL-218.  Preliminary  data  indicates the reservoirs of Block 218
(46.15%  Texaco share) could contain up to several  hundred  million  barrels of
recoverable oil.

     Our acreage  holdings in the  deepwater off Nigeria are  approximately  1.2
million acres. We are well positioned to expand reserve finds in this developing
"hot spot" for exploration.

     In Angola,  we acquired a 50% interest in Block 1, which is located west of
Texaco's  producing  Block 2/85.  Block 1, covering almost one million acres, is
the third Texaco-operated  exploration block that we acquired in Angola over the
past two years.  During 1998,  we signed a  Production  Sharing  Agreement  with
Sonangol,  Angola's  state-owned  oil company,  for Blocks 9 and 22, in which we
acquired 40% interests in 1997.

                                       3
<PAGE>

Gulf of Mexico

     We were an active  participant  in both the  Western  and  Central  Gulf of
Mexico lease sales in 1998, adding 92 new blocks to our already strong inventory
of deepwater prospects.  These blocks added slightly over 500,000 gross acres to
our total Gulf acreage.  With 2.4 million gross acres, we have the third largest
holdings in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico.

South America/Caribbean

     Texaco  Trinidad  Inc.  and  our  partner,   British  Gas,   announced  two
discoveries in Trinidad during 1998. The Dolphin Deep discovery,  located in 650
feet of water,  approximately 60 miles off Galeota Point, southeast of Trinidad,
encountered  430  feet of gas pay in  three  zones  and  tested  at a rate of 36
million cubic feet of gas per day and 370 barrels of condensate per day.

     Following on from the Dolphin Deep discovery, the partnership (Texaco share
50%) announced the Starfish  discovery late in the year. The Starfish  discovery
was drilled in 427 feet of water on the border between Blocks E and 5a. The well
encountered  501  feet  of  natural  gas  pay in  four  zones  and  tested  at a
constrained rate of 16.2 million cubic feet of natural gas per day.

     In Colombia,  Texas Petroleum Company,  together with Shell, signed two new
exploration  contracts with Ecopetrol,  Colombia's  state-owned oil company,  to
explore two large offshore blocks. Texaco and Shell each hold a 25% share in the
two blocks in which we will be the operator.  The blocks  encompass more than 12
million acres.

Partitioned Neutral Zone

     Saudi Arabian Texaco Inc., together with Kuwait Oil Company,  announced the
Humma  discovery  during 1998 (50% Texaco share).  The discovery well is located
approximately 16 miles southwest of Wafra Field in the PNZ. The well encountered
726 feet of gross crude oil pay and tested at a combined  rate of 3,400  barrels
of oil per day.

Production

     Strong  production  growth was the  highlight  for 1998 as we increased our
worldwide  production by 9% to 1.3 million  barrels of oil  equivalent  per day.
U.S.  production  accounted for some 55% of worldwide  production or 713,000 BOE
per day and was up by 5% over 1997.  International production was up by 14% over
1997 to 588,000 BOE per day.

     The worldwide  production  increase came  primarily  from the North Sea and
California.  However, there were also success stories in the PNZ, Kazakhstan and
the Gulf of Mexico.

Gulf of Mexico

     Three new fields began producing in 1998: Barite South,  Arnold and Oyster.
The Barite  South  field (60%  Texaco  share)  began  producing  in April from a
12-slot  conventional  platform  with two  wells.  Several  new wells were added
during the course of the year.  Barite  South was  followed in May by the Arnold
field (37.5% Texaco share) and the Oyster field (33.3%  Texaco  share).  Both of
these  developments  have  Marathon as a partner.  These three new  developments
helped offset production  declines in other Gulf fields,  allowing total Gulf of
Mexico production to remain as one of our strongest upstream assets.

                                       4

<PAGE>

California

     In 1998,  we had our first  full  year of  production  from the  properties
acquired from Monterey  Resources in November of 1997.  Production in California
was up by some 42,000  barrels of oil  equivalent  per day due  primarily to the
increased   production   associated  with  the  1997   acquisition.   Since  the
acquisition,  we have been  successful at reducing field operating costs by over
$1 per barrel for the acquired Monterey fields,  while increasing  production by
applying our experience in heavy-oil technology.

United Kingdom

     The U.K. sector of the North Sea provided the most significant  increase in
our production profile, accounting for some 44,000 barrels of oil equivalent per
day of increased  production.  Galley field,  located in Block 15/23a,  achieved
first  production  in March  1998.  Our 67.4%  share of the  field's  production
amounted to just under  17,000  barrels of oil  equivalent  per day for the full
year.  In  addition,  1998 saw the first full year of  production  from both the
Captain and Erskine fields.

Middle East  and Caspian Area

     In 1998, Saudi Arabian Texaco (SAT) achieved a production  increase for the
sixth consecutive year in the PNZ. Continued development of the three key fields
operated by SAT, and partner  Kuwait Oil Company,  drove our share of production
to a record 108,000 barrels of oil per day.

     In Kazakhstan,  the Karachaganak  field added new production for us in 1998
following  the signing of the  Production  Sharing  Agreement in November  1997.
Texaco (20% share),  together with partners BG, Agip and Lukoil,  saw production
limited  from the field due to  economic  constraints.  However,  the  potential
exists for significant  production increases following completion of the Caspian
Pipeline  Consortium pipeline or other equivalent outlets for crude oil from the
Karachaganak field.

     Also in  Kazakhstan,  we  acquired a 65%  operating  interest  in the North
Buzachi oil field from Nimir Petroleum  Company.  The field is located 120 miles
north of the Caspian port city of Aktau. A pilot work program will determine the
viability of developing the field.

Indonesia

     P.T. Caltex  Indonesia  (CPI), an exploration  and production  company,  is
owned 50% each by Texaco and Chevron. CPI holds a Production Sharing Contract in
Central  Sumatra through the year 2021. CPI also acts as operator in Sumatra for
seven other  petroleum  contract areas,  with 33 fields.  Exploration is pursued
through  an area  comprising  approximately  16 million  acres  with  production
established in the giant Minas and Duri fields, along with smaller fields. Gross
production  from  fields  operated by CPI for 1998 was over  760,000  barrels of
crude oil per day.

China

     During 1998,  Texaco China B.V. and ARCO China Inc.  signed a new petroleum
contract with the Chinese National  Offshore Oil Corporation to develop QHD 32-6
field,  China's second largest offshore oil field.  Discovered in 1995, QHD 32-6
is located  approximately 155 miles southeast of Beijing in Bohai Bay. The field
is located in 65 feet of water and we hold a 24.5% interest.

     Also in 1998, we signed the first  contract  with the China United  Coalbed
Methane  Corporation.  The contract will allow us to explore for coalbed methane
in two blocks  covering  2,663  square  kilometers  in China's  Anhui  Province.
Successful  exploration  will allow us to apply the  expertise we have gained in
our U.S. operations.

                                       5

<PAGE>

Reserves

     We  increased  our  worldwide  reserve  base to nearly 4.7  billion  BOE by
year-end 1998. Approximately 54% (2.5 billion BOE) of these reserves are located
in the United  States.  U.S.  reserves are up by 3% over  year-end 1997 with the
majority of the increase associated with additions in California.  International
reserves  (2.2  billion  BOE)  were  up 15%  over  year-end  1997.  The  primary
contributors to this increase were Indonesia and the PNZ.

     Excluding sales and purchases,  our 1998 reserve replacement was 166%. Over
the past three years, worldwide reserve replacement averaged 150%. Over the past
five years, our worldwide reserve replacement averaged 138%.

Capital and Exploratory Expenditures

     Our  upstream  capital  and  exploratory  expenditures  during 1998 of $2.7
billion were down slightly from 1997,  excluding the $1.4 billion acquisition of
Monterey Resources in 1997.  Texaco's  expenditures in 1998 reflect the deferral
of certain  projects due to the low-price  environment.  We spent  approximately
$1.4 billion in the U.S. and $1.3 billion internationally. Our worldwide finding
and development  costs in 1998 were a very competitive  $3.45 per BOE, down from
$3.79 in 1997. Our finding and  development  costs in 1998 were $4.41 per BOE in
the U.S. and were $2.64 per BOE internationally.

     Spending for 1999 on upstream projects is expected to be $2.3 billion. Even
in the current  low-price  environment,  we feel it is  important to continue to
prudently  allocate  capital  resources  to projects  which often have long lead
times and which will  generate  attractive  returns in the future.  However,  we
continue to carefully assess investment projects given the current and projected
industry environment.

     Development  spending  will  be  directed  towards  projects  in  the  U.S.
deepwater  Gulf of Mexico,  the U.K.  North Sea and Denmark.  Major  exploration
projects will include Nigeria, Angola and Trinidad.

                                       6
<PAGE>
              SUPPLEMENTARY EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION INFORMATION

     The following tables provide supplementary  information  concerning the oil
and gas  exploration,  development and production  activities of Texaco Inc. and
consolidated  subsidiaries,  as well as our equity in CPI, a 50%-owned affiliate
operating in Other  Eastern  Hemisphere.  Supplemental  oil and gas  information
required by Statement  of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 69,  Disclosures
About Oil and Gas Producing Activities, is incorporated herein by reference from
pages 70 through 75 of our 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.

     Reserves Reported to Other Agencies

     We provide information concerning  recoverable,  proved oil and gas reserve
quantities  to the U.S.  Department of Energy and to other  governmental  bodies
annually.  Such information is consistent with the reserve quantities  presented
in Table I, Net Proved Reserves,  beginning on page 70 of our 1998 Annual Report
to Stockholders.

     Average Sales Prices and Production Costs--Per Unit

     Information  concerning  average sales prices and production costs on a per
unit basis is  incorporated  herein by reference from page 74 of our 1998 Annual
Report to Stockholders.

     Delivery Commitments

     During  1999,  we  expect  that  our net  production  of  natural  gas will
approximate 2.3 billion cubic feet per day. This estimate is based upon our past
performance and on our assumption that such gas quantities can be produced under
operating  and economic  conditions  existing at December  31, 1998.  We did not
factor possible future changes in prices or world economic  conditions into this
estimate.  These expected production  volumes,  together with the normal related
supply   arrangements,   are  sufficient  to  meet  our   anticipated   delivery
requirements  under  contractual  arrangements.  Approximately 34% of our proved
natural gas  reserves in the U.S. as of December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996 were
covered by long-term sales  contracts.  These agreements are primarily priced at
market.

                                       7

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Oil and Gas Acreage

                                                                                       As of December 31, 1998
                                                                                  ---------------------------------
         Thousands of acres                                                       Gross                      Net
         ------------------                                                       -----                      ---
<S>                                                                               <C>                        <C>   
     Producing
         Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
              United States................................................        3,200                      1,792
              Other Western Hemisphere  ...................................          110                         53
              Europe  .....................................................          146                         53
              Other Eastern Hemisphere  ...................................          645                        156
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                  Total ...................................................        4,101                      2,054

         Equity in Affiliate...............................................          210                        105
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                              Total worldwide..............................        4,311                      2,159
                                                                                  ------                     ------
     Undeveloped
         Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
              United States................................................        8,820                      6,091
              Other Western Hemisphere  ...................................       13,948                      3,597
              Europe  .....................................................        6,690                      2,784
              Other Eastern Hemisphere.....................................       57,494                     28,663
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                  Total ...................................................       86,952                     41,135

         Equity in Affiliate...............................................        1,745                        873
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                               Total worldwide.............................       88,697                     42,008
                                                                                  ------                     ------

                           Total oil and gas acreage.......................       93,008                     44,167
                                                                                  ======                     ======

Number of Wells Capable of Producing*
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       As of December 31, 1998
                                                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                                                  Gross                      Net
                                                                                  -----                      ---
<S>                                                                               <C>                        <C>   
     Oil wells
         Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
              United States................................................       33,876                     18,033
              Other Western Hemisphere  ...................................          326                        109
              Europe  .....................................................          258                         75
              Other Eastern Hemisphere  ...................................        1,775                        652
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                  Total ...................................................       36,235                     18,869

         Equity in Affiliate...............................................        4,744                      2,372
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                               Total worldwide**...........................       40,979                     21,241
                                                                                  ======                     ======

     Gas wells
         Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
              United States................................................        7,363                      3,233
              Other Western Hemisphere  ..................................            33                         17
              Europe  .....................................................           36                         10
              Other Eastern Hemisphere  ...................................           34                          6
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                  Total ...................................................        7,466                      3,266

         Equity in Affiliate   ............................................           47                         24
                                                                                  ------                     ------
                               Total worldwide**...........................        7,513                      3,290
                                                                                  ======                     ======
<FN>
- ---------------
  * Producible well counts include active wells and wells  temporarily  shut-in.
    Consistent with general  industry  practice,  injection or service wells and
    wells shut-in that have been  identified for plugging and  abandonment  have
    been excluded from the number of wells capable of producing.
 ** Includes 140 gross and 54 net multiple  completion oil wells and 8 gross and
    6 net multiple completion gas wells.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Oil, Gas and Dry Wells Completed                                     For the years ended December 31,
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998                  1997                 1996
                                                       ----------------      ---------------        ---------------
                                                        Oil   Gas   Dry      Oil   Gas   Dry        Oil   Gas   Dry
                                                        ---   ---   ---      ---   ---   ---        ---   ---   ---
<S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C>   <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>    <C>
Net exploratory wells*
   Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
     United States.................................     14    14     26       32   22     35        29    28    29
     Other Western Hemisphere......................     --     2      2        1   --      1        --     3     1
     Europe........................................     --    --      1        4   --      1         3    --     1
     Other Eastern Hemisphere......................      4     4      2        1    3      5         1     2     2
       Total  .....................................     18    20     31       38   25     42        33    33    33
   Equity in Affiliate.............................      3    --     --        2   --     --        --    --    --
                                                     -----   ---    ---    -----  ---    ---       ---   ---   ---
         Total worldwide...........................     21    20     31       40   25     42        33    33    33

Net development wells
   Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
     United States.................................    937   106     14      883  165     23       283   191    44
     Other Western Hemisphere......................    109     3     --      107    1      3        33     8    --
     Europe.......................................      21     2     --        6    3     --         1    --     1
     Other Eastern Hemisphere......................     38    27     --       45    1     --        44    --     1
                                                     -----   ---    ---    -----  ---    ---       ---   ---   ---
       Total ......................................  1,105   138     14    1,041  170     26       361   199    46
   Equity in Affiliate.............................    271    --     --      143    1     --       259     1    --
                                                     -----   ---    ---    -----  ---    ---       ---   ---   ---
         Total worldwide...........................  1,376   138     14    1,184  171     26       620   200    46
                                                     =====   ===    ===    =====  ===    ===       ===   ===   ===
 <FN>
- ------------
*  Exploratory wells which identify oil and gas reserves,  but have not resulted
   in  recording  of  proved  reserves  pending  further  evaluation,   are  not
   considered  completed wells.  Reserves which are identified by such wells are
   included in Texaco's proved reserves when sufficient information is available
   to  make  that  determination.   This  is  particularly  applicable  to  deep
   water  exploratory  areas  which may require extended time periods to assess,
   such as the U.K. sector of the North Sea and in  the  deepwater  U.S. Gulf of
   Mexico.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additional Well Data                                                     As of December 31, 1998
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Wells in the                 Pressure Maintenance
                                                          process of          -------------------------------------
                                                          drilling                                   Projects in
                                                       --------------         Installations         the process of
                                                       Gross      Net         in operation          being installed
                                                       -----      ---         ------------          ---------------
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>              <C>                   <C>
Texaco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
   United States...................................       40       31               390                    --
   Other Western Hemisphere........................        3        2                 1                    --
   Europe..........................................        6        1                13                    --
   Other Eastern Hemisphere........................       17        6                13                     1
                                                         ---      ---               ---                   ---
     Total ........................................       66       40               417                     1
Equity in Affiliate................................        6        3                 7                    --
                                                         ---      ---               ---                   ---
       Total worldwide.............................       72       43               424                     1
                                                         ===      ===               ===                   ===
</TABLE>

                                       9

<PAGE>

DOWNSTREAM

Texaco International Marketing and Manufacturing

     Our Texaco  International  Marketing and Manufacturing (TIMM) unit conducts
business in some 60 countries  throughout Latin America,  the Caribbean,  Europe
and  West  Africa.  The  main  lines  of  business  for  this  unit are fuel and
lubricants sales, both retail and commercial, and petroleum refining.

     We are a market  leader in the Caribbean and Central and South America with
significant  fuels market  shares,  as high as 25% in most Caribbean and Central
American  countries.  One-fourth of our worldwide  lubricants sales are in Latin
America.  Our  largest  business  is in Brazil,  where sales are over 50 million
barrels  per year and our  market  share is  13.5% in  retail  fuels  and 23% in
lubricants.  In Brazil, the addition of over 200 branded retail stations in 1998
brings our total retail stations to more than 3,200.

     In the  Andean  Region,  comprising  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Panama and
Venezuela,  we have  almost  1,000  service  stations.  In  Venezuela,  which is
expected to become a major retail  market in this region,  we are  positioned to
match our growing  lubricants  market share with an expanded retail  development
program.  This should occur as soon as the timing and  economics  related to the
privatization of that sector are developed further.

     In early 1999,  our  business in Brazil and the Andean  countries  has been
impacted by economic  slowdown and currency  devaluation.  We are taking  prompt
actions, such as significant reductions in capital expenditures and expenses, to
mitigate  the effects of these  problems.  In  addition,  we are taking steps to
reduce our overall exposure.

     In the Caribbean and Central America,  we operate in 32 countries through a
network of 1,250 service  stations.  Petroleum  demand growth is projected to be
about 3% a year. In this region, we have built on our excellent market share and
presence to continue  growth by investing in areas with the greatest  potential.
We will continue to grow by aligning ourselves with suppliers,  major industrial
customers,   and  other  oil  companies  where  we  can  capture  infrastructure
efficiencies.

     We continue to maximize returns from our substantial  retail  properties by
increasing  non-fuel retail income.  One of our most successful  non-fuel retail
initiatives  has been the  development  of the Star  Mart(R)  convenience  store
brand. We now have close to 250 Star Mart  convenience  stores  throughout Latin
America and the  Caribbean.  Growth of the Star Mart concept has  paralleled the
strong growth of the regional  economies and the increase in disposable  income,
making the  convenience  store concept more appealing to the consumer.  Non-fuel
income represents a strategic growth opportunity for our international areas.

     Latin America and West Africa refined  product sales for 1998 increased 13%
as compared with 1997 sales,  reflecting the  continuing  leverage of our strong
position  in these  markets.  Our 1998 cost  containment  initiatives  have also
decreased controllable expenses by $.23 a barrel compared with 1997.

     The Latin America  manufacturing segment consists of two equity refineries,
one in Escuintla,  Guatemala,  with a crude  capacity of 16,500 barrels per day,
and the  other in Bahia  Las  Minas,  Panama,  with a crude  capacity  of 60,000
barrels per day. The refinery at Panama  refines  oils and  wholesales  finished
products for local sales,  canal sales, and export markets,  while the Guatemala
refinery supplies only internal country requirements.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     In Europe, we are in regional markets,  with our assets concentrated in the
UK,  Ireland and the  Benelux.  We also have a 50% interest in Hydro  Texaco,  a
Scandinavian  marketing  joint  venture with Norsk  Hydro,  as well as fuels and
lubricants marketing companies in Greece and Poland. We market lubricants in all
other major European countries, ranking among the top 10 lubricant marketers. We
are also the  number  one  supplier  of  lubricants  and  coolants  to  original
equipment manufacturers in Europe.

     In 1998,  the UK market  recovered  somewhat from the effects of price wars
triggered by the aggressive  growth of hypermarkets.  With the  stabilization of
margins,  we are growing our market share,  primarily through the acquisition of
dealers.  There are 286 more  Texaco-branded  retail  outlets in the UK now than
there were at the end of 1997.  Our  commercial  sales business has expanded 50%
and now shows a more  balanced  portfolio  of  end-users,  equity  distributors,
authorized  distributors,  resellers and spot sales. Our lubricants division has
made similar  progress  with a 41% increase in volume since 1997. A major factor
in this increase is that 50% of all vehicles leaving UK assembly lines are being
filled  with  Texaco  lubricants.  All of our  progress is the result of focused
strategy, organizational efficiencies, reduced costs and customer focus.

     In Ireland and the  Benelux,  we have  double-digit  market  share,  and we
continue to improve our cost  structure  to be more  effective  in these  highly
competitive markets.

     In European  manufacturing,  we have an interest in two  refineries  with a
total  capacity  for  Texaco of 308,000  barrels  per day.  We own the  Pembroke
refinery  in Wales,  UK,  which has the  largest  Fluid  Catalytic  Cracker  and
Alkylation units in Europe. It is one of the most modern and advanced refineries
in Europe with very high motor  gasoline  yields and  qualities.  This  refinery
supplies our marketing  requirements in the UK and Ireland, and also exports its
high-quality  gasoline  to other  parts of the world.  It has a highly  skilled,
talented and innovative  workforce,  which provides  competitive strength in the
areas of health and safety performance and overall plant  reliability.  Pembroke
is also well situated to economically  comply with the European Union's new fuel
specifications for the year 2000 and beyond.

     We also own a 31% interest in the  380,000-barrel-per-day  Nerefco refinery
in Rotterdam, a joint venture with British Petroleum. This refinery provides the
main supply to our  Netherlands  marketing  operations and, due to its excellent
location in Rotterdam harbor, is a key supplier to the Rotterdam fuel market and
to the German light products market.  The  consolidation of the Nerefco refinery
to one site was successfully  completed in September 1998 with the start-up of a
new 40,000 barrels per day hydrotreater.  The project was completed three months
ahead of schedule and 8% below target cost. We expect that annual  reductions of
27% in operating  expenses and 55% in maintenance  capital will result from this
project.

                                       11
<PAGE>

U.S. Downstream Alliances

     Our  U.S.   downstream   operations   include  the  operations  of  Equilon
Enterprises  LLC and  Motiva  Enterprises  LLC.  Equilon  and  Motiva own Equiva
Trading  Company,  which functions as the trading unit for both companies.  They
also own Equiva Services LLC, which provides common  financial,  administrative,
technical and other operational support to both companies.

     The combination of Equilon and Motiva is estimated to be the largest retail
gasoline  marketer in the U.S.,  having an approximate 15% share of the domestic
gasoline market.  The two companies have 10 refineries with a combined  capacity
of about  1.7  million  barrels  per day,  interests  in about  31,000  miles of
pipelines and distribute gasoline through about 23,600 retail outlets.

Equilon Enterprises LLC

     On January 1, 1998,  Equilon was formed as a joint venture  between  Texaco
and Shell.  Equilon,  which is headquartered in Houston,  Texas,  combines major
elements  of Texaco's  and Shell's  western and  midwestern  U.S.  refining  and
marketing   businesses  and  their  nationwide   transportation  and  lubricants
businesses. We own 44% and Shell owns 56% of the company.

     Equilon  refines and markets  gasoline and other  petroleum  products under
both the Texaco and Shell brand  names in all or parts of 32 states.  Equilon is
estimated  to be the  seventh  largest  refining  company  in the U.S.  with six
refineries  located in:
o Anacortes,  Washington
o Bakersfield,  California
o El Dorado,  Kansas
o Martinez,  California
o Los Angeles,  California
o Wood River, Illinois.

     Equilon owns or has interest in 66 crude oil and product  terminals.  It is
estimated  to be the  fifth  largest  retail  gasoline  marketer  in  the  U.S.,
distributing products through approximately 9,400 service stations.  Equilon has
an estimated 7.4% share of the national  gasoline  market and an estimated 14.3%
share of the gasoline market in its geographic area.

     The year 1998 was a year of organization and transition for Equilon.  About
9,000  positions in Equilon were  identified and staffed using a staff selection
process designed to fill each position with the best qualified person. There was
about a 20%  reduction  from the  previous  employee  level in areas  outside of
refinery and retail operations.

     Pursuant  to consent  agreements  with the  Federal  Trade  Commission  and
certain  state  governments,  Equilon  divested  itself  of  Shell's  Anacortes,
Washington,  refinery,  certain  marketing  assets in Southern  California,  and
pipeline  interests.  In mid-March 1999,  Equilon  completed the sale of certain
marketing assets in Hawaii.

     Equilon began early in 1998 to combine the operations of the two companies.
For example, it closed one refinery and targeted three lubricant blending plants
for closing or sale. It also eliminated numerous contract blending locations. In
transportation,  product and crude  movements  were shifted into the new Equilon
system where other  pipelines had previously  been utilized.  Sales offices were
consolidated and many offices were closed. A common  enterprise-wide  accounting
system is being developed that will replace the multitude of systems  previously
used.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     Capturing  synergies  from the  formation of Equilon was a high priority in
1998. After deducting start-up expenses associated with the new company, savings
were greater than expected.

     Equilon will implement  plans which it developed in 1998 to restructure and
strengthen its retail  marketing  system over the next several years. It began a
major initiative to improve supply chain management and to leverage the combined
strength of Equilon and Motiva in supply acquisition.

Motiva Enterprises LLC

     On July 1, 1998, we formed  Motiva as a joint  venture among Shell,  Texaco
and Saudi Refining, Inc., a corporate affiliate of Saudi Aramco. Motiva combines
Texaco's and Saudi Aramco's  interests and major elements of Shell's eastern and
Gulf Coast U.S. refining and marketing businesses.  We and Saudi Refining, Inc.,
each owns  32.5% and  Shell  owns 35% of  Motiva.  Texaco's  and Saudi  Aramco's
interests in these businesses were previously  conducted by Star  Enterprise,  a
joint-venture partnership owned 50% by Texaco and 50% by Saudi Refining, Inc.

     Motiva refines and markets gasoline and other petroleum  products under the
Shell and Texaco  brand  names in all or part of 26 states and the  District  of
Columbia,  providing product to 14,200 Shell- and Texaco-branded retail outlets.
The company  owns and  operates  610 retail  outlets--45  Shell-branded  and 565
Texaco-branded. Motiva owns and leases 2,325 retail outlets--1,705 Shell-branded
and 620  Texaco-branded -- and has 645 independent  wholesale  marketers and 400
open  retailers.  Motiva has an estimated  7.5% share of the  national  gasoline
market and an estimated 15.5% market share in its geographic area.

     Motiva is the eighth largest refiner in the U.S., capable of refining about
819,000 barrels a day. Motiva's refineries are located in:
o    Convent, Louisiana
o    Delaware City, Delaware
o    Norco, Louisiana
o    Port Arthur, Texas.

     Motiva also owns or has interests in 47 product terminals.

     In 1998, Motiva undertook actions to identify and capture  synergies.  Some
of the major synergies  captured  included the  hydrotreater  realignment at the
Convent, Louisiana refinery, a gasoline additives synergy,  consolidation of the
marketing staff and the reduction of insurance expense.

Equiva Trading Company

     Equilon  and Motiva  jointly own Equiva  Trading  Company.  Equiva  Trading
provides supply and trading services for Equilon, Motiva and other affiliates of
Texaco and Shell.  In  addition,  Equiva  Trading  conducts a large and  growing
trading  activity on behalf of Equilon.  Equiva Trading buys and sells in excess
of 7 million barrels of hydrocarbons per day in the physical markets,  making it
one of the  largest  petroleum  supply and trading  organizations  in the world.
Specific lines of business  include:  acquisition,  sales and trades of domestic
and  international  crude oil and  products;  lease  crude oil  acquisition  and
marketing; marine chartering; and, risk management support and services.

                                       13
<PAGE>

Equiva Services LLC

     Equilon and Motiva also jointly own Equiva  Services.  Equiva  Services was
established  to provide  common  services to both  Equilon  and  Motiva.  Equiva
Services provides services in areas such as brand management, retail operations,
accounting,   tax,  treasury,   information   technology,   safety,  health  and
environment.  Combining  these  common  services,  rather than having a separate
service  organization  for each company,  is one way that Equilon and Motiva are
capturing the synergies of combination despite different ownership.

Caltex Corporation

     Caltex  Corporation  (formerly  known as Caltex  Petroleum  Corporation) is
jointly  owned 50% each by Texaco and Chevron.  Caltex  operates in more than 60
countries in the Asia-Pacific  region,  Africa, the Middle East, New Zealand and
Australia.  Caltex  refines  crude oil and  markets  petroleum  and  convenience
products  through  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,  and is also  involved in
distribution, shipping, storage, marketing, supply and trading operations.

     Caltex has interests in 13 fuel refineries with equity refining capacity of
978,000  barrels  per  day.  Additionally,  it has  interests  in two  lubricant
refineries, six asphalt plants, 17 lubricating oil blending plants and more than
500 ocean  terminals  and depots.  Caltex  continues  to be a major  supplier of
refined  products  through its large  refineries  in South Korea,  Singapore and
Thailand,  where its Star  refinery is being  integrated  with the nearby  Shell
refinery. Its trading organization provides 24-hour service to the Caltex system
and to third parties that require crude oil,  feedstocks,  base oils and refined
products.

     Refining  margins in 1998 were at their lowest level in more than 10 years,
due to  worldwide  oversupply  of  capacity,  which  was  partly a result of the
economic disruption in many Asian countries.  By focusing on full utilization of
assets, cost reductions,  cost-effective  investments and initiatives to improve
efficiency  and maintain the  integrity of the refining  assets,  the  operating
performance  of Caltex'  refineries  has  continued to improve,  mitigating  the
effect of low margins to the extent possible.

     Caltex and its affiliates  maintain a strong  marketing  presence through a
network of 8,000 retail outlets,  of which 4,700 are branded as Caltex.  It also
operates over 425 Star Mart  convenience  stores.  Caltex sales of crude oil and
petroleum products were 1.5 million barrels per day in 1998.

     In 1998,  Caltex  reorganized by changing from a geographic to a functional
organizational  structure.  The new  structure  is  flatter,  and  has  improved
channels of  communication  to manage and allocate  resources more  effectively.
Additionally,  Caltex is relocating its executive  leadership  team from Dallas,
Texas, to Singapore to be closer to its main operating area.

     Caltex' business strategies are to:
     o improve the financial performance of its established business operations
     o selectively grow in emerging countries
     o increase non-fuel earnings through convenience stores
     o continue with the retail reimaging program in preferred marketing areas
     o pursue initiatives to further reduce operating expenses and boost margins
     o achieve top competitive performance in each market.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     In  addition  to the retail  initiatives,  Caltex has  created  specialized
business units that are helping Caltex' operating  companies position themselves
for larger shares of the high-growth  markets for lubricating  oils and greases,
aviation fuels, and LPG. Caltex conducts  international  crude oil and petroleum
product  logistics  and  trading  operations  from a  subsidiary  in  Singapore.
Affiliates in South Korea and Japan are active in the  petrochemicals  business.
Their  plants  convert  lower-value   refinery  output  into  products  such  as
polypropylene,   benzene  and  paraxylene,   thus  providing   Caltex  with  the
opportunity to market a wider range of higher value products.

     Caltex has been an active  participant in the Asia-Pacific  region for many
years.  This  region is  comprised  of mature  and  growth  markets.  Caltex has
followed  strategies to compete  aggressively in mature markets,  such as Japan,
Hong Kong,  Singapore,  Australia,  New Zealand and South Africa. Caltex is also
active in such developing countries as Malaysia,  Thailand,  the Philippines and
South Korea.  Caltex is also actively  pursuing  opportunities in less developed
countries where demand growth is expected to strengthen,  such as Vietnam, Laos,
Cambodia, Sri Lanka, India, and portions of Central and East Africa.

     Caltex  refines,  markets,  transports and trades crude oil and products in
the Middle East and eastern and South Africa.  In South Africa,  Caltex has been
the brand  leader in  gasoline  sales for many years,  with about  1,100  retail
outlets. Caltex operates a wholly-owned 112,000 BPD refinery in Capetown.

GLOBAL GAS MARKETING

     Texaco  Natural Gas - North America (TNG) is a fully  integrated  midstream
organization  that  offers a wide range of  services  including  gas  gathering,
processing,  transportation,  storage, sales and purchases,  and risk management
for natural gas and natural gas  liquids.  TNG's  primary  objective  is to grow
shareholder  worth by extracting  value across the entire  energy  value-chain -
from the wellhead to the burner tip.

     The majority of TNG's  assets are  strategically  located in the U.S.  Gulf
Coast area. TNG owns and operates one of the largest producer-owned gas pipeline
systems in the U.S.  consisting  of more than  1,600  miles of pipe with over 50
interconnects to other intrastate and interstate  pipelines.  The system is made
up  of  three  pipeline  companies:  Sabine  Pipeline  Company,  Bridgeline  Gas
Distribution LLC, and Discovery Gas Transmission LLC.

     Sabine  Pipeline  features an open-access  interstate  natural gas pipeline
that extends from Port Arthur,  Texas,  to the Henry Hub near Erath,  Louisiana.
The Henry Hub is the official  delivery  mechanism  for the New York  Mercantile
Exchange's natural gas futures contracts.  This is due in large part to Sabine's
reputation for service, flexibility and reliability.

     Bridgeline  Gas  Distribution  LLC is an  intrastate  pipeline  system that
extends  across South  Louisiana  from Lake  Charles to New Orleans.  Bridgeline
connects  distribution  companies,  electric  utilities,  and over 60 industrial
end-users and satisfies more than 34% of Louisiana's  natural gas demand through
sales,  transportation,  and  storage  services.  It also  connects  to 10 major
interstate and four intrastate  pipelines in the region,  providing  open-access
transportation  and storage  services.  Bridgeline  access allows  customers the
flexibility  to take their gas to the  highest  value  markets.  Attached to the
Bridgeline system is a natural gas storage cavern with over 3 billion cubic feet
of working  capacity.  Bridgeline's  Sorrento  Storage Facility acts as a "shock
absorber" in the Gulf Coast to help balance  supply and demand,  enabling TNG to
meet a variety of  customers'  needs on short  notice.  An  additional 3 billion
cubic feet of working capacity will be available for lease beginning in 2000.

                                       15
<PAGE>

     The recent  start-up of Discovery  Gas  Transmission,  a major  natural gas
gathering  and  transmission  pipeline  in the  offshore  waters  of the Gulf of
Mexico,  will allow us to add significant value from this core area in the Gulf.
The  30-inch  pipeline  stretches  for 105  miles  into the Gulf  with  numerous
laterals  to  deepwater  drilling  fields and  provides  crucial  capacity  to a
currently under-served area. The project also includes a gas processing plant in
Larose, Louisiana, giving Gulf Coast producers a convenient means for gathering,
processing,  and  transporting  their gas to market.  In addition,  Discovery is
installing  a  42,000-barrel-a-day  fractionator  at the site of our Paradis gas
processing  plants.  We hold a one-third  ownership  interest  in the  Discovery
affiliate, with the Williams Companies and British-Borneo.

     In addition to the Larose gas processing  plant,  TNG operates five natural
gas processing plants located in South Louisiana, which have a combined capacity
of 1.2 billion cubic feet a day. TNG also has an ownership interest in six other
plants.  These  assets  strategically  position  TNG to  take  advantage  of the
significant  influx of natural gas, which we expect from deepwater  developments
in the Gulf of Mexico.

     TNG also has  substantial  natural gas liquid  (NGL) assets in the state of
Louisiana.  Texaco Expanded NGL  Distribution  System (TENDS) is currently being
constructed  to further  leverage our strategic  position in South  Louisiana to
take  advantage of the  increasing  volumes of rich gas coming on shore over the
next few  years  from  deepwater  developments.  This  system  integrates  newly
constructed and purchased  pipelines with our existing assets.  The result is an
integrated  bi-directional  natural  gas  liquid  pipeline,  fractionation,  and
underground  storage system with a combined  pipeline length of about 500 miles,
extending  from Lake  Charles to  Alliance,  Louisiana.  The TENDS  project  has
already  provided a  platform  for  expansion  of our  Louisiana  infrastructure
through numerous new connections and opportunities.  One example is the recently
announced  joint venture with Dynegy Inc. to combine  certain  pipeline  assets.
These  combined  assets  will  provide  the  first  avenue  to move  NGLs from a
saturated  market in Louisiana to Mont  Belvieu,  Texas,  290 miles to the west,
thus allowing producers to receive higher value for their products.

     The NGL Marketing  Group  transports and markets NGLs throughout the world,
although its primary  focus is in North  America.  With sales  averaging  nearly
400,000  barrels  a day,  TNG is one of the  largest  marketers  of  NGLs in the
industry.  Marketing  of propane to  wholesale  customers in the U.S. has been a
large contributor to the bottom line of this business for many years.

     In Ferndale,  Washington,  the NGL Marketing Group operates the largest NGL
export  terminal on the West Coast.  This facility  includes  750,000 barrels of
storage  for  butane and  propane.  Drawing  on  product  from  Canada and local
refineries,  this terminal  provides  strategic access to markets in the Pacific
Rim.

     The NGL  Marketing  Group  markets 3.8 billion cubic feet per day of equity
and third party gas to major North American utilities, industrial customers, and
other marketing/trading  companies. TNG ensures that Texaco receives the highest
netback price for its equity  production as well as making sure that the gas can
flow. This unit provides  customized and comprehensive risk management and other
financial tools to enable  customers and suppliers to structure deals consistent
with their  specialized  needs. TNG also leases natural gas storage in strategic
locations  to take  advantage of price  arbitrage  as well as handle  production
fluctuations. Further, TNG provides fuels management services to a number of the
cogeneration partnerships in which we have interests.

     Internationally,  we exited our UK wholesale gas marketing business in late
1998.  Also,  during  March  1999,  we  completed  the sale of our UK retail gas
marketing business.

                                       16

<PAGE>

GLOBAL GAS AND POWER

     Our Texaco Global Gas & Power unit develops,  designs, markets,  engineers,
finances,   owns  and  operates  cogeneration,   private  power  and  integrated
combined-cycle  (IGCC)  projects for the electric  power,  refining and chemical
industries  worldwide.  We can  leverage  our  expertise in all aspects of fuels
management and power project development and operation to bring forward projects
utilizing a wide array of fuels.

Gasification

   Our gasification  technology converts hydrocarbon feedstocks into a synthesis
gas (syngas) that is comprised of hydrogen and carbon  monoxide.  The syngas can
be used as a feedstock
for other chemical  processes or as a fuel to a gas turbine to produce power. We
license this technology,  develop and own power and chemical  projects using the
technology, and operate gasification facilities.

   Recognized  as a world leader in  gasification  technology,  our  proprietary
Texaco  Gasification  Process (TGP) is in operation or under  construction at 68
plants in the refining,  chemical and power generation sectors worldwide. Syngas
production at these facilities  exceeds 5.1 billion standard cubic feet per day.
TGP projects that have recently been, or are soon to be, completed include:

o    In Florida, Tampa Electric Company is licensing our IGCC technology for its
     250-megawatt coal-fired power plant.

o    In China,  there are currently nine TGP plants in operation and three under
     construction,  each producing syngas for chemical production. TGP's success
     in China has led to the signing of a multi-plant agreement with Sinopec and
     the former  Ministry of Chemical  Industry to retrofit an  additional  nine
     plants that are currently using competitive technology.

o    The $350 million  Delaware  Clean Power  Project at Motiva's  Delaware City
     Refinery will use TGP in the world's  cleanest  process for producing power
     (steam and electricity) from petroleum coke.

o    Three  Italian  refineries  are  constructing large, world-class IGCC power
     plants  (we have  taken a 24% equity  interest  in one of them).  These TGP
     units will  enable the  refineries  to convert  high-sulfur  residues  into
     higher-value products such as hydrogen, electricity and steam that are used
     within the  refineries or sold, if surplus to the  refineries'  needs.  TGP
     will provide these refineries with wider  flexibility with respect to crude
     selection,   which  can  provide  substantial   financial  savings,   while
     minimizing wastes at these plants.

o    In countries  around the world,  TGP is proving to be an ideal solution for
     the  beneficial  use of  many  waste  materials  and a  significantly  more
     attractive option than incineration or landfilling.

Power Generation

     Our power business includes  conventional power generation and cogeneration
of power and steam from a single facility.  We also develop,  operate and invest
in power projects.

     Cogeneration  is a process that  produces two useful forms of energy from a
single fuel, such as natural gas. The energy  products are thermal energy,  such
as steam,  and electric power.  Whether applied in a refinery or to steamflood a
heavy oil field,  cogeneration boosts profitability by improving efficiency.  In
the narrower context of producing oil, cogeneration is the most efficient way to
generate the steam required for steamflooding.

                                       17
<PAGE>

     To date, our largest U.S.  cogeneration  operations have burned natural gas
to produce heat for  steamflooding  our Kern River oil field in California while
simultaneously  generating  electricity.  We are now  adding  to the  list of 10
cogeneration facilities we presently operate with our partners in the U.S. These
facilities,  in combination,  produce enough  electricity to power more than one
million homes.  Including projects under construction or development in which we
have an equity share, our cogeneration  portfolio  exceeds 2,000 megawatts.  The
new projects  include:

o    San Pascual Cogeneration, a 50-50 joint venture with Edison Mission Energy,
     will build the  largest  cogeneration  plant in the  Philippines.  The $400
     million,  304-megawatt  facility  will supply  steam to an adjacent  Caltex
     refinery and an industrial  complex owned by United Coconut Chemicals Inc.,
     and sell electricity to a Philippine utility company.

o    P.T.  Caltex  Pacific  Indonesia,  our joint  venture with  Chevron,  and a
     private partner are building the largest  cogeneration plant of its kind in
     Indonesia. The $190 million, 300-megawatt gas-fired plant will supply power
     and steam for use in  steamflooding  the Duri field in Indonesia's  Central
     Sumatra.

     Through our  gasification  and  cogeneration  businesses,  we are currently
involved in power  projects,  either  directly or indirectly,  that will produce
over 8,200 megawatts of power.

International Marketing & Business Development

     Our International  Marketing & Business  Development division was formed in
1996 to pursue natural gas related  opportunities in emerging markets throughout
the world. Initially,  the division focused its activities around equity gas and
the need for viable commercialization  solutions. While the original mission has
not changed, it has broadened to include the pursuit of midstream and downstream
market-driven gas and power initiatives.

     Three  strategies  provide a basis for the pursuit of energy  opportunities
around  the  globe.  First  and  foremost  is the  desire to  commercialize  and
successfully  market our equity gas reserves.  Areas of focus include  Colombia,
Kazakhstan,  Angola, Trinidad,  Venezuela,  Poland and Australia.  Since many of
these  reserves  are in remote  locations,  our  challenge  is to  maximize  the
profitability of the gas, through  pipeline  transportation,  electric power, or
enhanced gas processing technology.

     Highlights  from 1998  include our  completion  of a study to  determine an
alternative to flaring Nigerian gas reserves. We also finalized fully integrated
gas and power business plans for our reserves in Colombia and Trinidad.

     Our second strategy is to apply combined midstream  expertise to create new
market  outlets for natural gas and electric  power.  Key  targeted  markets are
Brazil,  Southeast Asia,  Mexico and Saudi Arabia.  In 1998, we and our partners
were awarded a competitive  bid to build,  own and operate a 240-megawatt  power
plant in northeast Brazil.

     Our final  strategy  is to deliver and  enhance  gas-related  technologies,
specifically  gas-to- liquids technology,  to increase value to the corporation.
To do so, we have undertaken the strategic  initiative to  commercialize  remote
gas reserves as well as add value to heavy oil producing and refining operations
through  deployment of  Fisher-Tropsch  technology.  In 1998, a significant  and
exclusive  licensing  agreement was executed with Rentech Inc., which will allow
us to produce environmentally friendly transportation fuels and supply specialty
petroleum   products.   Additionally,   the  Rentech   agreement   creates  more
opportunities for commercial deployment of our gasification process.

     In a low-price crude oil  environment,  our  gas-to-liquids  strategy is to
promote commercial deployment of the best technology options through cooperative
efforts with the other  technology  companies.  Potential  areas for  commercial
deployment  include  Latin  America,  the West Coast of Africa,  Eurasia and the
Middle East.

                                       18

<PAGE>

TECHNOLOGY

     Technology  is changing  our industry -- and we are leading this change and
capturing  greater value.  Below are a few key examples of how we are leveraging
our technologies to create increased value.

Three-Dimensional Visualization

     In 1998, we used our industry-leading  three-dimensional (3D) visualization
seismic technology to help us make a major discovery offshore Nigeria.  The same
technology  enabled us to reduce  the cycle time for this well to  approximately
1.5 years  from  lease  awarding  to  discovery.  Separately,  we found a way to
leverage our 3D technology  to manage heat in steamflood  operations to increase
production  while reducing costs. In the Kern River oil field in California,  we
expect that this  technology  application  will lead to  increased  reserves and
higher  value for us.  The same  technology  is  planned  for our Duri  Field in
Indonesia.  We  have  expanded  this  competitive  advantage  and now  have  two
specially built centers in Bakersfield,  California, and Bellaire, Texas. We are
also building two other centers in Rumbai and Duri, Indonesia.

Texaco Energy and Environmental Multispectral Imaging Spectrometer (TEEMS)

     TEEMS is an  airborne,  hyperspectral  sensor  with unique  capability  for
identification  and mapping of substances on the ground,  including  natural oil
seeps, soil types,  vegetation types,  rock types,  minerals,  soil moisture and
water   quality.   We  couple  the  optical   system  with  imaging   radar  for
high-resolution  mapping of surface  structure  and surface  texture.  The TEEMS
system  is  installed  in a  twin-engine  aircraft  with  worldwide  operational
capability.  The result is a world leading  capability for our  exploration  and
environmental business needs.

     Surface  structure  mapping with TEEMS  provides  insights into  subsurface
geometry,  allowing  rapid  structural  highgrading  of  prospective  trends and
efficient  seismic  program  planning.  A  major  driving  force  behind  TEEMS'
development,  now a proven  capability,  is the system's  ability to detect very
minor  concentrations  of natural  hydrocarbons  disseminated in rock, soil, and
vegetation.   Such  natural  "microseeps,"   invisible  to  the  human  eye  and
undetectable by any other known remote sensing system, are valuable clues to the
location  of oil  and  gas  reservoirs.  In  environmental  applications,  TEEMS
provides   unparalleled   detail  about  surface   conditions  for  establishing
environmental   baselines,   monitoring  production  operations,   and  managing
pipelines.

     We have  completed  two  projects  using  TEEMS  in 1998  -- the  first  in
Colombia,  the second in the PNZ. In Colombia,  the use of TEEMS resulted in $28
million cost savings.  In the PNZ, we used TEEMS data to identify and high-grade
exploration leads and to plan our seismic programs.

     TEEMS also is proving to be a highly  effective  "technology  currency"  in
establishing us as a preferred  partner,  as we seek new upstream  relationships
and business opportunities. Governments view TEEMS as a very valuable technology
available  only  from  Texaco.  Potential  industry  partners  view  TEEMS  as a
mechanism  for  cost  savings  and  as  a  competitive   advantage  in  defining
prospective trends.

                                       19
<PAGE>

Vertical Cable Seismic Technology

     Adapting a technology that has its roots in submarine tracking systems used
during  the Cold War,  we are  using  our  proprietary  vertical  cable  seismic
technology to find  hydrocarbons and cut our field  development costs in complex
geological  formations  from the North Sea to the Gulf of Mexico.  The data from
these  formations  can be translated  into 3D images that are much more accurate
than those derived from the best conventional techniques. The collection of this
data is also  cheaper  than  competing  technologies.  In fact,  vertical  cable
technology is currently  enabling us to develop a field with the potential of 70
million to 100 million  barrels in the  deepwater  Gulf of Mexico that would not
have  been  identified  with the best  alternative  seismic  technology.  As the
application of this technology evolves, we will continue to increase our chances
of finding  hydrocarbons,  use people and equipment more  effectively and reduce
costs of field development.

Multilateral Drilling

     Our involvement in the MoBpTeCh (Mobil, BP, Texaco and Chevron) Cooperative
is yielding major advances in multilateral drilling opportunities,  which we are
applying in offshore West Africa.  Multilateral  drilling  enables us to extract
oil and gas from all levels of a multiple  reservoir,  boosting  our  production
while drilling fewer holes and reducing costs and risks. Through  collaborations
such as MoBpTeCh, we are able to solve very formidable technological problems at
a reduced cost and share scarce, high-quality resources.

Technology Leadership Recognition

     Our technology  programs received two prestigious  awards in the past year.
The first  recognized  our  leadership  in the  formation  and  operation of the
DeepStar  Consortium.  This consortium has participants  from all major offshore
upstream  companies and service  organizations.  The  collaboration  provided by
DeepStar has led to a fundamental understanding of the impediments to fluid flow
and the effects of temperature on the process of moving oil from subsea wells to
a processing  platform many miles away in more shallow water. This understanding
not only accelerates the development of Gulf of Mexico opportunities, but can be
applied to  deepwater  prospects  in the waters  off Great  Britain,  Brazil and
Nigeria.  Texaco's team is being recognized by the offshore industry at the next
Offshore Technology Conference.

     For the second award,  our  creativity and  innovation  were  recognized by
Harts  Publications.  We  received  this  recognition  for the  development  and
application of unique  technologies that improve the economics of oil production
by reducing the  production  of  associated  water.  We developed  and applied a
system that  separates  the oil and water in the  wellbore  and  disposes of the
water before it reaches the surface. Simultaneously,  it produces the oil to the
surface,  thereby  reducing the treating and handling  expenses.  The results to
date have  improved  our  profitability  and  provided us with an  environmental
advantage.

Technology at Work in the Downstream

     Our commitment to advances in our downstream business is exemplified by the
success of our extended-life  motor-vehicle coolants.  These products, which our
scientists   formulated  from  mixtures  of  carboxylic  acids,  have  increased
protection  capability for  heavy-duty  vehicles by up to 600,000 miles and keep
cars going  strong  for at least  150,000  miles  without a change.  Today,  our
extended-life coolants are in new cars built by General Motors in the U.S., Ford
and Renault in Europe, and in Caterpillar heavy-duty engines worldwide.

                                       20

<PAGE>

                 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR BUSINESS

Research Expenditures

     Worldwide   expenditures  of  Texaco  Inc.  and  subsidiary  companies  for
research,  development  and technical  support  amounted to  approximately  $138
million in 1998, $147 million in 1997 and $139 million in 1996.

Environmental Expenditures

     Information regarding capital environmental expenditures of Texaco Inc. and
subsidiary  companies,   including  equity  in  affiliates,   during  1998,  and
projections  for 1999 and  2000,  for  air,  water  and  solid  waste  pollution
abatement,  and related environmental  projects and facilities,  is incorporated
herein by reference  from pages 38 and 39 of Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to
Stockholders.

Employees

     The number of  employees  of Texaco Inc.  and  subsidiary  companies  as of
December 31, 1998 totaled 24,628 and, as of December 31, 1997 totaled 29,313.

     In January 1998,  approximately  4,300  employees,  mostly service  station
employees, were transferred to Equilon (see page 12). Further, during the second
quarter of 1999,  we expect to transfer to Equilon  about  4,100  operating  and
support employees.

Sales to Significant Affiliates

     Sales by Texaco Inc. and  subsidiary  companies to  significant  affiliates
totaled  $4,169  million in 1998,  $3,633  million in 1997 and $3,867 million in
1996.

Geographical Financial Data

     Information  regarding  geographical  financial  data of  Texaco  Inc.  and
subsidiary companies appears in Note 1, Segment Information,  on pages 49 and 50
of Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Incorporation by Reference

     We have incorporated some data and information appearing in our 1998 Annual
Report to Stockholders  into Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 14 of this Form 10-K.
No  other  data  and  information  in  our  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is
incorporated  by reference into, or filed as part of, this Annual Report on Form
10-K.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                         FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND
                      FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS

     This Form 10-K may contain or incorporate  by reference to other  documents
"forward-looking  statements"  that  are  based  on  our  current  expectations,
estimates,  projections,  beliefs  and  assumptions  about our  company  and the
industries in which we operate.  We use words such as "expects,"  "anticipates,"
"intends,"   "plans,"   "believes,"   "estimates,"   "potential,"   and  similar
expressions  to identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 protects us from  liability in private  actions under the
Securities  Act based on  "forward-looking  statements"  which later prove to be
inaccurate.  We  have  based  our  forward-looking  statements  on a  number  of
assumptions,  any or all of which could  ultimately  prove to be inaccurate.  We
cannot  predict  with any  certainty  the  overall  effect of  changes  in these
assumptions  on our business.  Following are some of the important  factors that
could change these assumptions and that could adversely affect our business:

     Business Risks
o    incorrect estimation of reserves
o    inaccurate seismic data
o    mechanical failures
o    decreased demand for motor fuels, natural gas and other products
o    above-average temperatures
o    pipeline failures
o    oil spills
o    worldwide and industry economic conditions
o    inaccurate forecasts of crude oil, natural gas and petroleum product prices
o    increasing price and product competition
o    higher costs, expenses and interest rates
o    the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings
o    continued availability of financing
o    strikes and other industrial disputes.

     Laws, Regulations and Legislation. In the U.S. and other countries in which
we operate,  various laws and regulations that affect the petroleum industry are
either now in force, in standby status or under consideration, dealing with such
matters  as:
o    production  restrictions
o    import and  export  controls
o    price controls
o    crude  oil  and  refined  product  allocations
o    refined  product specifications
o    environmental,  health and safety regulations
o    retroactive and prospective  tax increases
o    cancellation  of contract rights and concessions by host  governments
o    expropriation  of property
o    divestiture  of operations
o    foreign  exchange  rate  changes  and  restrictions as to convertibility of
     currencies
o    tariffs and other international trade restrictions.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     Year 2000 Compliance. Factors that could affect our ability to be Year 2000
compliant by the end of 1999, include:
o    the failure of our customers,  suppliers,  governmental entities and others
     to achieve  compliance and the inaccuracy of  certifications  received from
     them
o    our inability to identify and remediate every possible problem
o    a shortage of necessary programmers, hardware and software.

     Euro Conversion.  Factors that could alter the financial impact of our euro
conversion   include:
o    changes in current  governmental  regulations and  interpretations  of such
     regulations
o    unanticipated implementation costs
o    the effect of the euro conversion on product prices and margins.

     We have no obligation to publicly  update our  forward-looking  statements,
whether they become inaccurate as a result of new information,  future events or
otherwise.

                                       23
<PAGE>

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

     Litigation--We  have provided  information about legal proceedings  pending
against  Texaco Inc.  and  subsidiary  companies  in Note 16,  "Other  Financial
Information,  Commitments and Contingencies - Litigation" on page 68 of our 1998
Annual Report to Stockholders. Note 16 is incorporated here by reference.

     The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  requires  us to report
proceedings  that were instituted or  contemplated  by governmental  authorities
against  us  under  laws  or  regulations  relating  to  the  protection  of the
environment.  None of these proceedings is material to our business or financial
condition.  Following  is a brief  description  of those  proceedings  that were
either  pending as of December 31, 1998, or settled during the fourth quarter of
1998.

o    On June 9, 1992, the U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency ("EPA"),  Region
     VI, served an administrative  complaint on Texaco Chemical Company ("TCC").
     The complaint  alleges that TCC violated the State  Implementation  Plan at
     its Port Neches,  Texas chemical plant. We sold TCC to Huntsman Corporation
     on April 21, 1994, and, by agreement, we retained obligations applicable to
     events occurring at the plant prior to the closing date. The EPA is seeking
     civil penalties of $149,000.We are contesting liability.

o    On December 28, 1992, the EPA, Region VI served an administrative complaint
     on TCC. The complaint alleged  hazardous waste,  PCB, release  notification
     and reporting  violations at TCC's Port Neches chemical  plant.  The EPA is
     seeking  civil  penalties of $3.8  million and  corrective  action.  We are
     contesting  liability and agreed with the EPA to consolidate this complaint
     with the June 9, 1992 complaint,  described above. The consolidated  matter
     is pending before an EPA administrative law judge.

o    On February  22,  1996,  the Los Angeles  Air Quality  Management  District
     issued a notice of violation of air quality  regulations to Texaco Refining
     and Marketing Inc. ("TRMI"), a wholly-owned subsidiary,  in connection with
     refrigerant use and  maintenance at the Los Angeles  refinery owned by TRMI
     prior to TRMI's transfer of the refinery to Equilon.
     Penalties may exceed $100,000.

o    In March 1998,  the U.S.  Department  of Justice  ("DOJ") filed a complaint
     against  us  regarding  spills  of oil  and  produced  water  at the  Aneth
     Producing  Field in Utah in  violation  of the Clean Water Act.  The DOJ is
     seeking  a  penalty  of  approximately  $2.3  million.  We  are  contesting
     liability.

o    We settled with the DOJ a suit filed by the DOJ against  Texaco Trading and
     Transportation Inc.,  a wholly-owned subsidiary,  in connection with spills
     along pipelines in Kansas in 1991.

o    We settled with the EPA a September  1996 notice of violation from the EPA.
     The  notice  alleged  that  TRMI  violated  the  Clean  Air Act New  Source
     Performance  Standard and Emergency  Planning and  Right-To-Know Act at the
     Bakersfield  Plant  owned by TRMI prior to TRMI's  transfer of the Plant to
     Equilon.



Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     Not applicable.

                                       24

<PAGE>

Executive Officers of Texaco Inc.

     The executive and other elected officers of Texaco Inc. as of March 1, 1999
are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Name                         Age          Position
               ----                         ---          --------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>
         Peter I. Bijur...................   56        Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
         C. Robert Black..................   63        Senior Vice President
         Patrick J. Lynch.................   61        Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
         John J. O'Connor  ...............   52        Senior Vice President
         Glenn F. Tilton   ...............   50        Senior Vice President
         Stephen M. Turner................   59        Senior Vice President
         William M. Wicker ...............   49        Senior Vice President
         Clarence P. Cazalot, Jr..........   48        Vice President
         Eugene G. Celentano..............   60        Vice President
         Claire S. Farley.................   40        Vice President
         James R. Metzger.................   51        Vice President
         Robert C. Oelkers................   54        Vice President and Comptroller
         Deval L. Patrick.................   42        Vice President and General Counsel
         Elizabeth P. Smith...............   49        Vice President
         Robert A. Solberg................   53        Vice President
         Janet L. Stoner..................   50        Vice President
         Kjestine M. Anderson.............   45        Secretary
         Michael N. Ambler................   62        General Tax Counsel
         James F. Link....................   54        Treasurer
</TABLE>

     For more than five years, each of the above listed officers of Texaco Inc.,
except for Messrs.  Wicker,  O'Connor and Patrick,  has been actively engaged in
the business of Texaco Inc. or one of its subsidiary or affiliated companies.

     Effective  August 1,  1997,  Mr.  Wicker  joined  Texaco  as a Senior  Vice
President of Texaco Inc. for Corporate Development. During the eight years prior
to joining Texaco, Mr. Wicker had been with First Boston and Credit Suisse First
Boston,  most recently as the Managing Director and Co-Head of the Global Energy
Group for Credit Suisse First Boston. Prior to this, Mr. Wicker served as Senior
Vice President of Kidder Peabody & Co.'s Energy Group and from 1983 to 1987 as a
consultant with McKinsey & Co.'s energy practice.

     Effective  January 1, 1998,  Mr.  O'Connor  joined  Texaco as a Senior Vice
President of Texaco Inc. and President of Worldwide  Exploration and Production.
Prior to joining Texaco,  Mr. O'Connor,  since 1994, was Chief Executive Officer
of BHP Petroleum in Melbourne,  Australia,  the oil and gas exploration division
of Broken Hill  Proprietary  Company,  Ltd. Mr.  O'Connor also was a Director of
Broken Hill  Proprietary  Company,  Ltd. Prior to joining BHP, Mr.  O'Connor was
with Mobil Oil Corporation for 26 years.

     Effective February 8, 1999, Mr. Patrick joined Texaco as Vice President and
General  Counsel.  Prior to joining Texaco,  Mr. Patrick had been a partner with
the Boston law firm of Day Berry & Howard LLP since 1997.  Mr.  Patrick was also
Assistant  Attorney  General of the United States and chief of the U.S.  Justice
Department's  Civil Rights  Division from 1994-97,  where he was responsible for
enforcing federal laws prohibiting discrimination.

     Effective  April 1, 1999,  Mr.  Oelkers  will  become  President  of Texaco
International  Trader Inc., while remaining a Vice President of Texaco Inc. Also
effective  April 1, 1999,  Mr.  George J. Batavick  will become  Comptroller  of
Texaco Inc. Effective May 1, 1999, Mr. Black will retire from Texaco.

     There are no family relationships among any of the officers of Texaco Inc.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

     The following information, contained in Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to
Stockholders,  is incorporated  herein by reference.  Page references are to the
paper document version of Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders,  as
provided to stockholders:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Texaco Inc.
                                                                                                 1998
                                                                                             Annual Report
                                                                                            to Stockholders
        Form 10-K Item                                                                       Page Reference
        --------------                                                                       --------------

<S>                                                                                            <C>                       
Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
               Stockholder Matters                                                                  81 (a)

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
               Five-Year Comparison of Selected Financial Data                                      78
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
               Condition and Results of Operations                                                 24-40

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
               Supplemental Market Risk Disclosures                                                 76

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
               Description of Significant Accounting Policies                                      41-42
               Statement of Consolidated Income                                                     43
               Consolidated Balance Sheet                                                           44
               Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows                                                 45
               Statement of Consolidated Stockholders' Equity                                      46-47
               Statement of Consolidated Nonowner Changes in Equity                                 48
               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                          49-68
               Report of Independent Public Accountants                                             69
               Supplemental Oil and Gas Information                                                70-75
               Selected Quarterly Financial Data                                                    77
                                                                                               ------------
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
               Accounting and Financial Disclosure                                             Not applicable.

<FN>
(a)  Only  the  data  and   information   provided  under  the  caption  "Common
     Stock-Market  and  Dividend  Information"  is deemed to be filed as part of
     this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       26

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

     The following information, contained in Texaco Inc.'s Proxy Statement dated
March  16,  1999  relating  to our  1999  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  is
incorporated herein by reference. Except as indicated under Items 10, 11, 12 and
13, no other data and  information  appearing in this Proxy Statement are deemed
to be filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Page  references are to
the paper document version of Texaco Inc.'s 1999 Proxy Statement, as provided to
stockholders:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Texaco Inc.
                                                                                            March 16, 1999
                                                                                            Proxy Statement
        Form 10-K Item                                                                      Page Reference
        --------------                                                                      --------------

<S>                                                                                                 <C>  
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
           --The Board of Directors
                  Governance, Committees and Compensation of Directors                               3-7
           --Security Ownership of Directors and Management                                           9
           --Item 1- Election of Directors                                                          10-13

Item 11.   Executive Compensation
           --The Board of Directors
                  Compensation of Directors                                                          7
           --Summary Compensation Table                                                              22
           --Option Grants in 1998                                                                  23-25
           --Aggregated Option Exercises in 1998 and Year-End Option Values                          26
           --Retirement Plan                                                                         27

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
           --Voting of Shares                                                                         2
           --Security Ownership of Directors and Management                                           9

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
           --Transactions With Directors and Officers                                                7-8
</TABLE>
                                       27
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

     The following information, contained in Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to
Stockholders,  is incorporated  herein by reference.  Page references are to the
paper document version of Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders,  as
provided to stockholders:

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Texaco Inc.
                                                                                                  1998
                                                                                              Annual Report
     1.   Financial Statements (incorporated by reference from the indicated                 to Stockholders
               pages of Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders):                   Page Reference
                                                                                             ---------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>  
          Description of Significant Accounting Policies................................         41-42
          Statement of Consolidated Income for the three years
             ended December 31, 1998....................................................          43
          Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1998 and 1997......................          44
          Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows for the three years
            ended December 31, 1998 ....................................................          45
          Statement of Consolidated Stockholders' Equity
            for the three years ended December 31, 1998.................................         46-47
          Statement of Consolidated Nonowner Changes in Equity
               for the three years ended December 31, 1998 .............................          48
          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................         49-68
          Report of Independent Public Accountants......................................          69
</TABLE>

     2.   Financial Statement Schedules

     We have  included on page 31 of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K  Financial
Statement Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

     We have filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K the following sets
of financial statements, for which we use the equity method of accounting:
            o  Caltex Group of Companies Combined Financial Statements
            o  Equilon  Enterprises  LLC  Consolidated   Financial  Statements
            o  Motiva  Enterprises LLC Financial Statements.

     Financial  statements  and schedules of certain  affiliated  companies have
been omitted in accordance with the provisions of Rule 3.09 of Regulation S-X.

     Financial  Statement  Schedules  I, III, IV and V are omitted as  permitted
under Rule 4.03 and Rule 5.04 of Regulation S-X.

     3.   Exhibits
           --        (3.1)  Copy  of   Restated   Certificate  of  Incorporation
                            of Texaco Inc., as amended to and including March 2,
                            1999,   including   Certificate   of   Designations,
                            Preferences and Rights of Series B ESOP  Convertible
                            Preferred  Stock,  Series  D  Junior   Participating
                            Preferred  Stock  and  Series  G, H, I and J  Market
                            Auction Preferred Shares.
           --        (3.2)  Copy of By-Laws of Texaco Inc.,  as  amended  to and
                            including July 26, 1998.
           --          (4)  Instruments  defining the rights of holders of long-
                            term debt of Texaco Inc. and its subsidiary
                            companies  are  not  being  filed,  since  the total
                            amount of securities  authorized  under each of such
                            instruments does  not exceed 10 percent of the total
                            assets of Texaco Inc.  and its  subsidiary companies
                            on  a  consolidated  basis.  Texaco Inc.  agrees  to
                            furnish a copy of any instrument  to the  Securities
                            and Exchange  Commission upon request.
           -- (10(iii)(a))  Form of severance agreement between  Texaco Inc. and
                            elected officers of Texaco Inc.
           -- (10(iii)(b))  Employment  agreement   dated   December  30,  1997,
                            between Texaco Inc. and Mr. John J. O'Connor, Senior
                            Vice President of Texaco Inc.

                                       28
<PAGE>

           -- (10(iii)(c))  Employment  agreements  dated July 18, 1997, between
                            Texaco Inc. and Mr.  William M. Wicker,  Senior Vice
                            President of Texaco Inc.
           -- (10(iii)(d))  Texaco   Inc.'s    1997   Stock    Incentive   Plan,
                            incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Appendix A,
                            pages 39 through 44 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement
                            dated March 27, 1997, SEC File No. 1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(e))  Texaco    Inc.'s    1997   Incentive   Bonus   Plan,
                            incorporated   herein  by  reference  to Appendix A,
                            pages 45 and 46  of Texaco  Inc.'s  proxy  statement
                            dated March 27, 1997, SEC File No. 1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(f))  Texaco  Inc.'s Stock  Incentive  Plan,  incorporated
                            herein  by  reference  to  pages  A-1 through A-8 of
                            Texaco Inc.'s proxy  statement dated  April 5, 1993,
                            SEC File No. 1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(g))  Texaco  Inc.'s Stock  Incentive  Plan,  incorporated
                            herein  by  reference  to  pages  IV-1  through IV-5
                            of Texaco Inc.'s  proxy  statement dated   April 10,
                            1989  and  to  Exhibit  A  of  Texaco  Inc.'s  proxy
                            statement  dated March 29, 1991, SEC File No. 1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(h))  Description  of Texaco  Inc.'s Supplemental  Pension
                            Benefits  Plan,  incorporated  herein  by  reference
                            to  pages 8 and 9 of  Texaco Inc.'s proxy  statement
                            dated March 17,  1981,  SEC  File No. 1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(i))  Description  of Texaco Inc.'s  Revised  Supplemental
                            Pension   Benefits   Plan,  incorporated   herein by
                            reference  to  pages  24 through 27 of Texaco Inc.'s
                            proxy  statement  dated March 9, 1978, SEC File  No.
                            1-27.
           -- (10(iii)(j))  Description  of  Texaco  Inc.'s  Revised   Incentive
                            Compensation Plan,  incorporated herein by reference
                            to pages 10 and 11 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy  statement
                            dated March 13, 1969, SEC File No. 1-27.
           --      (12.1)   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges of
                            Texaco on a Total Enterprise Basis.
           --      (12.2)   Definitions of Selected Financial Ratios.
           --        (13)   Copy of those portions of Texaco Inc.'s  1998 Annual
                            Report to Stockholders that are incorporated  herein
                            by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
           --        (21)   Listing   of   significant  Texaco  Inc.  subsidiary
                            companies   and   the   name  of  the state or other
                            jurisdiction   in    which   each   subsidiary   was
                            organized.
           --      (23.1)   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
           --      (23.2)   Consent of KPMG LLP.
           --      (23.3)   Consent   of   Independent  Accountants  of  Equilon
                            Enterprises LLC.
           --      (23.4)   Consent   of   Independent   Accountants  of  Motiva
                            Enterprises LLC.
           --        (24)   Powers  of  Attorney  for  the Directors and certain
                            Officers of  Texaco Inc.  authorizing,  among  other
                            things,  the  signing of Texaco Inc.'s Annual Report
                            on Form 10-K on their behalf.
           --        (27)   Financial Data Schedule.

     (b)   Reports on Form 8-K

           During the fourth quarter of 1998,  Texaco Inc. filed Current Reports
           on Form 8-K relating to the following events:

              1.  October 21, 1998
                      Item 5. Other  Events -- reported  that  Texaco  issued an
                      Earnings  Press  Release  for the third  quarter and first
                      nine months of 1998.

              2.  November 30, 1998
                      Item 5. Other  Events --  reported  that  Texaco and Shell
                      Europe  Oil  Products   announced   the   termination   of
                      discussions aimed at forming an alliance of their European
                      oil products marketing and manufacturing activities.

                                       29

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To the Stockholders, Texaco Inc.:

     We have audited in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards,
the  financial  statements  included in Texaco Inc.  and  subsidiary  companies'
annual report to  stockholders  incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, and
have issued our report  thereon dated  February 25, 1999. Our audit was made for
the  purpose of forming an  opinion on those  statements  taken as a whole.  The
schedule listed in Item 14 is the responsibility of the Company's management and
is  presented  for  purposes  of  complying  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission's  rules  and is not part of the  basic  financial  statements.  This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing  procedures  applied in the audit of
the  basic  financial  statements  and,  in our  opinion,  fairly  states in all
material  respects  the  financial  data  required  to be set forth  therein  in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.



Arthur Andersen LLP

New York, N.Y.
February 25, 1999

                                       30

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Schedule II
                                                 Texaco Inc. and Subsidiary Companies
                                            Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                         For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                                                       (In Millions of Dollars)



                                            Balance at         Additions-Charged                       Balance at
                                             Beginning           to Costs and                              End
Description                                   of Year              Expenses            Deductions        of Year
- -----------                                   -------              --------            ----------        -------

<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                   <C>            <C> 
Year ended December 31, 1998
      1998 Restructuring Program                $ --                 $115                  $ 15           $100
                                                ====                 ====                  ====           ====

      1996 Restructuring Program                $ 20                 $ --                  $  8           $ 12
                                                ====                 ====                  ====           ====


Year ended December 31, 1997
      1996 Restructuring Program                $ 72                 $ 10                  $ 62           $ 20
                                                ====                 ====                  ====           ====


Year ended December 31, 1996
      1996 Restructuring Program                $ --                 $ 78                  $  6           $ 72
                                                ====                 ====                  ====           ====
<FN>
NOTE: Represents expense accruals, payments for employee separations and 
      special termination benefits, and curtailment costs.
</FN>

</TABLE>


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES



     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  Town of
Harrison, State of New York, on the 25th day of March, 1999.


                                                            TEXACO INC.
                                                           (Registrant)

                                                        KJESTINE M. ANDERSON
                                             By --------------------------------
                                                       (KJESTINE M. ANDERSON)
                                                              Secretary
Attest:
              R. E. KOCH
By  --------------------------------
             (R. E. KOCH)
         Assistant Secretary


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this Annual Report has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

PETER I. BIJUR ................Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
                                            (Principal Executive Officer)
PATRICK J. LYNCH ..............Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                            (Principal Financial Officer)
ROBERT C. OELKERS .............Vice President and Comptroller
                                             (Principal Accounting Officer)

Directors:

         A. CHARLES BAILLIE                       SAM NUNN
         PETER I. BIJUR                           CHARLES H. PRICE, II
         JOHN BRADEMAS                            CHARLES R. SHOEMATE
         MARY K. BUSH                             ROBIN B. SMITH
         WILLARD C. BUTCHER                       WILLIAM C. STEERE, JR.
         EDMUND M. CARPENTER                      THOMAS A. VANDERSLICE
         MICHAEL C. HAWLEY
         FRANKLYN G. JENIFER



              R. E. KOCH
By  --------------------------------
             (R. E. KOCH)
 Attorney-in-fact for the above-named
       officers and directors


                                                                  March 25, 1999
                                       32
<PAGE>






                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                          COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                December 31, 1998


<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                          COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998



                                      INDEX



                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----

General Information                                                     1-6

Independent Auditors' Report                                              7

Combined Balance Sheet                                                  8-9

Combined Statement of Income                                             10

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income                               10

Combined Statement of Stockholders' Equity                               11

Combined Statement of Cash Flows                                         12

Notes to Combined Financial Statements                                13-25





Note: Financial statement schedules are omitted as permitted by Rule 4.03 and
      Rule 5.04 of Regulation S-X.

<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

      The Caltex Group of Companies (Group) is jointly owned 50% each by Chevron
Corporation and Texaco Inc. (collectively,  the Stockholders) and was created in
1936 by its two owners to produce,  transport,  refine and market  crude oil and
petroleum products. The Group is comprised of the following companies:

o     Caltex  Corporation  (formerly  Caltex Petroleum  Corporation),  a company
      incorporated  in  Delaware  that,   through  its  many   subsidiaries  and
      affiliates,  conducts  refining,  transporting,   trading,  and  marketing
      activities in the Eastern Hemisphere;

o      P. T. Caltex  Pacific  Indonesia,  an  exploration and production company
       incorporated  and  operating in Indonesia; and,

o     American  Overseas  Petroleum  Limited,  a  company  incorporated  in  the
      Bahamas,  that, through its subsidiary,  provides services for and manages
      certain  exploration  and  production  operations  in  Indonesia  in which
      Chevron and Texaco have interests, but not necessarily jointly.

      A brief description of each company's operations and other items follows:

Caltex Corporation (Caltex)
- ---------------------------

      Through its subsidiaries and affiliates,  Caltex operates in approximately
60 countries,  principally  in Africa,  Asia,  the Middle East,  New Zealand and
Australia.  Caltex  is  involved  in all  aspects  of the  downstream  business:
refining,  distribution,   shipping,  storage,  marketing,  supply  and  trading
operations.  At  year-end  1998,  Caltex  had  over  7,900  employees,  of which
approximately 2% were located in the United States.

      The majority of refining and certain  marketing  operations  are conducted
through joint ventures. Caltex has equity interests in 13 refineries with equity
refining  capacity of  approximately  978,000  barrels per day. It  continues to
improve its refineries  with  investments  designed to provide higher yields and
meet environmental regulations.  Additionally, it has interests in two lubricant
refineries,  six asphalt plants, 17 lubricant  blending plants and more than 500
ocean  terminals  and depots.  Caltex also has an interest in a fleet of vessels
and owns or has equity interests in numerous  pipelines.  Its sales of crude oil
and petroleum  products  were in excess of 1.5 million  barrels per day in 1998.
Caltex  conducts  international  crude oil and petroleum  product  logistics and
trading  operations  from a subsidiary in  Singapore,  and is also active in the
petrochemical business, particularly in Japan and Korea.

Marketing

      Caltex and its affiliates  maintain a strong marketing  presence through a
network of 8,000 retail outlets,  of which 4,700 are branded as Caltex.  It also
operates 425 Star Mart  convenience  stores,  many of which  anchor  high-volume
station  locations.  Many stations include new ancillary revenue centers such as
quick-service   restaurants,   auto  lube  bays  and  brushless  car  washes.  A
significant  portion of the $1.8  billion  that Caltex  plans to invest over the
next three  years is  targeted  to  stimulate  retail  growth and  continue  the
roll-out of its new corporate and retail image introduced in 1996,  focussing on
preferred  marketing  areas where the  expenditures  will  provide the  greatest
benefit to the  business.  Under-performing  stations  with poor  prospects  for
improvement are being eliminated.

      During  1998,  in response  to major  changes in the  petroleum  business,
increased competition,  and partly due to the challenges created by the currency
and economic  crisis in the Asia Pacific  region,  Caltex  announced a change in
organizational  structure  from  geographic  to  one  modeled  along  functional
business lines, namely: marketing, refining, lubricants,  trading, aviation, new
business  development  and  business  support.  At  the  same  time  that  it is
emphasizing  managing its costs and  improving its capital  investment  returns,
Caltex  will use this  functional  focus to  build or  rebuild  brand  strength,
increase  emphasis on  convenience  retailing,  and maximize  emerging  business
opportunities.  The new structure  will position  Caltex to seize  opportunities
that will  provide  higher  returns and strong  long-term  growth,  focus on its
mission and respond to market  developments more quickly, as well as place it in
a better position to serve customers,  partners and suppliers more  effectively.
The functional management structure is effective January 1, 1999.

                                       1
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

Refining

      Refining margins in 1998 were at their lowest level in more than ten years
due to  worldwide  oversupply  of  capacity,  partly as a result of the economic
disruption in many of the Asian  economies.  By focusing on full  utilization of
assets,  cost reductions,  cost-effective  investment and initiatives to improve
efficiency  and maintain the  integrity of the refining  assets,  the  operating
performance of the Group's  refineries  has continued to improve,  mitigating to
some extent the effect of low margins.

      During  1997,  Caltex's  64%  owned  Thailand  affiliate,  Star  Petroleum
Refining Company,  Ltd. (SPRC),  and Rayong Refining Company (RRC), an affiliate
of the Royal Dutch Petroleum Company, entered into a Memorandum of Understanding
to  combine  the  operations  of the two nearby  refineries  in order to achieve
significant  economic benefits through increased  efficiency and cost reduction.
During 1998, SPRC and RRC evaluated  various proposed  structures and synergies,
and conducted discussions with lenders to ensure proper approvals were obtained.
Tentative  agreement  has been reached to form a new entity,  Alliance  Refining
Company  (ARC),  which will be owned 32% each by Caltex and Shell and 36% by the
Petroleum  Authority of Thailand (PTT) - a government  entity.  ARC will operate
the refineries and be responsible for ongoing  maintenance and new construction.
Significant economic benefits are expected from this arrangement. Pending lender
and Thai cabinet  approvals,  binding  agreements  are expected to be signed and
operations commenced by ARC in the first half of 1999.

      Over the  period  1992-1996,  SPRC  capitalized  certain  start-up  costs,
primarily organizational and training,  related to refinery construction.  These
costs were  considered  part of the effort  required to prepare the refinery for
operations.  With the  issuance in 1998 of the  American  Institute of Certified
Public  Accountants  Statement  of Position  98-5 -  "Reporting  on the Costs of
Start-up Activities", these costs would be accounted for as period expenses. The
Group has elected early adoption of this pronouncement effective January 1, 1998
and, accordingly, recorded a cumulative effect charge to income as of January 1,
1998 of $50 million representing the Group's share of these costs.

Corporate

      Effective January 1, 1999, Caltex eliminated  "Petroleum" from its name to
become Caltex  Corporation.  The change reflects the broader scope of activities
it is pursuing,  particularly the rapidly growing Star Mart  convenience  stores
and other related services provided to its customers.

      Concurrently,  Caltex  announced the  relocation  of its corporate  senior
leadership  team from Dallas,  Texas,  to Singapore.  The  leadership  team will
reside  within the primary  operational  area and be closer to its  customers to
achieve a more  timely  and  effective  process  of  corporate  governance.  The
relocation will be completed during the first half of 1999.

      Caltex   recorded  a  charge  to  income  of  $86   million  in  1998  for
restructuring and other related reorganization costs including special voluntary
and involuntary  severance  benefits (see Note 13 of Notes to Combined Financial
Statements).

P. T. Caltex Pacific Indonesia (CPI)
- ------------------------------------

      CPI holds a Production  Sharing  Contract in Central  Sumatra  through the
year 2021.  CPI also acts as  operator  in  Sumatra  for eight  other  petroleum
contract  areas,  with 33 fields,  which are jointly held by Chevron and Texaco.
Exploration  is  pursued  over  an  area  comprising  18.3  million  acres  with
production  established  in the giant Minas and Duri fields,  along with smaller
fields.  Gross  production from fields operated by CPI for 1998 was over 760,000
barrels per day. CPI entitlements are sold to its stockholders,  who use them in
their  systems  or  sell  them to  third  parties.  At  year-end  1998,  CPI had
approximately 5,900 employees, all located in Indonesia.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION


American Overseas Petroleum Limited (AOPL)
- ------------------------------------------

      In addition to providing  services to CPI,  AOPL,  through its  subsidiary
Amoseas  Indonesia Inc.,  manages  geothermal and power generation  projects for
Texaco's  and  Chevron's   interests  in  Indonesia.   At  year-end,   AOPL  had
approximately 279 employees, of which 6% were located in the United States.

Economic Overview and Outlook
- -----------------------------

      During the second half of 1997,  many of the  countries in the Pacific Rim
experienced major devaluations in their currencies  compared to the U.S. dollar,
resulting  in  economic  slowdowns  throughout  the area during  1998.  The weak
economic conditions have negatively  affected oil consumption.  Although most of
the region is still experiencing economic contraction, the currencies themselves
have  strengthened  during  1998.  There are some  signs  emerging  of a general
stabilization  in the  economies  of the  region  and there are  indications  of
economic  recovery  in some  countries.  The  Group has  significant  operations
(either  subsidiary  or  affiliate)  in many of the affected  countries  (Korea,
Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Malaysia, and Indonesia) which are material to
the Group's net income, cash flows and capital.

Environmental Activities
- ------------------------

      The Group's  activities are subject to various  environmental,  health and
safety  regulations  in  each  of the  countries  in  which  it  operates.  Such
regulations vary significantly in scope, standards and enforcement.  The Group's
policy is to comply with all applicable  environmental,  health, and safety laws
and  regulations as well as its own internal  policies.  The Group has an active
program  to  ensure  that its  environmental  standards  are  maintained,  which
includes closely monitoring applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, as
well as enforcement policies in each of the countries in which it operates,  and
conducting periodic environmental compliance audits.

      The environmental  guidelines and definitions  promulgated by the American
Petroleum  Institute  provide the basis for reporting the Group's  expenditures.
For the year ended December 31, 1998,  the Group,  including its equity share of
affiliates,  incurred total costs of approximately  $138 million,  consisting of
capital costs of $70 million and  nonremediation  related operating  expenses of
$68  million.  The  major  component  of the  Group's  expenditures  is for  the
prevention  of air and water  pollution.  As of December  31,  1998,  the Group,
including its equity share of  affiliates,  had accrued $135 million for various
known remediation activities, including $114 million relating to the future cost
of restoring and abandoning existing oil and gas properties.

      While the Group has provided for known environmental  obligations that are
probable and reasonably estimable, the amount of future costs may be material to
results of operations in the period in which they are recognized.  However,  the
Group believes that future environmental expenditures will not materially affect
its financial position or liquidity.

Year 2000 Compliance
- --------------------

The Problem

      The year 2000 problem  (Y2K)  relates to the  inability  of some  computer
systems and other equipment  ("systems") with embedded  microchip  technology to
correctly interpret and process date-sensitive data at certain key dates before,
during  or after  the year  2000.  This  could  result in  systems  failures  or
miscalculations,  which could cause business disruptions.  Due to the widespread
nature of this problem,  the Group could be affected not only by failures of its
own systems,  but also by failures of the systems of its  customers,  suppliers,
utilities and government entities that provide it with essential services.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

Our state of readiness

      Individual operating location (including major affiliates) Y2K teams and a
corporate level team were established in 1997 and early 1998. The corporate team
monitors and supports  the  individual  locations  and also  evaluates  progress
against the  milestones  outlined  below.  Y2K  progress  reports are  presented
regularly to the Group management and the Stockholders.

     A common  rigorous  process  has  been  employed  to  identify,  test,  and
remediate systems affected by the Y2K problem and to achieve Y2K readiness.  The
process consists of the following (in many cases overlapping) steps:

     (1) Inventory - a list all systems and embedded  microchip  technology that
         may have date-sensitive components - computer hardware and software, as
         well as other embedded microchip systems.

     (2) Business risk assessment - an assessment to determine the importance of
         each  system  to  the  business   including   financial,   operational,
         environmental and safety impact.

     (3) Y2K risk  assessment  - a  determination  of whether or not  systems or
         system  components  are Y2K  compliant,  firstly  by  obtaining  vendor
         compliance  statements for all systems,  then  evaluating more detailed
         vendor test results (for medium risk  systems),  and conducting our own
         on site end-to-end tests (for high risk systems).

     (4) Remediation  and testing -  remediation,  testing and  comprehensive
         contingency  plan  preparation  for  high-risk systems.

     The Group  has  essentially  completed  the  inventory  and  business  risk
assessments in its major operating  areas.  Most of the Y2K risk assessments are
also complete.  Approximately  25-30% of the  remediation and on site end-to-end
testing of high-risk  systems has been  performed as at February 1999, and it is
estimated  that this will be  completed  between  June -  September  1999.  This
includes major internal business support systems and various equipment  (process
control  etc) with  embedded  microchips.  It also  includes  the  readiness  of
critical  business  chain  partners  (third  party  suppliers,  and  customers).
High-risk systems found to be Y2K non-compliant are being corrected primarily by
software/hardware  upgrades  and/or  implementation  of new  systems.  The Group
expects  the  remediation  of high risk  business  systems  will be  essentially
complete  by the end of 1999,  however,  remediation  of lower risk  systems may
continue into the year 2000 and beyond.

     The  determination of Y2K readiness of critical business chain partners has
proven  to be the most  challenging  aspect  of the Y2K  program.  While  system
suppliers have been responsive to requests for compliance information, obtaining
responses from business chain partners on their state of readiness has been more
difficult.  The Group  representatives  are meeting  with those  business  chain
partners  that have been  identified  as  important to the business to determine
their state of readiness.  If any critical  business  chain partners do not have
effective programs in place,  additional  contingency plans will be put in place
as necessary before the end of 1999.

Costs

     The Group is using both dedicated  internal and external  resources  in its
Y2K  initiative.  The total  cost to  address  its Y2K  issues is  estimated  at
approximately $57 million,  of which approximately $15 million had been spent by
the end of 1998.  These figures include work being  undertaken to make compliant
some older financial and accounting  systems,  but do not include costs incurred
on system  implementations  or modifications  where the primary reasons for such
are other than Y2K compliance.  The Y2K project costs also include the corporate
project team, external contractors and consultants. Other internal costs such as
salaries,  travel  expenses,  and  other out of  pocket  costs of the  operating
company teams are not included in this total.

                                       4
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

Contingency Plans

      Due  to  both  the   uncertain   nature  of  the  Y2K  problem,   and  its
inflexible/absolute  deadline,  a strong emphasis has been placed on contingency
planning and preparation. Generally, in the normal course of business, the Group
has developed  contingency plans to respond to equipment  failures,  emergencies
and business  interruptions.  However the Y2K issue  increases the complexity of
such planning.  Therefore, the Group is enhancing existing plans where possible,
and  developing  plans where  necessary,  specifically  designed to mitigate the
financial and other impacts of potential  high risk system Y2K related  failures
and to allow it to  carry on  business  despite  possible  failures.  The  Group
expects to complete and test, where  appropriate,  its contingency  plans,  with
particular  emphasis on any  unremediated (or remediated but untested) high risk
systems prior to the year 2000.

Risks

      Certain  risks  related  to the Y2K  problem  that  could  have a material
adverse  effect on the Group's  results of  operations,  liquidity and financial
condition include, but are not limited to, the failure to identify and remediate
significant  Y2K problems;  the failure to  successfully  implement  contingency
plans in a timely manner;  and failures by customers,  suppliers,  utilities and
government  entities  that  provide  essential  services  to  correct  their Y2K
problems.  The  dispersion  of the  Group's  downstream  operations  in  over 60
countries  is  expected  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  any  potential  widespread
disruption to its  operations.  The Group's  upstream  operations are located in
Indonesia, primarily on the islands of Sumatra and Java. Due to the isolated and
self  sufficient  nature of these  operations,  the potential risk of widespread
disruption to its exploration and production  operations is also well mitigated.
The Group does not expect any unusual risks to public safety or the  environment
resulting from potential Y2K related incidents at its facilities and operations.

      The Group  believes  that the impact of any Y2K related  failure in any of
its systems will most likely be localized and limited to specific facilities and
operations.  Interruptions  caused  by such a failure  could  delay the Group in
being able to  explore  for,  produce or  transport  hydrocarbons  or steam,  or
manufacture  and deliver  refined  products to its customers for a short period.
The Group would not expect this to have a  significant  impact on its ability to
pursue  its  primary  business  objectives.  While not  expected,  a worst  case
scenario  involving failure to address multiple high risk Y2K issues,  including
failures to implement  contingency  plans in a timely manner,  could  materially
affect the Group's  results of  operations  or liquidity in any one period.  The
Group  is  currently  unable  to  predict  the  aggregate   financial  or  other
consequence of such potential interruptions.

      The  foregoing  disclosure  is based on the Group's  current  expectation,
estimates  and  projections,  which  could  ultimately  prove to be  inaccurate.
Because of  uncertainties,  the actual effects of Y2K issues on the Group may be
different from its current assessment.

Supplemental Market Risk Disclosures
- ------------------------------------

      The Group uses  derivative  financial  instruments  for hedging  purposes.
These  instruments  principally  include  interest  rate  and/or  currency  swap
contracts,  forward and option contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies, and
commodity  futures,  options,  swaps and other  derivative  instruments.  Hedged
market risk exposures  include certain portions of assets,  liabilities,  future
commitments  and  anticipated  sales.  Positions are adjusted for changes in the
exposures being hedged. Since the Group hedges only a portion of its market risk
exposures,  exposure remains on the unhedged portion.  The Notes to the Combined
Financial  Statements  provide  data  relating  to  derivatives  and  applicable
accounting policies.
                                       5
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

Debt and debt-related derivatives

      The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its short-term and long-term
debt with variable interest rates  (approximately $2.0 billion and $1.9 billion,
before the effects of related net  interest  rate swaps of $0.5 billion and $0.4
billion,  at  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  respectively).  The Group  seeks to
balance the benefit of lower cost variable rate debt, having inherent  increased
risk, with more expensive,  but less risky fixed rate debt. This is accomplished
through adjusting the mix of fixed and variable rate debt, as well as the use of
derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps.

      Based on the overall  interest  rate  exposure  on variable  rate debt and
interest rate swaps at December 31, 1998 and 1997, a hypothetical  change in the
interest rates of 2% would change interest expense by approximately  $30 million
each year.

Crude oil and petroleum product hedging

      The Group hedges a portion of the market risks  associated  with its crude
oil and  petroleum  product  purchases  and sales.  The Group  uses  established
petroleum futures exchanges,  as well as  "over-the-counter"  hedge instruments,
including futures,  options,  swaps, and other derivative  products which reduce
the Group's exposure to price volatility in the physical markets.

      As a  sensitivity,  a  hypothetical  10% change in crude oil and petroleum
product  prices  would  not  result  in  a  material  loss  on  the  outstanding
derivatives  at the end of 1998 or  1997,  in  terms  of the  Group's  financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.

Currency-related derivatives

      The Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk in the countries in
which it operates. To hedge against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange
rates against the U.S. dollar,  the Group sometimes enters into forward exchange
and options contracts.  Depending on the exposure being hedged, the Group either
purchases  or sells  selected  foreign  currencies.  The Group  had net  foreign
currency purchase  contracts of approximately  $370 million at December 31, 1998
and $417 million at December 31, 1997, to hedge certain specific transactions or
net exposures  including  foreign currency  denominated debt. A hypothetical 10%
change in  exchange  rates  against  the U.S.  dollar  would not result in a net
material  change  in the  Group's  operating  results  or cash  flows  from  the
derivatives and their related underlying hedged positions in 1998 or 1997.

Hedging Activities - New Accounting Standards
- ---------------------------------------------

      Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  133 (SFAS No.  133),
"Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities",  was issued by
the Financial  Accounting Standards Board in 1998 and is effective for the Group
beginning January 1, 2000. SFAS No. 133 requires companies to record derivatives
on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities,  measured at fair value.  Changes
in the fair  value of  derivatives  are to be  recorded  each  period in current
earnings or other  comprehensive  income,  depending on whether a derivative  is
designated as part of a hedge transaction and the type of exposure being hedged.
The Group believes the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect
on its results of operations or financial position.

      Emerging  Issues Task Force (EITF) 98-10,  "Accounting  for Energy Trading
and Risk  Management  Activities",  is effective for 1999, and covers  contracts
related to the purchase and sale of energy  commodities  prior to the  effective
date of SFAS No. 133. This EITF consensus requires that energy contracts related
to  trading  activities  should be marked  to market  with the gains and  losses
included  currently  in net  income.  The Group  believes  adoption of this EITF
consensus  will not have a  material  effect on its  results  of  operations  or
financial condition.
                                       6
<PAGE>

[logo] KPMG LLP

       200 Crescent Court
       Suite 300
       Dallas, TX 75201-1885


                          Independent Auditors' Report
                          ----------------------------


To the Stockholders
The Caltex Group of Companies:

      We have audited the  accompanying  combined  balance  sheets of the Caltex
Group of Companies as of December  31, 1998 and 1997,  and the related  combined
statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year  period ended  December 31, 1998.  These
combined financial  statements are the responsibility of the Group's management.
Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  these  combined  financial
statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our  opinion,  the  combined  financial  statements  referred  to above
present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of the Caltex
Group of  Companies  as of  December  31,  1998 and 1997 and the  results of its
operations  and its cash  flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  December 31, 1998,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

      As discussed in Note 12 to the combined  financial  statements,  the Group
changed its method of accounting  for start-up  costs in 1998 to comply with the
provisions  of the AICPA's  Statement of Position 98-5 - "Reporting on the Costs
of Start-up Activities".


                                                     KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 8, 1999
                                       7
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET


                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            As of December 31,
                                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                                           (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                             1998         1997
                                                                                             ----         ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>              <C>     
Current assets:

    Cash and cash equivalents, including time deposits of
       $17 in 1998 and $69 in 1997                                                   $    178         $    282

    Marketable securities                                                                 106               82

    Accounts and notes  receivable,  less allowance for doubtful accounts of $31
       in 1998 and $21 in 1997:
       Trade                                                                              629              808
       Affiliates                                                                         256              368
       Other                                                                              194              360
                                                                                     --------         --------
                                                                                        1,079            1,536
    Inventories:
       Crude oil                                                                          167              127
       Petroleum products                                                                 418              437
       Materials and supplies                                                              26               28
                                                                                     --------         --------
                                                                                          611              592

    Deferred income taxes                                                                   -               29
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total current assets                                                         1,974            2,521

Investments and advances:

    Equity in affiliates                                                                2,254            2,035

    Miscellaneous investments and long-term receivables,
       less allowance of $21 in 1998 and $13 in 1997                                      109              116
                                                                                     --------         --------
           Total investments and advances                                               2,363            2,151

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost:

    Producing                                                                           4,386            4,058
    Refining                                                                            1,319            1,272
    Marketing                                                                           3,125            2,892
    Other                                                                                  15               13
                                                                                     --------         --------
                                                                                        8,845            8,235
    Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization                               (3,747)          (3,393)
                                                                                     --------         --------
           Net property, plant and equipment                                            5,098            4,842

Prepaid and deferred charges                                                              223              200
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total assets                                                              $  9,658         $  9,714
                                                                                     ========         ========
<FN>
            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                                                         As of December 31,
                                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                                       (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                         1998            1997
<S>                                                                                  <C>              <C>     
Current liabilities:

    Short-term debt                                                                  $  1,475         $  1,554

    Accounts payable:
       Trade and other                                                                  1,005            1,053
       Stockholders                                                                        28              102
       Affiliates                                                                          39               60
                                                                                     --------         --------
                                                                                        1,072            1,215

    Accrued liabilities                                                                   181              138

    Deferred income taxes                                                                  25                -

    Estimated income taxes                                                                 86               84
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total current liabilities                                                    2,839            2,991


Long-term debt                                                                            930              770

Employee benefit plans                                                                    122              106

Deferred credits and other noncurrent liabilities                                       1,130            1,050

Deferred income taxes                                                                     208              190

Minority interest in subsidiary companies                                                  31               15
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total                                                                        5,260            5,122

Stockholders' equity:

    Common stock                                                                          355              355
    Capital in excess of par value                                                          2                2
Retained earnings                                                                       4,151            4,342
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                                 (110)            (107)
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total stockholders' equity                                                   4,398            4,592
                                                                                     --------         --------

           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                $  9,658         $  9,714
                                                                                     ========         ========
<FN>
            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                                                  COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

                                                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                                                (Millions of dollars)
                                                                           1998            1997             1996
Revenues:
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>              <C>     
    Sales and other operating revenues(1)                              $  16,969       $  17,920        $ 16,895
    Gain on sale of investment in affiliate                                    -               -           1,132
    Income in equity affiliates                                              108             390              51
    Dividends, interest and other income                                      97              47              88
                                                                       ---------       ---------        --------
           Total revenues                                                 17,174          18,357          18,166

Costs and deductions:
    Cost of sales and operating expenses(2)                               15,210          15,909          14,774
    Selling, general and administrative expenses                             676             580             532
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                 431             421             407
    Maintenance and repairs                                                  147             143             134
    Foreign exchange - net                                                    16             (55)              6
    Interest expense                                                         172             146             140
    Minority interest                                                          3               3              (2)
                                                                       ---------       ---------        --------
           Total costs and deductions                                     16,655          17,147          15,991
                                                                       ---------       ---------        --------
Income before income taxes                                                   519           1,210           2,175
Provision for income taxes                                                   326             364             982
                                                                       ---------       ---------        --------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change                         193             846           1,193
Cumulative effect of accounting change (no tax benefit)                      (50)              -               -
                                                                       ---------       ---------        --------
Net income                                                             $     143       $     846        $  1,193
                                                                       =========       =========        ========

(1) Includes sales to:
       Stockholders                                                       $1,437          $1,695          $1,711
       Affiliates                                                          2,253           3,018           2,841
(2) Includes purchases from:
       Stockholders                                                       $1,337          $2,174          $2,634
       Affiliates                                                          1,485           1,813           1,297
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                                           COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                                                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                                     (Millions of dollars)
                                                                              1998           1997            1996
                                                                              ----           ----            ----


<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>           <C>     
Net income                                                                  $  143         $  846        $  1,193
Other comprehensive income:
    Currency translation adjustments:
       Change during the year                                                  (10)           (84)           (146)
       Reclassification to net income for sale of investment in affiliate        -              -            (240)
    Unrealized gains/(losses) on investments:
       Change during the year                                                    8            (23)            (40)
       Reclassification of gains included in net income                          -             (3)            (35)
       Related income tax (expense) benefit                                     (1)            14              35
                                                                            ------         ------         -------
           Total other comprehensive loss                                       (3)           (96)           (426)
                                                                             ------         ------         -------

Comprehensive income                                                        $  140         $  750         $   767
                                                                            ======         ======         =======
<FN>
            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                                           COMBINED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                  Year ended December 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------
                                                                                       (Millions of dollars)
                                                                           1998           1997             1996
                                                                           ----           ----             ----


<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>     
Common stock and capital in excess of par value                         $    357        $    357        $    357
                                                                        ========        ========        ========
Retained earnings:
    Balance at beginning of year                                         $ 4,342        $  3,910        $  4,187
       Net income                                                            143             846           1,193
       Cash dividends                                                       (334)           (414)         (1,470)
                                                                        --------        --------        --------
    Balance at end of year                                              $  4,151        $  4,342        $  3,910
                                                                        ========        ========        ========
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Cumulative translation adjustments:
    Balance at beginning of year                                        $   (120)       $    (36)        $   350
    Change during the year                                                   (10)            (84)           (146)
    Reclassification to net income for sale of investment in affiliate         -               -            (240)
                                                                        --------        --------        --------
    Balance at end of year                                              $   (130)       $   (120)        $   (36)
                                                                        ========        ========         ======= 
Unrealized holding gain on investments, net of tax:
    Balance at beginning of year                                        $     13        $     25         $    65
Change during the year                                                         7             (11)            (23)
    Reclassification of gains included in net income                           -              (1)            (17)
                                                                        --------        --------         ------- 
    Balance at end of year                                              $     20        $     13         $    25
                                                                        ========        ========         =======
Accumulated other comprehensive loss - end of year                      $   (110)       $   (107)        $   (11)
                                                                        ========        ========         ======= 
Total stockholders' equity - end of year                                $  4,398        $  4,592        $  4,256
                                                                        ========        ========        ========

<FN>
            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       11
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                                              COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                  Year ended December 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Millions of dollars)
                                                                            1998            1997            1996
                                                                            ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>              <C>   
Operating activities:
    Net income                                                           $   143         $   846          $1,193
     Reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation, depletion and amortization                              431             421             407
       Dividends (less) more than income in equity affiliates                 (8)           (347)             38
       Net losses on asset disposals/writedowns                               50              16              10
       Deferred income taxes                                                  92             (51)             36
       Prepaid charges and deferred credits                                   59             103              38
       Changes in operating working capital                                  316            (150)             (7)
       Gain on sale of investment in affiliate                                 -               -          (1,132)
       Other                                                                  35             (13)            (12)
                                                                         -------         -------          ------
           Net cash provided by operating activities                       1,118             825             571
Investing activities:
    Capital expenditures                                                    (761)           (905)           (741)
    Investments in and advances to affiliates                               (211)            (10)            (30)
    Purchase of investment instruments                                      (114)            (39)            (56)
    Sale of investment instruments                                            90              73               1
    Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate                              -               -           1,984
    Proceeds from asset sales                                                  9             156              95
                                                                         -------         -------          ------
           Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities             (987)           (725)          1,253

Financing activities:
    Debt with terms in excess of three months :
       Borrowings                                                            849             845           1,112
       Repayments                                                           (701)           (628)         (1,351)
    Net (decrease) increase in other debt                                    (22)            323             (53)
    Funding provided by minority interest                                     17               -               -
    Dividends paid, including minority interest                             (334)           (414)         (1,490)
                                                                         -------         -------          ------
           Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities             (191)            126          (1,782)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                 (44)           (150)             (2)
                                                                         -------         -------          ------

Cash and cash equivalents:
    Net change during the year                                              (104)             76              40
    Beginning of year balance                                                282             206             166
                                                                         -------         -------          ------
    End of year balance                                                  $   178         $   282          $  206
                                                                         =======         =======          ======

<FN>
            See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       12
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1  -  Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of combination The combined financial  statements of the Caltex Group
of  Companies   (Group)   include  the  accounts  of  Caltex   Corporation   and
subsidiaries, American Overseas Petroleum Limited and subsidiary, and P.T.Caltex
Pacific Indonesia.  Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Subsidiaries include companies owned directly or indirectly more than 50% except
cases in which  control  does not rest with the Group.  The  Group's  accounting
policies are in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Translation of foreign currencies The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for
all principal  subsidiary and affiliate  operations.  Effective October 1, 1997,
the Group changed the functional  currency for its affiliates in Japan and Korea
from the local currency to the U.S.  dollar.  The change in functional  currency
was applied on a prospective basis.

Estimates The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities,  the  disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may
differ from those estimates.

Short-term investments All highly liquid investments are classified as available
for sale.  Those  with a maturity  of three  months or less when  purchased  are
considered as "Cash equivalents" and those with longer maturities are classified
as "Marketable securities".

Inventories  Inventories  are  valued  at the lower of cost or  current  market,
except as noted below. Crude oil and petroleum product inventories are stated at
cost,  primarily  determined using the last-in,  first-out (LIFO) method.  Costs
include  applicable  acquisition  and  refining  costs,  duties,  import  taxes,
freight, etc. Materials and supplies are stated at average cost. Certain trading
related inventory, which is highly transitory in nature, is marked-to-market.

Investments  and advances  Investments  in  affiliates in which the Group has an
ownership  interest of 20% to 50% or  majority-owned  investments  where control
does not rest with the  Group,  are  accounted  for by the  equity  method.  The
Group's  share of earnings or losses of these  companies  is included in current
results,  and the recorded  investments  reflect the  underlying  equity in each
company.  Investments in other  affiliates are carried at cost and dividends are
reported as income.

Property,   plant  and  equipment  Exploration  and  production  activities  are
accounted for under the successful efforts method.  Depreciation,  depletion and
amortization  expenses for capitalized  costs relating to producing  properties,
including    intangible    development   costs,   are   determined   using   the
unit-of-production  method.  All  other  assets  are  depreciated  by class on a
straight-line  basis using rates  based upon the  estimated  useful life of each
class.

      Maintenance  and repairs  necessary  to maintain  facilities  in operating
condition  are charged to income as incurred.  Additions and  improvements  that
materially  extend the life of assets are capitalized.  Upon disposal of assets,
any net gain or loss is included in income.

      Long-lived assets, including proved developed oil and gas properties,  are
assessed  for possible  impairment  by comparing  their  carrying  values to the
undiscounted future net before-tax cash flows.  Impaired assets are written down
to  their  fair  values.   Impairment   amounts  are  recorded  as   incremental
depreciation expense in the period when the event occurred.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1  -  Summary of significant accounting policies - continued

Deferred   credits   Deferred   credits   primarily   represent  the  Indonesian
government's interest in specific property,  plant and equipment balances. Under
the Production  Sharing  Contract  (PSC),  the Indonesian  government  retains a
majority  equity share of current  production  profits.  Intangible  development
costs (IDC) are capitalized for U.S.  generally accepted  accounting  principles
under the successful  efforts method, but are treated as period expenses for PSC
reporting.  Other capitalized amounts are depreciated at an accelerated rate for
PSC reporting.  The deferred credit balances recognize the government's share of
IDC and  other  reported  capital  costs  that  over the life of the PSC will be
included  in income as  depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization  and will be
applied against future production related profits.

Comprehensive  Income On  January  1,  1998,  the Group  adopted  SFAS No.  130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income."  SFAS  No.  130  established  standards  for
reporting  and  presentation  of   comprehensive   income  and  its  components.
Comprehensive income consists of net income,  currency  translation  adjustments
and  unrealized  gains/(losses)  on  investments  and is presented in a separate
statement. SFAS No. 130 requires only additional disclosure, and does not affect
the Group's financial position or results of operations.

Derivative  financial  instruments The Group uses various  derivative  financial
instruments for hedging purposes. These instruments principally include interest
rate and/or  currency swap contracts,  forward and options  contracts to buy and
sell  foreign  currencies,  and  commodity  futures,  options,  swaps  and other
derivative instruments. Hedged market risk exposures include certain portions of
assets,  liabilities,  future  commitments and anticipated sales. Prior realized
gains and losses on hedges of existing  non-monetary  assets are included in the
carrying value of those assets. Gains and losses related to qualifying hedges of
firm  commitments  or  anticipated  transactions  are deferred and recognized in
income when the underlying  hedged  transaction is recognized in income.  If the
derivative  instrument  ceases to be a hedge,  the related  gains and losses are
recognized currently in income. Gains and losses on derivative contracts that do
not qualify as hedges are recognized currently in other income.

Accounting  for  contingencies  Certain  conditions  may  exist  as of the  date
financial  statements  are issued  which may result in a loss to the Group,  but
which will only be  resolved  when one or more  future  events  occur or fail to
occur. Assessing contingencies  necessarily involves an exercise of judgment. In
assessing  loss  contingencies  related to legal  proceedings  that are  pending
against the Group or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings,  the
Group  evaluates the  perceived  merits of any legal  proceedings  or unasserted
claims  as well as the  perceived  merits  of the  amount  of  relief  sought or
expected to be sought therein.

      If the  assessment of a contingency  indicates  that it is probable that a
material  liability  had  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of the  loss  can be
estimated,  then the  estimated  liability  is accrued in the Group's  financial
statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material liability is
not  probable,  but  is  reasonably  possible,  or is  probable  but  cannot  be
estimated,  then  the  nature  of the  contingent  liability,  together  with an
estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable, is disclosed.

      Loss  contingencies  considered  remote are generally not disclosed unless
they involve  guarantees,  in which case the nature and amount of the  guarantee
would be  disclosed.  However,  in some  instances  in which  disclosure  is not
otherwise required,  the Group may disclose contingent liabilities of an unusual
nature which,  in the judgment of management  and its legal  counsel,  may be of
interest to Stockholders or others.

Environmental matters The Group's environmental  policies encompass the existing
laws in each country in which the Group  operates,  and the Group's own internal
standards.  Expenditures  that create  future  benefits or  contribute to future
revenue  generation are capitalized.  Future remediation costs are accrued based
on estimates of known  environmental  exposure even if uncertainties exist about
the  ultimate  cost of the  remediation.  Such  accruals  are  based on the best
available  undiscounted  estimates using data primarily developed by third party
experts.  Costs of  environmental  compliance  for past and ongoing  operations,
including maintenance and monitoring, are expensed as incurred.  Recoveries from
third parties are recorded as assets when realizable.

                                       14
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1  -  Summary of significant accounting policies - continued

Revenue recognition In general, revenue is recognized for crude oil, natural gas
and refined product sales when title passes as specified in the sales contract.

Reclassifications Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts
to conform to the 1998 presentation.

Note 2  -  Asset Sale

      In 1997 Caltex  Trading and  Transport  Corporation,  a subsidiary  of the
Group, sold for cash its 40% interest in its Bahrain refining joint venture plus
related assets at net book value of approximately $140 million.

Note 3  -  Inventories

      The reported  value of inventory  at December  31, 1998  approximated  its
current cost. At December 31, 1997, the excess of current cost over the reported
value of inventory  maintained on the LIFO basis was  approximately $28 million.
Certain  inventories  were  recorded  at  market,  which was lower than the LIFO
carrying value.  Adjustments to market reduced  earnings $18 million in 1998 and
$36 million in 1997.  Earnings  increased $29 million in 1996 due to recovery of
market values over previous years' write-downs.

      During the  periods  presented,  inventory  quantities  valued on the LIFO
basis were reduced at certain  locations.  Inventory  reductions  decreased  net
income by $4 million and $5 million (net of related market valuation adjustments
of $1 million and $14 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively), and increased net
income $4 million in 1996.

      Trading  inventories are recorded on a  mark-to-market  basis due to their
highly  transitory  nature.  At December 31, 1998 the value of these inventories
was approximately $3 million, which approximated cost.
  
Note 4  -  Equity in affiliates

      Investments in affiliates at equity include the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              As of December 31
                                                                                              -----------------
                                                                                           (Millions of Dollars)
                                                                        Equity %            1998            1997
                                                                        --------            ----            ----
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>              <C>
      Caltex Australia Limited                                               50%        $    324         $   300
      Koa Oil Company, Limited                                               50%             298             353
      LG-Caltex Oil Corporation                                              50%           1,170             999
      Star Petroleum Refining Company, Ltd.                                  64%             304             228
      All other                                                          Various             158             155
                                                                                        --------         -------
                                                                                        $  2,254         $ 2,035
                                                                                        ========         =======
</TABLE>

      The carrying  value of the Group's  investment in its affiliates in excess
of its  proportionate  share of  affiliate  net equity is being  amortized  over
approximately 20 years.

      Effective  April 1,  1996,  the Group  sold its 50%  investment  in Nippon
Petroleum  Refining  Company,  Limited for approximately $2 billion in cash. The
Group's net income in 1996 includes a net after-tax gain of  approximately  $620
million  related to this sale. The combined  statement of income  includes Group
product  sales to the  purchaser  of  approximately  $0.5  billion  in the first
quarter of 1996.
                                       15
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4  -  Equity in affiliates - continued

      On December 31, 1997, Caltex Australia Limited (CAL), then a subsidiary of
the Group,  acquired the  remaining  50% of Australian  Petroleum  Pty.  Limited
(APPL) from a subsidiary of Pioneer  International  Limited,  for  approximately
$186 million in cash plus the issuance of an additional 90 million shares of CAL
stock. As a result of this transaction,  the Group's equity in CAL declined from
75% to 50% and its indirect  equity in APPL  increased  to 50% from 37.5%.  This
transaction  was recorded as a purchase.  CAL is now  classified as an affiliate
and the  individual  assets  and  liabilities  are  excluded  from  the  Group's
consolidated financial statements.

      The remaining  interest in Star Petroleum  Refining Company Ltd. (SPRC) is
owned by a Thailand  governmental  entity.  Provisions in the SPRC  shareholders
agreement limit the Group's control and provide for active  participation of the
minority shareholder in routine business operating decisions. The agreement also
mandates  reduction in Group ownership to a minority  position by the year 2001;
however,  it is likely that this will be delayed in view of the current economic
difficulties in the region.

      Shown below is summarized combined financial information for affiliates at
equity (in millions of dollars):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 100%                                 Equity Share
                                        ----------------------                   -----------------
                                          1998          1997                       1998         1997
                                        ---------    ---------                   --------     ------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>                        <C>          <C>    
      Current assets                     $ 3,689      $ 4,768                    $ 1,855      $ 2,400
      Other assets                         7,689        7,345                      4,004        3,867

      Current liabilities                  3,547        4,740                      1,795        2,411
      Other liabilities                    3,505        3,483                      1,866        1,879
                                         -------      -------                    -------      -------
      Net worth                          $ 4,326      $ 3,890                    $ 2,198      $ 1,977
                                         =======      =======                    =======      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 100%                                 Equity Share
                                     ----------------------------            ----------------------------
                                       1998      1997      1996                 1998      1997     1996
                                     --------  -------- ---------            --------- --------- --------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>       <C>                   <C>       <C>       <C>    
      Operating revenues             $ 11,811 $ 14,669  $ 15,436              $ 5,968   $ 7,452   $ 7,751
      Operating income                  1,101    1,078       749                  539       532       364
      Net income                          193      853       133                   58       390        51

</TABLE>

      Cash  dividends  received  from  these  affiliates  were $50  million, $43
million, and $89 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

      The  above  summarized   combined  financial   information   includes  the
cumulative effect of the accounting change in 1998 as described in note 12.

      Retained earnings as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  includes $1.4 billion
which  represents the Group's share of  undistributed  earnings of affiliates at
equity.

Note 5  -  Short-term debt

      Short  term debt  consists  primarily  of  demand  and  promissory  notes,
acceptance  credits,  overdrafts and the current  portion of long-term debt. The
weighted average interest rates on short-term  financing as of December 31, 1998
and 1997 were 7.3% and 7.9%, respectively.  Unutilized lines of credit available
for short-term financing totaled $1.3 billion as of December 31, 1998.

                                       16

<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6  -    Long-term debt

      Long-term debt,  with related  interest rates for 1998 and 1997 consist of
the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                As of December 31,
                                                                                ------------------
                                                                              (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                1998           1997
                                                                                ----           ----

<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>   
      U.S. dollar debt:
         Variable interest rate loans with average rates
            of 5.5% and 6.2%, due 2002-2010                                   $  454           $ 348
         Fixed interest rate term loans with average rates of 6.4%
          and 6.4% due 2001-2003                                                 130             100

      Australian dollar debt:
         Fixed interest rate loan with 11.2% rate due 2001                       211             218

      New Zealand dollar debt:
         Variable interest rate loans with average rates
            of 5.0% and 5.7%, due 2001-2004                                       78              63
         Fixed interest rate loan with 8.09% rate due 2000                         5               6

      Malaysian ringgit debt:
         Fixed interest rate loan with average rates of 9.16%
            and 8.56%, due 2000-2001                                              33              21

      South African rand debt:
         Fixed interest rate loan with 17.8% rate due 2003                         8               9

      Other - variable interest rate loans with average rates
            of 5.8% and 6.5%, due 2000-2003                                       11               5
                                                                              ------          ------
                                                                              $  930          $  770
                                                                              ======          ======
</TABLE>

      Aggregate maturities of long-term debt by year are as follows (in millions
of dollars):  1999 - $40 (included in short-term debt); 2000 - $115; 2001- $454;
2002 - $243; 2003 - $82; and thereafter - $36.

Note 7  -  Operating leases

      The Group has operating  leases  involving  various  marketing  assets for
which net rental  expense was $103  million,  $105  million,  and $92 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

      Future net  minimum  rental  commitments  under  operating  leases  having
non-cancelable  terms in  excess  of one year are as  follows  (in  millions  of
dollars):  1999 - $64; 2000 - $53; 2001 - $46; 2002 - $31, 2003 - $23, and 2004;
and thereafter - $37.

Note 8  -  Employee benefit plans

      Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Group  adopted SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'
Disclosures  about  Pension and Other  Post-retirement  Benefits".  SFAS No. 132
revises employers'  disclosures about pension and other post-retirement  benefit
plans,  but does not change the method of accounting  for such plans.  The Group
has various  retirement plans,  including defined benefit pension plans covering
substantially  all of its  employees.  The  benefit  levels,  vesting  terms and
funding practices vary among plans.

                                       17
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8  -  Employee Benefit plans - continued

      The  following  provides a  reconciliation  of benefit  obligations,  plan
assets, and funded status of the various plans, primarily foreign, and inclusive
of affiliates at equity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                As of December 31,
                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (Millions of dollars)

                                                                                              Other Post-retirement
                                                                                              ---------------------
                                                                         Pension Benefits            Benefits
                                                                         ----------------            --------
                                                                         1998        1997          1998     1997
                                                                         ----        ----          ----     ----
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>  
      Change in benefit obligations:
         Benefit obligation at January 1,                               $ 405       $ 523        $   64    $  58
         Service cost                                                      19          26             2        2
         Interest cost                                                     31          44             6        6
         Actuarial loss                                                    32           7            11        3
         Benefits paid                                                    (72)        (37)           (4)      (4)
         Settlements and curtailments                                     (26)          -             5        -
         Foreign exchange rate changes                                     11        (158)           (5)      (1)
                                                                        -----       -----        ------    ----- 
         Benefit obligation at December 31,                              $400       $ 405        $   79    $  64
                                                                        =====       =====        ======    ===== 

      Change in plan assets:
         Fair value at January 1,                                       $ 322       $ 399        $    -    $   -
         Actual return on plan assets                                      47          41             -        -
         Group contribution                                                62          15             4        4
         Benefits paid                                                    (72)        (37)           (4)      (4)
         Settlements                                                      (26)          -             -        -
         Foreign exchange rate changes                                      -         (96)            -        -
                                                                        -----       -----        ------    -----
         Fair value at December 31,                                     $ 333       $ 322        $    -    $   -
                                                                        =====       =====        ======    ===== 

      Accrued benefit costs:
         Funded status                                                  $ (67)      $ (83)       $  (79)   $ (64)
         Unrecognized net transition liability                              4           3             -        -
         Unrecognized net actuarial losses                                 11          32            23       14
         Unrecognized prior service costs                                   9           9             -        -
                                                                        -----       -----        ------    -----
         Accrued benefit cost                                           $ (43)      $ (39)       $  (56)   $ (50)
                                                                        =====       =====        ======    ===== 

      Amounts recognized in the Combined Balance Sheet:
         Prepaid benefit cost                                           $  27       $  28        $    -    $   -
         Equity in affiliates                                             (30)        (40)            -        -
         Accrued benefit liability                                        (40)        (27)          (56)     (50)
                                                                        -----       -----        ------    -----
         Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost                                 $ (43)      $ (39)       $  (56)   $ (50)
                                                                        =====       =====        ======    ===== 

      Weighted average rate assumptions:
         Discount rate                                                    7.6%        8.4%         10.0%    10.3%
         Rate of increase in compensation                                 5.4%        6.4%          4.0%     4.2%
         Expected return on plan assets                                   9.6%        9.4%          n/a      n/a
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8  -  Employee Benefit plans - continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     As of December 31,
                                                                                   ---------------------
                                                                                   (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                       1998       1997
                                                                                       ----       ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>      <C>  
Pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of assets
      Projected benefit obligation                                                      $ 184    $ 112
      Accumulated benefit obligation                                                      157        93
      Fair value of assets                                                                 87        46
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year ended December 31,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                (Millions of dollars)
                                                                         1998         1997         1996
                                                                         ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>   
Components of Pension Expense
      Service cost                                                      $  19        $  26       $   26
      Interest cost                                                        31           44           46
      Expected return on plan assets                                      (28)         (36)         (37)
      Amortization of prior service cost                                    1            3            3
Recognized net actuarial loss                                               5            3            4
Curtailment/settlement loss                                                21            -            -
                                                                        -----        -----       ------
          Total                                                         $  49        $  40       $   42
                                                                        =====        =====       ======

Components of Other Post-retirement Benefits
      Service cost                                                      $   2        $   2       $    1
      Interest cost                                                         6            6            5
      Special termination benefit recognition                               3            -            -
Curtailment recognition                                                     3            -            -
                                                                        -----        -----       ------
                                                                        $  14        $   8       $    6
                                                                        =====        =====       ======
</TABLE>

      Other  post-retirement  benefits are comprised of contributory  healthcare
and life insurance  plans.  A one percentage  point change in the assumed health
care cost trend rate of 9.1% would change the post-retirement benefit obligation
by $9 million  and would not have a material  effect on  aggregate  service  and
interest components.

 Note 9  -  Commitments and contingencies

      In 1997,  Caltex received a claim from the U.S.  Internal  Revenue Service
(IRS) for $292  million  in excise  tax,  along  with  penalties  and  interest,
bringing the total to approximately  $2 billion.  The IRS claim relates to crude
oil sales to Japanese  customers  beginning in 1980. Prior to this time,  Caltex
directly  supplied  crude oil to its  Japanese  customers,  however,  in 1980, a
Caltex subsidiary also became a contractual supplier of crude oil.
 The IRS  position is that the  additional  supplier  constituted  a transfer of
property,  and was thus  taxable.  Caltex is  challenging  the  claim  since the
addition of another  supplying  company was not a taxable  event.  Additionally,
Caltex  believes  the claim is based on an  overstated  value.  Finally,  Caltex
disagrees with the imposition and calculation of interest and penalties.  Caltex
believes  the  underlying  excise tax claim is wrong.  Caltex also  believes the
related claim for penalties is wrong and the IRS claim for interest is flawed.

      To litigate  this claim,  Caltex has been required to maintain a letter of
credit ($2.5 billion at February 8, 1999, including interest for 1998 and 1999).
The Stockholders have guaranteed this letter of credit. For excise taxes, unlike
income taxes,  the taxpayer is required to pay a portion of the tax liability to
gain access to the courts.  Caltex has made a payment of $12 million in order to
progress this claim.

                                       19
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9  -  Commitments and contingencies - continued

      Caltex also is involved  in IRS tax audits for years  1987-1993.  While no
claims by the IRS are outstanding for these years, in the opinion of management,
adequate  provision  has been made for income  taxes for all years  either under
examination or subject to future examination.

      Caltex and certain of its subsidiaries are named as defendants, along with
privately  held  Philippine  ferry  and  shipping  companies  and  the  shipping
company's insurer,  in various lawsuits filed in the U.S. and the Philippines on
behalf of at least 3,350 parties,  who were either survivors of, or relatives of
persons who allegedly died in, a collision in Philippine  waters on December 20,
1987.  One vessel  involved in the  collision  was carrying  products for Caltex
(Philippines)  Inc. (a subsidiary  of Caltex) in  connection  with a contract of
affreightment.  Although  Caltex  had no  direct  or  indirect  ownership  in or
operational responsibility for either vessel, various theories of liability have
been alleged against Caltex.  The major suit filed in the U.S.  (Louisiana State
Court) does not mention a specific  monetary  recovery  although  the  pleadings
contain a variety of demands for various  categories of  compensatory as well as
punitive damages.  Consequently,  no reasonable  estimate of damages involved or
being sought can be made at this time.  Caltex sought to preclude the plaintiffs
from  pursuing  the  Louisiana  litigation  on various  federal  and  procedural
grounds.  Having  pursued  these  remedies in the federal  court system  without
success  (including a denial of a writ of certiorari by the U.S. Supreme Court),
Caltex management intends to continue to contest all of the foregoing litigation
vigorously on various substantive and procedural grounds.

      The Group may be subject to loss  contingencies  pursuant to environmental
laws and  regulations in each of the countries in which it operates that, in the
future, may require the Group to take action to correct or remediate the effects
on the  environment of prior disposal or release of petroleum  substances by the
Group. The amount of such future cost is  indeterminable  due to such factors as
the  nature  of the new  regulations,  the  unknown  magnitude  of any  possible
contamination,  the unknown timing and extent of the corrective actions that may
be  required,  and the  extent to which such  costs are  recoverable  from third
parties.

      In the Group's  opinion,  while it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate
legal and financial  liability,  if any, with respect to the above mentioned and
other  contingent  liabilities,  the  aggregate  amount that may arise from such
liabilities  is not  anticipated  to be  material  in  relation  to the  Group's
combined  financial  position  or  liquidity,  or results of  operations  over a
reasonable period of time.

      A Caltex subsidiary has a contractual commitment,  until 2007, to purchase
petroleum  products in conjunction  with the financing of a refinery owned by an
affiliate.  Total future  estimated  commitments  under this contract,  based on
current pricing and projected growth rates, are  approximately  $800 million per
year.  Purchases (in billions of dollars) under this and other similar contracts
were $0.8, $1.0 and $0.8 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

      Caltex is contingently liable for sponsor support funding for a maximum of
$278 million in connection  with an  affiliate's  project  finance  obligations.
While the  project  is  operational,  the  requirements  for the plant  physical
completion  test,  which were to have been completed by June 30, 1998,  have not
been fully  satisfied.  Thus,  while an event of default  exists in terms of the
financing agreement, the secured lenders have agreed not to enforce their rights
and  remedies  until  June 30,  1999,  since the  affiliate  was able to satisfy
certain  conditions  in the  loan  documentation.  The  affiliate  is  currently
addressing the outstanding  issues to remedy the default  conditions and expects
to meet all completion conditions by the agreed date.

      During 1998,  Caltex  contributed $218 million as additional equity in the
above  affiliate  to  meet  sponsor  support  requirements.  The  other  sponsor
similarly  provided its proportionate  share of equity under the sponsor support
agreement.  In addition,  during  1998,  Caltex and the other  sponsor  provided
temporary  short-term  extended trade credit related to crude oil supply with an
outstanding  balance  owing to Caltex at December 31, 1998 of $31  million.  The
possible requirement for further  post-construction support is largely dependent
on refining margins and the affiliate's ability to service its secured debt.

                                       20
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10  -  Financial Instruments

      Certain  Group  companies  are  parties  to  financial   instruments  with
off-balance  sheet credit and market risk,  principally  interest rate risk. The
Group's  outstanding  commitments  for interest rate swaps and foreign  currency
contractual amounts are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     As of December 31,
                                                                                   ---------------------
                                                                                   (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                  1998               1997
                                                                                  ----               ----
<S>                                                                               <C>              <C>  
       Interest rate swaps - Pay Fixed, Receive Floating                          $653             $ 591
       Interest rate swaps - Pay Floating, Receive Fixed                           202               209
       Commitments to purchase foreign currencies                                  395               467
       Commitments to sell foreign currencies                                       25                50
</TABLE>

      The Group enters into interest  rate swaps in managing its interest  risk,
and their effects are  recognized in the statement of income at the same time as
the interest  expense on the debt to which they relate.  The swap contracts have
remaining maturities of up to eleven years. Net unrealized (losses) and gains on
contracts  outstanding  at December  31, 1998 and 1997 were ($7  million) and $6
million, respectively.

      The Group enters into forward exchange  contracts to hedge against some of
its foreign  currency  exposure  stemming  from  existing  liabilities  and firm
commitments.  Contracts to purchase foreign currencies (principally  Australian,
Hong Kong, and Singapore  dollars) hedging existing  liabilities have maturities
of up to three years. Net unrealized  losses  applicable to outstanding  forward
exchange  contracts  at  December  31,  1998 and 1997 were $23  million  and $16
million, respectively.

      The Group hedges a portion of the market risks  associated  with its crude
oil and petroleum  product  purchases and sales.  Established  petroleum futures
exchanges are used, as well as "over-the-counter"  hedge instruments,  including
futures,  options, swaps, and other derivative products which reduce the Group's
exposure to price volatility in the physical markets.  The derivative  positions
are  marked-to-market  for  valuation  purposes.  Gains and losses on hedges are
deferred and recognized concurrently with the underlying commodity transactions.
Derivative  gains  and  losses  not  considered  to be a  hedge  are  recognized
currently in income.  Unrealized  gains on  commodity-based  derivative  hedging
contracts  outstanding  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were $14 million and $3
million, respectively.

      The Group's long-term debt of $930 million and $770 million as of December
31,  1998 and  1997,  respectively,  had fair  values of $896  million  and $731
million as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The fair value estimates
were based on the present  value of expected  cash flows  discounted  at current
market  rates  for  similar  obligations.  The  reported  amounts  of  financial
instruments such as cash and cash equivalents,  marketable securities, notes and
accounts receivable,  and all current liabilities approximate fair value because
of their short maturities.

      The  Group  had  investments  in  debt  securities  available-for-sale  at
amortized  costs of $105  million and $82 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The fair value of these  securities at December 31, 1998 and 1997
approximates  amortized costs. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  investments in
debt  securities  available-for-sale  had maturities  less than ten years. As of
December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the Group's  carrying  amount for  investments  in
affiliates  accounted  for at  equity  included  $19  million  and $12  million,
respectively,  for after tax unrealized  net gains on investments  held by these
companies.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 10 - Financial Instruments - continued

      The Group is exposed to credit  risks in the event of  non-performance  by
counterparties  to  financial   instruments.   For  financial  instruments  with
institutions,  the Group does not expect  any  counterparty  to fail to meet its
obligations given their high credit ratings. Other financial instruments exposed
to credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables.  These  receivables are
dispersed  among  the  countries  in which  the  Group  operates,  thus  limited
concentration of such risks.  The Group performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of
its customers and generally does not require  collateral.  Letters of credit are
the  principal  security  obtained to support lines of credit when the financial
strength  of a  customer  is  not  considered  sufficient.  Credit  losses  have
historically been within management's expectations.


Note 11 - Taxes

      Taxes charged to income consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Year ended December 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Millions of dollars)

                                                                          1998             1997            1996
                                                                          ----             ----            ----
      Taxes other than income taxes (International):

<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>              <C>    
         Duties, import and excise taxes                                $  1,218        $  1,409         $ 1,349
         Other                                                                17              19              18
                                                                        --------        --------         -------

                Total taxes other than income taxes                     $  1,235        $  1,428         $ 1,367
                                                                        ========        ========         =======
      Income taxes:

         U.S. taxes :
             Current                                                    $      6        $      8         $   455
             Deferred                                                         23              (2)             19
                                                                        --------        --------         -------
                Total U.S.                                                    29               6             474
                                                                        --------        --------         -------
         International taxes:
             Current                                                    $    228        $    407         $   491
             Deferred                                                         69             (49)             17
                                                                        --------        --------         -------
                Total International                                          297             358             508
                                                                        --------        --------         -------

      Total provision for income taxes                                  $    326        $    364         $   982
                                                                        ========        ========         =======
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 - Taxes - continued

      Income taxes have been computed on an individual company basis at rates in
effect in the various  countries of  operation.  The  effective tax rate differs
from the "expected" tax rate (U.S. Federal corporate tax rate) as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                1998       1997       1996
                                                                                ----       ----       ----

<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>  
      Computed "expected" tax rate                                              35.0%      35.0%      35.0%

      Effect of recording equity in net income
         of affiliates on an after tax basis                                    (7.3)     (11.3)      (0.7)
      Effect of dividends received from
         subsidiaries and affiliates                                            (0.3)      (0.3)      (0.5)
      Income subject to foreign taxes at other
         than U.S. statutory tax rate                                           26.0        5.2        8.1
      Effect of sale of investment in affiliate                                    -          -        3.6
      Deferred income tax valuation allowance                                    8.7        1.4        0.5
      Other                                                                      0.7          -       (0.8)
                                                                                ----       ----       ---- 
       Effective tax rate                                                       62.8%      30.0%      45.2%
                                                                                ====       ====       ==== 
</TABLE>

      The increase in the  effective  tax rate in 1998 is  primarily  due to the
larger  proportion of earnings from higher tax rate foreign  jurisdictions,  and
the effect of foreign currency translation on pre-tax income.

      Deferred income taxes are provided in each tax  jurisdiction for temporary
differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and the tax basis of assets and
liabilities.  Temporary  differences and tax loss carry-forwards which give rise
to deferred tax liabilities (assets) are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    As of December 31,
                                                                                  -----------------------
                                                                                  (Millions of dollars)
                                                                                 1998               1997
                                                                                 ----               ----

<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>   
       Depreciation                                                             $ 316             $  314
       Miscellaneous                                                               38                 22
                                                                                -----             ------
           Deferred tax liabilities                                               354                336
                                                                                -----             ------

       Investment allowances                                                      (62)               (74)
       Tax loss carry-forwards                                                    (63)               (50)
       Foreign exchange                                                            (8)               (33)
       Retirement benefits                                                        (48)               (30)
       Miscellaneous                                                              (12)               (15)
                                                                                -----             ------
           Deferred tax assets                                                   (193)              (202)
       Valuation allowance                                                         72                 27
                                                                                -----             ------

           Net deferred taxes                                                   $ 233             $  161
                                                                                =====             ======
</TABLE>

      A valuation  allowance has been  established to reduce deferred income tax
assets to amounts which, in the Group's judgement are more likely than not (more
than 50%) to be utilized  against  current and future  taxable income when those
temporary differences become deductible.

                                       23
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 - Taxes - continued

      Undistributed  earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates,  for which no U.S.
deferred  income tax  provision has been made,  approximated  $3.4 billion as of
December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  respectively.  Such earnings have been
or are intended to be  indefinitely  reinvested,  and become taxable in the U.S.
only upon remittance as dividends. It is not practical to estimate the amount of
tax that may be  payable  on the  eventual  remittance  of such  earnings.  Upon
remittance, certain foreign countries impose withholding taxes which, subject to
certain  limitations,  are available for use as tax credits against the U.S. tax
liability.  Excess  U.S.  foreign  income tax  credits  are not  recorded  until
realized.

Note 12  -  Accounting change

      An affiliate of the Group  capitalized  certain start-up costs,  primarily
organizational  and training,  over the period 1992-1996 related to a grassroots
refinery  construction project in Thailand.  These costs were considered part of
the effort required to prepare the refinery for operations. With the issuance of
the AICPA's  Statement  of Position  98-5,  "Reporting  on the Costs of Start-up
Activities",  these costs would be accounted for as period  expenses.  The Group
has elected early adoption of this  pronouncement  effective January 1, 1998 and
accordingly, recorded a cumulative effect charge to income as of January 1, 1998
of $50 million  representing the Group's share of the applicable start-up costs.
Excluding the cumulative effect, the change in accounting for start-up costs did
not materially affect net income for 1998.

Note 13  -  Restructuring/Reorganization

      Caltex  recorded  a charge to income for $86  million in 1998 for  various
restructuring and  reorganization  activities  undertaken to realign the company
along  functional lines and reduce redundant  operating  activities.  The charge
includes severance and other termination benefits (for a total of 500 employees)
of $52 million for U.S.  headquarter and expatriate operating staff ($26 million
severance and other termination  benefits,  and $26 million for employee benefit
curtailment/settlements)  and $8 million  for  various  foreign  staff,  and $10
million for asset and lease commitment  write-offs.  Other  reorganization costs
were $16 million.  Approximately $53 million remained as recorded liabilities as
of December 31, 1998,  which will mostly be paid during 1999. These charges were
included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in the  combined
statement of income.

Note 14  -  Combined statement of cash flows

      Changes in operating working capital consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year ended December 31,
                                                                          ---------------------------------
                                                                               (Millions of dollars)
                                                                         1998           1997          1996
                                                                         ----           ----          ----
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>    
      Accounts and notes receivable                                     $ 404         $   33        $ (235)
      Inventories                                                         (28)            85           (16)
      Accounts payable                                                   (105)          (252)          210
      Accrued liabilities                                                  41              1            18
      Estimated income taxes                                                4            (17)           16
                                                                        -----         -------       ------
         Total                                                          $ 316         $ (150)       $   (7)
                                                                        =====         ======        =======
</TABLE>

      Net cash  provided by operating  activities  includes the  following  cash
payments for interest and income taxes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year ended December 31,
                                                                          ---------------------------------
                                                                               (Millions of dollars)
                                                                         1998           1997          1996
                                                                         ----           ----          ----
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>   
      Interest paid (net of capitalized interest)                       $ 182         $  138        $  137
      Income taxes paid                                                 $ 237         $  440        $  865
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
                            CALTEX GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14  -  Combined statement of cash flows - continued

      The  deconsolidation  of Caltex Australia Limited as of December 31, 1997,
as  described  in Note 4,  resulted  in a non-cash  reduction  in the  following
combined  balance sheet  captions for 1997,  which have not been included in the
combined statement of cash flows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>  
      Net working capital                                                  $  60
      Equity in affiliates                                                    94
      Long-term debt                                                          45
      Minority interest                                                      109
</TABLE>

      No significant  non-cash investing or financing  transactions  occurred in
1998 and 1996.

      Net cash  provided by operating  activities  in 1996  includes  income tax
payments  relating to the sale of an investment  in an affiliate.  Proceeds from
this sale are included in net cash provided by investing activities.

Note 15 - Oil and gas exploration, development and producing activities

      The financial  statements of Chevron  Corporation  and Texaco Inc. contain
required  supplementary   information  on  oil  and  gas  producing  activities,
including disclosures on affiliates at equity. Accordingly, such disclosures are
not presented herein.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                December 31, 1998

                                      INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Page
                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                   <C>
  Report of Management.............................................   1
  Report of Independent Accountants................................   2
  Statement of Consolidated Income.................................   3
  Consolidated Balance Sheets......................................   4
  Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows.............................   5
  Statement of Owners' Equity......................................   6
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements...................   7
</TABLE>
                 
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

    The management of Equilon  Enterprises  LLC  ("Equilon") is responsible  for
preparing the  consolidated  financial  statements of Equilon in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  In doing so,  management must make
estimates  and  judgements  when the outcome of events and  transactions  is not
certain.

    In  preparing  these  financial  statements  from  the  accounting  records,
management  relies  on an  effective  internal  control  system in  meeting  its
responsibility.  This system of internal controls provides reasonable  assurance
that assets are  safeguarded  and that the financial  records are accurately and
objectively   maintained.   Equilon's  internal  auditors  conduct  regular  and
extensive  internal  audits  throughout  the  company.  During these audits they
review  and  report  on the  effectiveness  of the  internal  controls  and make
recommendations for improvement.

    The independent  accounting firms of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP and Arthur
Andersen LLP are engaged to provide an objective, independent audit of Equilon's
financial  statements.  Their accompanying report is based on an audit conducted
in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  which includes a
review and evaluation of the effectiveness of the company's  internal  controls.
This review  establishes a basis for their reliance  thereon in determining  the
nature, timing and scope of their audit.

    The  Audit  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  is  comprised  of four,
non-employee directors who review and evaluate Equilon's accounting policies and
reporting, internal controls, internal audit program and other matters as deemed
appropriate.   The   Audit   Committee   also   reviews   the   performance   of
PricewaterhouseCoopers   LLP  and  Arthur   Andersen  LLP  and  evaluates  their
independence  and professional  competence,  as well as the results and scope of
their audit.

James M. Morgan                        David C. Crikelair         David C. Cable
President and Chief Executive Officer  Chief Financial Officer    Controller
                                                         

                                       1
<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC:

    We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Equilon
Enterprises  LLC  ("Equilon")  and its  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
January 1, 1998,  and the related  statements of  consolidated  income,  owners'
equity,  and cash flows for the year ended  December 31, 1998.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of Equilon's management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Equilon
Enterprises  LLC and its  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998,  and January 1,
1998 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas                      Houston, Texas
March 5, 1999                       March 5, 1999

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                        Statement of Consolidated Income
                      For the year ended December 31, 1998
                              (Millions of dollars)

<S>                                                                          <C>    
REVENUES
  Sales and services........................................................ $21,835
  Equity in income of affiliates, interest, asset sales and other...........     411
                                                                             -------
        Total revenues.....................................................   22,246
                                                                             -------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Purchases and other costs................................................   17,540
  Operating expenses.......................................................    2,274
  Selling, general and administrative expenses.............................    1,251
  Depreciation and amortization............................................      543
  Interest expense.........................................................      134
  Minority interest........................................................        2
                                                                             -------
          Total costs and expenses.........................................   21,744
                                                                             -------
NET INCOME.................................................................  $   502
                                                                             =======

<FN>
The accompanying  Notes to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements are an integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                              (Millions of dollars)

                                                                  December 31,  January 1,
                                                                     1998         1998
                                                                  ------------  ----------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>     
ASSETS
  Current Assets
     Cash and cash equivalents...............................     $    11     $      1
     Accounts  and  notes   receivable  (less  allowance  for
       doubtful accounts of $14 million at December 31 and     
       January 1)............................................       1,672        1,652      
     Accounts receivable from affiliates.....................         157           --
     Inventories.............................................         699          737
     Other current assets....................................         109           78
                                                                  -------     --------
          Total current assets...............................       2,648        2,468
  Investments and Advances...................................         467          572
  Property, Plant and Equipment, net.........................       7,052        6,977
  Deferred Charges and other noncurrent assets...............         239          220
                                                                  -------     --------
          Total Assets.......................................     $10,406     $ 10,237
                                                                  =======     ========

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY
  Current Liabilities
     Notes payable,  commercial paper, and current portion of
        long term debt.......................................     $ 2,155     $    317
     Accounts payable-- trade................................         696        1,229
     Accounts payable to owners..............................         563          256
     Accrued liabilities and other payables..................         644          398
     Formation payable to owners.............................          --        1,613
          Total current liabilities..........................       4,058        3,813
  Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations...............         160          162
  Long-term  Liabilities,   Deferred  Credits,  and  Minority
     Interest................................................         222          140
                                                                  -------     --------
          Total Liabilities..................................       4,440        4,115
  OWNERS' EQUITY.............................................       5,966        6,122
                                                                  -------     --------
          Total Liabilities and Owners' Equity...............     $10,406     $ 10,237
                                                                  =======     ========

<FN>
         The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                    are an integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                      Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows
                      For the year ended December 31, 1998
                              (Millions of dollars)

<S>                                                                 <C>     
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Income......................................................  $    502
  Reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization................................       543
     Dividends from affiliates less than equity in income.........       (41)
     Gains on asset sales.........................................      (118)
     Changes in working capital
       Accounts and notes receivable..............................       (20)
       Accounts receivable from affiliates........................      (157)
       Inventories................................................        26
       Accounts payable-- trade...................................      (533)
       Accounts payable to owners.................................       307
       Accrued liabilities and other payables.....................       246
     Other-- net..................................................       (29)
                                                                    --------
     Net cash provided by operating activities....................       726

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures............................................      (651)
  Proceeds from asset sales.......................................       409
                                                                    --------
     Net cash used in investing activities........................      (242)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Repayments  of  borrowings  having  original  terms in excess of
     three months.................................................        (9)
  Repayment of formation costs....................................    (1,613)
  Net increase in other short-term borrowings.....................     1,846
  Distributions paid to owners....................................      (698)
                                                                    --------
     Net cash used in financing activities........................      (474)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
  Increase in cash during year....................................        10
  Balance at beginning of year....................................         1
                                                                    --------
  Balance at end of year..........................................  $     11
                                                                    ========
<FN>
         The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                    are an integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                           Statement of Owners' Equity
                              (Millions of dollars)

<S>                                                                  <C>    
Owners' Equity balance at January 1, 1998 ........................   $ 6,122
Net Income........................................................       502
Distributions paid................................................      (698)
Contribution adjustment...........................................        40
                                                                     -------
Owners'  Equity  balance at December  31, 1998....................   $ 5,966
                                                                     =======

<FN>
         The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                    are an integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       6
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION

    Equilon  Enterprises LLC ("Equilon") is a joint venture  combining the major
elements of Shell Oil Company ("Shell") and Texaco Inc.'s ("Texaco") Western and
Midwestern U.S. refining and marketing  businesses and their nationwide trading,
transportation and lubricants businesses. Equilon is a limited liability company
organized  by Shell and Texaco  effective  January  1, 1998  under the  Delaware
Limited  Liability  Act,  with  equity  interests  of 56 percent and 44 percent,
respectively.  Despite  the  foregoing  ownership  interests,  Shell and  Texaco
jointly control Equilon to the extent that many significant governance decisions
require unanimous approval.

    A second joint venture  company,  Motiva  Enterprises  LLC  ("Motiva"),  was
formed on July 1, 1998,  combining  the major  elements  of the Eastern and Gulf
Coast  U.S.  refining  and  marketing  businesses  of  Shell,  Texaco  and Saudi
Refining, Inc. ("SRI"). Equiva Trading Company and Equiva Services LLC were also
formed on July 1, 1998. Equiva Trading Company,  a general  partnership owned by
Equilon and Motiva,  functions  as the trading unit for both Equilon and Motiva.
Equiva Services LLC provides  common  financial,  administrative,  technical and
other operational support to both companies.

    Equilon manufactures,  distributes and markets petroleum products under both
the Shell and Texaco brands through wholesalers and its network of company owned
and  contract  operated  service  stations.  Products  are  manufactured  at six
refineries located in Puget Sound,  Washington;  Bakersfield,  Los Angeles,  and
Martinez, California; Wood River, Illinois, and El Dorado, Kansas.

    Under the terms of consent  agreements with the Federal Trade Commission and
certain state  governments,  Equilon was to divest itself of Shell's  Anacortes,
Washington refinery, certain marketing assets in southern California and Hawaii,
and certain  terminal  and  pipeline  interests.  With the  exception of certain
assets in Hawaii, these actions were substantially complete by year-end 1998.

NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Financial Statements

    The accompanying financial statements are presented using Shell and Texaco's
historical basis of the assets and liabilities contributed to Equilon on January
1, 1998. The consolidated financial statements generally include the accounts of
Equilon and  subsidiaries in which Equilon directly or indirectly owns more than
a 50 percent voting interest. Entities where Equilon has greater than 50 percent
ownership  but, as a result of  contractual  agreement  or  otherwise,  does not
exercise control,  are accounted for using the equity method.  Other investments
are  carried  at cost.  Equiva  Services  LLC and  Equiva  Trading  Company  are
consolidated based on Equilon's  specifically  identified interest in their cost
of services and trading activities.  Intercompany  accounts and transactions are
eliminated.

Use of Estimates

    These  financial  statements  were  prepared in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  which require management to make estimates and
assumptions.  These  assumptions  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the recoverability of
assets, environmental remediation,  litigation, claims and assessments.  Amounts
are  recognized  when it is  probable  that an  asset  has  been  impaired  or a
liability  has been incurred and the cost can be  reasonably  estimated.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

                                       7

<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


New Accounting Standard

    In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities".  For Equilon,  SFAS No. 133 will be adopted
January 1, 2000.  Equilon has not yet determined the impact that the adoption of
SFAS No. 133 in year 2000 will have on its  earnings or  statement  of financial
position.

Revenues

    Revenues  for refined  products  and crude oil sales are  recognized  at the
point of passage of title  specified in the contract.  Revenues on forward sales
where cash has been  received are recorded to deferred  income until the passage
of title during delivery.

Cash Equivalents

    Highly liquid  investments  with maturity when  purchased of three months or
less are considered to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

    Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Hydrocarbon inventory
cost is determined on the last-in,  first-out  (LIFO) method.  The cost of other
merchandise inventories is determined on the first-in,  first-out (FIFO) method.
Average cost is utilized for inventories of materials and supplies.

Investments and Advances

    The equity method of accounting is generally used for investments in certain
affiliates owned 50 percent or less, including corporate joint ventures, limited
liability  companies  and  partnerships.  Under this  method,  equity in pre-tax
income or losses of limited liability  companies and  partnerships,  and the net
income or losses of corporate  joint-venture  companies is reflected in revenue,
rather than when realized through dividends or distributions.

    The cost method is used to account for Equilon's  interest in the net income
of affiliates  with an ownership  interest of less than twenty  percent.  Income
from these investments is realized through dividends.

Property, Plant and Equipment

    Depreciation  of property,  plant and  equipment  is  generally  provided on
composite groups, using the straight-line  method, with depreciation rates based
upon the estimated useful lives of the groups.

    Under the composite  depreciation method, the cost of partial retirements of
a group  is  charged  to  accumulated  depreciation.  However,  when  there is a
disposition  of  a  complete  group,  or  when  the  retirement  is  due  to  an
extraordinary loss, the cost and related  depreciation are retired, and any gain
or loss is reflected in income.

    Capitalized leases are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset
or the lease term, as appropriate, using the straight-line method.

    All  maintenance  and repairs,  including  major refinery  maintenance,  are
charged to expense as incurred.  Renewals,  betterments  and major  repairs that
materially extend the life of the properties are capitalized.  Interest incurred
during the construction period of major additions is capitalized.

    The evaluation of impairment  for property,  plant and equipment is based on
comparisons  of carrying  values  against  undiscounted  future net pre-tax cash
flows. If an impairment is identified,  the asset's  carrying

                                       8
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


amount is adjusted to fair value.  Assets to be disposed of are generally valued
at the lower of net book value or fair value less cost to sell.

Derivatives

    Equilon,  through its affiliate,  Equiva Trading Company,  utilizes futures,
options  and swaps to hedge the effects of  fluctuations  in the prices of crude
oil and refined products. Equiva Trading Company also conducts petroleum-related
commodity trading  activities,  the results of which are marked to market,  with
gains and losses recorded in operating revenue.

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

    The  estimated  fair value of  long-term  debt is disclosed in Note 8 to the
financial statements.  The carrying amount of long-term debt with variable rates
of interest  approximates  fair value at both  January 1, and December 31, 1998,
because  borrowing  terms  equivalent to the stated rates were  available in the
marketplace.  Fair value for  long-term  debt with a fixed rate of  interest  is
determined  based on discounted cash flows using estimated  prevailing  interest
rates.

    Other  financial  instruments are included in current assets and liabilities
on the balance sheets and  approximate  fair value because of the short maturity
of such  instruments.  These include  cash,  short-term  investments,  notes and
accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt.

Contingencies

    Certain conditions may exist as of the date financial statements are issued,
which may result in a loss to the company,  but which will be resolved only when
one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Equilon's management and legal
counsel assess such contingent liabilities. The assessment of loss contingencies
necessarily  involves an exercise of  judgement  and is a matter of opinion.  In
assessing  loss  contingencies  related to legal  proceedings  that are  pending
against the company or  unasserted  claims that may result in such  proceedings,
Equilon's legal counsel  evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings
or  unasserted  claims as well as the  perceived  merits of the amount of relief
sought or expected to be sought therein.

    If the  assessment  of a  contingency  indicates  that it is probable that a
material  liability  had  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of the  loss  can be
estimated,  then the  estimated  liability  would be  accrued  in the  company's
financial  statements.  If the assessment  indicates that a potentially material
liability is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot
be  estimated,  then the nature of the  contingent  liability,  together with an
estimate of the range of possible  loss if  determinable  and material  would be
disclosed.  Loss  contingencies  considered  remote are  generally not disclosed
unless they involve guarantees,  in which case the nature of the guarantee would
be disclosed.

Environmental Expenditures

    Equilon  accrues  for  environmental  remediation  liabilities  when  it  is
probable that such liabilities  exist, based on past events or known conditions,
and the amount of such  liability  can be reasonably  estimated.  If Equilon can
only estimate a range of probable  liabilities,  the minimum future undiscounted
expenditure necessary to satisfy Equilon's future obligation is accrued.

    For each potential liability,  Equilon determines the appropriate  liability
amount considering all of the available data, including technical evaluations of
the currently available facts,  interpretation of existing laws and regulations,
prior  experience with similar sites and the estimated  reliability of financial
projections.

                                       9

<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

    Equilon adjusts the  environmental  liabilities,  as required,  based on the
latest  experience  with  similar  sites,  changes  in  environmental  laws  and
regulations  or  their  interpretation,  development  of new  technology  or new
information related to the extent of Equilon's obligation.

    Other environmental  expenditures,  principally maintenance or preventive in
nature, are expensed or capitalized as appropriate.

NOTE 3 -- INTEREST COSTS

    Interest costs were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      For the year ended
                                         December 31,
                                             1998
                                      ------------------
                                         (millions of
                                           dollars)
<S>                                         <C>  
Interest incurred...................        $ 134
Interest paid.......................           95
</TABLE>


NOTE 4 -- INVENTORIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             As of
                                   --------------------------
                                    December 31,   January 1,
                                        1998          1998
                                   -------------  -----------
                                     (millions of dollars)

<S>                                   <C>            <C>  
Crude oil.........................    $ 292          $ 304
Petroleum products................      304            325
Other merchandise.................       17             13
Materials and supplies............       86             95
                                      -----          -----
          Total...................    $ 699          $ 737
                                      =====          =====
</TABLE>

    The excess of  estimated  market  value  over the book value of  inventories
carried at cost on the LIFO basis of accounting was  approximately  $353 million
at January 1, 1998 and $135 million at December 31, 1998.

NOTE 5 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    Property,  plant and equipment,  including capitalized lease assets, were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     As of
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                      December 31,           January 1,
                                          1998                  1998
                                  --------------------  -----------------
                                     Gross       Net       Gross      Net
                                     -----       ---       -----      ---
                                            (millions of dollars)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>    
Manufacturing....................  $  7,106   $ 3,847    $ 6,962   $ 3,995
Marketing........................     2,757     2,032      2,599     2,052
Transportation...................     2,098     1,051      1,970       881
Other............................       181       122        115        49
                                   --------   -------    -------   -------
          Total..................  $ 12,142   $ 7,052    $11,646   $ 6,977
                                   ========   =======    =======   =======
Capital lease  amounts  included   $     65   $    20    $    66   $    23
   above.........................  ========   =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>
                                       10
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

    Accumulated  depreciation and amortization totaled $4,669 million at January
1, 1998 and $ 5,090 million at December 31, 1998.  Interest  capitalized as part
of property, plant and equipment during 1998 was $1 million.

Long-Lived Assets

    During its first year of operation,  Equilon  recognized  the  impairment of
surplus  assets  resulting from the  consolidation  and  optimization  of assets
contributed by Shell and Texaco under the provisions of SFAS No. 121 "Accounting
For the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and For Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of."  Impairments  from this  activity  totaled over $77 million,  including the
write-off of abandoned assets at the Odessa refinery, shut down in October 1998,
and the write-down to estimated  realizable  value of three  lubricant  blending
plants  either  closed in 1998 or expected to be sold in 1999.  The  impairments
were  primarily  reflected  in  increased  depreciation  expense  on the  income
statement.

NOTE 6 -- INVESTMENTS AND ADVANCES

    Investments   in   affiliates,   including   corporate   joint  venture  and
partnerships,  owned  50% or less  are  generally  accounted  for on the  equity
method. Equilon's total investments and advances are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 As of
                                                       ------------------------
                                                       December 31,  January 1,
                                                           1998         1998
                                                           ----         ----
                                                        (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>  
Investments  in  affiliates  accounted  for  on  the
      equity method                                 
  Pipeline affiliates...............................      $ 378         $ 329
  Other affiliates..................................         52            37
                                                          -----         -----
          Total equity method affiliates............        430           366
Other investments and advances......................         37           206
                                                          -----         -----
          Total investments and advances............      $ 467         $ 572
</TABLE>
                                                          =====         =====

    Undistributed earnings of equity companies included in Equilon's accumulated
earnings  as of  December  31,  1998  were  $41  million.  Summarized  financial
information  for these  investments  and  Equilon's  equity share  thereof is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    As of
                                      ------------------------------
                                        December 31,      January 1,
                                            1998             1998
                                      ---------------- -------------
                                            (millions of dollars)
<S>                                       <C>              <C>     
Equity Companies at 100%
Current assets......................      $    373         $    342
Noncurrent assets...................         2,750            2,603
Current liabilities.................          (530)            (515)
Noncurrent  liabilities and deferred
   credits..........................        (1,684)          (1,767)
                                          --------         --------
Net assets..........................      $    909         $    663
                                          ========         ========
</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              For the year ended
                                                 December 31,
                                                     1998
                                              ------------------
                                                 (millions of
                                                    dollars)
<S>                                                  <C>   
Revenues......................................       $1,500
Income before income taxes....................          519
Net income....................................          362
                                                     ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               As of
                                                    --------------------------
                                                     December 31,   January 1,
                                                         1998          1998
                                                    -------------  -----------
                                                      (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>   
Equity Companies at Equilon's Percentage Ownership
Current assets....................................      $ 115         $   91
Noncurrent assets.................................        842            763
Current liabilities...............................       (136)          (126)
Noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits.......       (384)          (412)
                                                        -----         ------
Net assets........................................      $ 437         $  316
                                                        =====         ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       For the year ended
                                                           December 31,
                                                              1998
                                                       ------------------
                                                          (millions of
                                                            dollars)
<S>                                                          <C>  
Revenues..........................................           $ 430
Income before income taxes........................             123
Net income........................................             109
                                                             -----
Dividends received................................           $  68
                                                             =====
</TABLE>

NOTE 7 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS AND RENTAL EXPENSE

    Equilon  has  leasing  arrangements  involving  service  stations  and other
facilities.  Renewal  and  purchase  options are  available  on certain of these
leases in which Equilon is lessee.  Equilon has a one year lease agreement for a
cogeneration plant at its El Dorado, Kansas refinery.  This lease may be renewed
each year until 2016 at  Equilon's  option.  The lease has been  renewed  with a
minimum lease rental of $11 million for 1999.  Equilon has  guaranteed a minimum
recoverable  residual  value to the lessor of $73  million,  if the lease is not
renewed  for the  year  2000.  Rental  expense  relative  to  operating  leases,
including contingent rentals, is provided in the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  For the year ended
                                                     December 31,
                                                         1998
                                                  ------------------
                                                     (millions of
                                                       dollars)
<S>                                                     <C>
Rental Expense:
Minimum lease rentals..........................         $ 178
Contingent rentals.............................             7
                                                        -----
          Total................................           185
Less rental  income on  properties  subleased 
     to others.................................            54
                                                        -----

Net rental expense.............................         $ 131
                                                        =====
</TABLE>

                                       12
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

    As of December 31,  1998,  Equilon had  estimated  minimum  commitments  for
payment of rentals under leases that, at inception, had a non-cancelable term of
more than one year, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Operating leases  Capital leases
                                                   ----------------  --------------
                                                        (millions of dollars)
<C>                                                     <C>               <C> 
1999..............................................      $  75             $ 11
2000..............................................         47               12
2001..............................................         43               12
2002..............................................         36               12
2003..............................................         37               11
After 2003........................................        274                9
                                                        -----             ----
          Total...................................        512               67
Less sublease rental income.......................         85
                                                        -----
          Total lease commitments.................      $ 427
                                                        =====
Less amounts representing interest................                          23
Add  noncancelable  sublease  rentals  netted  in
   capital lease commitments above................                          10
                                                                          ----
Present value of total capital lease obligations..                          54
Less current portion of capital lease obligations.                           7
                                                                          ----
Present  value of  long-term  portion  of capital
lease obligations.................................                        $ 47
                                                                          ====
</TABLE>
  

NOTE 8 -- DEBT

    Equilon has revolving credit  facilities with commitments of $1,875 million,
as support for the company's  commercial  paper,  as well as for working capital
and other general  purposes.  The maximum amount  outstanding  during 1998 under
these facilities was $1,013 million.  Equilon pays a nominal quarterly  facility
fee for the $1,875 million availability with no amounts outstanding at year-end.

NOTES PAYABLE, COMMERCIAL PAPER, AND CURRENT PORTION OF LONG TERM DEBT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     As of
                                                          --------------------------
                                                           December 31,   January 1,
                                                               1998          1998
                                                          -------------  -----------
                                                            (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>   
Notes Payable...........................................     $    --        $    6
Commercial Paper........................................       1,846            --
Anacortes Pollution Control Bonds.......................          34            34
Butler County Industrial Revenue Bonds..................          25            25
California Pollution Control Bonds due 2000 through 2024         185           185
Southwestern  Illinois Industrial Revenue Bonds due 2021
   through  2025........................................          58            58
Current  portion  of long  term debt and  capital  lease
obligations                                             
  Indebtedness..........................................          --             3
  Capital Lease Obligations.............................           7             6
                                                             -------        ------
          Total.........................................     $ 2,155        $  317
                                                             =======        ======
          Average interest rate of short term debt......        5.01%         3.36%
</TABLE>

                                       13
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

LONG TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      As of
                                                                              --------------------------
                                                                               December 31,   January 1,
                                                                                   1998          1998
                                                                              -------------  -----------
                                                                                   (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>  
Bakersfield-CA  Pollution 1978 Series A (Revenue) 7.0% due 2009.............     $   6          $   6
Bakersfield-CA  Pollution 1978 Series A (Industrial) 7.0% due 2008..........         1              1
Butler County Tax Abatement Bonds 7.38 to 9.75% due 2020....................       101            101
First Farmers Bank & Trust 7.625% due 2006 through 2008.....................         4             --
Other 8.000% due 2007.......................................................         1             --
                                                                                 -----          -----
          Total long-term debt..............................................       113            108
Capital lease obligations (see Note 7)......................................        47             54
                                                                                 -----          -----
          Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations................     $ 160          $ 162
                                                                                 =====          =====
Fair market value of the company's long-term debt..........................      $ 114          $ 108
                                                                                 =====          =====
</TABLE>

    Certain  debt and  capital  lease  obligations  as of  January  1, 1998 were
assumed  from Shell and Texaco.  The  Pollution  Control  Bonds  outstanding  at
December  31, 1998 shown above  consisted  of two issues  assumed from Shell and
three from Texaco. The Industrial Revenue Bonds outstanding at December 31, 1998
consisted  of three issues from Shell and one from  Texaco.  Interest  rates are
currently  reset on a  periodic  basis  for  these  issues  and the bonds may be
converted from time to time to other modes. Bondholders have the right to tender
their bonds under certain conditions, including on interest rate resets. The Tax
Abatement  Bonds  outstanding  at December  31, 1998 were  assumed  from Texaco.
Pursuant  to the terms of the  underlying  indentures,  Shell and Texaco  retain
liability  for debt  service on the issues  assumed by Equilon in the event that
Equilon fails to perform on its  obligations.  All other Equilon  borrowings are
unsecured general obligations of Equilon and not guaranteed by any other entity.

NOTE 9 -- FORMATION PAYABLES

    In accordance with the joint venture  agreements,  Equilon owed Shell $1,001
million and Texaco $612 million at  formation.  These amounts were separate from
normal  trade  payables and reflect  amounts to  reimburse  Shell and Texaco for
certain capital expenditures  incurred prior to the formation of the venture and
certain  other items  specified in the formation  documents.  Equilon paid these
amounts to Shell and Texaco prior to December 31, 1998.  Interest was accrued on
these amounts until paid.

    In addition to the foregoing  payable amounts,  Texaco retained $240 million
of  receivables   related  to  the   contributed   business  as  part  of  these
arrangements.

                                       14
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

NOTE 10 -- TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

    Equilon  has  entered  into  transactions  with  Shell,  Texaco and  Motiva,
including  the  affiliates  of these  companies.  Such  transactions  are in the
ordinary course of business and include the purchase, sale and transportation of
crude oil and petroleum products, and numerous service agreements.

    The aggregate amount of such transactions was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              For the year ended
                                                                   December 31,
                                                                       1998
                                                              ------------------
                                                                   (millions of
                                                                   dollars)
<S>                                                                   <C>   
Sales  and  other   operating revenue..........................       $1,368
Purchases and  transportation costs............................        4,900
Service    and    technology  expense..........................          794
</TABLE>

NOTE 11 -- TAXES

    Equilon,  as a limited  liability  company,  is not liable for income taxes.
Income  taxes are the  responsibility  of the owners,  with  earnings of Equilon
included in the owners' earnings for the determination of income tax liability.

    Direct  taxes  other than income  taxes,  which are  included  in  operating
expenses, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the year ended
                                                             December 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                           ------------------
                                                              (millions of
                                                                dollars)
<S>                                                              <C> 
Direct taxes
  Property..............................................         $ 41
  Licenses and permits..................................            5
  Other.................................................           26
                                                                 ----
          Total  direct taxes...........................         $ 72
                                                                 ====
</TABLE>

    Other taxes collected from consumers for governmental  agencies that are not
included in revenues or expenses were $3,646 million for 1998.

NOTE 12 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

    In  accordance  with  certain  joint  venture  agreements  related  to human
resources  matters,   employees  performing  duties  supporting  Equilon  remain
employees of the owner  companies  and  affiliates  who  currently  charge their
services to Equilon.  It is expected that Equilon or one of its affiliates  will
directly employ most personnel necessary for ongoing operations  beginning April
1, 1999. Since Equilon and most of its  consolidated  affiliates had no directly
employed  personnel at December 31, 1998,  there are no  liabilities  related to
such on the balance sheet.  Equilon does have a majority  interest in a pipeline
company that employs its own personnel.  The following information is applicable
to the benefit plans of that consolidated affiliate:

Pension Plans

    Sponsorship for the Texas-New Mexico Pipeline  Company  retirement and group
pension plans was transferred from Texaco Inc. to Equilon in 1998. The remaining
benefits such as health and life insurance

                                       15
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

remained  with  Texaco Inc.  and will be  transferred  in fiscal  year 1999.  At
December 31, 1998,  there were 74  participants  in the retirement  plan, and 80
participants in the pension plan.

    The plan is accounted  for as a defined  benefit plan;  therefore  employees
will receive a defined amount upon retirement  based on their number of years of
service and final average  compensation.  Actuarial  studies provide the amounts
for inclusion in the audited financial statements.

    At year-end 1998, the plans' assets of $20 million  exceeded the accumulated
benefit  obligation of $9 million.  The  weighted-average  discount rate used in
determining the present value of the projected benefit  obligation was 6.75% for
fiscal  1998.  For  compensation  based  plans,  the rate of  increase in future
compensation  levels used in  determining  the  actuarial  present  value of the
projected   benefit   obligation   and   service   cost   was   based   upon  an
experience-related  table and  approximated 4% on current salaries through 1998,
in accordance  with plan terms.  The expected  long-term  rate of return on plan
assets  was 10%  for  1998.  The  majority  of plan  assets  are  invested  in a
diversified portfolio of insurance company deposits, fixed income securities and
equities.

Employee Termination Benefits

    The joint venture agreements provide for Equilon and Motiva to determine the
appropriate  staffing levels for their businesses.  To the extent those staffing
needs result in the elimination of positions from the ranks of Shell, Texaco and
Star Enterprise,  a joint venture between Texaco and SRI, affected employees are
entitled to  termination  benefits  provided for under the benefit  plans of the
applicable  companies.  Shell,  Texaco  and  Star  Enterprise,  as the  employer
companies, are responsible for administering the payment of benefits under their
respective  benefit  plans.  Equilon and Motiva are  obligated to reimburse  the
employer  companies for all costs resulting from the elimination of positions in
accordance with a formula included in the joint venture agreements.

    The formation of Equilon and Motiva is expected to result in the termination
of 1,535 employees.  Of this total,  869 employees have been terminated  through
December 31, 1998. The remaining separations will be substantially  completed by
mid-year 1999. In 1998 Equilon recorded a charge of $61 million for its share of
reimbursable  severance  and other benefit  costs.  Equilon has  reimbursed  the
employer companies $7 million in termination benefits through December 31, 1998,
and will make  reimbursement  for the  remaining  benefits in future  periods in
accordance with the joint venture agreements.

NOTE 13 -- DERIVATIVES

    Equilon  utilizes  futures,  options  and  swaps to  hedge  the  effects  of
fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and refined products. These transactions
meet  the  requirements  for  hedge   accounting,   including   designation  and
correlation.  The resulting  gains or losses,  measured by quoted market prices,
are  accounted  for as part of the  transactions  being  hedged.  On the balance
sheet, deferred gains and losses are included in current assets and liabilities.

    At December 31, 1998, open derivative  instruments held for hedging purposes
consisted mostly of futures.  Notional  contract amounts,  excluding  unrealized
gains and losses,  were $59 million at year-end 1998. These amounts  principally
represent future values of contract  volumes over the remaining  duration of the
outstanding  futures contracts at the respective dates.  These contracts hedge a
small  fraction of the  company's  business  activities,  generally for the next
twelve months.

    Equilon also entered  into a  relatively  small number of  petroleum-related
derivative  transactions for trading purposes. The results of derivative trading
activities  are marked to market,  with gains and losses  recorded in  operating
revenue.  All derivative  instruments  are  straightforward  futures,  swaps and
options, with no leverage or multiplier features. At December 31, 1998, the open
derivative  instruments held for trading

                                       16
<PAGE>
                             EQUILON ENTERPRISES LLC

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

purposes consisted primarily of futures and swaps. The notional contract amounts
of these derivative instruments,  excluding unrealized gains and losses, were $3
million at year-end 1998.

    The earnings impact of positions closed in 1998 and the unrealized gains and
losses on open positions at December 31, 1998 were not material.

NOTE 14 -- CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

    Equilon is subject  to  possible  loss  contingencies  including  actions or
claims based on  environmental  laws,  federal  regulations,  and other matters.
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate  legal and financial  liability
with respect to many such contingent  liabilities and  commitments,  Equilon has
accrued amounts related to certain such liabilities  where the outcome is deemed
both probable and reasonably measurable.

    Equilon,  along with other oil  companies,  is working in  cooperation  with
regulatory and  governmental  agencies to investigate the presence and potential
sources of methyl tertiary butyl ether ("MTBE") and other gasoline  constituents
in  groundwater  production  wells that formerly  provided  water to the City of
Santa  Monica,  California.  Equilon  has also been  named as a  defendant  or a
potentially  responsible  party in several other  contamination  matters and has
certain obligations for remediation of adverse environmental  conditions related
to certain of its operating assets under existing laws and regulations.

    On November 25, 1998, a fire occurred at the Equilon Puget Sound Refinery in
Anacortes, Washington, which resulted in six worker fatalities -- four employees
of a  contractor  and  two  Texaco  employees  working  on  behalf  of  Equilon.
Regulatory  and  governmental  investigations  are  ongoing and  wrongful  death
lawsuits have been filed.

    In management's  opinion,  the aggregate  amount of liability for contingent
liabilities,  in  excess  of  financial  liabilities  already  accrued,  is  not
anticipated to be material in relation to the consolidated financial position or
results of operations of Equilon.

NOTE 15 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    On February 1, 1999,  Equilon and Motiva sold the Shell  proprietary  Credit
Card Program to Associates First Capital Corporation. The proceeds from the sale
were assigned to Equilon and Motiva based on the outstanding receivable balances
at the time of the sale. The credit card  receivables  sold that were applicable
to Equilon amounted to $142 million.

                                       17
<PAGE>



                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                December 31, 1998

                                      INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                      <C>
Report of Management..................................................   1
Report of Independent Accountants.....................................   2
Statement of Income...................................................   3
Balance Sheets........................................................   4
Statement of Cash Flows...............................................   5
Statement of Owners' Equity...........................................   6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................   7
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

    The management of Motiva  Enterprises LLC (the "Company") is responsible for
preparing the financial  statements of the Company in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles.  In doing so, management must make estimates and
judgements when the outcome of events and transactions is not certain.

    In  preparing  these  financial  statements  from  the  accounting  records,
management  relies  on an  effective  internal  control  system in  meeting  its
responsibility.  This system of internal controls provides reasonable  assurance
that assets are  safeguarded  and that the financial  records are accurately and
objectively  maintained.  The Company's  internal  auditors  conduct regular and
extensive  internal  audits  throughout  the  Company.  During these audits they
review  and  report  on the  effectiveness  of the  internal  controls  and make
recommendations for improvement.

    The independent accounting firms of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, Deloitte &
Touche  LLP and  Arthur  Andersen  LLP are  engaged  to  provide  an  objective,
independent  audit of the Company's  financial  statements.  Their  accompanying
report is based on an audit  conducted in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing standards,  which includes a review and evaluation of the effectiveness
of the Company's  internal  controls.  This review establishes a basis for their
reliance thereon in determining the nature, timing and scope of their audit.

    The  Audit  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  is  comprised  of three,
non-employee directors who review and evaluate the Company's accounting policies
and reporting,  internal  controls,  internal audit program and other matters as
deemed  appropriate.  The  Audit  Committee  also  reviews  the  performance  of
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  Deloitte & Touche LLP and Arthur  Andersen LLP and
evaluates their independence and professional competence, as well as the results
and scope of their audit.

L. Wilson Berry Jr.                      W. M. Kaparich           Randy J. Braud
President and Chief  Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer  Controller
                         
                                       1

<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC:

    We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of Motiva  Enterprises LLC
(the  "Company")  as of  December  31,  1998  and July 1,  1998 and the  related
statements  of  income,  owners'  equity  and cash  flows  for the  period  from
inception (July 1, 1998) to December 31, 1998.  These  financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the financial  statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Motiva Enterprises LLC as of
December  31,  1998 and July 1, 1998 and the results of its  operations  and its
cash flows for the period from inception  (July 1, 1998) to December 31, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1999

                                       2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                               Statement of Income
           For the period from inception (July 1, 1998) to December 31
                              (Millions of dollars)

                                                                     1998
                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                <C>   
REVENUES
Sales and other revenue.........................................   $5,371

COSTS AND EXPENSES
     Purchases and other costs..................................    4,079
     Operating expenses.........................................      783
     Selling,  general and  administrative expenses.............      193
     Depreciation and amortization..............................      174
     Interest expense...........................................       43
     Taxes other than income taxes..............................       21
                                                                   ------
     Total costs and expenses...................................    5,293
                                                                   ------
     Net Income.................................................   $   78
                                                                   ======

<FN>
              The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an
                        integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                                 Balance Sheets
                              (Millions of dollars)

                                                                              July
                                                              December 31,     1,
                                                                  1998        1998

<S>                                                             <C>         <C>    
ASSETS
Current Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents................................    $    25     $    --
   Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for
     doubtful accounts of $9 million at December 31 
     and July 1.............................................        661         639
   Inventories..............................................        692         653
   Other current assets.....................................         57          48
                                                                -------     -------
        Total current assets................................      1,435       1,340
Investments and Advances....................................         54          52
Property, Plant and Equipment
   At cost..................................................      7,187       7,095
   Less accumulated depreciation............................      2,112       2,056
                                                                -------     -------
   Net Property, Plant and Equipment........................      5,075       5,039
                                                                -------     -------
Deferred Charges and Other Noncurrent Assets................        177         163
                                                                -------     -------
        Total Assets........................................    $ 6,741     $ 6,594
                                                                =======     =======

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
   Commercial paper and current portion of long-term debt...    $   441     $   909
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.................        611         561
   Accrued taxes............................................        196         312
                                                                -------     -------
        Total current liabilities...........................      1,248       1,782
Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligation.................      1,425         590
Accrued Environmental Remediation Liability.................        232         229
Deferred Credits and Other Noncurrent Liabilities...........          8          --
                                                                -------     -------
        Total Liabilities...................................      2,913       2,601
Owners' Equity..............................................      3,828       3,993
                                                                -------     -------
        Total Liabilities and Owners' Equity................    $ 6,741     $ 6,594
                                                                =======     =======

<FN>
              The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an
                       integral part of these statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                             Statement of Cash Flows
           For the period from inception (July 1, 1998) to December 31
                              (Millions of dollars)

                                                           1998
                                                           ----
<S>                                                      <C>    
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net Income.......................................   $    78
     Reconciliation  to net cash  provided  by
          operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization..................       174
       Loss on sale of assets.........................         1
       Changes in operating working capital
          Accounts and notes receivable...............       (22)
          Inventories.................................       (39)
          Other current assets........................        (9)
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....       (66)
          Other-- net.................................       (47)
                                                         -------
          Net cash provided by operating activities...        70
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Capital expenditures.............................      (182)
     Proceeds from sale of assets.....................        13
                                                         -------
          Net cash used in investing activities.......      (169)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Proceeds from borrowings.........................     1,278
     Repayment of debt................................      (911)
     Distributions to owners..........................      (243)
                                                         -------
          Net cash provided by financing activities...       124
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
     Increase during the period.......................        25
     Beginning of period..............................        --
                                                         -------
     End of period....................................   $    25
                                                         =======
Supplemental cash flow information:
     Interest paid during the period..................   $    43
                                                         =======

<FN>
              The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an
                        integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                          Statement of Owners' Equity
                              (Millions of dollars)

<S>                                                                                    <C>    
Initial Owners' Capital Contribution, July 1, 1998...................................  $ 3,993
Net Income...........................................................................       78
Distributions........................................................................     (243)
                                                                                       -------
 Balance at December 31, 1998........................................................  $ 3,828
                                                                                       =======
<FN>
              The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an
                        integral part of this statement.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       6
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION

    Motiva  Enterprises  LLC (the  "Company") is a joint  venture  combining the
major  elements of Shell Oil Company  (Shell),  Texaco Inc.  (Texaco)  and Saudi
Aramco's Gulf and East Coast U.S. refining and marketing businesses. The Company
is a limited  liability  company  established  by Shell Norco  Refining  Company
(Shell Norco),  Shell, Texaco Refining and Marketing (East) Inc. (TRMI East) and
Saudi  Refining Inc.  (SRI)  effective  July 1, 1998 under the Delaware  Limited
Liability  Company  Act.  In  accordance  with  the  Limited  Liability  Company
Agreement (the "Agreement"),  initial provisional  ownership percentages are 35%
for  Shell  Norco and  Shell  together  and 32.5% for each of TRMI East and SRI,
effective  through  the first full  fiscal  year.  Also in  accordance  with the
Agreement,  subsequent  provisional ownership percentages will be determined for
the  Company's  second  through  seventh full fiscal  years and final  ownership
percentages  will be determined  for the  Company's  eighth full fiscal year. On
December 7, 1998, the ownership in the Company  attributable  to Shell Norco and
Shell was transferred to SOPC Holdings East LLC.

    A second joint venture  company,  Equilon  Enterprises  LLC  (Equilon),  was
formed on January 1, 1998,  combining  the major  elements of Shell and Texaco's
Western  and  Midwestern  U.S.  refining  and  marketing  businesses  and  their
nationwide  trading,  transportation and lubricants  businesses.  Equiva Trading
Company (Trading) and Equiva Services LLC (Services) were also formed on July 1,
1998 and are owned equally by the Company and Equilon.  Trading functions as the
trading  unit  for  both  companies.   Services   provides   common   financial,
administrative,  technical  and other  operational  support  to both  companies.
Trading and Services bill their services at cost.

    The Company  manufactures,  distributes and markets petroleum products under
both the Shell and Texaco brands through its network of  wholesalers,  retailers
and Company owned and contract  operated  service  stations in all or part of 26
states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  Products  are  manufactured  at  four
refineries  located in  Delaware  City,  Delaware;  Convent,  Louisiana;  Norco,
Louisiana; and Port Arthur, Texas.

NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

    Effective July 1, 1998,  Shell Norco,  Shell,  TRMI East and SRI contributed
assets  and  liabilities  to the  Company  pursuant  to the  terms of the  Asset
Transfer and Liability Assumption Agreement, one of the joint venture agreements
establishing  the  Company.  TRMI  East  and  SRI  contributed  the  assets  and
liabilities of Star Enterprise (Star). The accompanying financial statements are
presented  using  the  historical  basis  on July  1,  1998  of the  assets  and
liabilities contributed to the Company.

Use of Estimates

    These  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  which require management to make estimates and
assumptions.  These  assumptions  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Significant estimates include the recoverability of
assets,  environmental  remediation,  litigation  and  claims  and  assessments.
Amounts are recognized  when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a
liability  has been incurred and the cost can be  reasonably  estimated.  Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

New Accounting Standard

    In June, 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and
Hedging Activities" (SFAS 133). SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after  January 1, 2000.  The  Company  has not  determined  the impact  that the
adoption  of SFAS  133  will  have  on its  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

                                       7
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Revenues

    Revenues  for refined  products  and crude oil sales are  recognized  at the
point of passage of title specified in the contract.

Cash Equivalents

    Cash  equivalents  consist of highly liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased.

Inventories

    All  inventories  are  valued  at the lower of cost or  market.  The cost of
inventories  of crude oil and  petroleum  products is determined on the last-in,
first-out  (LIFO)  method,  while the cost of other  merchandise  inventories is
determined on the first-in,  first-out (FIFO) method, and materials and supplies
are stated at average cost.

Property, Plant and Equipment

    Depreciation  of  property,  plant and  equipment  is provided  generally on
composite groups, using the straight-line  method, with depreciation rates based
upon the estimated useful lives of the groups.

    Under the composite  depreciation method, the cost of partial retirements of
a group  is  charged  to  accumulated  depreciation.  However,  when  there is a
disposition of a complete group, the cost and related  depreciation are retired,
and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings.

    Capitalized leases are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset
or the lease term, as appropriate, using the straight-line method.

    Maintenance and repairs,  including major refinery maintenance,  are charged
to expense as incurred. Renewals,  betterments and major repairs that materially
extend the life of the properties are capitalized.

    Interest  incurred  during the  construction  period of major  additions  is
capitalized.

    The evaluation of impairment for property, plant and equipment is based on a
comparison of carrying value against undiscounted future net pre-tax cash flows.
If an impairment is identified,  the asset's carrying amount is adjusted to fair
value.  Assets to be disposed of are  generally  valued at the lower of net book
value or fair value less cost to sell.

Investments and Advances

    Entities,  where the Company has greater than 50 percent  ownership but as a
result of  contractual  agreement or otherwise  does not exercise  control,  are
accounted  for using the equity  method.  The  equity  method of  accounting  is
generally used for investments in certain  affiliates  owned 50 percent or less,
including   corporate   joint   ventures,   limited   liability   companies  and
partnerships.  Under this method,  equity in pre-tax income or losses of limited
liability companies and partnerships,  and the net income or losses of corporate
joint  venture  companies  is reflected  in revenue,  rather than when  realized
through dividends or distributions.

Environmental Expenditures

    The Company accrues for  environmental  remediation  liabilities  when it is
probable that such liability  exists,  based on past events or known conditions,
and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. If the Company can only
estimate a range of probable liabilities, the minimum,  undiscounted expenditure
necessary to satisfy the Company's future obligation is accrued.

                                       8
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    For  each  potential  liability,  the  Company  determines  the  appropriate
liability  amount  considering  all of the available data,  including  technical
evaluations of the currently  available facts,  interpretation  of existing laws
and  regulations,   prior  experience  with  similar  sites  and  the  estimated
reliability of financial projections.

    The Company adjusts financial liabilities,  as required, based on the latest
experience with similar sites,  changes in environmental laws and regulations or
their  interpretation,  development of new technology or new information related
to the extent of the Company's obligation.

Derivatives

    The Company uses interest rate swap  derivative  financial  transactions  to
minimize its borrowing cost. Amounts receivable or payable based on the interest
rate  differentials of interest rate swaps are accrued monthly and are reflected
in interest expense.

    The  Company  uses  futures,  options  and  swaps to hedge  the  effects  of
fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and refined  products.  Unrealized gains
and losses on such  transactions  are deferred and recognized in income when the
transactions and cash are settled.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    The  estimated  fair value of  long-term  debt is disclosed in Note 7 to the
financial statements.  The carrying amount of long-term debt with variable rates
of interest approximates fair value at December 31, 1998 because borrowing terms
equivalent to the stated rates were available in the marketplace. Fair value for
long-term  debt  with a fixed  rate of  interest  and  interest  rate  swaps  is
determined  based on discounted cash flows using estimated  prevailing  interest
rates.

    Other  financial  instruments are included in current assets and liabilities
on the balance sheet and approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
such instruments. These include cash, short-term investments, notes and accounts
receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt.

Contingencies

    Certain conditions may exist as of the date financial statements are issued,
which may result in a loss to the Company,  but which will only be resolved when
one or more future events occur or fail to occur.  The Company's  management and
legal  counsel  assess  such  contingent  liabilities.  The  assessment  of loss
contingencies  necessarily  involves an exercise of judgment  and is a matter of
opinion.  In assessing loss contingencies  related to legal proceedings that are
pending  against  the  Company  or  unasserted  claims  that may  result in such
proceedings,  the Company's legal counsel  evaluates the perceived merits of any
legal  proceeding  or unasserted  claims as well as the perceived  merits of the
amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

    If the  assessment  of a  contingency  indicates  that it is probable that a
material  liability  had  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of the  loss  can be
estimated,  then the  estimated  liability  would be  accrued  in the  Company's
financial  statements.  If the assessment  indicates that a potentially material
liability is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot
be  estimated,  then the nature of the  contingent  liability,  together with an
estimate of the range of possible  loss if  determinable  and material  would be
disclosed.

    Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they
involve  guarantees,  in  which  case  the  nature  of the  guarantee  would  be
disclosed.  However,  in some  instances in which  disclosure  is not  otherwise
required,  the Company may disclose contingent  liabilities of an unusual nature
which,  in the judgment of management and its legal counsel,  may be of interest
to the owners or others.

                                       9

<PAGE>

                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


NOTE 3 -- TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

    The Company has  entered  into  transactions  with  Shell,  Texaco,  SRI and
Equilon  including the affiliates of these companies.  Such  transactions are in
the   ordinary   course  of  business  and  include  the   purchase,   sale  and
transportation  of  crude  oil  and  petroleum  products  and  numerous  service
agreements.

    The aggregate amounts of such transactions were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               For the period
                                                                from inception
                                                              (July 1, 1998)
                                                            to December 31, 1998
                                                            --------------------
                                                            (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                                 <C>    
Sales  and  other   operating revenue.......................        $   857
Purchases and  transportation costs.........................          2,642
Service    and    technology  expense.......................            297
</TABLE>


    Accounts  receivable  from related  parties and accounts  payable to related
parties were $73 million and $175 million, respectively, at December 31, 1998.

NOTE 4 -- SALE OF RECEIVABLES

    At  December  31, 1998 the Company  had a  third-party  accounts  receivable
agreement  under  which  it has the  right to sell up to $200  million  of trade
accounts   receivable  on  a  continuing  basis  subject  to  limited  recourse.
Receivables  sold under this  facility  totaled  $569 million for the six months
ended December 31, 1998. At December 31, 1998, $90 million of trade  receivables
sold remained  uncollected.  The discount recorded on sales of trade receivables
amounted to $1 million for the six months ended December 31, 1998.

NOTE 5 -- INVENTORIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,     July 1,
                                                                  1998          1998
                                                              -------------  --------
                                                               (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>  
Crude   oil   and   petroleum products......................     $ 597         $ 569
Other merchandise...........................................        13            12
Materials and supplies......................................        82            72
                                                                 -----         -----
          Total.............................................     $ 692         $ 653
                                                                 =====         =====
</TABLE>

    Due to  declines  in  prices,  December  31,  1998  crude oil and  petroleum
products  inventories have been reduced to estimated market value,  reflecting a
$23 million valuation  adjustment to the LIFO carrying value of such inventories
at December 31, 1998. At July 1, 1998,  the excess of current cost over the LIFO
carrying value of crude oil and petroleum products inventories was approximately
$71 million.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


NOTE 6 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        
                                                                     December 31, 1998      July 1, 1998
                                                                     -----------------      ------------
                                                                        Gross      Net      Gross     Net
                                                                        -----      ---      -----     ---
                                                                            (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    
Refining...........................................................  $ 4,383   $ 2,972   $4,326   $ 2,941
Marketing..........................................................    2,794     2,098    2,760     2,094
Other..............................................................       10         5        9         4
                                                                     -------   -------   ------   -------
          Total....................................................  $ 7,187   $ 5,075   $7,095   $ 5,039
                                                                     =======   =======   ======   =======
Capital  lease  amounts  included above............................  $    24   $    12   $   24   $    13
                                                                     =======   =======   ======   =======
</TABLE>

    Interest expense capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment was $4
million for the six months ended December 31, 1998.

NOTE 7 -- DEBT

    Debt and capital lease  obligation as of July 1, 1998 were assumed from Star
and Shell pursuant to the terms of the Asset  Transfer and Liability  Assumption
Agreement, one of the joint venture agreements forming the Company.

Short-Term

    Debt due within one year from the dates  indicated  below  consisted  of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   December 31,     July 1,
                                                                                       1998          1998
                                                                                   -------------  --------
                                                                                    (millions of dollars)
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>  
Commercial paper................................................................     $ 1,211        $  --
Pollution control revenue bonds.................................................         277          210
Bank loans......................................................................          --          254
Parent company note.............................................................          --          316
                                                                                     -------        -----
                                                                                       1,488          780
Current maturities of long-term  debt and capital lease obligation..............           1          129

                                                                                     -------        -----
                                                                                       1,489          909
Less:  Short-term  obligations  intended  to be refinanced:
  Commercial paper..............................................................         900           --
  Pollution control revenue bonds...............................................         148           --
                                                                                     -------        -----
          Total short-term debt.................................................     $   441        $ 909
                                                                                     =======        =====
</TABLE>

    The weighted average  interest rate for the commercial paper  outstanding at
December 31, 1998 was 5.42%.

    The pollution  control revenue bonds  outstanding at December 31, 1998 shown
above  consisted of five  individual  issues  totaling $129 million assumed from
Shell,  three  issues  totaling $81 million  assumed from Star,  and $67 million
issued by the Company.  For the issues  assumed from Shell,  interest  rates are
currently  reset on a daily  basis for four of the issues and on a weekly  basis
for the remaining  issue;  the bonds may be converted from time to time to other
modes. The weighted average interest rates for these issues at December 31, 1998
and July 1, 1998 were 5.02% and 3.61%,  respectively.  The bonds mature  between
2005 and 2023,  although  bondholders have the right to tender their bonds under
certain conditions,  including on

                                       11

<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


interest rate resets. Pursuant to the terms of the underlying indentures,  Shell
retains  liability for debt service on the issues the Company assumed from Shell
in the event that the Company fails to perform its obligations.

    Interest rates are currently  reset on a weekly basis for the issues assumed
from Star and the bonds issued by the Company,  although these bonds may also be
converted from time to time to other modes.  Weighted  average interest rates at
December  31, 1998 and July 1, 1998 were 4.0% and 3.65%,  respectively,  for the
issues  assumed from Star;  the weighted  average  interest rate at December 31,
1998 was 5.35% for the bonds issued by the Company.  The bonds assumed from Star
are currently  supported by an irrevocable bank letter of credit,  for which the
Company  pays a fee based on the face amount of the letter of credit.  The bonds
mature  between  2014 and 2018,  although  bondholders  have the right to tender
their bonds under certain conditions,  including on interest rate resets.  These
bonds,  as well as $900 million of the Company's  other  short-term  obligations
scheduled to mature in 1999, are  reclassified to long-term debt at December 31,
1998 recognizing the Company's intent and ability to refinance those issues on a
long-term  basis,  if necessary  through the use of its $1.5  billion  revolving
credit facility.

    The weighted average interest rate for the bank loans outstanding at July 1,
1998  which  were  assumed  from  Star,  was  6.07%.  The  parent  company  note
outstanding at July 1, 1998  represented an amount due Shell in connection  with
its asset contribution to the Company; its interest rate at that date was 6.02%.
Both the bank loans and the parent  company  note were repaid  during the period
with proceeds from the Company's commercial paper program.

Long-Term

    Long-term debt as of the dates indicated below consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   December 31,    July 1,
                                                                       1998         1998
                                                                   ------------    -------
                                                                         (millions of
                                                                           dollars)
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>  
Private placements.............................................     $   360        $ 400
Bank loans.....................................................          --          300
Capital lease obligation.......................................          18           19
                                                                    -------        -----
                                                                        378          719
Less: Amounts due within one year..............................           1          129
                                                                    -------        -----
                                                                        377          590
Add:  Short-term  obligations  intended  to  be refinanced:
  Commercial paper.............................................         900           --
  Pollution control revenue bonds..............................         148           --
                                                                    -------        -----
          Total long-term debt.................................     $ 1,425        $ 590
                                                                    =======        =====
</TABLE>

    At December  31, 1998 the  Company  was party to a $1.5  billion  extendible
364-day   revolving   credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  major  U.S.  and
international  banks.  This facility is available as support for the issuance of
the  Company's  commercial  paper and certain of its pollution  control  revenue
bonds, as well as for working capital and for other general corporate  purposes.
The Company had no amounts  outstanding  under this  facility  during 1998.  The
Company pays a facility fee on this facility,  based on its total amount.  Under
this  agreement,  interest on any amounts  borrowed would be based on short-term
rates at the time of borrowing.

    Private  placements  of $360 million at December 31, 1998  (originally  $400
million at July 1, 1998) were assumed from Star, and consist of $110 million and
$250  million  issued  to  various   insurance   companies  in  1991  and  1992,
respectively.  All of the notes carry fixed interest rates; the weighted average
interest  rates were 8.6% for the 1991 issue and 7.6% for the 1992 issue.  These
notes have varying maturities lasting until the year 2009.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    A term  bank loan  facility  was also  assumed  from Star on July 1, 1998 at
which time its  weighted  average  interest  rate was 6.05%.  This  facility was
repaid in full and terminated during the period with proceeds from the Company's
commercial paper program.

    All Company borrowings are unsecured and with the exception of the pollution
control  revenue  bonds  assumed  from Shell,  are  non-recourse  to the owners.
Long-term debt borrowing  agreements include financial  covenants  regarding net
worth, leverage and liens. As of December 31, 1998 the Company was in compliance
with all covenants.

    The amounts of long-term debt maturities  during each of the next five years
are  $0  million,  $0  million,  $45  million,  $63  million  and  $65  million,
respectively.  The preceding  maturities are before  consideration of short-term
obligations   intended  to  be  refinanced   and  also  exclude   capital  lease
obligations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    The estimated fair values,  at the dates  indicated  below, of the Company's
long-term debt and related derivative financial instruments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           December 31,        July 1,
                                              1998              1998
                                       -------------------  ------------
                                   Carrying    Fair     Carrying    Fair
                                     Value     Value      Value     Value
                                   -------     -----    -------     -----
                                          (millions of dollars)
<S>                                <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>  
Long-term debt..................   $ 1,425   $ 1,472     $ 590     $ 626
Interest  rate swaps............        --       1.6        --       0.4
</TABLE>

NOTE 8 -- DERIVATIVES

Debt-Related Derivatives

    Many of the Company's interest bearing liabilities  reflected on its balance
sheet are floating rate instruments. To reduce the impact of changes in interest
rates on this floating rate debt, the Company assumed certain interest rate swap
agreements  in the notional  amount of $100 million  previously  entered into by
Star. All such interest rate swaps require the  counterparty  of the swap to pay
to the Company a floating rate of interest on notional amounts of principal, and
for the Company to pay to the  counterparty a fixed rate of interest on the same
amounts of notional  principal.  In all cases, the Company remains  obligated to
pay the variable rate owing to the holder of the underlying  obligations.  These
interest rate swaps effectively  convert $100 million of floating rate debt to a
fixed rate of 6% through the year 2000.

    Each party to any interest rate swap agreement is exposed to credit risk for
nonperformance of the other party. The Company has such exposure,  but since the
counterparties   are  major   financial   institutions,   does  not   anticipate
nonperformance by counterparties.

Commodity Derivatives

    The  Company  utilizes  futures,  options  and swaps to hedge the effects of
fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and refined products. These transactions
meet  the  requirements  for  hedge   accounting,   including   designation  and
correlation.  The resulting  gains or losses,  measured by quoted market prices,
are  accounted  for as part of the  transactions  being  hedged.  On the balance
sheet, deferred gains and losses are included in current assets and liabilities.

    At December 31, 1998, the Company had open  derivative  commodity  contracts
required to be settled in cash, consisting mostly of futures.  Notional contract
amounts,  excluding  unrealized gains and losses,  were $101 million at December
31, 1998. These amounts principally  represent future values of contract volumes

                                       13
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

over the remaining  duration of outstanding  futures contracts at the respective
dates.  These  contracts  hedge  a  small  fraction  of the  company's  business
activities, generally for the next two months.

    Unrealized  losses on open  positions  at December 31, 1998 were $5 million.
The earnings  impact of closed  positions for the six months ended  December 31,
1998 was not material.

NOTE 9 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS AND RENTAL EXPENSE

    The Company has leasing  arrangements  involving  service stations and other
facilities.  Renewal  and  purchase  options are  available  on certain of these
leases in which the Company is lessee.

    The Company has a one-year lease  agreement for a  cogeneration  plant being
constructed  in proximity to the  Company's  Delaware City  refinery.  The lease
commences upon completion of the facility's construction,  which is estimated to
be in the first  quarter  of 2000.  The lease may be  renewed  at the  Company's
option for seventeen  consecutive  one-year terms.  The minimum lease commitment
for the first year (year 2000) is expected to be approximately  $20 million (not
included  in the  table  below).  The  Company,  as  construction  agent for the
project,  is obligated to reimburse the lessor for  approximately  89 percent of
the project's construction cost if certain agreed-upon requirements are not met.
The accumulated  expenditures to date at December 31, 1998 were $168 million. At
the end of the first one-year lease, if not renewed,  the Company has guaranteed
a minimum  recoverable  residual value to the lessor of approximately 89 percent
of the total project construction cost.

    As of December 31, 1998, the Company had estimated  minimum  commitments for
payment of rentals under leases which, at inception, had a noncancelable term of
more than one year, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Operating   Capital
                                                                                Leases      Lease
                                                                                ------      -----
                                                                                  (millions of
                                                                                     dollars)
<C>                                                                             <C>        <C> 
1999.......................................................................     $  47      $  4
2000.......................................................................        38         4
2001.......................................................................        30         4
2002.......................................................................        21         4
2003.......................................................................        18         4
After 2003.................................................................        51        13
                                                                                -----      ----
          Total lease commitments..........................................     $ 205        33
                                                                                =====
Less amounts representing interest.........................................                  15
                                                                                           ----
Present value of total capital lease obligation............................                  18
Less current portion of capital lease obligation...........................                   1
                                                                                           ----
Present value of long-term  portion of capital lease obligation............                $ 17
                                                                                           ====
</TABLE>
                                       14
<PAGE>
                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    Rental expense relative to operating leases,  including  contingent rentals,
is provided in the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            For the period
                                                                                            from inception
                                                                                          (July 1, 1998) to
                                                                                             December 31,
                                                                                                 1998
                                                                                          -----------------
                                                                                             (millions of
                                                                                                dollars)
<S>                                                                                               <C> 
Rental expense:
  Minimum lease rentals....................................................................       $ 52
  Contingent rentals.......................................................................          5
                                                                                                  ----
          Total............................................................................         57
Less rental  income on  properties  subleased to others....................................         25
                                                                                                  ----
Net rental expense.........................................................................       $ 32
                                                                                                  ====
</TABLE>

NOTE 10 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

    In  accordance  with  certain  joint  venture  agreements  related  to human
resources  matters,  employees  performing  duties supporting the Company remain
employees of Shell,  Texaco and Star, who currently charge their services to the
Company.  It is expected that the Company or one of its affiliates will directly
employ the personnel necessary for continued support on April 1, 1999. Since the
Company has no directly  employed  personnel at December 31, 1998,  there are no
liabilities  related  to such on the  balance  sheet.  Pensions  and other  post
employment benefits costs are not separately identified in billings for employee
services from Shell, Texaco and Star, and therefore are not disclosed.

    The  joint  venture  agreements  provide  for the  Company  and  Equilon  to
determine the appropriate  staffing levels for their  businesses.  To the extent
those  staffing  needs result in the  elimination of positions from the ranks of
Shell, Texaco and Star, affected employees are entitled to termination  benefits
provided for under the benefit plans of the applicable companies.  Shell, Texaco
and Star, as the employer  companies,  are  responsible  for  administering  the
payment of  benefits  under  their  respective  benefit  plans.  The Company and
Equilon  are  obligated  to  reimburse  the  employer  companies  for all  costs
resulting  from the  elimination  of  positions  in  accordance  with a  formula
included in the joint venture agreements.

    The  formation  of the  Company  and  Equilon is  expected  to result in the
termination  of  1,535  employees.  Of  this  total,  869  employees  have  been
terminated  through  December  31,  1998.  The  remaining  separations  will  be
substantially  completed by mid-year 1999. In 1998 the Company recorded a charge
of $30 million for its share of reimbursable  severance and other benefit costs.
The Company has  reimbursed  the employer  companies  $3 million in  termination
benefits  through  December  31,  1998,  and  will  make  reimbursement  for the
remaining  benefits  in future  periods  in  accordance  with the joint  venture
agreements.

NOTE 11 -- CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

    Except for environmental  obligations,  the Company generally did not assume
any contingent liabilities with respect to events occurring before July 1, 1998.

    While it is  impossible  to  ascertain  the  ultimate  legal  and  financial
liability with respect to many contingent liabilities and commitments (including
lawsuits, claims, guarantees, federal regulations,  environmental issues, etc.),
the Company has accrued amounts related to certain such liabilities. The Company
does  not  expect  that the  aggregate  amount  of  commitments  and  contingent
liabilities in excess of amounts accrued at December 31, 1998, if any, will have
a material  effect on the  financial  position or results of  operations  of the
Company.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                             MOTIVA ENTERPRISES LLC

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12 -- TAXES

    The Company, as a limited liability company, is not liable for income taxes.
Income taxes are the responsibility of the owners,  with earnings of the Company
included in the owners' earnings for the determination of income tax liability.

    Excise taxes collected from consumers for governmental agencies that are not
included in revenues or expenses  were $2,062  million for the six month  period
ended December 31, 1998.

NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT

    On  February 1, 1999 the  Company  and  Equilon  sold the Shell  Proprietary
Credit Card Program to Associates First Capital  Corporation.  The proceeds from
the sale were  assigned  to the Company  and  Equilon  based on the  outstanding
receivable  balances at the time of the sale. The credit card  receivables  sold
that were applicable to the Company amounted to $108 million.



                                       16
<PAGE>

                                                                        APPENDIX

DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL INCLUDED IN 
EXHIBIT 13 - TEXACO INC.'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS

The  following  information  is depicted in  graphic/image/illustration  form in
Texaco Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders  filed as Exhibit 13 to Texaco
Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K and all page  references  included in the
following  descriptions  are to the actual and complete  paper format version of
Texaco  Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders  as provided to Texaco Inc.'s
stockholders:

This Appendix  describes the graphic material contained in the portion of Texaco
Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to  Stockholders  which is  incorporated  by reference
into Texaco  Inc.'s 1998 Annual  Report on Form 10-K,  in response to Form 10-K,
Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.

1.       The  first  graph is  located  on Page 26.  The bar  graph is  entitled
         "Texaco's U.S. Realized Crude Oil Price Per Barrel" and is reflected in
         dollars.  The U.S. realized crude oil price per barrel, in dollars, for
         each year are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                               <C>   
                              1996                              $17.93
                              1997                              $17.34
                              1998                              $10.60
</TABLE>

         Below the graph  a  footnote appears which states, "Prices in 1998 fell
         to historically low levels."

2.       The second graph is located on Page 27. The bar graph is entitled "Cash
         Expenses  Per Barrel"  and is  reflected  in dollars.  A note above the
         graph  appears which states,  "Excludes  operations  now in Equilon and
         special items." The cash expenses per barrel, in dollars, for each year
         are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                                <C>  
                              1996                               $3.93
                              1997                               $4.08
                              1998                               $3.74
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote  appears  which states,  "Tight  controls on
         expenses led to an 8% reduction per barrel in 1998."


<PAGE>



3.       The third graph is located on Page 29. The bar graph is entitled  "U.S.
         Production"  and is reflected in thousands of barrels of oil equivalent
         a day. The U.S. production, in thousands of barrels of oil equivalent a
         day, for each year are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Crude Oil               Natural Gas                  Total
                                          ---------               -----------                  -----
<S>                 <C>                      <C>                      <C>                       <C>
                    1996                     388                      279                       667
                    1997                     396                      284                       680
                    1998                     433                      280                       713
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote appears which states,  "Growth of 5% in 1998
         due to higher production in California and the Gulf of Mexico."

4.       The fourth graph is located on Page 30. The bar graph is entitled "U.S.
         Production  Costs Per Barrel"  and is  reflected  in dollars.  The U.S.
         production costs per barrel, in dollars,  for each year are depicted as
         follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                        <C>  
                              1996                       $3.82
                              1997                       $3.94
                              1998                       $4.07
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote  appears which  states,  "Slight rise due to
         higher lifting costs of acquired Monterey properties."

5.       The  fifth  graph is  located  on Page 31.  The bar  graph is  entitled
         "International  Production" and is reflected in thousands of barrels of
         oil  equivalent a day. The  International  production,  in thousands of
         barrels of oil equivalent a day, for each year are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Crude Oil               Natural Gas                Total
                                ---------               -----------                -----
<S>                 <C>            <C>                      <C>                      <C>
                    1996           399                      64                       463
                    1997           437                      79                       516
                    1998           497                      91                       588
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote  appears which states,  "Production  grew by
         14% in 1998 due to continuing  development in the North Sea,  Indonesia
         and the Middle East."

6.       The  sixth  graph is  located  on Page 31.  The bar  graph is  entitled
         "International  Exploratory  Expenses"  and is reflected in millions of
         dollars.  The  International   exploratory  expenses,  in  millions  of
         dollars, for each year are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                        <C> 
                              1996                       $226
                              1997                       $282
                              1998                       $204
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

         Below  the  graph  a  footnote appears which states, "Reduction in 1998
         spending due to low-price environment."

7.       The  seventh  graph is located  on Page 31.  The bar graph is  entitled
         "International  Production  Costs  Per  Barrel"  and  is  reflected  in
         dollars. The International production costs per barrel, in dollars, for
         each year are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                        <C>  
                              1996                       $4.47
                              1997                       $4.30
                              1998                       $3.74
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote  appears which states,  "Lower lifting costs
         per barrel through operating efficiencies and increased production."

8.       The  eighth  graph is  located  on Page 34.  The bar graph is  entitled
         "International Refinery Input" and is reflected in thousands of barrels
         a day. The International refinery input, in thousands of barrels a day,
         for each year and geographical location are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Europe               Caltex                LA/WA                Total
                         ------               ------                -----                -----
<S>         <C>            <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
            1996           340                  364                  58                   762
            1997           336                  408                  60                   804
            1998           350                  417                  65                   832
</TABLE>

         Below  the  graph  a  footnote appears which states, "Texaco's refinery
         system supplies key markets."

9.       The  ninth  graph is  located  on Page 37.  The bar  graph is  entitled
         "Capital and Exploratory  Expenditures - Geographical" and is reflected
         in billions  of  dollars.  Capital  and  exploratory  expenditures,  in
         billions  of  dollars,  for each  year and  geographical  location  are
         depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Acquisition of  
                                                                            Monterey  
                            United States         International            Resources         Total
                            -------------         -------------            ---------         -----
<S>            <C>                <C>                 <C>                  <C>
               1996               $1.6                $1.8                 $   -              $3.4
               1997               $2.3                $2.2                 $1.4               $5.9
               1998               $2.0                $2.0                 $   -              $4.0
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote appears which states,  "Balanced spending on
         a worldwide portfolio of projects."


<PAGE>



10.      The  tenth  graph is  located  on Page 37.  The bar  graph is  entitled
         "Capital and Exploratory Expenditures - Functional" and is reflected in
         billions of dollars. Capital and exploratory expenditures,  in billions
         of dollars, for each year and function are depicted as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Manufacturing,
                                                                    marketing,           Acquisition of
                      Exploration and         Global gas          distribution              Monterey
                        production            marketing             and other              Resources        Total
                        ----------            ---------             ---------              ---------        -----
<S>      <C>               <C>                   <C>                   <C>                 <C>               <C> 
         1996              $2.3                  $0.1                  $1.0                $   -             $3.4
         1997              $3.0                  $0.2                  $1.3                $1.4              $5.9
         1998              $2.7                  $0.1                  $1.2                $   -             $4.0
</TABLE>

         Below the graph a footnote appears which states, "Continued emphasis on
         exploration and production projects."


















<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     The exhibits designated by an asterisk are incorporated herein by reference
to documents  previously  filed by Texaco Inc. with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission, SEC File No. 1-27.

     Exhibits


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
         (3.1) Copy of Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of Texaco Inc., as
               amended to and including March 2, 1999, including  Certificate of
               Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B ESOP Convertible
               Preferred Stock,  Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock
               and Series G, H, I and J Market Auction Preferred Shares.

         (3.2) Copy of By-Laws of Texaco Inc., as amended to and including  July
               26, 1998.

 (10(iii)(a))  Form of severance agreement between Texaco Inc. and elected
               officers of Texaco Inc.
 (10(iii)(b))  Employment agreement dated December 30, 1997, between Texaco Inc.
               and Mr. John J. O'Connor, Senior Vice President of Texaco Inc.
 (10(iii)(c))  Employment agreements dated July 18, 1997, between Texaco Inc. and
               Mr. William M. Wicker, Senior Vice President of Texaco Inc.
 (10(iii)(d))  Texaco Inc.'s 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by
               reference to Appendix A, pages 39 through 44 of Texaco Inc.'s
               proxy statement dated March 27, 1997.                                                            *

 (10(iii)(e))  Texaco Inc.'s 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference
               to Appendix A, pages 45 and 46 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated
               March 27, 1997.                                                                                  *

 (10(iii)(f))  Texaco Inc.'s Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to
               pages A-1 through A-8 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated April 5, 1993.                      *

  (10(iii)(g)) Texaco Inc.'s Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to pages
               IV-1 through IV-5 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated April 10, 1989
               and to Exhibit A of  Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated March 29, 1991.                         *

  (10(iii)(h)) Texaco Inc.'s Incentive Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference to page
               IV-5 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated April 10, 1989.                                      *

  (10(iii)(i)) Description of Texaco Inc.'s Supplemental Pension Benefits Plan, incorporated
               herein by reference to pages 8 and 9 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy statement dated
               March 17, 1981.                                                                                  *

  (10(iii)(j)) Description  of  Texaco  Inc.'s  Revised   Supplemental   Pension
               Benefits  Plan,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to pages 24
               through 27 of Texaco  Inc.'s proxy statement dated March 9, 1978.                                *

  (10(iii)(k)) Description of Texaco Inc.'s Revised Incentive Compensation Plan,
               incorporated herein by reference to pages 10 and 11 of Texaco Inc.'s proxy
               statement dated March 13, 1969.                                                                  *

        (12.1) Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges of Texaco on a
               Total Enterprise Basis.

        (12.2) Definitions of Selected Financial Ratios.

          (13) Copy of those  portions of Texaco  Inc.'s  1998 Annual  Report to
               Stockholders that are incorporated  herein by reference into this
               Annual Report on Form 10-K.

<PAGE>
          (21) Listing of significant Texaco Inc.  subsidiary  companies and the
               name of the state or other  jurisdiction in which each subsidiary
               was organized.

       (23.1)  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

       (23.2)  Consent of KPMG LLP.

        (23.3) Consent of Independent Accountants of Equilon Enterprises LLC.

        (23.4) Consent of Independent Accountants of Motiva Enterprises LLC.

         (24)  Powers of Attorney  for the  Directors  and  certain  Officers of
               Texaco  Inc.  authorizing,  among  other  things,  the signing of
               Texaco Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K on their behalf.

          (27) Financial Data Schedule.


</TABLE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                   TEXACO INC.
                   (as amended to and including March 2, 1999)

      A Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  was duly adopted by the Board of
Directors  of Texaco  Inc.  on April 27,  1990,  pursuant  to Section 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and was amended on December 22,
1992, November 9, 1994, September 10, 1997 and March 2, 1999. This document only
restates and integrates the provisions of the Company's Restated  Certificate of
Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented.

      The  Company  was  incorporated  under the laws of  Delaware on August 26,
1926, as The Texas Corporation.

                                       I.

      The name of this Company is TEXACO INC.

                                       II.

      Its principal  office in the State of Delaware is located at 32 Loockerman
Square,  Suite L-100, in the City of Dover,  County of Kent, and the name of its
resident agent is The Prentice-Hall  Corporation System,  Inc., whose address is
32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware.

                                      III.

      The objects or purposes  for which the Company is formed and the nature of
the  business  to be  carried  on,  any one or all of which it may pursue in the
United States of America and the states, districts,  territories and possessions
thereof and in foreign countries, are as follows:

      A. to  engage  in and  carry on the  petroleum  business  and the  various
branches thereof, including the extraction, production, storage, transportation,
purchase  and  sale of oil  and  gas,  natural  gas  liquids,  shale  and  other
hydrocarbon  substances  and  their  products  and  by-products,  and  refining,
treating,  applying,  compounding,  processing and otherwise  preparing them for
market;

      B. to engage in and carry on any other business,  without limit as to kind
and whether or not related  to,  similar to or  different  from,  the  petroleum
business, including but not limited to, the businesses of mining, manufacturing,
processing, storage, construction, service, transportation and merchandising;

      C. to acquire,  own, hold, enjoy, lease, deal in, operate,  dispose of and
convey  real and  personal  property of every kind and  description,  rights and
interests  therein,  and the  business,  property,  assets  and good will of any
person, partnership, association, firm, corporation or other entity;

      D. to acquire,  own, hold, enjoy, deal in and sell,  transfer or otherwise
dispose  of  stock,  bonds,  notes and other  securities,  as well as  accounts,
contracts and evidences of indebtedness of any person, partnership, association,
firm,  corporation or other entity,  in whatsoever  business or activity engaged
and  whether  private  or public in  character,  and to  exercise  all rights in
respect thereto;

                                       1
 

<PAGE>

     E. to make  secured and  unsecured  loans,  with or without  interest,  to
assume or  guarantee  the stock,  bonds,  and  obligations  of, or  otherwise to
assist, any person, partnership, association, firm, corporation or other entity,
in  whatsoever  business  or activity  engaged and whether  public or private in
character,  when so doing, in the opinion of the Board of Directors,  would tend
to promote the business of this Company;

      F. to  acquire,  own,  hold,  enjoy,  grant,  deal in,  transfer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose  of  intangible  property  of  every  kind  and  description,
including, without limitation,  patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, licenses, formulae and chooses in action of any kind;

      G. to do all and everything useful in or incidental to the  accomplishment
of the objects and purposes  herein  stated,  as principal,  agent,  contractor,
trustee,  or otherwise,  either alone or in association with others, to the same
extent and as fully as could natural persons.

      No  enumeration  of specific  objects,  purposes or powers,  or particular
description  of business in this  article  shall be held to limit or restrict in
any  manner  those  enumerations  or  descriptions  which are  general  in their
character,  and the objects,  powers and descriptions of one section shall in no
wise be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any
other section.

                                       IV.

      The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Company shall
have authority to issue is 730,000,000  shares,  consisting of 30,000,000 shares
of  Preferred  Stock of the par value of $1.00  each and  700,000,000  shares of
Common Stock of the par value of $3.125 each.

      The  designations  and  the  powers,   preferences  and  rights,  and  the
qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  of the  Preferred  Stock and the
Common Stock are as follows:

      (A) The  Preferred  Stock may be  issued  from time to time in one or more
series.  Subject  to the  limitations  set  forth  herein  and  any  limitations
prescribed  by law, the Board of Directors  is  expressly  authorized,  prior to
issuance of any series of Preferred  Stock,  to fix by resolution or resolutions
providing  for the issue of any  series the  number of shares  included  in such
series and the  designation,  relative powers,  preferences and rights,  and the
qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  of such series.  Pursuant to the
foregoing  general  authority  vested  in the  Board  of  Directors,  but not in
limitation of the powers conferred on the Board of Directors  thereby and by the
General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,  the Board of  Directors is
expressly  authorized  to  determine  with  respect to each series of  Preferred
Stock:

            1. the  designation or designations of such series and the number of
      shares  (which  number from time to time may be  decreased by the Board of
      Directors,  but not below the number of such  shares of such  series  then
      outstanding,  or may  be  increased  by  the  Board  of  Directors  unless
      otherwise provided in creating such series) constituting such series;

            2. the rate or amount and times at which,  and the  preferences  and
      conditions  under  which,  dividends  shall be  payable  on shares of such
      series, the status of such dividends as cumulative or

                                       2
<PAGE>

      non-cumulative,  the date or dates from  which  dividends, if  cumulative,
      shall   accumulate,   and  the   status   of  such  as  participating   or
      non-participating  after the payment of dividends  as to which such shares
      are entitled to any preference;

            3. the rights and  preferences,  if any, of the holders of shares of
      such series upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs
      of, or upon any  distribution of the assets of, the Company,  which amount
      may vary depending upon whether such  liquidation,  dissolution or winding
      up is voluntary or  involuntary  and, if voluntary,  may vary at different
      dates,  and the status of the shares of such  series as  participating  or
      non-participating   after  the   satisfaction   of  any  such  rights  and
      preferences;

            4. the full or limited  voting  rights,  if any, to be provided  for
      shares of such series, in addition to the voting rights provided by law;

            5. the times,  terms and  conditions,  if any,  upon which shares of
      such  series  shall be subject  to  redemption,  including  the amount the
      holders  of  shares of such  series  shall be  entitled  to  receive  upon
      redemption  (which  amount  may  vary  under  different  conditions  or at
      different redemption dates) and the amount,  terms,  conditions and manner
      of operation of any  purchase,  retirement  or sinking fund to be provided
      for the shares of such series;

            6. the  rights,  if any,  of  holders  of shares  of such  series to
      convert such shares into,  or to exchange  such shares for,  shares of any
      other  class or  classes  or of any other  series of the same  class,  the
      prices or rates of conversion or exchange,  and adjustments  thereto,  and
      any other terms and conditions applicable to such conversion or exchange;

            7.  the  limitations,  if  any,  applicable  while  such  series  is
      outstanding on the payment of dividends or making of distributions  on, or
      the  acquisition  or  redemption  of,  Common  Stock or any other class of
      shares ranking junior, either as to dividends or upon liquidation,  to the
      shares of such series;

            8. the  conditions  or  restrictions,  if any, upon the issue of any
      additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other
      series or of any other  class)  ranking  on a parity  with or prior to the
      shares of such series either as to dividends or upon liquidation; and

            9.  any  other  relative  powers,   preferences  and  participating,
      optional or other special rights, and the  qualifications,  limitations or
      restrictions thereof, of shares of such series;

in each case, so far as not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate
of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as then
in effect.  All shares of Preferred  Stock shall be identical  and of equal rank
except in respect to the particulars that may be fixed by the Board of Directors
as provided  above,  and all shares of each series of  Preferred  Stock shall be
identical  and of equal  rank  except  as to the  times  from  which  cumulative
dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative.

      B. Pursuant to the authority  conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation,  the Board of Directors has created the
following  series  of  Preferred  Stock,   with  the  following  voting  powers,
preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other special rights, and
the following qualifications, limitations or restrictions.

                                       3

<PAGE>



                    Series B ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock

      SECTION 1.  Designation and Amount;  Special Purpose  Restricted  Transfer
Issue.

      (A) The  shares  of such  series  shall be  designated  as  "Series B ESOP
Convertible  Preferred  Stock"  ("Series B  Preferred  Stock") and the number of
shares constituting such series shall be 833,333 1/3.

      (B)  Shares  of Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall be issued  only to State
Street Bank and Trust Company,  as trustee (the "Trustee") of the employee stock
ownership plan feature of the Employees Thrift Plan of the Company (the "Plan").
All  references  to the holder of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock shall mean
the  Trustee  or any  successor  trustee  under  the  Plan.  In the event of any
transfer of record ownership of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to any person
other  than any  successor  trustee  under  the  Plan,  the  shares  of Series B
Preferred  Stock so  transferred,  upon such  transfer  and  without any further
action by the Company or the holder thereof,  shall be  automatically  converted
into shares of Common Stock on the terms  otherwise  provided for the conversion
of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock into shares of Common  Stock  pursuant to
Section 5 hereof and no such  transferee  shall  have any of the voting  powers,
preferences and relative, participating,  optional or special rights ascribed to
shares of Series B Preferred  Stock hereunder but,  rather,  only the powers and
rights  pertaining  to the  Common  Stock  into  which  such  shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock shall be so converted.  In the event of such a conversion,  the
transferee  of the shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock shall be treated for all
purposes  as the  record  holder of the  shares of Common  Stock into which such
shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been  automatically  converted as of the
date of such transfer.  Certificates  representing  shares of Series B Preferred
Stock shall bear a legend to reflect the foregoing  provisions.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph (B) of Section 1, shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock (i) may be converted into shares of Common Stock as provided by
Section 5 hereof and the shares of Common Stock issued upon such  conversion may
be  transferred  by the  holder  thereof as  permitted  by law and (ii) shall be
redeemable by the Company upon the terms and conditions  provided by Sections 6,
7 and 8 hereof.

      SECTION 2. Dividends and Distribution.

      (A) Subject to the provisions for adjustment  hereinafter  set forth,  the
holders of shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled  to receive,
when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of  funds  legally
available  therefor,  cash  dividends  ("Preferred  Dividends") in an amount per
share equal to $57.00 per share per annum, and no more, payable  semiannually in
arrears,  one-half on the 20th day of December  and  one-half on the 20th day of
June of each year (each a "Dividend  Payment Date") commencing on June 20, 1989,
to holders of record at the start of business on such Dividend  Payment Date. In
the event  that any  Dividend  Payment  Date  shall fall on any day other than a
"Business  Day" (as  hereinafter  defined),  the  dividend  payment  due on such
Dividend  Payment Date shall be paid on the Business Day  immediately  preceding
such  Dividend  Payment  Date.  Preferred  Dividends  shall  begin to  accrue on
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock from the date of issuance of such
shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  Preferred Dividends shall accrue on a daily
basis whether or not the Company shall have earnings or surplus at the time, but
Preferred  Dividends  accrued after issuance on the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock for any period less than a full semiannual period between Dividend Payment
Dates shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of 30-day months. Accrued
but unpaid Preferred Dividends shall cumulate as of the Dividend Payment Date on
which they first become payable, but no interest shall accrue on accumulated but
unpaid Preferred Dividends.

                                       4
 
<PAGE>

     (B)  So  long  as  any  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  shall  be
outstanding,  no dividend  shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on
any other series of stock ranking on a parity with the Series B Preferred  Stock
as to  dividends,  unless there shall also be or have been  declared and paid or
set apart  for  payment  on the  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  dividends  for all
dividend payment periods of the Series B Preferred Stock ending on or before the
Dividend  Payment  Date of such  parity  stock,  ratably  in  proportion  to the
respective  amounts of dividends  accumulated  and unpaid  through such dividend
period on the Series B Preferred Stock and accumulated and unpaid on such parity
stock through the dividend  payment  period on such parity stock next  preceding
such Dividend  Payment Date. In the event that full cumulative  dividends on the
Series B  Preferred  Stock  have not been  declared  and paid or set  apart  for
payment when due, the Company  shall not declare or pay or set apart for payment
any dividends or make any other distributions on, or make any payment on account
of the purchase,  redemption or other  retirement of any other class of stock or
series thereof of the Company ranking, as to dividends or as to distributions in
the event of a liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company, junior to
the Series B Preferred  Stock until full  cumulative  dividends  on the Series B
Preferred  Stock  shall have been paid or  declared  and set apart for  payment;
provided,  however,  that the  foregoing  shall  not  apply to (i) any  dividend
payable  solely in any shares of any stock  ranking,  as to dividends  and as to
distributions  in the event of a  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Company,  junior to the  Series B  Preferred  Stock or (ii) the  acquisition  of
shares of any stock ranking, as to dividends or as to distributions in the event
of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, junior to the Series
B Preferred Stock in exchange  solely for shares of any other stock ranking,  as
to dividends and as to distributions in the event of a liquidation,  dissolution
or winding up of the Company, junior to the Series B Preferred Stock.

      SECTION 3. Voting Rights.

      The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following
voting rights:

      (A) The holders of Series B  Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to vote on
all matters  submitted  to a vote of the  stockholders  of the  Company,  voting
together with the holders of Common Stock as one class. The holder of each share
of Series B Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the
number of shares of Common  Stock into  which  such share of Series B  Preferred
Stock could be converted  on the record date for  determining  the  stockholders
entitled  to  vote,  rounded  to the  nearest  one-tenth  of a  vote;  it  being
understood that whenever the "Conversion Price" (as defined in Section 5 hereof)
is adjusted as provided in Section 9 hereof,  the voting  rights of the Series B
Preferred Stock shall also be similarly adjusted.

      (B) Except as otherwise  required by law or set forth  herein,  holders of
Series B Preferred  Stock shall have no special  voting rights and their consent
shall not be  required  (except to the  extent  they are  entitled  to vote with
holders of Common  Stock as set forth  herein)  for the taking of any  corporate
action; provided,  however, that the vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred  Stock,  voting  separately  as a series,  shall be
necessary to adopt any  alteration,  amendment or repeal of any provision of the
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company,  as amended,  or this
Resolution  (including any such alteration,  amendment or repeal effected by any
merger or  consolidation  in which the  Company is the  surviving  or  resulting
corporation), if such amendment,  alteration or repeal would alter or change the
powers,  preferences or special rights of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock
so as to affect them adversely.

                                       5
<PAGE>

      SECTION 4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

      (A) Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding
up of the Company,  the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive out of assets of the Company which remain after  satisfaction in full of
all valid claims of creditors of the Company and which are available for payment
to  stockholders,  and  subject to the rights of the holders of any stock of the
Company  ranking  senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred  Stock in
respect of  distributions  upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
Company,  before any amount  shall be paid or  distributed  among the holders of
Common Stock or any other shares ranking junior to the Series B Preferred  Stock
in respect of distributions  upon liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Company,  liquidating  distributions  in the amount of $600 per  share,  plus an
amount equal to all accrued and unpaid  dividends  thereon to the date fixed for
distribution, and no more. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company,  the amounts  payable with respect to the Series B Preferred  Stock
and any other  stock  ranking as to any such  distribution  on a parity with the
Series B  Preferred  Stock are not paid in full,  the  holders  of the  Series B
Preferred Stock and such other stock shall share ratably in any  distribution of
assets in proportion to the full respective  preferential  amounts to which they
are  entitled.  After  payment of the full amount to which they are  entitled as
provided by the foregoing  provisions  of this  paragraph  4(A),  the holders of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further right or
claim to any of the remaining assets of the Company.

      (B) Neither the merger or  consolidation  of the Company  with or into any
other corporation, nor the merger or consolidation of any other corporation with
or into the Company,  nor the sale, lease,  exchange or other transfer of all or
any portion of the assets of the Company,  shall be deemed to be a  dissolution,
liquidation  or winding up of the affairs of the  Company  for  purposes of this
Section 4, but the holders of Series B Preferred  Stock  shall  nevertheless  be
entitled in the event of any such merger or consolidation to the rights provided
by Section 8 hereof.

      (C)  Written   notice  of  any  voluntary  or   involuntary   liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the  Company,  stating the  payment  date or dates
when,  and the place or places where,  the amounts  distributable  to holders of
Series B Preferred Stock in such circumstances shall be payable,  shall be given
by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  mailed not less than twenty (20) days
prior to any payment date stated  therein,  to the holders of Series B Preferred
Stock,  at the address  shown on the books of the Company or any transfer  agent
for the Series B Preferred Stock.

      SECTION 5. Conversion into Common Stock.

      (A) A holder of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock shall be entitled,  at
any time prior to the close of business on the date fixed for redemption of such
shares  pursuant  to  Sections  6, 7 and 8  hereof,  to cause any or all of such
shares to be converted  into shares of Common  Stock,  initially at a conversion
rate equal to the ratio of $600 to the amount which  initially  shall be $60 and
which  shall be  adjusted as  hereinafter  provided  (and,  as so  adjusted,  is
hereinafter  sometimes  referred  to as the  "Conversion  Price")  (that  is,  a
conversion  rate  initially  equivalent  to ten shares of Common  Stock for each
share of Series B Preferred  Stock so converted,  which is subject to adjustment
as the Conversion Price is adjusted as hereinafter provided).

      (B) Any holder of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock  desiring to convert
such shares  into shares of Common  Stock shall  surrender  the  certificate  or
certificates   representing  the  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  being
converted, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Company (or

                                       6
<PAGE>

accompanied by duly executed stock powers  relating  thereto),  at the principal
executive  office of the  Company or the offices of the  transfer  agent for the
Series B  Preferred  Stock or such office or offices in the  continental  United
States of an agent for  conversion  as may from  time to time be  designated  by
notice to the  holders of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock by the  Company or the
transfer agent for the Series B Preferred  Stock,  accompanied by written notice
of conversion.  Such notice of conversion shall specify (i) the number of shares
of Series B Preferred  Stock to be converted and the name or names in which such
holder  wishes the  certificate  or  certificates  for Common  Stock and for any
shares of Series B Preferred  Stock not to be so converted to be issued and (ii)
the  address  to  which  such  holder  wishes  delivery  to be made of such  new
certificates to be issued upon such conversion.

      (C) Upon  surrender  of a  certificate  representing  a share or shares of
Series B Preferred  Stock for  conversion,  the Company  shall issue and send by
hand delivery (with receipt to be acknowledged) or by first-class mail,  postage
prepaid,  to the holder  thereof or to such  holder's  designee,  at the address
designated  by such holder,  a  certificate  or  certificates  for the number of
shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled  upon  conversion.
In  the  event  that  there  shall  have  been   surrendered  a  certificate  or
certificates representing shares of Series B Preferred Stock, only part of which
are to be converted,  the Company shall issue and deliver to such holder or such
holder's  designee a new certificate or certificates  representing the number of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock which shall not have been converted.

      (D)  The  issuance  by the  Company  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon a
conversion  of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock into  shares of Common  Stock
made at the option of the holder thereof shall be effective as of the earlier of
(i) the delivery to such holder or such  holder's  designee of the  certificates
representing  the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion  thereof or (ii)
the  commencement  of business on the second business day after the surrender of
the certificate or certificates for the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be
converted, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Company (or accompanied
by duly executed stock powers relating  thereto) as provided by this Resolution.
On and after the effective day of conversion,  the person or persons entitled to
receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion  shall be treated for all
purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock,  but no
allowance or adjustment shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders
of Common  Stock in respect  of any period  prior to such  effective  date.  The
Company  shall not be  obligated  to pay any  dividends  which  shall  have been
declared  and shall be payable to holders of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock
on a Dividend  Payment Date if such  Dividend  Payment Date for such dividend is
subsequent to the effective date of conversion of such shares.

      (E) The Company  shall not be  obligated to deliver to holders of Series B
Preferred Stock any fractional share of shares of Common Stock issuable upon any
conversion of such shares of Series B Preferred  Stock,  but in lieu thereof may
make a cash payment in respect thereof in any manner permitted by law.

      (F) The Company shall at all times  reserve and keep  available out of its
authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for issuance upon the conversion of
shares of Series B Preferred Stock as herein provided,  free from any preemptive
rights,  such  number of shares  of Common  Stock as shall  from time to time be
issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series B Preferred  Stock then
outstanding.  Nothing  contained  herein shall preclude the Company from issuing
shares of Common Stock held in its  treasury  upon the  conversion  of shares of
Series B Preferred  Stock into Common Stock  pursuant to the terms  hereof.  The
Company shall prepare and shall use its best efforts to obtain and keep in force
such  governmental  or  regulatory  permits  or other  authorizations  as may be
required by law, and shall comply with all  requirements  as to  registration or
qualification  of the Common Stock,  in order to enable the

                                       7
<PAGE>

Company  lawfully  to issue  and  deliver  to each  holder of record of Series B
Preferred  Stock such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall from time to
time be sufficient to effect the  conversion of all shares of Series B Preferred
Stock then outstanding and convertible into shares of Common Stock.

      SECTION 6. Redemption at the Option of the Company.

      (A) The Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemable, in whole or in part,
at the option of the Company at any time after December 20, 1991, or at any time
after the date of issuance,  if permitted by paragraph (D) of this Section 6, at
the following redemption prices per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         During the Twelve-
            Month Period                                                                 Price Per
        Beginning December 20                                                              Share
                <S>                                                                       <C>     
                1988                                                                      $ 657.00
                1989                                                                      $ 651.30
                1990                                                                      $ 645.60
                1991                                                                      $ 639.90
                1992                                                                      $ 634.20
                1993                                                                      $ 628.50
                1994                                                                      $ 622.80
                1995                                                                      $ 617.10
                1996                                                                      $ 611.40
                1997                                                                      $ 605.70
</TABLE>

and  thereafter  at $600 per share,  plus,  in each case, an amount equal to all
accrued and unpaid dividends  thereon to the date fixed for redemption.  Payment
of the redemption price shall be made by the Company in cash or shares of Common
Stock, or a combination  thereof,  as permitted by paragraph (F) of this Section
6. From and after the date fixed for redemption, dividends on shares of Series B
Preferred Stock called for redemption will cease to accrue,  such shares will no
longer be deemed to be  outstanding  and all rights in respect of such shares of
the Company shall cease,  except the right to receive the redemption  price.  If
less than all of the  outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock are to be
redeemed, the Company shall either redeem a portion of the shares of each holder
determined  pro rata based on the number of shares  held by each holder or shall
select the shares to be redeemed by lot,  as may be  determined  by the Board of
Directors of the Company.

      (B)   Unless  otherwise required by law, notice of redemption will be sent
to the holders of Series B Preferred  Stock at the address shown on the books of
the  Company  or any  transfer  agent  for  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  mailed not less than twenty (20) days nor
more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption  date.  Each such notice shall
state:  (i) the redemption date; (ii) the total number of shares of the Series B
Preferred  Stock to be  redeemed  and, if fewer than all the shares held by such
holder are to be  redeemed,  the number of such shares to be redeemed  from such
holder;  (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where certificates
for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption  price;  (v)
that  dividends  on the  shares  to be  redeemed  will  cease to  accrue on such
redemption  date; and (vi) the  conversion  rights of the shares to be redeemed,
the period within which conversion  rights may be exercised,  and the Conversion
Price and number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion of a share
of Series B Preferred  Stock at the time.  Upon surrender of the certificate for
any shares so called  for  redemption  and not  previously  converted  (properly
endorsed or assigned  for  transfer,  if the Board of  Directors  of the Company
shall so require

                                       8
<PAGE>

and the notice shall so state),  such shares shall be redeemed by the Company at
the date  fixed for  redemption  and at the  redemption  price set forth in this
Section 6.

      (C)   In the event of a change in the federal tax law of the United States
of America which has the effect of  precluding  the Company from claiming any of
the tax deductions for dividends paid on the Series B Preferred  Stock when such
dividends are used as provided under Section 404(k) (2) of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986,  as amended and in effect on the date shares of Series B Preferred
Stock  are  initially  issued,  the  Company  may,  in its sole  discretion  and
notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in  paragraph  (A) of this Section 6,
elect to redeem any or all of such  shares for the amount  payable in respect of
the shares upon liquidation of the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

      (D)   Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in  paragraph  (A) of this
Section 6, the  Company may elect to redeem any or all of the shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock at any time on or prior to December 20, 1991,  on the terms and
conditions  set forth in  paragraphs  (A) and (B) of this Section 6, if the last
reported  sales price,  regular way, of a share of Common Stock,  as reported on
the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if the Common Stock is not listed
or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal national
securities  exchange on which such stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if
the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange,  on  the  National  Market  System  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ") or, if Common
Stock is not quoted on such National  Market System,  the average of the closing
bid and asked prices in the  over-the-counter  market as reported by NASDAQ, for
at least  twenty (20)  trading  days within a period of thirty (30)  consecutive
trading days ending within five (5) days of the notice of redemption,  equals or
exceeds one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Conversion  Price (giving effect
in making such calculation to any adjustments required by Section 9 hereof).

      (E)   In  the event that the Plan is  terminated  in  accordance  with its
terms,  and  notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in paragraph  (A) of this
Section 6, the  Company  shall,  as soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  call for
redemption  all then  outstanding  shares  of Series B  Preferred  Stock for the
amount payable in respect of the shares upon liquidation of the Company pursuant
to Section 4 hereof.

      (F)   The Company, at its option, may make payment of the redemption price
required  upon  redemption  of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock in cash or in
shares of Common Stock,  or in a combination  of such shares and cash,  any such
shares of Common Stock to be valued for such purposes at their Fair Market Value
(as defined in paragraph (G) of Section 9 hereof).

      SECTION 7. Other Redemption Rights.

      Shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall be redeemed by the Company for
cash or, if the Company so elects,  in shares of Common Stock,  or a combination
of such shares and cash,  any such shares of Common  Stock to be valued for such
purpose as provided by paragraph (F) of Section 6, at a redemption price of $600
per share  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  thereon  to the date fixed for
redemption,  at the option of the holder, at any time and from time to time upon
notice to the Company  given not less than five (5)  business  days prior to the
date fixed by the holder in such notice for such redemption,  upon certification
by such  holder to the  Company  of the  following  events:  (i) when and to the
extent  necessary  for such holder to provide for  distributions  required to be
made to  participants  under, or to satisfy an investment  election  provided to
participants in accordance  with, the Plan, or any successor plan; (ii) when and
to the extent  necessary  for such  holder to make any  payments  of  principal,
interest or premium due and payable (whether as scheduled or upon  acceleration)
under the Loan 

                                       9
<PAGE>

Agreement among the Trustee, certain banking parties thereto (collectively,  the
"Banks") and Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association), as agent for the Banks
or any indebtedness incurred by the holder for the benefit of the Plan; or (iii)
in the event that the Plan is not initially  determined by the Internal  Revenue
Service to be qualified  within the meaning of Sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      SECTION 8. Consolidation, Merger, etc.

      (A)   In the event that the Company shall consummate any  consolidation or
merger or similar business combination, pursuant to which the outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock are by  operation  of law  exchanged  solely  for or  changed,
reclassified  or  converted  solely  into stock of any  successor  or  resulting
corporation  (including  the  Company)  that  constitutes  "qualifying  employer
securities"  with  respect to a holder of Series B  Preferred  Stock  within the
meaning of Section 409(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and
Section  407(d)(5) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended,  or any successor  provisions of law,  and, if  applicable,  for a cash
payment in lieu of fractional  shares,  if any, the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock of such holder shall,  in connection  with such  consolidation,  merger or
similar business combination,  be assumed by and shall become preferred stock of
such successor or resulting corporation,  having in respect of such corporation,
insofar as possible, the same powers,  preferences and relative,  participating,
optional or other special rights  (including the redemption  rights  provided by
Sections 6, 7 and 8 hereof), and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereon,  that the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  had  immediately  prior to such
transaction,  except  that  after  such  transaction  each share of the Series B
Preferred  Stock shall be  convertible,  otherwise  on the terms and  conditions
provided by Section 5 hereof,  into the number and kind of  qualifying  employer
securities  so  receivable  by a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock
into which such  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock  could have been  converted
immediately prior to such transaction;  provided,  however, that if by virtue of
the structure of such transaction,  a holder of Common Stock is required to make
an election with respect to the nature and kind of  consideration to be received
in such transaction, which election cannot practicably be made by the holders of
the Series B Preferred Stock, then the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall,
by virtue of such  transaction  and on the same terms as apply to the holders of
Common Stock, be converted into or exchanged for the aggregate  amount of stock,
securities,  cash or other property  (payable in kind) receivable by a holder of
the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  into  which  such  shares of Series B
Preferred Stock could have been converted  immediately prior to such transaction
if such  holder of Common  Stock  failed to  exercise  any rights of election to
receive any kind or amount of stock,  securities,  cash or other property (other
than such qualifying employer  securities and a cash payment, if applicable,  in
lieu of fractional shares)  receivable upon such transaction  (provided that, if
the kind or  amount  of  qualifying  employer  securities  receivable  upon such
transaction  is not the  same  for each  non-electing  share,  then the kind and
amount so receivable upon such transaction for each non-electing  share shall be
the kind and amount so receivable per share by the plurality of the non-electing
shares).  The rights of the Series B Preferred  Stock as preferred stock of such
successor or resulting  corporation shall successively be subject to adjustments
pursuant to Section 9 hereof after any such transaction as nearly  equivalent as
practicable  to the  adjustment  provided  for by  such  section  prior  to such
transaction.  The Company shall not consummate any such merger, consolidation or
similar  transaction  unless all then  outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred
Stock shall be assumed and authorized by the successor or resulting  corporation
as aforesaid.

      (B)   In the event that the Company shall consummate any  consolidation or
merger or similar business combination, pursuant to which the outstanding shares
of Common Stock are by operation of law exchanged  for or changed,  reclassified
or converted  into other stock or securities or cash or any

                                       10
<PAGE>

other property,  or any combination  thereof,  other than any such consideration
which is constituted solely of qualifying employer securities (as referred to in
paragraph (A) of this Section 8) and cash payments,  if  applicable,  in lieu of
fractional shares, outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall, without
any  action on the part of the  Company or any holder  thereof  (but  subject to
paragraph (C) of this Section 8), be  automatically  converted by virtue of such
merger,   consolidation  or  similar  transaction   immediately  prior  to  such
consummation into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of
Series B  Preferred  Stock could have been  converted  at such time so that each
share of Series B Preferred  Stock shall,  by virtue of such  transaction and on
the same terms as apply to the holders of Common  Stock,  be  converted  into or
exchanged for the aggregate amount of stock, securities,  cash or other property
(payable in like kind)  receivable by a holder of the number of shares of Common
Stock  into  which  such  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock  could  have been
converted immediately prior to such transaction;  provided,  however, that if by
virtue  of the  structure  of such  transaction,  a holder  of  Common  Stock is
required  to  make  an  election   with  respect  to  the  nature  and  kind  of
consideration  to  be  received  in  such  transaction,  which  election  cannot
practicably  be made by the  holders of the Series B Preferred  Stock,  then the
shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall,  by virtue of such  transaction and on
the same terms as apply to the holders of Common  Stock,  be  converted  into or
exchanged for the aggregate amount of stock, securities,  cash or other property
(payable in kind) receivable by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock
into which such  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock  could have been  converted
immediately  prior to such  transaction if such holder of Common Stock failed to
exercise  any rights of election as to the kind or amount of stock,  securities,
cash or other property  receivable upon such transaction  (provided that, if the
kind or amount of stock, securities, cash or other property receivable upon such
transaction  is not the  same  for each  non-electing  share,  then the kind and
amount  of  stock,  securities,  cash or other  property  receivable  upon  such
transaction  for  each  non-electing  share  shall be the  kind  and  amount  so
receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares).

      (C)   In the event the Company  shall enter into any  agreement  providing
for any  consolidation  or merger or similar business  combination  described in
paragraph (B) of this Section 8, then the Company  shall as soon as  practicable
thereafter (and in any event at least ten (10) business days before consummation
of such  transaction)  give  notice of such  agreement  and the  material  terms
thereof to each  holder of Series B Preferred  Stock and each such holder  shall
have the right to elect,  by written  notice to the  Company,  to receive,  upon
consummation of such  transaction (if and when such transaction is consummated),
from the Company or the successor of the Company,  in redemption  and retirement
of such Series B Preferred  Stock, a cash payment equal to the amount payable in
respect of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock upon  liquidation  of the Company
pursuant to Section 4 thereof.  No such notice of redemption  shall be effective
unless given to the Company prior to the close of business on the fifth business
day  prior to  consummation  of such  transaction,  unless  the  Company  or the
successor  of the  Company  shall  waive  such prior  notice,  but any notice of
redemption  so given prior to such time may be withdrawn by notice of withdrawal
given to the Company  prior to the close of business on the fifth  business  day
prior to consummation of such transaction.


      SECTION 9. Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

      (A)   In  the event the  Company  shall,  at any time or from time to time
while any of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, (i) pay
a dividend or make a  distribution  in respect of the Common  Stock in shares of
Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock, or (iii)
combine the outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
in each case  whether by  reclassification  of shares,  recapitalization  of the
Company (including a  recapitalization  effected by a merger or consolidation to
which Section 8 hereof does not apply) or  otherwise,  the 

                                       11
<PAGE>

Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted by
multiplying such Conversion  Price by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding  immediately before such event, and
the  denominator  of which is the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this paragraph 9(A)
shall be given effect,  upon payment of such a dividend or  distribution,  as of
the record date for the  determination of stockholders  entitled to receive such
dividend  or  distribution  (on a  retroactive  basis)  and  in  the  case  of a
subdivision  or  combination  shall  become  effective  immediately  as  of  the
effective date thereof.

      (B)   In  the event that the  Company  shall,  at any time or from time to
time while any of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding,  issue
to holders of shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution, including by
way of a reclassification  of shares or a recapitalization  of the Company,  any
right or warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock (but not including as such a
right or warrant any security  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for shares of
Common Stock) at a purchase  price per share less than the Fair Market Value (as
hereinafter  defined) of a share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of such
right or warrant,  then,  subject to the provisions of paragraphs (E) and (F) of
this  Section 9, the  Conversion  Price shall be adjusted  by  multiplying  such
Conversion  Price by a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such issuance of rights or
warrants  plus the number of shares of Common  Stock which could be purchased at
the Fair Market  Value of a share of Common  Stock at the time of such  issuance
for the maximum  aggregate  consideration  payable upon  exercise in full of all
such rights or  warrants,  and the  denominator  of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such issuance of rights or
warrants  plus the  maximum  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  that  could be
acquired upon exercise in full of all such rights and warrants.

      (C)   In  the event the  Company  shall,  at any time or from time to time
while any of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, issue, sell
or exchange  shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to any right or warrant
to  purchase or acquire  shares of Common  Stock  (including  as such a right or
warrant  any  security  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for shares of Common
Stock) and other than pursuant to any employee or director  incentive or benefit
plan  or  arrangement,   including  any  employment,   severance  or  consulting
agreement,  of the  Company  or any  subsidiary  of the  Company  heretofore  or
hereafter  adopted) for a consideration  having a Fair Market Value, on the date
of such  issuance,  sale or  exchange,  less than the Fair Market  Value of such
shares  on the  date  of  issuance,  sale  or  exchange,  then,  subject  to the
provisions of  paragraphs  (E) and (F) of this Section 9, the  Conversion  Price
shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such  Conversion  Price by the  fraction  the
numerator  of which  shall be the sum of (i) the  Fair  Market  Value of all the
shares of Common Stock  outstanding on the day  immediately  preceding the first
public announcement of such issuance, sale or exchange plus (ii) the Fair Market
Value of the consideration  received by the Company in respect of such issuance,
sale or exchange of shares of Common Stock,  and the  denominator of which shall
be the  product of (a) the Fair Market  Value of a share of Common  Stock on the
day immediately  preceding the first public announcement of such issuance,  sale
or exchange  multiplied  by (b) the sum of the number of shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  on such day plus the  number of shares of Common  Stock so  issued,
sold or exchanged by the Company. In the event the Company shall, at any time or
from time to time while any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are  outstanding,
issue,  sell or exchange  any right or warrant to purchase or acquire  shares of
Common Stock (including as such a right or warrant any security convertible into
or  exchangeable  for shares of Common  Stock),  other than any such issuance to
holders of shares of Common Stock as a dividend or  distribution  (including  by
way of a reclassification  of shares or a  recapitalization  of the Company) and
other than  pursuant to any  employee or director  incentive  or benefit plan or
arrangement (including any employment, severance or consulting

                                       12
<PAGE>

agreement)  of the  Company  or any  subsidiary  of the  Company  heretofore  or
hereafter adopted,  for a consideration  having a Fair Market Value, on the date
of such  issuance,  sale or  exchange,  less than the  Non-Dilutive  Amount  (as
hereinafter defined),  then, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (E) and (F)
of this Section 9, the Conversion  Price shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such
Conversion  Price by a fraction  the  numerator of which shall be the sum of (i)
the Fair Market Value of all the shares of Common Stock  outstanding  on the day
immediately  preceding the first public  announcement of such issuance,  sale or
exchange  plus (ii) the Fair Market Value of the  consideration  received by the
Company in respect of such  issuance,  sale or exchange of such right or warrant
plus  (iii)  the  Fair  Market  Value  at  the  time  of  such  issuance  of the
consideration  which the Corporation  would receive upon exercise in full of all
such rights or warrants,  and the  denominator  of which shall be the product of
(a) the Fair  Market  Value of a share of  Common  Stock on the day  immediately
preceding  the first  public  announcement  of such  issuance,  sale or exchange
multiplied by (b) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on
such day plus the  maximum  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  which  could be
acquired pursuant to such right or warrant at the time of the issuance,  sale or
exchange  of such right or warrant  (assuming  shares of Common  Stock  could be
acquired pursuant to such right or warrant at such time).

      (D)   In  the event the  Company  shall,  at any time or from time to time
while any of the shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock are  outstanding,  make an
Extraordinary  Distribution  (as  hereinafter  defined) in respect of the Common
Stock,  whether  by  dividend,  distribution,   reclassification  of  shares  or
recapitalization    of   the   Company   (including   a   recapitalization    or
reclassification effected by a merger or consolidation to which Section 8 hereof
does not apply) or effect a Pro Rata  Repurchase  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of
Common  Stock,  the  Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such
Extraordinary  Distribution or Pro Rata Repurchase shall,  subject to paragraphs
(E) and (F) of this Section 9, be adjusted by multiplying  such Conversion Price
by the fraction  the  numerator of which is (i) the product of (x) the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  before  such  Extraordinary
Distribution or Pro Rata Repurchase multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value of a
share of Common Stock on the day before the ex-dividend  date with respect to an
Extraordinary  Distribution  which is paid in cash and on the distribution  date
with respect to an Extraordinary  Distribution which is paid other than in cash,
or on the applicable  expiration date  (including all extensions  hereof) of any
tender  offer which is a Pro Rata  Repurchase,  or on the date of purchase  with
respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase  which is not a tender offer, as the case may
be, minus (ii) the Fair Market Value of the  Extraordinary  Distribution  or the
aggregate purchase price of the Pro Rata Repurchase, as the case may be, and the
denominator  of which shall be the product of (a) the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding  immediately  before such  Extraordinary  Dividend or Pro Rata
Repurchase minus, in the case of a Pro Rata Repurchase,  the number of shares of
Common Stock repurchased by the Company  multiplied by (b) the Fair Market Value
of a share of Common Stock on the day before the  ex-dividend  date with respect
to an Extraordinary  Distribution  which is paid in cash and on the distribution
date with respect to an Extraordinary  Distribution  which is paid other than in
cash, or on the applicable expiration date (including all extensions thereof) of
any tender offer which is a Pro Rata  Repurchase or on the date of purchase with
respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase  which is not a tender offer, as the case may
be. The Company shall send each holder of Series B Preferred Stock (i) notice of
its intent to make any dividend or distribution  and (ii) notice of any offer by
the Company to make a Pro Rata Repurchase,  in each case at the same time as, or
as soon as practicable  after,  such offer is first  communicated  (including by
announcement of a record date in accordance with the rules of any stock exchange
on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading) to holders of Common
Stock.  Such notice shall  indicate the intended  record date and the amount and
nature of such dividend or distribution, or the number of shares subject to such
offer for a Pro Rata  Repurchase  and the purchase  price payable by 

                                       13
<PAGE>

the  Company  pursuant to such offer,  as well as the  Conversion  Price and the
number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series B Preferred  Stock
may be converted at such time.

      (E)   Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Section 9, the Company
shall not be required to make any adjustment to the Conversion Price unless such
adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in
the Conversion  Price. Any lesser  adjustment shall be carried forward and shall
be made no later  than  the time of,  and  together  with,  the next  subsequent
adjustment  which,  together  with any  adjustment  or  adjustments  so  carried
forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in
the Conversion Price.

      (F)   If the Company shall make any dividend or distribution on the Common
Stock or issue any Common Stock,  other  capital stock or other  security of the
Company or any rights or warrants  to  purchase  or acquire  any such  security,
which  transaction  does not result in an  adjustment  to the  Conversion  Price
pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions of this Section 9, the Board of Directors
of the Company  shall  consider  whether such action is of such a nature that an
adjustment to the Conversion  Price should  equitably be made in respect of such
transaction.  If in such case the Board of Directors  of the Company  determines
that an adjustment to the Conversion  Price should be made, an adjustment  shall
be made  effective as of such date,  as  determined by the Board of Directors of
the Company.  The  determination  of the Board of Directors of the Company as to
whether an  adjustment  to the  Conversion  Price should be made pursuant to the
foregoing  provisions of this paragraph  9(F), and, if so, as to what adjustment
should  be made and when,  shall be final and  binding  on the  Company  and all
stockholders  of the  Company.  The  Company  shall  be  entitled  to make  such
additional adjustments in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by
the foregoing  provisions of this Section 9, as shall be necessary in order that
any  dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company,
subdivision,  reclassification  or combination of shares of stock of the Company
or any  recapitalization  of the Company  shall not be taxable to the holders of
the Common Stock.

      (G)   For  purposes of this Resolution,  the following  definitions  shall
apply:

      "Business Day" shall mean each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day
on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York
are not required to be open.

      "Current  Market  Price" of publicly  traded shares of Common Stock or any
other  class of  capital  stock or other  security  of the  Company or any other
issuer for any day shall mean the last reported sales price, regular way, or, in
the event  that no sale takes  place on such day,  the  average of the  reported
closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported on the New
York  Stock  Exchange  Composite  Tape or,  if such  security  is not  listed or
admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange,  on the principal  national
securities  exchange on which such security is listed or admitted to trading or,
if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the
NASDAQ  National  Market  System  or,  if such  security  is not  quoted on such
National Market System,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices on each
such day in the  over-the-counter  market as  reported  by NASDAQ or, if bid and
asked  prices for such  security  on each such day shall not have been  reported
through  NASDAQ,  the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  for  such  day as
furnished by any New York Stock Exchange  member firm regularly  making a market
in such  security  selected  for such  purpose by the Board of  Directors of the
Company or a committee  thereof,  in each case,  on each  trading day during the
Adjustment  Period.  "Adjustment  Period"  shall  mean  the  period  of five (5)
consecutive trading days preceding, and including, the date as of which the Fair
Market Value of a security is to be  determined.  The "Fair Market Value" of any
security  which is not publicly  traded or of any other  property shall mean the
fair  value  thereof  as  determined  by an  independent  investment  banking or
appraisal  firm

                                       14
<PAGE>

experienced  in the valuation of such  securities  or property  selected in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof, or, if no
such  investment  banking or appraisal firm is in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors or such committee  available to make such  determination,  as
determined  in good  faith by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  or such
committee.

      "Extraordinary Distribution" shall mean any dividend or other distribution
to  holders  of  Common  Stock  (effected  while  any of the  shares of Series B
Preferred Stock are outstanding) (i) of cash, where the aggregate amount of such
cash dividend or distribution together with the amount of all cash dividends and
distributions made during the preceding period of 12 months,  when combined with
the aggregate amount of all Pro Rata  Repurchases  (for this purpose,  including
only that portion of the aggregate  purchase  price of such Pro Rata  Repurchase
which is in excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock  repurchased  as
determined on the applicable  expiration date (including all extensions thereof)
of any tender  offer or exchange  offer which is a Pro Rata  Repurchase,  or the
date of purchase  with respect to any other Pro Rata  Repurchase  which is not a
tender  offer or exchange  offer made during such  period),  exceeds  twelve and
one-half  percent (12 1/2%) of the aggregate  Fair Market Value of all shares of
Common Stock  outstanding on the day before the ex-dividend date with respect to
such  Extraordinary  Distribution  which is paid in cash and on the distribution
date with respect to an Extraordinary  Distribution  which is paid other than in
cash,  and/or  (ii) of any shares of capital  stock of the  Company  (other than
shares of Common Stock),  other securities of the Company (other than securities
of the type referred to in paragraph (B) or (C) of this Section 9), evidences of
indebtedness of the Company or any other person or any other property (including
shares of any subsidiary of the Company) or any  combination  thereof.  The Fair
Market Value of an  Extraordinary  Distribution for purposes of paragraph (D) of
this  Section  9 shall  be equal  to the sum of the  Fair  Market  Value of such
Extraordinary  Distribution  plus the amount of any cash dividends which are not
Extraordinary  Distributions made during such 12-month period and not previously
included in the  calculation of an adjustment  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this
Section 9.

      "Fair Market  Value" shall mean, as to shares of Common Stock or any other
class of capital  stock or  securities  of the Company or any other issuer which
are publicly traded,  the average of the Current Market Prices of such shares or
securities  for each day of the  Adjustment  Period.  "Non-Dilutive  Amount"  in
respect of an  issuance,  sale or  exchange by the  Corporation  of any right or
warrant to purchase or acquire  shares of Common Stock  (including  any security
convertible  into or  exchangeable  for shares of Common  Stock)  shall mean the
remainder of (i) the product of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock
on the day preceding the first public  announcement  of such  issuance,  sale or
exchange  multiplied by the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which could
be acquired on such date upon the  exercise in full of such rights and  warrants
(including  upon  the  conversion  or  exchange  of  all  such   convertible  or
exchangeable  securities),   whether  or  not  exercisable  (or  convertible  or
exchangeable)  at such date, minus (ii) the aggregate amount payable pursuant to
such right or warrant to purchase or acquire  such  maximum  number of shares of
Common Stock; provided,  however, that in no event shall the Non-Dilutive Amount
be less than zero.  For  purposes of the  foregoing  sentence,  in the case of a
security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, the amount
payable  pursuant to a right or warrant to purchase or acquire  shares of Common
Stock  shall  be the  Fair  Market  Value  of such  security  on the date of the
issuance, sale or exchange of such security by the Company.

      "Pro Rata Repurchase" shall mean any purchase of shares of Common Stock by
the Company or any subsidiary thereof, whether for cash, shares of capital stock
of the Company,  other  securities of the Company,  evidences of indebtedness of
the Company or any other  person or any other  property

                                       15
<PAGE>

(including shares of a subsidiary of the Company),  or any combination  thereof,
effected  while any of the shares of Series B Preferred  Stock are  outstanding,
pursuant to any tender offer or exchange  offer  subject to Section 13(e) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  or any
successor  provision  of law,  or  pursuant  to any  other  offer  available  to
substantially all holders of Common Stock;  provided,  however, that no purchase
of  shares  by the  Company,  or any  subsidiary  thereof  made in  open  market
transactions  shall be  deemed  a Pro  Rata  Repurchase.  For  purposes  of this
paragraph 9(G),  shares shall be deemed to have been purchased by the Company or
any subsidiary thereof "in open market transactions" if they have been purchased
substantially  in accordance  with the  requirements of Rule 10b-18 as in effect
under the  Exchange  Act,  on the date  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock are
initially  issued by the  Company or on such other terms and  conditions  as the
Board of Directors of the Company or a committee  thereof shall have  determined
are reasonably  designed to prevent such purchases from having a material effect
on the trading market for the Common Stock.

      (A)     Whenever an  adjustment  to the  Conversion  Price and the related
voting  rights of the Series B  Preferred  Stock is  required  pursuant  to this
Resolution,  the Company shall  forthwith  place on file with the transfer agent
for the Common Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, and with the Secretary of
the  Company,  a statement  signed by two  officers  of the Company  stating the
adjusted  Conversion  Price  determined  as  provided  herein and the  resulting
conversion  ratio,  and the voting rights (as  appropriately  adjusted),  of the
Series B Preferred  Stock.  Such statement shall set forth in reasonable  detail
such facts as shall be  necessary to show the reason and the manner of computing
such  adjustment,  including any  determination of Fair Market Value involved in
such computation. Promptly after each adjustment to the Conversion Price and the
related voting rights of the Series B Preferred  Stock, the Company shall mail a
notice  thereof and of the then  prevailing  conversion  ratio to each holder of
shares of the Series B Preferred Stock.

      SECTION  10.  Ranking;  Attributable  Capital  and  Adequacy  of  Surplus;
Retirement of Shares.

      (A) The Series B Preferred  Stock shall rank senior to the Common Stock as
to the  payment of  dividends  and the  distribution  of assets on  liquidation,
dissolution and winding up of the Company, and, unless otherwise provided in the
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company,  as the  same  may be
amended,  or a certificate of  designations  relating to a subsequent  series of
Preferred  Stock,  par value  $1.00 per  share,  of the  Company,  the  Series B
Preferred  Stock  shall  rank  junior to all series of the  Company's  Preferred
Stock,  par value  $1.00 per  share,  as to the  payment  of  dividends  and the
distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

      (B) In addition to any vote of  stockholders  required by law, the vote of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred Stock
shall be  required to increase  the par value of the Common  Stock or  otherwise
increase  the  capital of the  Company  allocable  to the  Common  Stock for the
purpose of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (the "DGCL") if, as a result
thereof,  the surplus of the Company for purposes of the DGCL would be less than
the amount of  Preferred  Dividends  that would  accrue on the then  outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock during the following three years.

      (C) (C)(C)Any  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock acquired by the Company
by reason of the  conversion  or  redemption  of such shares as provided by this
Resolution,  or otherwise  so  acquired,  shall be retired as shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock and restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of
Preferred Stock,  par value $1.00 per share, of the Company,  undesignated as to
series, and may thereafter be reissued as part of a new series of such Preferred
Stock as permitted by law.


                                       16
<PAGE>

      SECTION 11. Miscellaneous.

      (A) All notices  referred to herein  shall be in writing,  and all notices
hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof
or three (3) business days after the mailing  thereof if sent by registered mail
(unless  first-class mail shall be specifically  permitted for such notice under
the terms of this  Resolution) with postage  prepaid,  addressed:  (i) if to the
Company, to its office at 2000 Westchester Avenue,  White Plains, New York 10650
(Attention:  Secretary)  or to the  transfer  agent for the  Series B  Preferred
Stock, or other agent of the Company  designated as permitted by this Resolution
or (ii) if to any holder of the Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the
case may be, to such holder at the address of such holder as listed in the stock
record books of the Company (which may include the records of any transfer agent
for the Series B Preferred  Stock or Common Stock,  as the case may be) or (iii)
to such other  address as the  Company or any such  holder,  as the case may be,
shall have designated by notice similarly given.

      (B) The term "Common Stock" as used in this Resolution means the Company's
Common  Stock,  par value  $6.25 per  share,  as the same  exists at the date of
filing of a certificate of designations  relating to Series B Preferred Stock or
any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or  reclassifications
of such  Common  Stock  consisting  solely of changes in par value,  or from par
value to no par value,  or from no par value to par value. In the event that, at
any time as a  result  of an  adjustment  made  pursuant  to  Section  9 of this
Resolution,  the  holder  of any  share of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock  upon
thereafter  surrendering  such shares for  conversion,  shall become entitled to
receive  any shares or other  securities  of the  Company  other than  shares of
Common Stock, the Conversion Price in respect of such other shares or securities
so  receivable  upon  conversion  of shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall
thereafter be adjusted,  and shall be subject to further adjustment from time to
time,  in a manner  and on terms as  nearly  equivalent  as  practicable  to the
provisions with respect to Common Stock  contained in Section 9 hereof,  and the
provisions of Sections 1 through 8, 10 and 11 of this Resolution with respect to
the Common  Stock shall apply on like or similar  terms to any such other shares
or securities.

      (C) The Company shall pay any and all stock transfer and documentary stamp
taxes that may be payable in respect of any  issuance  or  delivery of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock or other securities issued on
account of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant hereto or certificates representing
such shares or securities.  The Company shall not,  however,  be required to pay
any such tax which may be payable in respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the
issuance or delivery  of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock or Common  Stock or
other  securities  in a name  other  than that in which  the  shares of Series B
Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued
or delivered  were  registered,  or in respect of any payment to any person with
respect to any such shares or securities other than a payment, to the registered
holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or
payment  unless  and until  the  person  otherwise  entitled  to such  issuance,
delivery  or payment  has paid to the  Company the amount of any such tax or has
established,  to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or
is not payable.

      (D) In the event that a holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall
not by written  notice  designate the name in which shares of Common Stock to be
issued upon  conversion  of such shares  should be registered or to whom payment
upon  redemption  of shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock  should be made or the
address to which the certificate or certificates  representing  such shares,  or
such  payment,  should be sent,  the Company  shall be entitled to register such
shares,  and make  such  payment,  in the name of the  holder  of such  Series B
Preferred  Stock  as  shown  on the  records  of the  Company  and

                                       17

<PAGE>

to send the  certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  shares,  or such
payment, to the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company.

      (E)  Unless   otherwise   provided   in  the   Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  as the same may be amended, of the Company,  all payments in the
form of  dividends,  distributions  on  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  or  otherwise  made  upon the  shares  of  Series B
Preferred  Stock and any  other  stock  ranking  on a parity  with the  Series B
Preferred Stock with respect to such dividend or distribution shall be pro rata,
so that  amounts  paid per share on the Series B Preferred  Stock and such other
stock  shall in all cases bear to each  other the same  ratio that the  required
dividends, distributions or payments, as the case may be, then payable per share
on the shares of the Series B Preferred  Stock and such other stock bear to each
other.

      (F) The Company may appoint, and from time to time discharge and change, a
transfer agent for the Series B Preferred  Stock.  Upon any such  appointment or
discharge  of a  transfer  agent,  the  Company  shall  send  notice  thereof by
first-class mail postage prepaid, to each holder or record of Series B Preferred
Stock.

                  Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock

      SECTION 1. Designation and Amount.

      The  shares  of such  series  shall  be  designated  as  "Series  D Junior
Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting such series
shall be 3,000,000.

      SECTION 2. Dividends and Distributions.

      (A) Subject to the prior and superior  rights of the holders of any shares
of any series of  Preferred  Stock  ranking  prior and superior to the shares of
Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock with respect to dividends,  the
holders  of shares of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  shall be
entitled to receive,  when,  as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds legally available for the purpose,  quarterly dividends payable in cash on
the 15th day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date
being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),  commencing on
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or
fraction  of a share of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  in an
amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $5.00
or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment  hereinafter set forth, 100 times
the  aggregate  per  share  amount  of all cash  dividends,  and 100  times  the
aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash  dividends or other
distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of common stock, par value
$6.25 per share,  of the Company (the "Common  Stock") or a  subdivision  of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise),  declared
on the Common Stock, since the immediately  preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, since the
first  issuance  of any  share  or  fraction  of a  share  of  Series  D  Junior
Participating  Preferred Stock. In the event the Company shall at any time after
March 16, 1989 (the  "Rights  Declaration  Date") (i)  declare  any  dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the  outstanding
Common  Stock,  or (iii)  combine the  outstanding  Common  Stock into a smaller
number of shares,  then in each such case the amount to which  holders of shares
of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior
to such event under clause (b) of the  preceding  sentence  shall be adjusted by
multiplying  such amount by a fraction  the  numerator of which is the number of
shares  of

                                       18
<PAGE>

Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such event and the  denominator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding  immediately
prior to such event.

      (B) The Company shall declare a dividend or  distribution  on the Series D
Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  as  provided  in  paragraph  (A)  above
immediately  after it declares a dividend or  distribution  on the Common  Stock
(other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the
event no dividend or  distribution  shall have been declared on the Common Stock
during the period  between  any  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date and the next
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $5.00 per share on the
Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on
such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

      (C)  Dividends  shall  begin to accrue and be  cumulative  on  outstanding
shares of  Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  from the  Quarterly
Dividend  Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series
D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares
is prior to the record date for the first  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, in
which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue
of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock entitled to receive a quarterly
dividend and before such  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date, in either of which
events  such  dividends  shall  begin to  accrue  and be  cumulative  from  such
Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid  dividends shall not bear
interest.  Dividends  paid  on the  shares  of  Series  D  Junior  Participating
Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the
time  accrued  and  payable  on such  shares  shall be  allocated  pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of
Directors  may fix a record date for the  determination  of holders of shares of
Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a
dividend or distribution  declared  thereon,  which record date shall be no more
than 45 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

      SECTION 3. Voting Rights.

      The  holders of shares of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock
shall have the following voting rights:

      (A) Subject to the provision for adjustment  hereinafter  set forth,  each
share of Series D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder
thereof to 100 votes on all matters  submitted to a vote of the  stockholders of
the  Company.  In the  event the  Company  shall at any time  after  the  Rights
Declaration  Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock  payable in shares of
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding  Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case
the  number  of votes per  share to which  holders  of shares of Series D Junior
Participating  Preferred  Stock were  entitled  immediately  prior to such event
shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such number by a fraction  the  numerator  of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
event and the  denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

      (B) Except as otherwise  provided  herein or by law, the holders of shares
of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock and the holders of shares of
Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote
of stockholders of the Company.

      (C) If at the time of any annual meeting of stockholders  for the election
of  directors,  the  equivalent  of  six  quarterly  dividends  (whether  or not
consecutive)  payable on any share or shares of

                                       19
<PAGE>

preferred stock are in default,  the number of directors  constituting the Board
of Directors of the Company  shall be increased by two. The holders of record of
the Series D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class
with the holders of shares of any one or more other  series of  preferred  stock
upon which like  voting  rights have been  conferred,  shall be entitled at said
meeting of stockholders (and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders),
unless all  dividends  in arrears  have been paid or declared  and set apart for
payment prior thereto, to vote for the election of two directors of the Company,
the holders of any Series D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock being entitled
to cast 100 votes per share of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock,
with the  remaining  directors  of the  Company to be elected by the  holders of
shares of any  other  class or  classes  or  series  of stock  entitled  to vote
therefor.  Until the default in payments of all  dividends  which  permitted the
election of said  directors  shall cease to exist,  any  director who shall have
been so elected  pursuant to the next  preceding  sentence may be removed at any
time,  either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders
of the shares at the time  entitled to cast a majority of the votes  entitled to
be cast for the  election  of any such  director  at a special  meeting  of such
holders called for that purpose,  and any vacancy  thereby created may be filled
by the vote of such holders.  If and when such default shall cease to exist, the
holders of the Series D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock and the holders of
shares of any one or more  series of  preferred  stock upon  which  like  voting
rights have been  conferred  shall be divested of the foregoing  special  voting
rights,  subject to  revesting  in the event of each and every  subsequent  like
default in payments of dividends.  Upon the termination of the foregoing special
voting  rights,  the terms of office of all  persons  who may have been  elected
directors pursuant to said special voting rights shall forthwith terminate,  and
the number of directors  constituting the Board of Directors shall be reduced by
two.

      (D) Except as set forth herein,  holders of Series D Junior  Participating
Preferred  Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not
be  required  (except to the extent they are  entitled  to vote with  holders of
Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

      SECTION 4. Certain Restrictions.

      (A) In the event  that full  cumulative  dividends  on the Series D Junior
Participating  Preferred  Stock have not been declared and paid or set apart for
payment when due, the Company  shall not declare or pay or set apart for payment
any dividends or make any other distributions on, or make any payment on account
of the purchase,  redemption or other  retirement of any other class of stock or
series thereof of the Company ranking, as to dividends or as to distributions in
the event of a liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the Company, junior to
the  Series  D  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  until  full  cumulative
dividends on the Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock shall have been
paid or  declared  and set  apart  for  payment;  provided,  however,  that  the
foregoing  shall not apply to (i) any dividend  payable  solely in any shares of
any stock  ranking,  as to dividends and as to  distributions  in the event of a
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  junior to the Series D
Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock or (ii) the acquisition of shares of any
stock  ranking,  as to  dividends  or as to  distributions  in  the  event  of a
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  junior to the Series D
Junior Participating  Preferred Stock in exchange solely for shares of any other
stock  ranking,  as to  dividends  and as to  distributions  in the  event  of a
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  junior to the Series D
Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

      (B) The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase
or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless
the Company could,  under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise
acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

                                       20
<PAGE>

      SECTION 5. Reacquired Shares.

      Any shares of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock purchased or
otherwise  acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and
canceled  promptly  after the  acquisition  thereof.  All such shares shall upon
their cancellation  become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and
may be  reissued  as part of a new  series of  Preferred  Stock to be created by
resolution or resolutions  of the Board of Directors,  subject to the conditions
and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

      SECTION 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

      (A) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise),  dissolution or winding
up of the  Company,  no  distribution  shall be made to the holders of shares of
stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up) to the Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock unless, prior
thereto, the holders of shares of Series D Junior Participating  Preferred Stock
shall have received  $100 per share,  plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends and  distributions  thereon,  whether or not declared,  to the date of
such payment (the "Series D Liquidation  Preference").  Following the payment of
the  full  amount  of  the  Series  D  Liquidation  Preference,   no  additional
distributions  shall  be made to the  holders  of  shares  of  Series  D  Junior
Participating  Preferred Stock unless,  prior thereto,  the holders of shares of
Common Stock shall have  received an amount per share (the "Common  Adjustment")
equal  to the  quotient  obtained  by  dividing  (i) the  Series  D  Liquidation
Preference by (ii) 100 (as  appropriately  adjusted as set forth in subparagraph
(C)  below  to  reflect  such  events  as  stock  splits,  stock  dividends  and
recapitalizations  with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii)
immediately above being referred to as the "Adjustment  Number").  Following the
payment of the full amount of the Series D Liquidation Preference and the Common
Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series D Junior Participating
Preferred  Stock and  Common  Stock,  respectively,  holders  of Series D Junior
Participating  Preferred  Stock and  holders  of shares  of Common  Stock  shall
receive their  ratable and  proportionate  share of the  remaining  assets to be
distributed  in the ratio of the  Adjustment  Number to one (1) with  respect to
such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

      (B) In the event,  however, that there are not sufficient assets available
to  permit  payment  in full of the  Series  D  Liquidation  Preference  and the
liquidation  preferences of all other series of Preferred  Stock,  if any, which
rank on a parity with the Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock,  then
such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity
shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.  In the event,
however,  that there are not  sufficient  assets  available to permit payment in
full of the Common  Adjustment,  then such remaining assets shall be distributed
ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

      (C)  In the  event  the  Company  shall  at  any  time  after  the  Rights
Declaration  Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock  payable in shares of
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding  Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case
the  Adjustment  Number  in  effect  immediately  prior to such  event  shall be
adjusted by multiplying  such  Adjustment  Number by a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
event and the  denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                                       21

<PAGE>

      SECTION 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc.

      In  case  the  Company  shall  enter  into  any   consolidation,   merger,
combination  or other  transaction  in which  the  shares  of  Common  Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or  securities,  cash and/or any other
property,  then in any such case the  shares  of  Series D Junior  Participating
Preferred  Stock shall at the same time be similarly  exchanged or changed in an
amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth)
equal to 100 times the aggregate  amount of stock,  securities,  cash and/or any
other  property  (payable in kind),  as the case may be, into which or for which
each share of Common  Stock is changed or  exchanged.  In the event the  Company
shall at any time after the Rights  Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the  outstanding
Common  Stock,  or (iii)  combine the  outstanding  Common  Stock into a smaller
number of shares,  then in each such case the amount set forth in the  preceding
sentence  with  respect to the  exchange  or change of shares of Series D Junior
Participating  Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction  the  numerator  of which is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  after such event and the  denominator  of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

      SECTION 8. Redemption.

      The outstanding  shares of Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock
may be redeemed at the option of the Board of Directors as a whole,  or in part,
at any time,  or from  time to time,  at a cash  price  per  share  equal to the
product of the Adjustment Number times the Average Market Value (as such term is
hereinafter defined) of the Common Stock on the date of mailing of the notice of
redemption,  plus all dividends which on the redemption date have accrued on the
shares to be redeemed and have not been paid,  or declared and a sum  sufficient
for the payment thereof set apart, without interest.  The "Average Market Value"
as of a particular  date is the average of the closing sale prices of the Common
Stock during the 10 consecutive  Trading Day period  immediately  preceding such
date on the Composite  Tape for New York Stock Exchange  Listed  Stocks,  or, if
such stock is not quoted on the Composite  Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange,
or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States
securities  exchange  registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  on which such stock is listed,  or, if such stock is not listed on any
such exchange, the average of the closing sale prices with respect to a share of
Common Stock during such 10-day period, as quoted on the National Association of
Securities Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use,
or if no such  quotations  are  available,  the fair market  value of the Common
Stock as determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith.  The term "Trading
Day" shall mean a day on which the  principal  national  securities  exchange on
which  the  Common  Stock is  listed  or  admitted  to  trading  is open for the
transaction  of  business  or, if the Common  Stock is not listed or admitted to
trading on any  national  securities  exchange,  a Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,
Thursday or Friday on which  banking  institutions  in the State of New York are
not authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

      SECTION 9. Ranking.

      The Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to the
Company's  Series B ESOP  Convertible  Preferred Stock, and shall rank junior to
all other series of the Company's  Preferred  Stock unless the terms of any such
other series shall  provide  otherwise,  as to the payment of dividends  and the
distribution of assets.

                                       22

<PAGE>



      SECTION 10. Amendment.

      The Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Company  shall not be
further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers,
preferences  or special  rights of the Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred
Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series D Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

      SECTION 11. Fractional Shares.

      Series D Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions
of a share  which  shall  entitle the holder,  in  proportion  to such  holder's
fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends,  participate in
distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series D
Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

                         Market Auction Preferred Shares

      SECTION 1. Designation; Amount and Series.

      The Preferred Stock authorized hereby consists of 1,200 shares (each share
a series)  designated as "Market Auction  Preferred  Shares" (referred to as the
"Auction  Preferred",  the  "Preferred  Stock" or the  "Remarketing  Preferred")
issuable in the following  groups of series (each group a "Series"):  300 shares
designated  "Market  Auction  Preferred  Shares,  Series G-1 through G-300" (the
"Series G Preferred  Stock"),  300 shares  designated  "Market Auction Preferred
Shares,  Series H-1 through H-300" (the "Series H Preferred Stock"),  300 shares
designated  "Market  Auction  Preferred  Shares,  Series I-1 through I-300" (the
"Series I Preferred Stock") and 300 shares designated  "Market Auction Preferred
Shares,  Series J-1 through J-300" (the "Series J Preferred  Stock").  Except as
expressly  provided  herein,  each  share of each  separate  Series  of  Auction
Preferred  shall be  identical  and equal in all aspects to every other share of
such Series, and the shares of all of the Series shall be identical and equal in
all respects.

      SECTION 2. Definitions.

      Any  references to Sections or  subsections  that are made in this part of
Article  IV(B)  shall be to Sections or  subsections  contained  in this part of
Article IV(B).  Unless the context or use indicates another or different meaning
or intent,  the following  terms shall have the following  meanings when used in
this part of Article IV(B), whether used in the singular or plural:

      "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "Additional  Payments"  means an amount  equal to the  product  of (i) the
Default Rate on the date on which such Failure to Deposit  occurred (or, if such
Failure to Deposit  relates to a failure to pay dividends  other than at the end
of a Dividend Period, the Default Rate computed using the Percentage  applicable
to the rating category below "baa3" or "BBB-" as of the Business Day immediately
preceding the Auction Date or the date of the immediately  preceding Remarketing
for such  shares),  times (ii) a fraction,  the  numerator  of which will be the
number of days during which such failure  existed and was not cured as described
in Section 3(i)(B)  (including the day such failure occurs and excluding the day
such failure is cured) and the denominator of which will be 360, times (iii) the
full

                                       23
<PAGE>

amount of the  dividends  required to be paid on the Dividend  Payment Date with
respect to which such failure occurred.

      "Affiliate" means any Person controlled by, in control of, or under common
control with, the Corporation.


      "Applicable `AA' Composite  Commercial Paper Rate", on any date, means, in
the case of any Dividend Period of (1) 1 to 48 days, the interest  equivalent of
the  30-day  rate,  (2) 49 days or more but  less  than 70  days,  the  interest
equivalent  of the 60-day rate,  (3) 70 days or more but less than 85 days,  the
arithmetic  average of the interest  equivalent  of the 60-day and 90-day rates,
(4) 85 days or more but less  than 120  days,  the  interest  equivalent  of the
90-day rate, (5) 120 days or more but less than 148 days, the arithmetic average
of the interest equivalent of the 90-day and 180-day rates, (6) 148 days or more
but less than 184 days,  the interest  equivalent  of the 180-day  rate, in each
case, on commercial  paper placed on behalf of issuers whose corporate bonds are
rated  "AA" by S&P or "Aa" by  Moody's,  or the  equivalent  of such  rating  by
another rating agency, as made available on a discount basis or otherwise by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Business Day immediately preceding such
date.  In the  event  that the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York does not make
available  any of the  foregoing  rates,  then such rates  shall be the  30-day,
60-day,  90-day or 180-day rate or arithmetic average of such rates, as the case
may be, as quoted on a discount  basis or  otherwise,  by the  Commercial  Paper
Dealers to the Auction Agent or the applicable Remarketing Agent as of the close
of business on the  Business Day next  preceding  such date.  If any  Commercial
Paper Dealer does not quote a rate  required to determine  the  Applicable  "AA"
Composite  Commercial Paper Rate, the Applicable "AA" Composite Commercial Paper
Rate shall be determined  on the basis of the quotation or quotations  furnished
by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer (if any) and any Substitute  Commercial
Paper Dealer or Substitute  Commercial Paper Dealers selected by the Corporation
to  provide  such rate or rates  or,  if the  Corporation  does not  select  any
Substitute  Commercial Paper Dealer or Substitute  Commercial Paper Dealers,  by
the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer (if any). For purposes of this definition,
the "interest  equivalent"  means the  equivalent  yield on a 360-day basis of a
discount-basis security to an interest-bearing security.

      "Applicable  Determining Rate" means (i) for any Dividend Period from 1 to
48 days, Standard Dividend Period or Short-Dividend  Period of 183 days or less,
the Applicable "AA" Composite Commercial Paper Rate, (ii) for any Short Dividend
Period of 184 to 364 days, the  Applicable  Treasury Bill Rate and (iii) for any
Long Dividend Period, the Applicable Treasury Note Rate.

      "Applicable  Rate" means the dividend rate payable on a share of Preferred
Stock for any Dividend Period subsequent to the Initial Dividend Period for such
share established pursuant to Section 3 below.

      "Applicable Treasury Bill Rate" for any Short Dividend Period in excess of
183 days and "Applicable  Treasury Note Rate" for any Long Dividend  Period,  on
any date,  means the interest  equivalent of the rate for direct  obligations of
the United States  Treasury  having an original  maturity  which is equal to, or
next  lower  than,  the length of such Short  Dividend  Period or Long  Dividend
Period,  as the case may be, as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board in
"Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)-Selected  Interest Rates", or any
successor  publication  by the Federal  Reserve  Board,  within 5 Business  Days
preceding  such  date.  In the event  that the  Federal  Reserve  Board does not
publish such rate, or if such release is not available,  the Applicable Treasury
Bill Rate or Applicable  Treasury Note Rate will be the  arithmetic  mean of the
secondary market bid rates as of approximately 3:30 P.M., New York City time, on
the  Business Day next  preceding  such date of the U.S.  Government  Securities
Dealers  furnished to the Auction Agent or the applicable  Remarketing

                                       24
<PAGE>

Agent for the issue of direct  obligations of the United States Treasury,  in an
aggregate  principal amount of at least $250,000 with a remaining maturity equal
to, or next  lower  than,  the  length  of such  Short  Dividend  Period or Long
Dividend Period,  as the case may be. If any U.S.  Government  Securities Dealer
does not quote a rate required to determine the Applicable Treasury Bill Rate or
the  Applicable  Treasury  Note  Rate,  the  Applicable  Treasury  Bill  Rate or
Applicable  Treasury Note Rate shall be determined on the basis of the quotation
or quotations  furnished by the remaining U.S. Government  Securities Dealer (if
any) or any Substitute U.S. Government  Securities Dealer or Dealers selected by
the  Corporation to provide such rate or rates or, if the  Corporation  does not
select any such Substitute U.S.  Government  Securities Dealer, by the remaining
U.S. Government Securities Dealer (if any); provided that, if the Corporation is
unable to cause such  quotations  to be  furnished  to the Auction  Agent or the
applicable  Remarketing  Agent by such sources,  the  Corporation may cause such
rates to be furnished to the Auction Agent or the applicable  Remarketing  Agent
by such  alternative  source  as the  Corporation  in  good  faith  deems  to be
reliable.  For purposes of this definition,  the "interest equivalent" of a rate
stated on a discount  basis shall be equal to the  quotient of (A) the  discount
rate divided by (B) the difference between 1.00 and the discount rate.

      "Articles   of   Incorporation"   means  the   Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation.

      "Auction" means each periodic implementation of the Auction Procedures.

      "Auction  Agent" means The Bank of New York,  unless or until another bank
or trust company has been appointed as such by the Corporation.

      "Auction Agent Agreement" has the meaning set forth in Section 8 below.

      "Auction  Date"  means,  for any  Series of Auction  Preferred,  the first
Business Day  preceding  the first day of each  Dividend  Period for such Series
other than the Initial Dividend Period for such Series.

      "Auction  Method"  means a method  of  determining  Dividend  Periods  and
dividend  rates for the Auction  Preferred  of a Series  pursuant to the Auction
Procedures.

      "Auction  Preferred" means the Auction Preferred,  including the Converted
Remarketing Preferred, being auctioned pursuant to the Auction Procedures.

      "Auction  Procedures"  means the procedures  for  conducting  Auctions set
forth in Section 7 below.

      "Board of Directors"  means the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  or
any duly  authorized  committee  of the  Board of  Directors  acting  on  behalf
thereof.

      "Broker-Dealer" means any broker-dealer,  or other entity permitted by law
to  perform  the  functions   required  of  a  Broker-Dealer  in  these  Auction
Procedures,  that has been  selected by the  Corporation  and has entered into a
Broker-Dealer Agreement with the Auction Agent that remains effective.

      "Business  Day" means a day on which the New York Stock  Exchange  is open
for  trading  and which is not a day on which  banks in The City of New York are
authorized or obliged by law to close.

                                       25

<PAGE>

      "Certificate of Designations"  or  "Certificate"  means the Certificate of
Designations,  Preferences and Rights of Market Auction  Preferred Shares of the
Corporation dated and filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 22,
1992.

      "Chief  Financial  Officer" has the meaning set forth in Section  3(g)(ii)
below.

      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Commercial  Paper  Dealers"  means Morgan Stanley and First Boston or, in
lieu thereof, their respective affiliates or successors.

      "Converted  Auction Preferred" means shares of Auction Preferred which, by
reason of an election  by the Method  Selection  Agent of a  different  Dividend
Determination  Method,  will  become  Remarketing  Preferred  at the  end of the
then-current Dividend Period applicable thereto.

      "Converted  Remarketing  Preferred" means shares of Remarketing  Preferred
which,  by reason of an  election by the Method  Selection  Agent of a different
Dividend  Determination  Method, will become Auction Preferred at the end of the
then-current Dividend Period applicable thereto.

      "Corporation" means Texaco Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its successor.

      "Date of Original  Issue",  with respect to any share of Preferred  Stock,
means  the  date on  which  the  Corporation  originally  issued  such  share of
Preferred Stock.

      "Default Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b)(i) below.

      "Default  Rate"  means  the  higher  of (A) the  Maximum  Applicable  Rate
obtained by multiplying the Applicable  Determining  Rate,  determined as of the
Business Day next preceding the date of the Failure to Deposit that, pursuant to
Section 3(i), caused the application of such Default Rate, by the Percentage for
the rating  category below "baa3" or "BBB-",  and (B) (i) if the Corporation has
failed  timely to pay  dividends,  the dividend  rate in effect for the Dividend
Period in  respect of which such  Failure  to Deposit  occurred,  or (ii) if the
Corporation has failed timely to pay the redemption price (including accumulated
and unpaid  dividends)  of shares of any Series of  Preferred  Stock  called for
redemption, the dividend rate in effect on the date such redemption price was to
have been paid. The Percentage used to determine the Default Rate for any shares
of Preferred  Stock shall be the Percentage for the rating category below "baa3"
or "BBB-" (i) in effect on the immediately preceding Auction Date or the date of
the  immediately  preceding  Remarketing,  in the case of a  Default  Rate  that
applies to the  portion of a Dividend  Period  occurring  after a failure to pay
dividends and (ii) in effect on the date of determination, in all other cases.

      "Depository  Agreement"  means each agreement among the  Corporation,  the
Remarketing Depository and a Remarketing Agent.

      "Dividend  Determination Method" or "Method" shall mean either the Auction
Method or the Remarketing Method.

      "Dividend  Payment  Date" has the meaning  set forth in Section  3(b)(iii)
below.

      "Dividend Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(v) below.

                                       26

<PAGE>

      "Dividend Quarter" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(iii) below.

      "Dividends-Received  Deduction"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Section
3(f)(v) below.

      "Existing  Holder"  means a Person  who has  signed  a Master  Purchaser's
Letter and is listed as the beneficial owner of any shares of Auction  Preferred
in the records of the Auction Agent.

      "Failure to Deposit"  means the failure by the  Corporation  to pay to the
Paying Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City Time, in immediately  available funds,
(i) on a Dividend Payment Date, the full amount of any dividend  (whether or not
earned or  declared) to be paid on such  Dividend  Payment Date on any shares of
Preferred  Stock  or (ii) on any  redemption  date,  the full  redemption  price
(including accumulated and unpaid dividends), to be paid on such redemption date
for any shares of Preferred Stock.

      "Federal  Reserve  Board"  means the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
Reserve System.

      "First Boston" means The First Boston Corporation.

      "Holder"  means an Existing  Holder or any  beneficial  owner of Preferred
Stock acquired pursuant to a Remarketing.

      "Initial  Auction Date" means the Business Day  immediately  preceding the
first day of a Dividend Period for Auction Preferred.

      "Initial Dividend Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(g)(i)
below.

      "Initial  Dividend  Period"  means the periods  commencing  on the Date of
Original  Issue and ending on the  respective  days  immediately  preceding  the
Initial Dividend Payment Dates for each Series of Preferred Stock.

      "Initial  Dividend Payment Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)
below.

      "Long Dividend Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(v) below.

      "Marketing  Conditions"  means the following  factors:  (i) short-term and
long-term market rates and indices of such short-term and long-term rates,  (ii)
market supply and demand for  short-term and long-term  securities,  (iii) yield
curves for  short-term  and  long-term  securities  comparable  to the Preferred
Stock,  (iv)  industry and financial  conditions  which may affect the Preferred
Stock,  (v) the number of shares of  Preferred  Stock to be sold  pursuant to an
Auction  or a  Remarketing,  as the case may be,  (vi) the  number of  potential
purchasers of Preferred Stock,  (vii) the Dividend Periods and dividend rates at
which  current and  potential  holders  would remain or become  holders,  (viii)
current tax laws and  administrative  interpretations  with respect  thereto and
(ix) the Corporation's  current and projected funding  requirements based on its
asset and liability position, tax position and current financing objectives.  If
Marketing  Conditions are being assessed by the Chief  Financial  Officer,  such
officer's  evaluation  of the factors  described in clauses (vi) and (vii) above
may be  based on  discussions  with one or more  Broker-Dealers  or  Remarketing
Agents.

      If Marketing  Conditions are being assessed by the Term Selection Agent or
the Method Selection Agent,  such agent's  evaluation of the factor described in
clause  (ix)  above  may be based on  discussions  with  representatives  of the
Corporation.

                                       27

<PAGE>

      "Maximum  Applicable  Rate",  as of any date,  means the rate  obtained by
multiplying the Applicable Determining Rate then in effect for a Dividend Period
by the  Percentage  (as it may be  adjusted  from time to time  based on certain
factors by the Chief Financial Officer in accordance with the provisions hereof)
determined as set forth below based on the lower of the credit ratings  assigned
to the Preferred Stock by Moody's and S&P.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Credit Rating
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                                <C>                                     <C> 
              Moody's                                  S & P                                Percentage
         "aa3" or Above                             AA- or Above                                 150%
         "a3" to "a1"                               A- to A+                                     200%
         "baa3" to "baa1"                           BBB- to BBB+                                 225%
         Below "baa3"                               Below BBB                                    275%
</TABLE>

      The  Corporation  will  take all  reasonable  action  necessary  to enable
Moody's and S&P to provide ratings for the Preferred Stock. If either Moody's or
S&P does not make such rating  available  or neither  Moody's nor S&P shall make
such a rating  available,  the  Corporation  will  designate a rating  agency or
rating agencies as a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies,  as
the case may be,  subject to the  approval of Morgan  Stanley and First  Boston,
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and the Corporation will take all
reasonable  action to enable such rating agency or rating  agencies to provide a
rating or ratings for each Series of Preferred  Stock.  If either Moody's or S&P
shall  change its  rating  categories  for  preferred  stock,  or if one or more
substitute  rating agencies are  designated,  then the  determination  set forth
above will be made based upon the substantially equivalent new rating categories
for preferred stock of such rating agency or substitute rating agency.

      "Memorandum"  means the Private  Placement  Memorandum  dated December 16,
1992  relating to the  Corporation  and the placement of the shares of Preferred
Stock.

      "Method  Selection Agent" means any entity appointed by the Corporation to
act on its behalf in selecting  Dividend  Determination  Methods for a Series of
Preferred  Stock,  provided that if the Corporation  shall appoint more than one
entity to so act with respect to a Series,  "Method Selection Agent" shall mean,
unless the context otherwise requires, all entities so appointed.

      "Method  Selection  Agreement" means an agreement  between the Corporation
and the Method  Selection  Agent  pursuant to which the Method  Selection  Agent
agrees to determine the Method applicable to a Series of Preferred Stock.

      "Minimum Holding Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(f)(v)
below.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor, so long
as such agency (or  successor)  is in the business of rating  securities  of the
type of the Preferred Stock and, if such agency is not in such business,  then a
Substitute Rating Agency.

      "Morgan Stanley" means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

      "Normal  Dividend  Payment  Date" has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
3(b)(ii) below.

      "Notice of Change in Dividend Period" has the meaning set forth in Section
3(d)(ii) below.

      "Notice  of  Method  Revocation"  has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
3(C)(ii) below.

                                       28

<PAGE>

      "Notice of Method  Selection" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(C)(i)
below.

      "Notice  of  Percentage  Increase"  has the  meaning  set forth in Section
3(h)(i) below.

      "Notice of Removal" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(C)(iii) below.

      "Notice of Revocation" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(d)(ii)
below.

      "Outstanding" means, as of any date, shares of Preferred Stock theretofore
issued  except,   without  duplication,   (i)  any  shares  of  Preferred  Stock
theretofore cancelled, delivered to the Corporation for cancellation or redeemed
and (ii) as of any Auction  Date or  Remarketing  Date,  any shares of Preferred
Stock subject to redemption on the next following Business Day.

      "Participant" means the member of the Securities  Depository that will act
on behalf of an Existing  Holder or a Potential  Holder,  in the case of Auction
Preferred,  or the beneficial owner, in the case of Remarketing  Preferred,  and
that is  identified  as  such in such  Holder's  or  Potential  Holder's  Master
Purchaser's Letter.

      "Paying  Agent"  means the  Auction  Agent  unless  another  bank or trust
company  has  been  appointed  to act as the  paying  agent  for the  shares  of
Preferred Stock by resolution of the Board of Directors.

      "Percentage" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(h)(i) below.

      "Person" means and includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a
trust,  an  unincorporated  association,  a joint  venture or other  entity or a
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

      "Purchaser's  Letter" means a Master Purchaser's  Letter  substantially in
the form of Appendix E to the Memorandum  delivered to the initial purchasers of
the Preferred Stock which each prospective  purchaser of Preferred Stock will be
required to sign as a condition to purchasing  Preferred Stock or  participating
in an Auction or Remarketing.

      "Redemption  Agent" means the Auction  Agent unless  another bank or trust
company  has been  appointed  to act as the  redemption  agent for the shares of
Preferred Stock by resolution of the Board of Directors.

      "Remarketing" means the implementation of Remarketing Procedures.

      "Remarketing  Agent" means, at any time, the entity or entities  appointed
by the  Corporation  to act on its  behalf in  establishing  dividend  rates and
Dividend  Periods for  Remarketing  Preferred and to act on behalf of holders of
Remarketing  Preferred in remarketing such Remarketing  Preferred as provided in
the Remarketing Procedures.

      "Remarketing Depository" means The Bank of New York, and its successors or
any other  depository  selected by the  Corporation  which  agrees to follow the
procedures  required to be followed by such depository in connection with shares
of Remarketing Preferred with a Dividend Period of less than 7 days.

                                       29

<PAGE>

      "Remarketing  Method" means a method of determining  Dividend  Periods and
dividend rates for the Preferred Stock.

      "Remarketing Preferred" means the Preferred Stock, including the Converted
Auction  Preferred  for which the dividend  rate and  Dividend  Period are to be
determined pursuant to the Remarketing Method.

      "Remarketing  Procedures"  means the procedures for remarketing  shares of
Remarketing Preferred as set forth in Section 9.

      "Securities  Depository"  means The Depository  Trust Company or any other
securities  depository  selected  by the  Corporation  that agrees to follow the
procedures  required to be followed by such securities  depository in connection
with the Preferred Stock.

      "Series"  means any of the Series G, Series H, Series I or Series J of the
Preferred Stock authorized by this Certificate.

      "Short Dividend Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(v)
below.

      "Standard  Dividend  Period" has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(v)
below.

      "Standard & Poor's" or "S&P" means Standard & Poor's  Corporation,  or its
successor,  so long as such agency (or  successor)  is in the business of rating
securities of the type of the Preferred Stock and, if such agency is not in such
business, then a Substitute Rating Agency.

      "Stock Books" means the stock transfer books of the Corporation maintained
by the Paying Agent.

      "Substitute  Commercial Paper Dealer" means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Shearson
Lehman Brothers Inc. or Merrill Lynch, Pierce,  Fenner & Smith Incorporated,  or
their  respective  affiliates or successors or, if none of such firms  furnishes
commercial  paper  quotations,  a leading dealer in the commercial  paper market
selected by the Corporation in good faith.

      "Substitute  Rating  Agency"  means a  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating  organization  (as that term is used in the rules and  regulations of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  selected  by the  Corporation,  subject  to
approval  by  Morgan  Stanley  and First  Boston,  which  approval  is not to be
unreasonably withheld.

      "Substitute U.S.  Government  Securities  Dealers" means Goldman,  Sachs &
Co.,  Shearson  Lehman  Brothers Inc. or Merrill Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith
Incorporated,  or their respective  affiliates or successors or, if none of such
firms provides  quotes in U.S.  government  securities,  a leading dealer in the
government securities market selected by the Corporation in good faith.

      "Tender Agent" means, at any time, the bank or the organization (initially
The Bank of New York)  appointed  by the  Corporation  to perform  the duties of
Tender Agent as provided in the Remarketing Procedures.

      "Term  Selection  Agent" means any entity  appointed by the Corporation to
act on its behalf in  establishing  the length of any Dividend Period other than
the Standard Dividend Period,  the Dividend Payment Dates for any Short Dividend
Period  and,  in the case of any Long  Dividend  Period,  additional  redemption
provisions,  if any,  for a Series of Auction  Preferred,  provided  that if the
Corporation  shall

                                       30
<PAGE>

appoint more than one entity to so act with respect to a Series, "Term Selection
Agent"  shall  mean,  unless the context  otherwise  requires,  all  entities so
appointed.

      "U.S. Government Securities Dealers" means Morgan Stanley and First Boston
or, in lieu thereof, their respective affiliates or successors.

      SECTION 3. Dividends.

      (a)  Holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock  shall be entitled to receive,
when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of  funds  legally
available therefor,  cumulative cash dividends at the Applicable Rate per annum,
determined  as set forth in  Section  3(f)  below,  and no more,  payable on the
respective dates set forth below.

      (b) (i)  Dividends on the shares of  Preferred  Stock of each Series shall
accumulate (whether or not declared) from the Date of Original Issue.

         (ii)  Dividends on each Series of  Preferred  Stock shall be payable on
      the  Initial  Dividend  Payment  Date for such  Series.  After the Initial
      Dividend  Periods,  dividends on any shares of Preferred  Stock with (a) a
      Dividend Period of 1 to 48 days (which, in the case of Auction  Preferred,
      shall be a  period  of days  divisible  by 7) will be  payable  on the day
      following the last day of such Dividend  Period,  (b) a Standard  Dividend
      Period will be payable on the day  following the last day of such Standard
      Dividend  Period  (which last day of such  Standard  Dividend  Period will
      normally  be each  seventh  Wednesday  following  the  preceding  Dividend
      Payment Date for such Series),  (c) a Short  Dividend  Period,  on the day
      following  the last day of such  Short  Dividend  Period and on such other
      Dividend  Payment  Dates as  established  at the time such Short  Dividend
      Period is determined and (d) a Long Dividend Period,  on the day following
      the last day of such Long  Dividend  Period and on the March 31,  June 30,
      September  30 and  December 31 of each year during such  dividend  period.
      Each day on which  dividends on shares of  Preferred  Stock of each Series
      would be payable as  determined  as set forth in this  clause (ii) but for
      adjustments set forth in Section 3(f)(v) below,  other than adjustments to
      reflect changes in the Minimum Holding Period,  is referred to herein as a
      "Normal Dividend Payment Date".

         (iii) Each date on which  dividends  for each share of Preferred  Stock
      shall be payable as set forth  herein is referred to herein as a "Dividend
      Payment  Date".  If  applicable,  the period from the  preceding  Dividend
      Payment Date to the next Dividend  Payment Date for any share of Preferred
      Stock with a Long  Dividend  Period is herein  referred  to as a "Dividend
      Quarter".  Although any particular  Dividend Payment Date may not occur on
      the  originally  scheduled  Normal  Dividend  Payment  Date because of the
      adjustments set forth in Section 3(f)(v) below,  each succeeding  Dividend
      Payment Date shall be, subject to such adjustments, the date determined as
      set forth in clause (ii) above as if each preceding  Dividend Payment Date
      had  occurred  on the  respective  originally  scheduled  Normal  Dividend
      Payment Date.

         (iv)  Dividend  Periods  may be of any  duration  (including  perpetual
      duration)  and  not  less  than  (i)  seven  days in the  case of  Auction
      Preferred (other than Converted Remarketing Preferred) and (ii) one day in
      the  case  of  Remarketing   Preferred   (other  than  Converted   Auction
      Preferred).  The duration of each subsequent Dividend Period following the
      Initial  Dividend  Period for each Series and the Applicable Rate for such
      subsequent Dividend Period will be determined by either the Auction Method
      or the Remarketing Method.
                                       31
<PAGE>

         (v) The Initial  Dividend  Payment Date for the Initial Dividend Period
      for Series G  Preferred  Stock shall be February  11,  1993,  for Series H
      Preferred  Stock shall be February 18, 1993, for Series I Preferred  Stock
      shall be February 25, 1993 and for Series J Preferred Stock shall be March
      4, 1993.  After the Initial  Dividend  Period for each Series of Preferred
      Stock,  each subsequent  Dividend Period for any shares of Preferred Stock
      shall  (except for the  adjustments  for  non-Business  Days  described in
      Section 3(f)(v) below) be 49 days (each such 49-day period, subject to any
      adjustment as a result of a change in law  adjusting  the Minimum  Holding
      Period as described in Section 3(f)(v) below,  being referred to herein as
      a "Standard Dividend Period"), unless as provided in clause (d) below, the
      Term Selection Agent or the applicable  Remarketing Agent, as the case may
      be,  specifies that any such  subsequent  Dividend Period for a particular
      share of  Preferred  Stock shall be (A) a Dividend  Period of 1 to 48 days
      (which  in the  case of  Auction  Preferred,  shall  be a  period  of days
      divisible by 7), (B) a Dividend Period of 50 to 364 days and consisting of
      a whole  number of weeks (a "Short  Dividend  Period")  or (C) a  Dividend
      Period of 365 days or longer and  consisting of a whole number of weeks (a
      "Long  Dividend  Period").  Each  such  Dividend  Period  of 1 to 48 days,
      Standard  Dividend Period,  Short Dividend Period and Long Dividend Period
      (together  with (i) any  Initial  Dividend  Periods  and  (ii) any  period
      commencing on a redemption date on which there is a Failure to Deposit and
      ending on the date the  redemption  price  for such  shares is paid to the
      Paying Agent) being referred to herein as a "Dividend Period").

      (c) (i)  Subject  to  certain  limitations  set forth in clause (v) below,
      either  Dividend  Determination  Method  may be  selected  by  the  Method
      Selection  Agent  for a  Series  of  Preferred  Stock  for any  subsequent
      Dividend  Period with respect to all shares of such Series,  provided that
      such Method  Selection Agent determines at the time of such selection that
      a change in the Dividend  Determination  Method will be the most favorable
      financing  alternative  for the  Corporation  based upon the  then-current
      Marketing  Conditions.  If more  than one  entity  is  serving  as  Method
      Selection  Agent for a Series,  such  entities  shall  act in  concert  in
      performing  their duties,  provided that notices referred to herein may be
      given by one entity on behalf of all such entities.  The Method  Selection
      Agent for any  Series of  Preferred  Stock will make such  selection  in a
      notice (a  "Notice of Method  Selection")  sent by such  Method  Selection
      Agent to the Corporation, the Term Selection Agent, the Auction Agent, the
      Securities Depository,  the Remarketing  Depository,  the Tender Agent and
      any  applicable  Remarketing  Agent by  telephone  (with  confirmation  in
      writing), and to any other record holders of the shares of Preferred Stock
      of such Series by first-class mail,  postage prepaid,  not less then seven
      Business Days prior to the first day of such subsequent  Dividend  Period.
      Each  Notice of Method  Selection  will state the Method  selected  by the
      Method  Selection  Agent. If the Method Selection Agent for a Series which
      is then a Series of Remarketing  Preferred  selects the Auction Method for
      any subsequent Dividend Period, the Remarketing Agent for such Series will
      establish  Dividend Periods and Applicable Rates for shares of such Series
      until the  Initial  Auction  Date in a manner  that will best  promote  an
      orderly  transition  to the Auction  Method.  Any  Dividend  Determination
      Method so  selected  by the  Method  Selection  Agent  for a Series  shall
      continue  in effect  for such  Series  until the  Method  Selection  Agent
      selects the other Method in the aforesaid manner. Until a Method Selection
      Agent for any Series has been appointed, the Dividend Determination Method
      will be the Auction Method.

         (ii) A Notice of Method  Selection  may be revoked (a "Notice of Method
      Revocation")  by the Method  Selection  Agent on or prior to 10:00 A.M. on
      the  second  Business  Day  preceding  the  first  day of the  sub-sequent
      Dividend   Period  by  giving  a  Notice  of  Method   Revocation  to  the
      Corporation,  the Term Selection  Agent,  the Securities  Depository,  the
      Remarketing   Depository,

                                       32
<PAGE>

      the Auction Agent, the Tender Agent, any applicable  Remarketing Agent and
      any other record holders of the shares of Preferred Stock of such Series.

         (iii) Any Notice of Method  Selection  with  respect to any  subsequent
      Dividend  Period for any Series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have
      been  withdrawn if on or prior to the second  Business Day  preceding  the
      first day of such subsequent  Dividend  Period the Corporation  shall have
      removed the Method  Selection  Agent for such  Series,  provided  that the
      Corporation  shall have given a notice (a "Notice of Removal") to the Term
      Selection Agent, the Securities  Depository,  the Remarketing  Depository,
      the Auction Agent, the Tender Agent, any applicable  Remarketing Agent and
      any other record  holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock of such Series no
      later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on such second  Business Day. If
      more than one entity has been appointed and is acting as Method  Selection
      Agent for that Series,  such Notice of Method Selection shall be deemed to
      have been  withdrawn only if the  Corporation  shall have removed all such
      entities;  and the removal at any time by the  Corporation  of one or more
      but not all such entities shall not effect a deemed withdrawal of a Notice
      of Method  Selection  and in any such event no Notice of  Removal  need be
      given.  If the Method  Selection  Agent for any Series of Preferred  Stock
      resigns or is removed  (or,  in either  case,  if more than one entity has
      been  appointed  and is acting as Method  Selection  Agent for that Series
      then all such entities),  the Dividend  Determination Method applicable to
      such  Series in effect at the time of such  resignation  or  removal  will
      continue  in effect  until the  Corporation  appoints a  successor  Method
      Selection  Agent for such Series and such Method  Selection  Agent sends a
      Notice of Method Selection.  If, as a result of the resignation or removal
      of the Method Selection Agent, the Dividend  Determination  Method for any
      Series will  continue to be the Auction  Method,  then the duration of the
      next  succeeding  Dividend  Period for such  Series  will be the  Standard
      Dividend Period.

         (iv) Any Method for a Series of Preferred  Stock selected by the Method
      Selection Agent for such Series  pursuant to a Notice of Method  Selection
      (except a Notice of Method  Selection  that is  revoked  or deemed to have
      been withdrawn) shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and the
      holders  of  Preferred  Stock of such  Series.  If the  Notice  of  Method
      Selection is not revoked or deemed to have been  withdrawn,  any Method so
      selected  by the Method  Selection  Agent for a Series  will  continue  in
      effect for that Series until such Method  Selection Agent or any successor
      selects the other Method in the aforesaid  manner. No defect in the Notice
      of Method  Selection,  the  Notice of Method  Revocation  or the Notice of
      Removal of the Method  Selection  Agent or in the  mailing  thereof  shall
      affect the validity of any change in the Dividend  Determination Method or
      any withdrawal, revocation or removal.

                  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Method Selection Agent
      shall not be entitled  to change the  Dividend  Determination  Method then
      applicable  to a  Series  if (i) at  the  time  of an  election  that  the
      Remarketing  Method apply to a Series,  the  Corporation has not appointed
      (and given notice or taken such other  action as may be necessary  for the
      timely  effectiveness of such  appointment) a Remarketing  Agent, a Tender
      Agent,  a Securities  Depository  and a  Remarketing  Depository  for such
      Series, (ii) at the time of an election that the Auction Method apply to a
      Series,  the Corporation has not appointed (and given notice or taken such
      other action as aforesaid) an Auction Agent,  a Securities  Depository and
      at least one  Broker-Dealer for such Series, or such election would result
      in more than one Dividend Period for the shares of Preferred Stock of such
      Series or (iii) at the time of any such election, a Failure to Deposit has
      occurred and is continuing. Once the Method Selection Agent has selected a
      Dividend  Determination  Method for a Series in the aforesaid manner, such
      selection shall become effective on the last day of the Dividend Period(s)
      then   applicable   to  shares   of   Preferred   Stock  of  such   Series
      notwithstanding  any

                                       33
<PAGE>

      Failure to Deposit for such Series  which may occur after the  delivery of
      the Notice of Method Selection by such Method Selection Agent, the failure
      to remarket  tendered shares of Remarketing  Preferred of such Series,  in
      the  case of the  selection  of the  Remarketing  Method,  or the  lack of
      Sufficient  Clearing  Bids in the Auction for such Series,  in the case of
      the selection of the Auction Method.

      (d) (i) With  respect  to shares of  Auction  Preferred,  each  successive
      Dividend  Period  shall  commence  on the  Dividend  Payment  Date for the
      preceding Dividend Period for such Series and shall end (A) in the case of
      a Dividend Period of 7 to 48 days or a Standard  Dividend  Period,  on the
      day  preceding  the next  Dividend  Payment  Date and (B) in the case of a
      Short Dividend  Period or a Long Dividend  Period,  on the last day of the
      Short  Dividend  Period  or Long  Dividend  Period,  as the  case  may be,
      specified by the Term Selection  Agent, in the related Notice of Change in
      Dividend Period.

         (ii) The Term Selection  Agent will give telephonic and written notice,
      not less than 10 and not more than 30 days  prior to an  Auction  Date and
      based on the then-current  Marketing Conditions,  to the Corporation,  the
      Auction Agent, the Method  Selection Agent, the Securities  Depository and
      any other record holders of a Series of Auction Preferred if it determines
      that  the next  succeeding  Dividend  Period  for  such  Series  will be a
      Dividend  Period  of 7 to 48  days,  a  Short  Dividend  Period  or a Long
      Dividend  Period  (any  such  notice,  a "Notice  of  Change  in  Dividend
      Period");  provided, that if the then-current Dividend Period is less than
      10 days,  the Term  Selection  Agent  will give  such  Notice of Change in
      Dividend  Period no less than 5 days prior to an Auction  Date.  Each such
      Notice of Change in Dividend Period shall be in substantially  the form of
      Exhibit D to the Auction  Agent  Agreement and shall specify the following
      terms,  (A) the next  succeeding  Dividend  Period  for such  Series  as a
      Dividend  Period  of 7 to 48  days,  a  Short  Dividend  Period  or a Long
      Dividend  Period;  provided  that a Dividend  Period of 7 to 48 days shall
      only be  established  so long  as  corporate  holders  of such  Series  of
      Preferred  Stock  shall  not lose  entitlement  to the  Dividends-Received
      Deduction as a result of the length of such Dividend Period,  (B) the term
      thereof,  (C) in the case of a Short Dividend Period, the Dividend Payment
      Dates with respect thereto and (D) in the case of a Long Dividend  Period,
      additional redemption provisions or restrictions on redemption, if any, as
      authorized in Section 4(b)(ii) hereof.  However, for any Auction occurring
      after the initial Auction,  the Term Selection Agent may not give a Notice
      of Change in  Dividend  Period  (and any such Notice of Change in Dividend
      Period shall be null and void) unless  Sufficient  Clearing Bids were made
      in  the  last  occurring  Auction  for  any  Series  and  full  cumulative
      dividends,  if any, for all Series of Auction  Preferred  payable prior to
      the date of such notice have been paid in full. The Term  Selection  Agent
      may establish a Dividend  Period of 7 to 48 days, a Short Dividend  Period
      or a Long Dividend  Period for any Series of Preferred  Stock, if the Term
      Selection Agent determines that such Dividend Period and, in the case of a
      Long Dividend Period,  additional redemption provisions or restrictions on
      redemption,  provide the  Corporation  with the most  favorable  financing
      alternative based upon the then-current Marketing Conditions.  A Notice of
      Change in Dividend Period may be revoked by the Term Selection Agent on or
      prior to 10:00  A.M.  New York City time on the  related  Auction  Date by
      telephonic and written notice (a "Notice of Revocation"), in substantially
      the form of Exhibit E to the Auction Agent Agreement,  to the Corporation,
      the Auction Agent, the Method  Selection Agent, the Securities  Depository
      and any other record holders of the shares of such Series, specifying that
      the Term Selection Agent has determined that because of subsequent changes
      in such Marketing Conditions, such Dividend Period would not result in the
      most  favorable  financing  alternative  for the  Corporation.  Notices of
      Revocation  given by the  Term  Selection  Agent  will be  conclusive  and
      binding  upon  the  Corporation  and the  holders  of  shares  of  Auction
      Preferred and,

                                       34
<PAGE>

      except as set forth below in clause  (iv),  a Notice of Change in Dividend
      Period given by the Term  Selection  Agent will be conclusive  and binding
      upon the Corporation and the holder of shares of Auction Preferred.

         (iii) Any  Notice of Change in  Dividend  Period  with  respect  to any
      subsequent  Dividend  Period for any Series of Auction  Preferred  will be
      deemed to have been  withdrawn  if on or prior to the second  Business Day
      preceding  an Auction  Date the  Corporation  shall have  removed the Term
      Selection Agent,  provided that the Corporation shall have given Notice of
      Removal  to  the  Auction  Agent,  the  Method  Selection  Agent  and  the
      Securities  Depository  and any other record holders of the shares of such
      Series,  no later  than 3:00  P.M.,  New York City  time,  on such  second
      Business  Day. If the Term  Selection  Agent  resigns or is  removed,  the
      Dividend  Period for each Series of Auction  Preferred shall be a Standard
      Dividend Period until the Corporation  appoints a successor Term Selection
      Agent for such  Series  and such Term  Selection  Agent  sends a Notice of
      Change in Dividend Period.

         (iv) If the Term  Selection  Agent  does not give a Notice of Change in
      Dividend  Period with respect to the next  succeeding  Dividend Period for
      any  Series of Auction  Preferred  or has given such a Notice of Change in
      Dividend  Period and gives a Notice of Revocation  with respect thereto or
      such Notice of Change in Dividend  Period is deemed to be withdrawn,  such
      next succeeding  Dividend Period shall be a Standard  Dividend Period with
      respect to such Series. In addition, in the event the Term Selection Agent
      has given a Notice of Change in Dividend  Period with  respect to the next
      succeeding Dividend Period for a Series of Preferred Stock and such notice
      has not been revoked or deemed to be withdrawn,  but  Sufficient  Clearing
      Bids are not made in the related  Auction or such  Auction is not held for
      any reason,  such next  succeeding  Dividend  Period for such Series will,
      notwithstanding  such Notice of Change in Dividend  Period,  be a Standard
      Dividend  Period and the Term Selection  Agent may not again give a Notice
      of Change in  Dividend  Period  (and any such Notice of Change in Dividend
      Period shall be null and void) for such Series until  Sufficient  Clearing
      Bids have been made in an Auction for such Series.

      (e) (i) With respect to shares of Remarketing  Preferred,  the duration of
      each  subsequent  Dividend  Period and the  Applicable  Rate for each such
      subsequent  Dividend Period shall be established by the Remarketing  Agent
      for such  shares  of  Remarketing  Preferred  and will be  conclusive  and
      binding on the Corporation and the holders of such shares.

          (ii) For each  Dividend  Period the applicable Remarketing Agent shall
      establish a dividend rate, not in excess of the Maximum  Applicable  Rate,
      which it determines  shall be the lowest rate at which tendered  shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  would be  remarketed  at  $250,000  per share.  In
      establishing  each Dividend  Period and dividend  rate,  each  Remarketing
      Agent  will  establish  Dividend  Periods  and  dividend  rates  which  it
      determines will result in the most favorable financing alternative for the
      Corporation based on the then-current Marketing Conditions.

         (iii)  Each  Holder  will be  deemed  to have  tendered  its  shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  for  sale  by  Remarketing  on  the  Business  Day
      immediately  preceding the first day of each  subsequent  Dividend  Period
      applicable   thereto,   unless  it  gives  irrevocable  notice  otherwise.
      Consequently,  a Holder will hold shares of Remarketing Preferred only for
      a Dividend  Period and at a dividend rate accepted by that holder,  except
      for one or more  successive  Dividend  Periods of one day resulting from a
      Failure to Deposit or the  failure to remarket  such  shares as  described
      below. At any time, any or all shares of Remarketing Preferred of a Series
      may have  Dividend  Periods of various  lengths.  Depending  on  Marketing
      Conditions at the time of  Remarketing,  any or all shares

                                       35
<PAGE>

      of Remarketing  Preferred of a Series may have different Applicable Rates,
      including those set on the same day for Dividend Periods of equal length.

      (f) (i) Not later  than  11:00  A.M.  New York  City time on the  Dividend
      Payment Date (except as provided in Section  3(f)(v) below) for each share
      of Preferred Stock, the Corporation is required to deposit with the Paying
      Agent sufficient  immediately  available funds for the payment of declared
      dividends.

            (ii) Each  dividend  shall be  payable  to the  holder or holders of
      record of such shares of Preferred  Stock as such holders' names appear on
      the Stock Books on the Business Day next preceding the applicable Dividend
      Payment  Date.  Subject  to  Section  3(i)  below,  dividends  in  arrears
      (including any Additional Payments) for any past Dividend Payment Date may
      be  declared  by the  Board of  Directors  and paid at any  time,  without
      reference to any regular  Dividend  Payment Date, to the holder or holders
      of record as such holders appear on the Stock Books as of the Business Day
      next  preceding such Dividend  Payment Date. Any dividend  payment made on
      any  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  first be  credited  against  the
      dividends  accumulated with respect to the earliest  Dividend Payment Date
      for which dividends have not been paid with respect to such shares.

         (iii) So long as the  shares of  Preferred  Stock are held of record by
      the nominee of the Securities Depository or the Remarketing Depository, as
      the case may be,  dividends  will be paid to the nominee of the Securities
      Depository or the Remarketing  Depository,  on each Dividend Payment Date.
      Dividends  on  shares of  Preferred  Stock  held  through  the  Securities
      Depository will be paid through the Securities Depository on each Dividend
      Payment Date in accordance with its normal procedures.

         (iv) Dividends on any shares of Preferred Stock held by the Remarketing
      Depository  will  be  paid  through  the  Remarketing  Depository  on each
      Dividend  Payment Date by wire or other transfer of immediately  available
      funds to a Holder's account with a commercial bank in the United States so
      long as such  Holder has  provided  the  Remarketing  Depository  with the
      necessary  information to effect such  transfer.  Any payments not made by
      wire  or  other  transfer  will be made by  check  to the  Holder  of such
      Preferred Stock.

         (v) In the  case of  dividends  payable  with  respect  to a  share  of
      Preferred  Stock  with a  Dividend  Period  of 7 to 48  days,  a  Standard
      Dividend Period or a Short Dividend Period, if:


                  (A) (x)  The  Securities  Depository  shall  continue  to make
            available  to  Participants  the  amounts due as  dividends  on such
            shares of  Preferred  Stock in next-day  funds on the dates on which
            such dividends are payable and (y) a Normal Dividend Payment Date is
            not a Business Day, or the day next  succeeding such Normal Dividend
            Payment Date is not a Business Day, then dividends  shall be payable
            on the first  Business Day preceding  such Normal  Dividend  Payment
            Date that is next succeeded by a Business Day; or

                 (B) (x) The  Securities  Depository  shall  make  available  to
            Participants  the  amounts  due  as  dividends  on  such  shares  of
            Preferred Stock in immediately available funds on the dates on which
            such dividends are payable (and the Securities Depository shall have
            so advised the Auction Agent) and (y) a Normal Dividend Payment Date
            is not a Business Day, then dividends  shall be payable on the first
            Business Day following such Normal Dividend Payment Date.

                                       36

<PAGE>

                  (C) In the case of dividends payable with respect to shares of
            Preferred Stock with a Long Dividend Period, if:

                  (I) (x)  The  Securities  Depository  shall  continue  to make
                  available to its  Participants the amounts due as dividends on
                  such shares of Preferred  Stock in next-day funds on the dates
                  on which such dividends are payable and (y) a Normal  Dividend
                  Payment Date is not a Business Day, or the day next succeeding
                  such Normal Dividend  Payment Date is not a Business Day, then
                  dividends shall be payable on the first Business Day following
                  such Normal Dividend  Payment Date that is next succeeded by a
                  Business Day; or

                  (II) (x) The Securities Depository shall make available to its
                  Participants  the amounts due as  dividends  on such shares of
                  Preferred Stock in immediately available funds on the dates on
                  which  such   dividends   are  payable  (and  the   Securities
                  Depository  shall have so advised the Auction Agent) and (y) a
                  Normal  Dividend  Payment  Date is not a  Business  Day,  then
                  dividends shall be payable on the first Business Day following
                  such Normal Dividend Payment Date.

                  (D)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in case of  payment  in
            next-day  funds,  if the  date  on  which  dividends  on  shares  of
            Preferred  Stock  would be  payable  as  determined  as set forth in
            clauses  (A), (B) and (C) above is a day that would  result,  due to
            such procedures,  in the number of days between  successive  Auction
            Dates or Remarketing Dates for such shares  (determined by excluding
            the first Auction Date or Remarketing  Date, as the case may be, and
            including the second Auction Date and the second  Remarketing  Date,
            as the case may be),  not being at least  equal to the  then-current
            minimum holding period (currently set forth in Section 246(c) of the
            Code)  (the  "Minimum  Holding   Period")   required  for  corporate
            taxpayers  to be entitled to the  dividends-  received  deduction on
            preferred stock held by  nonaffiliated  corporations  (currently set
            forth  in  Section  243(a)  of the  Code)  (the  "Dividends-Received
            Deduction"),  then  dividends on such shares shall be payable on the
            first Business Day following such date on which  dividends  would be
            so payable that is next  succeeded by a Business Day that results in
            the  number  of  days  between  such  successive  Auction  Dates  or
            Remarketing  Dates,  as the case  may be  (determined  as set  forth
            above),  being at least equal to the then  current  Minimum  Holding
            Period.

                  (E) In addition,  notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event
            of a change in law altering the Minimum Holding  Period,  the period
            of time  between  Dividend  Payment  Dates  shall  automatically  be
            adjusted  so  that  there  shall  be a  uniform  number  of  days in
            subsequent  Dividend  Periods  (such number of days  without  giving
            effect to the adjustments referred to above being referred to herein
            as "Subsequent  Dividend Period Days")  commencing after the date of
            such change in law equal to or, to the extent  necessary,  in excess
            of the then current Minimum Holding Period; provided that the number
            of  Subsequent  Dividend  Period  Days shall not exceed by more than
            nine days the length of such then-current Minimum Holding Period and
            shall be  evenly  divisible  by  seven,  and the  maximum  number of
            Subsequent  Dividend  Period  Days,  as  adjusted  pursuant  to this
            provision, in no event shall exceed 119 days.

                  (F)  If  a  Normal   Dividend   Payment  Date  for  shares  of
            Remarketing  Preferred with Dividend  Periods of less than 7 days is
            not a Business  Day,  then  dividends  shall be payable on the first
            Business Day following such Normal Dividend Payment Date.

                                       37
<PAGE>

      (g) (i) For the Initial  Dividend  Periods  dividends will accumulate at a
rate per  annum of 3.25%  for  Series G  Preferred  Stock,  3.25%  for  Series H
Preferred  Stock,  3.25% for Series I  Preferred  Stock,  and 3.25% for Series J
Preferred Stock (in each case, the "Initial  Dividend Rate").  The dividend rate
for each share of Preferred Stock for each  subsequent  Dividend Period shall be
the Applicable  Rate  determined by either the Auction Method or the Remarketing
Method.

      (ii)  Notwithstanding  the application of either the Auction Method or the
      Remarketing  Method,  the dividend  rate on each share of Preferred  Stock
      shall not exceed the Maximum  Applicable  Rate per annum for any  Dividend
      Period;  provided,  however,  that  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
      Corporation (the "Chief  Financial  Officer") based on certain factors may
      increase the Percentage  used to calculate the Maximum  Applicable Rate at
      any time up to certain  amounts set forth below in Section  3(h)(ii).  The
      provisions of the immediately preceding sentence  notwithstanding,  at any
      time that the  application of the provisions  with respect to a Failure to
      Deposit  would,  but  for  the  provisions  of the  immediately  preceding
      sentence, result in a dividend rate on a share of Preferred Stock being in
      excess of the Maximum Applicable Rate per annum, the maximum dividend rate
      applicable to such share of Preferred  Stock shall be such higher dividend
      rate as provided below.

      (h) (i) Not later than 10:00  A.M.,  New York City  time,  on the  related
Auction Date or Remarketing  Date, as the case may be, and based on the criteria
set forth below,  the Chief  Financial  Officer may, upon telephonic and written
notice, to the Auction Agent, each applicable  Remarketing Agent, the Securities
Depository,  the Remarketing Depository and any other record holder of shares of
Preferred Stock affected  thereby,  increase the percentage  (the  "Percentage")
used to calculate the Maximum  Applicable Rate for any shares of Preferred Stock
(a "Notice of Percentage  Increase").  Such Notice of Percentage  Increase shall
specify the new Percentages to be used to calculate the Maximum  Applicable Rate
and  shall  be in  substantially  the form of  Exhibit  G to the  Auction  Agent
Agreement.

      The Chief  Financial  Officer may increase such  Percentages  if the Chief
Financial   Officer   determines  that  supervening   considerations   make  the
Percentages  then  in  effect  inimical  to  the  financial   interests  of  the
Corporation  and that such  increase is necessary to enable the operation of the
then-applicable  Method  to  provide  the  Corporation  with the most  favorable
financing  alternatives based on then-current  Marketing  Conditions.  The Chief
Financial  Officer  may not  revoke  a Notice  of  Percentage  Increase  and the
Percentages  specified  therein  will  be the  applicable  Percentages  for  the
determination  of the Maximum  Applicable  Rate with  respect to such shares for
subsequent  Dividend Periods,  except as described below,  until a new Notice of
Percentage Increase shall be delivered in accordance with the terms thereof.

                                       38

<PAGE>



         (ii) Except as described  below,  the Chief  Financial  Officer may not
      increase the Percentage  used to calculate the Maximum  Applicable Rate to
      above the  Percentages  set forth in the third  column of the table  below
      corresponding to the applicable  credit ratings set forth in the first two
      columns of the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Credit Rating                                             Maximum Percentage
                                                                                       Permitted to be
                                                                                      Used to Calculate
                                                                                      Maximum Applicable
               Moody's                        Standard & Poor's                              Rate
               -------                        -----------------                       ------------------

<S>                                           <C>                                    <C> 
           "aa3" or Above                       AA- or Above                                 175%
            "a3" to "a1"                          A- to A+                                   225%
          "baa3" to "baa1"                      +BBB- to BBB                                 250%
            Below "baa3"                          Below BBB                                  275%
</TABLE>

            The maximum  percentages  set forth in the third column of the above
            table may be increased by the Chief Financial Officer,  upon receipt
            of an opinion of counsel  addressed to the Corporation to the effect
            that the use of such higher  percentages  to  calculate  the Maximum
            Applicable  Rate will not adversely  affect the tax treatment of the
            Preferred Stock.

         (iii)  The  Chief  Financial  Officer  may only  raise  the  Percentage
      applicable to a Series of Auction Preferred if the Chief Financial Officer
      raises  such  Percentage  for all the  shares  of such  Series.  The Chief
      Financial  Officer may, however,  only raise the Percentage  applicable to
      shares  of   Remarketing   Preferred  with  respect  to  those  shares  of
      Remarketing  Preferred being remarketed on the same date, and shall not be
      required  to raise  the  Percentage  applicable  to any  other  shares  of
      Remarketing Preferred. However, if the Percentage applicable to a share of
      Remarketing  Preferred is less than the Percentage applicable to any other
      share of Remarketing  Preferred of the same Series,  the lower  Percentage
      applicable to such share shall, at the end of the current  Dividend Period
      for such share,  automatically be increased to the highest Percentage then
      applicable to any share of  Remarketing  Preferred of such Series,  unless
      the Chief  Financial  Officer  elects to increase  further the  Percentage
      applicable to such share.

      (i) (A) In the event a Failure to Deposit  occurs and any such  Failure to
      Deposit  shall not have been cured within three  Business  Days after such
      occurrence,  then until  such time as the full  amount due shall have been
      paid to the Paying  Agent,  the  Auction  Procedures  and the  Remarketing
      Procedures will be suspended. The Applicable Rate for each Dividend Period
      commencing on or after any such Dividend Payment Date (or redemption date,
      as the case may be) on which  there has been a Failure to Deposit and such
      Failure to Deposit has not been cured within three  Business Days shall be
      equal to the Default Rate for such Dividend  Period.  In addition,  if any
      such Dividend Payment Date was not the last day of a Dividend Period,  the
      Applicable Rate for the portion of such Dividend Period commencing on such
      Dividend  Payment Date and ending on the day preceding the next succeeding
      Dividend Payment Date shall be the Default Rate for such period,  computed
      as if such period were a "Dividend Period". If there has been a failure to
      pay dividends on the last day of a Dividend Period, the Dividend Period to
      which such Default Rate will apply shall be a Standard  Dividend Period in
      the case of Auction  Preferred and  successive one day periods in the case
      of  Remarketing  Preferred.  If  there  has  been a  failure  to  pay  the
      redemption  price of shares of Preferred Stock called for redemption,  the
      Dividend  Period

                                       39
<PAGE>

      to which such Default Rate will apply shall be the period  commencing  on,
      and including,  the redemption date and ending on, but excluding, the date
      the  redemption  price is paid to the Paying Agent.  The suspension of the
      Auction Procedures and the Remarketing Procedures shall continue in effect
      until there shall occur a Dividend  Payment Date at least one Business Day
      prior to which the full amount of any dividends  (whether or not earned or
      declared)  payable on each  Dividend  Payment Date prior to and  including
      such Dividend  Payment Date along with any  Additional  Payments then due,
      and the full amount of any redemption  price  (including  accumulated  and
      unpaid  dividends) then due shall have been paid to the Paying Agent,  and
      thereupon  application  of the  Auction  Procedures  and  the  Remarketing
      Procedures  shall  resume for any  Outstanding  shares on the terms stated
      herein for Dividend Periods commencing with such Dividend Payment Date. If
      a Failure  to  Deposit  is cured  within  three  Business  Days,  then the
      Applicable  Rate will be the dividend rate  established in connection with
      any Auction or  Remarketing  relating to such  shares of  Preferred  Stock
      conducted immediately preceding the Failure to Deposit,  provided that the
      Applicable Rate shall be the Default Rate for each day (excluding the date
      of deposit) until the Failure to Deposit is cured. Such Default Rate shall
      be computed using the Dividend  Period  established in connection with any
      Auction  or  Remarketing  relating  to  such  shares  of  Preferred  Stock
      conducted immediately preceding the Failure to Deposit.

             (B) Any Failure to Deposit  with  respect to any share of Preferred
      Stock shall be deemed to be cured if, with respect to a Failure to Deposit
      relating  to (a) the  payment of  dividends  on such  shares of  Preferred
      Stock,  the Corporation  deposits with the Paying Agent by 11:00 A.M., New
      York City time,  all  accumulated  and unpaid  dividends on such shares of
      Preferred  Stock,  including  the full amount of any  dividends to be paid
      with  respect to the  Dividend  Period or portion  thereof with respect to
      which the Failure to Deposit occurred,  plus Additional Payments,  and (b)
      the redemption of such shares,  the  Corporation  deposits with the Paying
      Agent  by 11:00  A.M.,  New  York  City  time,  funds  sufficient  for the
      redemption of such shares (including accumulated and unpaid dividends) and
      gives irrevocable instructions to apply such funds and, if applicable, the
      income and  proceeds  therefrom,  to the payment of the  redemption  price
      (including  accumulated  and unpaid  dividends)  for such  shares.  If the
      Corporation  shall  have cured  such  Failure to Deposit by making  timely
      payment to the Paying Agent,  either the Auction Agent or the  Remarketing
      Agent, as the case may be, will give telephonic and written notice of such
      cure to each Holder of shares of Preferred  Stock at the telephone  number
      and address  specified in such Holder's Master  Purchaser's  Letter and to
      each  Broker-Dealer,  in the case of the  Auction  Agent,  as  promptly as
      practicable after such cure is effected.  Additional  Payments paid to the
      Paying  Agent with  respect to a Failure to Deposit will be payable to the
      Holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock on the Record Date for the Dividend
      Payment Date with respect to which such Failure to Deposit occurred.

      (j) If an Auction or Remarketing  for any shares of Preferred Stock is not
held on an Auction Date or  Remarketing  Date for any reason (other than because
of the  suspension  of  Auctions or  Remarketing  due to a Failure to Deposit as
described  above),  the  dividend  rate for  such  shares  shall be the  Maximum
Applicable Rate (calculated  assuming a Standard Dividend Period)  determined as
of such Auction  Date or  Remarketing  Date and the  Dividend  Period shall be a
Standard  Dividend  Period,  in the case of Auction  Preferred,  and  successive
Dividend  Periods of one day, in the case of Remarketing  Preferred,  until such
shares of Remarketing Preferred are remarketed.

      (k) The amount of dividends per share payable on any Dividend Payment Date
on a share of Preferred  Stock having a Dividend  Period of up to 364 days shall
be computed by  multiplying  the Applicable  Rate for each Dividend  Period by a
fraction the  numerator  of which shall be the number of days  between  Dividend
Payment Dates (calculated by counting the date of the preceding Dividend

                                       40
<PAGE>

Payment Date as the first day and the day preceding the current Dividend Payment
Date as the last day) and the denominator of which shall be 360, and multiplying
the amount so obtained by $250,000.  During any  Dividend  Period of 365 days or
longer,  the amount of dividends  accumulated  on each share will be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

      (l) (i) Holders of shares of each Series of  Preferred  Stock shall not be
      entitled to any dividends,  whether payable in cash, property or stock, in
      excess of full  cumulative  dividends.  So long as any shares of Preferred
      Stock are  Outstanding,  the  Corporation  shall not declare or pay or set
      apart for payment any  dividends  or make any other  distributions  on, or
      payment on account of the purchase,  redemption or other retirement of the
      common  stock  of  the  Corporation  or any  other  capital  stock  of the
      Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends or as to
      distributions   upon   liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding-up  of  the
      Corporation  unless (i) full  cumulative  dividends on the Preferred Stock
      have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient  for the payment  thereof
      set apart for such  payment) for all Dividend  Periods  terminating  on or
      prior to the date of such payment,  distribution,  purchase, redemption or
      other  retirement  with respect to such junior  capital stock and (ii) the
      Corporation  is not in default with respect to any obligation to redeem or
      retire  shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock;  provided,  however,  that  the
      foregoing shall not apply to (i) any dividend payable solely in any shares
      of any stock ranking, as to dividends and as to distributions in the event
      of a liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, junior to
      the  Preferred  Stock or (ii)  the  acquisition  of  shares  of any  stock
      ranking,  as to  dividends  or as  to  distributions  in  the  event  of a
      liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation,  junior to the
      Preferred  Stock in exchange solely for shares of any other stock ranking,
      as to dividends  and as to  distributions  in the event of a  liquidation,
      dissolution  or  winding-up  of the  Corporation,  junior to the Preferred
      Stock.

         (ii) Each  dividend  will be payable to the holder or holders of record
       of shares of  Preferred  stock as they  appear on the Stock  Books on the
       Business  Day  next  preceding  the  applicable  Dividend  Payment  Date.
       Dividends  in  arrears  for any past  Dividend  Period  (and for any past
       Dividend  Payment  Date  occurring  prior  to the end of a Long  Dividend
       Period or a Short Dividend  Period) may be declared and paid at any time,
       without  reference to any regular  Dividend  Payment  Date, to the record
       holders  of such  shares.  Any  dividend  payment  made on any  shares of
       Preferred Stock shall first be credited against the dividends accumulated
       with respect to the earliest  Dividend  Payment Date for which  dividends
       have not been paid with respect to such shares.  So long as the shares of
       Preferred  stock  are held of  record by the  nominee  of the  Securities
       Depository or the Remarketing  Depository,  as the case may be, dividends
       will  be  paid  to  the  nominee  of  the  Securities  Depository  or the
       Remarketing Depository, on each Dividend Payment Date.

         (iii) Unless  otherwise  provided for in the  Restated  Certificate  of
      Incorporation,  as the  same  may be  amended,  of  the  Corporation,  all
      payments in the form of dividends made upon shares of Preferred  Stock and
      any other stock ranking on a parity with the Preferred  Stock with respect
      to such dividend  shall be pro rata, so that amounts paid per share on the
      Preferred Stock and such other stock shall in all cases bear to each other
      the same ratio that the required  dividends  then payable per share on the
      shares of Preferred Stock and such other stock bear to each other.

                                       41

<PAGE>



      SECTION 4. Optional Redemption.

      (a) At the  option  of the  Corporation,  by  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors,  the shares of a Series of Preferred Stock may be redeemed,  in whole
or in  part,  out of funds  legally  available  therefor,  on the  Business  Day
immediately  preceding any Dividend Payment Date for such shares,  upon at least
15 but not more than 45 days notice,  at a  redemption  price per share equal to
the sum of $250,000 plus premium thereon, if any, and an amount equal to accrued
and unpaid  dividends  thereon  (whether or not earned or  declared) to the date
that the  Corporation  pays the full  amount  payable  upon  redemption  of such
shares;  provided that such redemption  date shall be the Dividend  Payment Date
for such shares if the payment on the  Business  Day  preceding  such date would
reduce the holding  period for such shares since the Auction Date or Remarketing
Date preceding such payment below the Minimum Holding  Period.  Pursuant to such
right of optional redemption, the Corporation may elect to redeem some or all of
the shares of  Preferred  Stock of any Series  without  redeeming  shares of any
other Series.

      (b) (i) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if any dividends on shares of any
      Series of Preferred Stock are in arrears,  (i) no shares of such Series of
      Preferred  Stock  or of any  other  Series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall be
      redeemed unless all  outstanding  shares of each Series of Preferred Stock
      are simultaneously redeemed and (ii) the Corporation shall not purchase or
      otherwise acquire any shares of Preferred Stock;  provided,  however, that
      the foregoing  shall not prevent the purchase or  acquisition of shares of
      Preferred Stock pursuant to an otherwise lawful purchase or exchange offer
      made on the same terms to all Holders of  Outstanding  shares of Preferred
      Stock.

         (ii) In connection  with the selection of a Long Dividend  Period,  the
      Term Selection Agent or the applicable  Remarketing Agent, as the case may
      be, may restrict the  Corporation's  ability to redeem shares of Preferred
      Stock by  providing  for the payment of a  redemption  premium or fixing a
      period of time  during  which such  shares of  Preferred  Stock may not be
      redeemed if the Term Selection Agent or the applicable  Remarketing Agent,
      as  the  case  be,  determines,   based  on  the  then-current   Marketing
      Conditions,  that  adding  such  terms will  result in the most  favorable
      financing alternative for the Corporation.

      (c) (i) If shares of Preferred  Stock are to be redeemed,  the  Redemption
      Agent will,  at the  direction of the  Corporation,  cause to be sent,  by
      first-class or air mail, postage prepaid,  telex or facsimile, a notice of
      redemption to each holder of record  (initially  Cede & Co., as nominee of
      the Securities  Depository)  of shares of Preferred  Stock to be redeemed.
      Such notice of  redemption  shall be sent not fewer than  fifteen nor more
      than 45 days prior to the redemption  date. Each notice of redemption will
      identify the Preferred Stock to be redeemed by CUSIP number and will state
      (a) the redemption date, (b) the redemption price, (c) the place where the
      redemption  price is to be paid and (d) the number of shares of  Preferred
      Stock and the Series  thereof  to be  redeemed.  The  notice  will also be
      published in The Wall Street Journal.


            (ii) No defect in the  notice of  redemption  or in the  mailing  or
      publication   thereof   will  affect  the   validity  of  the   redemption
      proceedings,  except as required by applicable law. A notice of redemption
      will be deemed given on the day that it is mailed in  accordance  with the
      foregoing description.

            (iii) The  Corporation may elect to redeem some or all of the shares
      of each Series of Preferred Stock.

                                       42
<PAGE>

            (iv) In the case of shares of a Series of Auction Preferred, so long
      as the  Securities  Depository's  nominee  is the  record  holder  of such
      shares,   the  Redemption   Agent  will  give  notice  to  the  Securities
      Depository,  and the  Securities  Depository  will determine the number of
      shares of each such Series to be redeemed from the accounts of each of its
      Participants. A Participant may determine to redeem shares from certain of
      the beneficial holders holding through such Participant (which may include
      a Participant holding shares for its own account) without redeeming shares
      from the accounts of other beneficial owners.

      Any such  redemption  will be made in accordance  with applicable laws and
rules.

            (v) In the case of shares of Remarketing  Preferred,  notice of such
      redemption shall be given to the Securities  Depository or the Remarketing
      Depository,  as the case  may be,  and any  other  record  holders  of the
      Remarketing  Preferred to be redeemed.  The Corporation  shall identify by
      CUSIP number the shares of  Remarketing  Preferred to be redeemed.  To the
      extent less than all of the shares of Remarketing Preferred represented by
      a  certificate  with a particular  CUSIP  number are to be  redeemed,  the
      applicable  Depository  shall  determine  the shares  represented  by such
      certificate to be redeemed. In the case of the Securities Depository,  the
      shares to be redeemed  shall be  determined  as described in the preceding
      paragraph, and in the case of the Remarketing Depository,  the Remarketing
      Depository  shall  determine  the  number  of shares  represented  by such
      certificate to be redeemed from each Holder thereof.

             (vi) If any shares of  Preferred  Stock to be redeemed are not held
      of record by a nominee for the  Securities  Depository or the  Remarketing
      Depository,  the particular shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall
      be  selected  by the  Corporation  by lot or by such  other  method as the
      Corporation shall deem fair and equitable.

             (vii)  Upon any date  fixed for  redemption  (unless  a Failure  to
      Deposit  occurs),  all rights of the Holders of shares of Preferred  Stock
      called for redemption  will cease and terminate,  except the right of such
      Holders  to receive  the  amounts  payable  in respect of such  redemption
      therefor, but without interest, and such shares of Preferred Stock will be
      deemed no longer  outstanding  and, upon the taking of any action required
      by applicable law, shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares
      of preferred  stock and may be reissued by the  Corporation at any time as
      shares of any series of preferred  stock other than as shares of Preferred
      Stock.

SECTION 5. Liquidation Preference.

      (a) In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the
affairs of the Corporation,  whether voluntary or involuntary,  after payment or
provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the
holders of the shares of the Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to receive,  out
of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets are capital or surplus and
whether or not any  dividends  as such are  declared  but before any  payment or
distribution  of assets is made to holders of common stock of the Corporation or
any other class of stock or series thereof ranking junior to the Preferred Stock
with  respect  to  the  distribution  of  assets,  a  preferential   liquidation
distribution  in the amount of  $250,000  per share of  Preferred  Stock plus an
amount equal to accumulated and unpaid  dividends on each such share (whether or
not  declared)  to and  including  the  date of such  distribution  and no more.
Neither the merger or  consolidation  of the Corporation  with or into any other
corporation,  nor the merger or consolidation  of any other  corporation with or
into the Corporation,  nor the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or
any  portion  of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation,  shall  be  deemed  to be a
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of
this Section 5.

                                       43

<PAGE>

      (b) If upon any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of
the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the assets of the Corporation
available  for  distribution  to the  holders of  Preferred  Stock and any other
series  of  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  ranking  on a  parity  with the
Preferred  Stock are  insufficient to pay the holders of the Preferred Stock the
full  amount of the  preferential  liquidation  distributions  to which they are
entitled, then such assets of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among
the  holders of  Preferred  Stock and any other  series of capital  stock of the
Corporation ranking on a parity with the Preferred Stock based upon the ratio of
(x) the aggregate  amount  available for distribution on all shares of Preferred
Stock and such parity stock to (y) the total amount  distributable on all shares
of Preferred Stock and such parity stock upon liquidation.

SECTION  6. Voting Rights.

      (a) Holders of the  Preferred  Stock will have no voting  rights except as
hereinafter described or as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of
the State of  Delaware;  provided,  however,  that the  affirmative  vote of the
holders  of record of at least 66 2/3% of the  Outstanding  shares of  Preferred
Stock,  voting  separately  as one  class,  shall  be  necessary  to  adopt  any
alteration,   amendment   or  repeal  of  any   provision  of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation   or  this   Certificate  of  Designations   (including  any  such
alteration,  amendment or repeal  effected by any merger or  consolidation),  if
such  alteration,  amendment  or  repeal  would  alter  or  change  the  powers,
preferences or special  rights of the shares of Preferred  Stock so as to affect
them adversely.

      (b)  (i) If at any  time  the  equivalent  of six or more  full  quarterly
      dividends  (whether or not  consecutive)  payable on the  Preferred  Stock
      shall be in arrears (to any extent) (a  "Default  Period"),  the number of
      directors  constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be
      increased  by two (2),  and the holders of record of the  Preferred  Stock
      shall have the exclusive right, voting as a class with any other shares of
      preferred stock of the  Corporation so entitled to vote thereon,  to elect
      the directors to fill such newly created  directorships.  This right shall
      remain vested until all  dividends in arrears on the Preferred  Stock have
      been paid or  declared  and set apart for  payment,  at which time (A) the
      right  shall  terminate  (subject  to  revesting),  (B)  the  term  of the
      directors  then in office elected in accordance  with the foregoing  shall
      terminate,  and (C) the  number  of  directors  constituting  the Board of
      Directors of the  Corporation  shall be reduced by the number of directors
      whose term has been terminated  pursuant to clause (B) above. For purposes
      of the  foregoing,  default in the payment of dividends for the equivalent
      of six quarterly  dividends  means,  in the case of Preferred  Stock which
      pays dividends either more or less frequently than every quarter,  default
      in the payment of  dividends  in respect of one or more  Dividend  Periods
      containing not less than 540 days.

            (ii) Whenever  such right shall vest, it may be exercised  initially
      by the vote of the  holders  of  record  of a  majority  of the  shares of
      Preferred  Stock present and voting,  in person or by proxy,  at a special
      meeting of holders of record of the Preferred  Stock or at the next annual
      meeting of stockholders.  A special meeting for the exercise of such right
      shall be  called  by the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  as  promptly  as
      possible,  and in any event  within  10 days  after  receipt  of a written
      request signed by the holders of record of at least 25% of the Outstanding
      shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock,   subject  to  any  applicable   notice
      requirements  imposed  by  law.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this
      paragraph,  no such special meeting shall be held during the 30-day period
      preceding  the date fixed for the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the
      Corporation.

            (iii) So long as a Default Period continues,  any director who shall
      have been elected by holders of record of Preferred Stock entitled to vote
      in accordance  herewith  shall hold office for a

                                       44
<PAGE>

      term expiring at the next annual meeting of  stockholders  and during such
      term may be  removed  at any  time,  without  cause by,  and only by,  the
      affirmative  vote of the  holders of record of a majority of the shares of
      Preferred  Stock present and voting,  in person or by proxy,  at a special
      meeting of such  stockholders  of record called for such purpose,  and any
      vacancy  created by such  removal  may also be filled at such  meeting.  A
      meeting for the removal of a director  elected by the holders of record of
      Preferred  Stock and the filling of the vacancy  created  thereby shall be
      called by the Secretary of the  Corporation as promptly as possible and in
      any event within 10 days after receipt of request  therefor  signed by the
      holders  of  record  of not less  than 25% of the  Outstanding  shares  of
      Preferred Stock,  subject to any applicable notice requirements imposed by
      law.  Such  meeting  shall  be  held  at  the  earliest  practicable  date
      thereafter.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this  paragraph,  no such
      meeting  shall be held during the 30-day  period  preceding the date fixed
      for the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

            (iv) Any vacancy  caused by the death,  resignation or expiration of
      the term of office of a director who shall have been elected in accordance
      with these  provisions may be filled by the remaining  director so elected
      or, if not so filled,  by a vote of holders of record of a majority of the
      shares of Preferred Stock present and voting,  in person or by proxy, at a
      meeting called for such purpose (or, in the case of expiration of the term
      of office of such director,  at the annual meeting of  stockholders of the
      Corporation).  Unless such vacancy shall have been filled by the remaining
      director or by vote at the annual  meeting of  stockholders,  such special
      meeting  shall  be  called  by the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  at the
      earliest  practicable date after such death,  resignation or expiration of
      term of office, and in any event within 10 days after receipt of a written
      request signed by the holders of record of at least 25% of the Outstanding
      shares  of  Preferred  Stock.   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this
      paragraph,  no such special meeting shall be held during the 30-day period
      preceding  the date fixed for the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the
      Corporation.

            (v) If any meeting of the holders of the  Preferred  Stock  required
      above to be  called  shall  not have  been  called  within  10 days  after
      personal  service of a written request  therefor upon the Secretary of the
      Corporation  or within 15 days after mailing the same by  registered  mail
      addressed to the Secretary of the  Corporation  at his  principal  office,
      subject to any  applicable  notice  requirements  imposed by law, then the
      holders of record of at least 25% of the  Outstanding  shares of Preferred
      Stock may  designate in writing a holder of  Preferred  Stock to call such
      meeting at the expense of the Corporation,  and such meeting may be called
      by such person so designated  upon the notice required for annual meetings
      of  stockholders  or such  shorter  notice (but in no event  shorter  than
      permitted by law) as may be acceptable to the holders of a majority of the
      total number of shares of Preferred  Stock.  Any holder of Preferred Stock
      so designated  shall have access to the stock books of the Corporation for
      the  purpose  of  causing  such  meeting  to be called  pursuant  to these
      provisions.  Such meeting shall be held at the earliest  practicable  date
      thereafter.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this  paragraph,  no such
      meeting  shall be held during the 30-day  period  preceding the date fixed
      for the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

            (vi) At any meeting of the holders of record of the Preferred  Stock
      called in accordance with the above provisions for the election or removal
      of directors,  the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record
      of one-third of the total number of Outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock
      shall be required to  constitute a quorum;  in the absence of a quorum,  a
      majority of the holders of record present in person or by proxy shall have
      power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice,  other than
      announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

                                       45

<PAGE>



      SECTION  7. Auction Procedures.

      (a) Certain  Definitions.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Section 7
shall have the respective  meanings specified  elsewhere in this part of Article
IV(B).  As used in this Section 7, the following  terms shall have the following
meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

            (i)  "Available  Shares of Auction  Preferred"  has the  meaning set
forth in subsection (d)(i) below.

            (ii) "Bid" has the meaning set forth in subsection (b)(i) below.

            (iii) "Bidder" has the meaning set forth in subsection (b)(i) below.

            (iv)  "Broker-Dealer  Agreement"  means  an  agreement  between  the
      Auction  Agent and a  Broker-Dealer  pursuant to which such  Broker-Dealer
      agrees to follow the procedures specified in these Auction Procedures.

            (v) "Hold  Order" has the  meaning  set forth in  subsection  (b)(i)
below.

            (vi) "Order" has the meaning set forth in subsection (b)(i) below.

            (vii)  "Potential  Holder" means any Person,  including any Existing
      Holder,  (A) who shall have executed a Purchaser's  Letter and (B) who may
      be interested in acquiring shares of Auction Preferred (or, in the case of
      an Existing Holder, additional shares of Auction Preferred).

            (viii) "Sell Order" has the meaning set forth in  subsection  (b)(i)
below.

            (ix)  "Submission  Deadline" means 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on
      any  Auction  Date,  or  such  other  time on any  Auction  Date as may be
      specified  from  time to time by the  Auction  Agent as the time  prior to
      which each  Broker-Dealer  must submit to the Auction Agent in writing all
      Orders  obtained by it for the  Auction to be  conducted  on such  Auction
      Date.

            (x) "Submitted  Bid" has the meaning set forth in subsection  (C)(i)
below.

            (xi)  "Submitted Hold Order" has the meaning set forth in subsection
(C)(i) below.

            (xii)  "Submitted  Order" has the  meaning  set forth in  subsection
(C)(i) below.

            (xiii)   "Submitted  Sell  Order"  has  the  meaning  set  forth  in
subsection (C)(i) below.

            (xiv)  "Sufficient  Clearing  Bids"  has the  meaning  set  forth in
subsection (d)(i) below.

            (xv)  "Winning  Bid Rate" has the  meaning  set forth in  subsection
(d)(i) below.

      (b)   Orders by Existing Holders and Potential Holders.

            (i) Prior to the  Submission  Deadline on each  Auction Date for any
Series of Auction Preferred:

                                       46

<PAGE>

                  (A)  each  Existing  Holder  may  submit  to  a  Broker-Dealer
information as to:

                        (1)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred,  if any,  held by such  Existing  Holder  that such
                  Existing  Holder desires to continue to hold without regard to
                  the Applicable Rate for the next succeeding Dividend Period;

                        (2)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred,  if any,  held by such  Existing  Holder  that such
                  Existing Holder desires to sell,  provided that the Applicable
                  Rate for the next succeeding  Dividend Period is less than the
                  rate per annum specified by such Existing Holder; and/or

                        (3)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred,  if any,  held by such  Existing  Holder  that such
                  Existing   Holder  desires  to  sell  without  regard  to  the
                  Applicable Rate for the next succeeding Dividend Period; and

                  (B) each Broker-Dealer, using a list of Potential Holders that
            shall be maintained in accordance  with the  provisions set forth in
            the  Broker-Dealer   Agreement  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  a
            competitive  Auction,   shall  contact  both  Existing  Holders  and
            Potential  Holders,  including  Existing  Holders with respect to an
            offer by any such Existing Holder to purchase  additional  shares of
            Auction Preferred,  on such list to notify such Existing Holders and
            Potential  Holders as to the length of the next Dividend  Period and
            (i) with  respect  to any Short  Dividend  Period  or Long  Dividend
            Period,  the Dividend  Payment  Date(s) and (ii) with respect to any
            Long  Dividend  Period,  any dates  before  which  shares of Auction
            Preferred may not be redeemed and any redemption  premium applicable
            in an optional redemption and to determine the number of Outstanding
            shares of Auction Preferred, if any, with respect to which each such
            Existing Holder and each Potential Holder desires to submit an Order
            and each such Potential Holder offers to purchase, provided that the
            Applicable Rate for the next succeeding Dividend Period shall not be
            less than the rate per annum specified by such Potential Holder.

      For  the  purposes  hereof,   the  communication  to  a  Broker-Dealer  of
information  referred  to in  clause  (A) or (B) of this  Subsection  (b)(i)  is
hereinafter  referred  to as an  "Order"  and  each  Existing  Holder  and  each
Potential  Holder placing an Order is hereinafter  referred to as a "Bidder;" an
Order containing the information referred to in clause (A)(1) of this Subsection
(b)(i) is  hereinafter  referred to as a "Hold Order;" an Order  containing  the
information  referred to in clause  (A)(2) or (B) of this  Subsection  (b)(i) is
hereinafter  referred  to as a "Bid;" and an Order  containing  the  information
referred to in clause (A)(3) of this Subsection  (b)(i) is hereinafter  referred
to as a "Sell Order".

            (ii) (A) A Bid by an Existing Holder shall constitute an irrevocable
offer to sell:

                        (1)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred  specified  in  such  Bid  if  the  Applicable  Rate
                  determined  on such  Auction  Date shall be less than the rate
                  per annum specified in such Bid; or

                        (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares
                  of  Auction  Preferred  to  be  determined  as  set  forth  in
                  Subsections  (e)(i)(D)  and  (e)(iii) if the  Applicable  Rate
                  determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate per
                  annum specified therein; or

                                       47

<PAGE>

                        (3) a lesser  number of  Outstanding  shares of  Auction
                  Preferred  to  be  determined  as  set  forth  in  Subsections
                  (e)(ii)(C) and (e)(iii) if such specified rate per annum shall
                  be higher  than the  Maximum  Applicable  Rate and  Sufficient
                  Clearing Bids do not exist.

                  (B) a Sell Order by an Existing  Holder  shall  constitute  an
            irrevocable offer to sell:

                        (1)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred specified in such Sell Order; or

                        (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares
                  of  Auction  Preferred  to  be  determined  as  set  forth  in
                  Subsections  (e)(ii)(C)  and (e)(iii) if  Sufficient  Clearing
                  Bids do not exist.


                  (C)  a  Bid  by  a  Potential   Holder  shall   constitute  an
            irrevocable offer to purchase:

                        (1)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred  specified  in  such  Bid  if  the  Applicable  Rate
                  determined  on such Auction Date shall be higher than the rate
                  per annum specified in such Bid; or

                        (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares
                  of  Auction  Preferred  to  be  determined  as  set  forth  in
                  Subsections  (e)(i)(E)  and  (e)(iv)  if the  Applicable  Rate
                  determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate per
                  annum specified therein.

      (c)         Submission of Orders by Broker-Dealers to Auction Agent.

            (i) Each Broker-Dealer  shall submit in writing to the Auction Agent
      prior to the  Submission  Deadline on each  Auction Date for any Series of
      Auction  Preferred all Orders  obtained by such  Broker-Dealer  specifying
      with respect to each Order:

                  (A)   the name of the Bidder placing such Order;

                  (B) the  aggregate  number of  Outstanding  shares of  Auction
            Preferred that are the subject of such Order;

                  (C) to the extent that such Bidder is an Existing Holder:

                        (1)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred,  if any,  subject to any Hold Order  placed by such
                  Existing Holder;

                        (2)  the  number  of   Outstanding   shares  of  Auction
                  Preferred,  if any, subject to any Bid placed by such Existing
                  Holder and the rate per annum specified in such Bid; and

                        (3)  the  number  of  Outstanding   shares  of   Auction
                  Preferred,  if any,  subject to any Sell Order  placed by such
                  Existing Holder; and

                  (D) to the extent such Bidder is a Potential Holder,  the rate
            per annum specified in such Potential Holder's Bid.

                                       48

<PAGE>

            (Each "Hold  Order",  "Bid" or "Sell  Order" as  submitted or deemed
            submitted  by  a  Broker-Dealer   being   hereinafter   referred  to
            individually  as a "Submitted  Hold Order",  a "Submitted  Bid" or a
            "Submitted  Sell  Order",  as the  case may be,  or as a  "Submitted
            Order".)

            (ii) If any rate per annum  specified in any  Submitted Bid contains
      more than three  figures to the right of the  decimal  point,  the Auction
      Agent shall round such rate up to the next highest  one-thousandth  (.001)
      of 1%.

            (iii) If one or more  Orders  covering in the  aggregate  all of the
      Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred held by an Existing Holder are not
      submitted to the Auction  Agent prior to the  Submission  Deadline for any
      reason  (including the failure of a Broker-Dealer to contact such Existing
      Holder or to submit such Existing Holder's Order or Orders), such Existing
      Holder shall be deemed to have  submitted a Hold Order covering the number
      of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred held by such Existing  Holder
      that are not subject to Orders submitted to the Auction Agent.

            (iv) A Submitted  Order or  Submitted  Orders of an Existing  Holder
      that cover in the aggregate more than the number of Outstanding  shares of
      Auction Preferred held by such Existing Holder will be considered valid in
      the following order of priority:

                  (A) any Submitted  Hold Order of such Existing  Holder will be
            considered  valid up to and  including  the  number  of  Outstanding
            shares of Auction  Preferred held by such Existing Holder,  provided
            that,  if there is more than one such  Submitted  Hold Order and the
            aggregate  number of shares of  Auction  Preferred  subject  to such
            Submitted Hold Orders  exceeds the number of  Outstanding  shares of
            Auction Preferred held by such Existing Holder, the number of shares
            of Auction  Preferred  subject to each of such Submitted Hold Orders
            will be reduced pro rata so that such  Submitted  Hold Orders in the
            aggregate  will cover  exactly the number of  Outstanding  shares of
            Auction Preferred held by such Existing Holder;

                  (B)  any  Submitted  Bids  of  such  Existing  Holder  will be
            considered  valid (in the ascending order of their  respective rates
            per annum if there is more than one  Submitted  Bid of such Existing
            Holder) for the number of  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred
            held by such Existing Holder equal to the difference between (i) the
            number of  Outstanding  shares  of  Auction  Preferred  held by such
            Existing Holder and (ii) the number of Outstanding shares of Auction
            Preferred  subject  to any  Submitted  Hold  Order of such  Existing
            Holder  referred to in clause  (iv)(A)  above (and, if more than one
            Submitted  Bid of such Existing  Holder  specifies the same rate per
            annum and  together  they  cover more than the  remaining  number of
            shares  of  Auction  Preferred  that  can be the  subject  of  valid
            Submitted Bids of such Existing  Holder after  application of clause
            (iv)(A) above and of the foregoing portion of this clause (iv)(B) to
            any  Submitted  Bid  or  Submitted  Bids  of  such  Existing  Holder
            specifying a lower rate or rates per annum,  the number of shares of
            Auction  Preferred subject to each of such Submitted Bids specifying
            the same  rate  per  annum  will be  reduced  pro rata so that  such
            Submitted  Bids,  in the  aggregate,  cover  exactly such  remaining
            number of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred of such Existing
            Holder).

                  (C) any  Submitted  Sell Order of an  Existing  Holder will be
            considered  valid up to and  including  the  excess of the number of
            Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred held by such Existing Holder
            over  the sum of (a) the  number  of  shares  of  Auction  Preferred
            subject to Submitted Hold Orders by such Existing Holder referred to
            in  clause  (iv)(A)  above and (b)

                                       49
<PAGE>

            the number of shares of Auction Preferred subject to valid Submitted
            Bids by such Existing  Holder  referred to in clause  (iv)(B) above;
            provided  that,  if there is more than one  Submitted  Sell Order of
            such Existing  Holder and the number of shares of Auction  Preferred
            subject to such  Submitted  Sell Orders is greater than such excess,
            the  number of shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to each of such
            Submitted  Sell  Orders  will be  reduced  pro  rata  so  that  such
            Submitted  Sell Orders,  in the  aggregate,  will cover  exactly the
            number of shares of Auction Preferred equal to such excess.

      The number of Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred,  if any, subject to
Submitted  Bids of such  Existing  Holder not valid under clause  (iv)(B)  above
shall be treated as the subject of a Submitted Bid by a Potential  Holder at the
rate per annum specified in such Submitted Bids.

            (v) If there is more than one Submitted Bid by any Potential  Holder
      in any Auction,  each such  Submitted  Bid shall be  considered a separate
      Submitted  Bid with  respect to the rate per annum and number of shares of
      Auction Preferred specified therein.

      (d)   Determination of Sufficient Clearing Bids, Winning Bid Rate and 
Applicable Rate.

            (i) Not earlier  than the  Submission  Deadline on each Auction Date
      for any Series of Auction Preferred,  the Auction Agent shall assemble all
      Orders submitted or deemed submitted to it by the Broker-Dealers and shall
      determine:

                  (A) the excess of the total  number of  Outstanding  shares of
            Auction  Preferred  over the number of shares of  Auction  Preferred
            that are the subject of  Submitted  Hold Orders  (such  excess being
            hereinafter   referred  to  as  the  "Available  Shares  of  Auction
            Preferred");

                  (B)  from  the  Submitted   Orders,   whether  the  number  of
            Outstanding  shares of  Auction  Preferred  that are the  subject of
            Submitted Bids by Potential Holders specifying one or more rates per
            annum equal to or lower than the Maximum  Applicable Rate exceeds or
            is equal to the sum of:

                       (1) the number of Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred
                  that are the subject of  Submitted  Bids by  Existing  Holders
                  specifying one or more rates per annum higher than the Maximum
                  Applicable Rate, and

                       (2) the number of Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred
                  that are subject to Submitted Sell Orders.

                  (if such excess or such  equality  exists  (other than because
                  the  number of  Outstanding  shares of  Auction  Preferred  in
                  clauses  (1) and (2) above are each  zero  because  all of the
                  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  are the  subject of
                  Submitted Hold Orders), there shall exist "Sufficient Clearing
                  Bids" and such  Submitted  Bids by Potential  Holders shall be
                  hereinafter  referred to collectively as "Sufficient  Clearing
                  Bids"); and

                  (C) if Sufficient  Clearing  Bids exist,  the winning bid rate
            (the  "Winning Bid Rate"),  which shall be the lowest rate per annum
            specified in the Submitted Bids that if:

                       (1) each  Submitted Bid from Existing Holders  specifying
                  the  Winning  Bid  Rate  and all  other  Submitted  Bids  from
                  Existing  Holders   specifying  lower  rates  per  annum

                                       50
<PAGE>

                  were  accepted,   thus  entitling  such  Existing  Holders  to
                  continue to hold the shares of Auction  Preferred that are the
                  subject of such Submitted Bids, and

                       (2) each Submitted Bid from Potential Holders  specifying
                  the  Winning  Bid  Rate  and all  other  submitted  Bids  from
                  Potential  Holders  specifying  lower  rates  per  annum  were
                  accepted,  thus entitling  such Potential  Holders to purchase
                  the shares of Auction  Preferred  that are the subject of such
                  Submitted  Bids,   would  result  in  such  Existing   Holders
                  described in subclause (C)(1)  continuing to hold an aggregate
                  number of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred that, when
                  added to the number of Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred
                  to  be  purchased  by  such  Potential  Holders  described  in
                  subclause  (C)(2),   would  equal  or  exceed  the  number  of
                  Available Shares of Auction Preferred.


            (ii) In connection  with any Auction and promptly  after the Auction
      Agent has made the  determinations  pursuant  to  Subsection  (d)(i),  the
      Auction Agent shall advise the Corporation of the Maximum  Applicable Rate
      and,  based  on such  determinations,  the  Applicable  Rate  for the next
      succeeding Dividend Period as follows:

                  (A) if  Sufficient  Clearing Bids exist,  that the  Applicable
            Rate for the next  succeeding  Dividend Period shall be equal to the
            Winning Bid Rate;

                  (B) if  Sufficient  Clearing  Bids do not  exist  (other  than
            because all of the Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred are the
            subject of Submitted Hold Orders), that the next succeeding Dividend
            Period will be a Standard  Dividend  Period and the Applicable  Rate
            for the next succeeding Dividend Period determined shall be equal to
            the  Maximum   Applicable  Rate  for  a  Standard   Dividend  Period
            determined on the Business Day  immediately  preceding such Auction;
            or

                  (C) if all of the Outstanding  shares of Auction Preferred are
            the subject of Submitted Hold Orders,  that the Applicable  Rate for
            the next  succeeding  Dividend  Period  shall be equal to 58% of the
            Applicable  "AA"  Composite  Commercial  Paper Rate,  in the case of
            Auction Preferred with a Dividend Period of 7 to 48 days, a Standard
            Dividend  Period or a Short Dividend Period of 183 days or less, 58%
            of the  Applicable  Treasury  Bill  Rate  in  the  case  of  Auction
            Preferred with a Short Dividend Period of 184 to 364 days, or 58% of
            the Applicable  Treasury Note Rate, in the case of Auction Preferred
            with a Long Dividend Period, in effect on the Auction Date.

      (e)  Acceptance  and Rejection of Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders
and Allocation of Shares of Auction Preferred.  Based on the determinations made
pursuant to  Subsection  (d)(i),  the Submitted  Bids and Submitted  Sell Orders
shall be accepted or rejected and the Auction Agent shall take such other action
as set forth below:

            (i) If  Sufficient  Clearing  Bids have been  made,  subject  to the
      provisions  of  Subsections  (e)(iii)  and  (e)(iv),  Submitted  Bids  and
      Submitted Sell Orders shall be accepted or rejected in the following order
      of priority and all other Submitted Bids shall be rejected:

                  (A) the  Submitted  Sell Orders of Existing  Holders  shall be
            accepted  and the  Submitted  Bid of each  of the  Existing  Holders
            specifying  any rate per annum that is higher  than the  Winning Bid
            Rate shall be rejected,  thus requiring each such Existing Holder to
            sell  the

                                       51
<PAGE>

            Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred that are the subject of such
            Submitted Sell Order or Submitted Bid;

                  (B)  the  Submitted  Bid  of  each  of  the  Existing  Holders
            specifying  any rate per annum  that is lower than the  Winning  Bid
            Rate shall be accepted,  thus entitling each such Existing Holder to
            continue to hold the  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred that
            are the subject of such Submitted Bid;

                  (C)  the  Submitted  Bid  of  each  of the  Potential  Holders
            specifying  any rate per annum  that is lower than the  Winning  Bid
            Rate shall be accepted;

                  (D)  the  Submitted  Bid  of  each  of  the  Existing  Holders
            specifying  a rate per annum that is equal to the  Winning  Bid Rate
            shall be  accepted,  thus  entitling  each such  Existing  Holder to
            continue to hold the  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred that
            are  the  subject  of such  Submitted  Bid,  unless  the  number  of
            Outstanding   shares  of  Auction  Preferred  subject  to  all  such
            Submitted  Bids  shall be  greater  than the  number of  Outstanding
            shares  of   Auction   Preferred   ("Remaining   Shares  of  Auction
            Preferred")  equal to the excess of the Available  Shares of Auction
            Preferred over the number of Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred
            subject to Submitted  Bids  described in  Subsections  (e)(i)(B) and
            (e)(i)(C),  in which event the Submitted  Bids of each such Existing
            Holder shall be  rejected,  and each such  Existing  Holder shall be
            required to sell Outstanding shares of Auction  Preferred,  but only
            in an  amount  equal to the  difference  between  (1) the  number of
            Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred then held by such Existing
            Holder subject to such Submitted Bid and (2) the number of shares of
            Auction  Preferred   obtained  by  multiplying  (x)  the  number  of
            Remaining  Shares  of  Auction  Preferred  by  (y) a  fraction,  the
            numerator  of which  shall be the  number of  Outstanding  shares of
            Auction  Preferred  held by such  Existing  Holder  subject  to such
            Submitted  Bid and the  denominator  of which shall be the aggregate
            number of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to such
            Submitted  Bids made by all such Existing  Holders that  specified a
            rate per annum equal to the Winning Bid Rate; and

                  (E)  the  Submitted  Bid  of  each  of the  Potential  Holders
            specifying  a rate per annum that is equal to the  Winning  Bid Rate
            shall be  accepted,  but only in an  amount  equal to the  number of
            Outstanding  shares of Auction Preferred obtained by multiplying (x)
            the difference between the Available Shares of Auction Preferred and
            the number of  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to
            Submitted  Bids described in  Subsections  (e)(i)(B),  (e)(i)(C) and
            (e)(i)(D)  by (y) a fraction,  the  numerator  of which shall be the
            number of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to such
            Submitted Bid and the  denominator  of which shall be the sum of the
            number of Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to such
            Submitted  Bids made by all such  Potential  Holders that  specified
            rates per annum equal to the Winning Bid Rate.

            (ii) If  Sufficient  Clearing  Bids have not been made  (other  than
      because all of the Outstanding  shares of Auction Preferred are subject to
      Submitted Hold Orders),  subject to the provisions of Subsection (e)(iii),
      Submitted Orders shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following
      order of priority and all other Submitted Bids of Potential  Holders shall
      be rejected:

                  (A) the Submitted Bid of each Existing  Holder  specifying any
            rate per annum that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Applicable
            Rate shall be  accepted,  thus  entitling  such

                                       52
<PAGE>

            Existing  Holder  to  continue  to hold the  Outstanding  shares  of
            Auction Preferred that are the subject of such Submitted Bid;

                  (B) the Submitted Bid of each Potential Holder  specifying any
            rate per annum that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Applicable
            Rate shall be accepted,  thus  requiring  such  Potential  Holder to
            purchase the  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred that are the
            subject of such Submitted Bid; and

                  (C) the Submitted Bids of each Existing Holder  specifying any
            rate per annum that is higher than the Maximum Applicable Rate shall
            be rejected,  thus requiring  each such Existing  Holder to sell the
            Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred that are the subject of such
            Submitted Bid, and the Submitted Sell Orders of each Existing Holder
            shall be  accepted,  in both  cases  only in an amount  equal to the
            difference  between (1) the number of Outstanding  shares of Auction
            Preferred  then  held  by  such  Existing  Holder  subject  to  such
            Submitted  Bid or Submitted  Sell Order and (2) the number of shares
            of Auction  Preferred  obtained by  multiplying  (x) the  difference
            between the Available Shares of Auction  Preferred and the aggregate
            number  of  Outstanding  shares  of  Auction  Preferred  subject  to
            Submitted Bids described in Subsections (e)(ii)(A) and (e)(ii)(B) by
            (y) a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the  number  of
            Outstanding shares of Auction Preferred held by such Existing Holder
            subject  to such  Submitted  Bid or  Submitted  Sell  Order  and the
            denominator  of which shall be the aggregate  number of  Outstanding
            shares of Auction  Preferred  subject to all such Submitted Bids and
            Submitted Sell Orders

            (iii) If, as a result of the  procedures  described  in  Subsections
      (e)(i) or (e)(ii),  any  Existing  Holder would be entitled or required to
      sell or any Potential Holder would be entitled or required to purchase,  a
      fraction of a share of Auction  Preferred on any Auction Date, the Auction
      Agent shall, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall  determine,
      round up or down the number of shares of Auction Preferred to be purchased
      or sold by any Existing Holder or Potential Holder on such Auction Date so
      that only whole shares of Auction  Preferred  will be entitled or required
      to be sold or purchased.

            (iv) If,  as a result  of the  procedures  described  in  Subsection
      (e)(i),  any  Potential  Holder  would be entitled or required to purchase
      less than a whole  share of Auction  Preferred  on any Auction  Date,  the
      Auction  Agent shall,  in such manner as in its sole  discretion  it shall
      determine,  allocate  shares  of  Auction  Preferred  for  purchase  among
      Potential  Holders so that only  whole  shares of  Auction  Preferred  are
      purchased  on such  Auction  Date by any  Potential  Holder,  even if such
      allocation results in one or more of such Potential Holders not purchasing
      any shares of Auction Preferred on such Auction Date.

            (v) Based on the results of each  Auction,  the Auction  Agent shall
      determine,  with respect to each Broker-Dealer that submitted Bids or Sell
      Orders on behalf of Existing Holders or Potential  Holders,  the aggregate
      number of Outstanding  shares of Auction Preferred to be purchased and the
      aggregate number of Outstanding  shares of Auction Preferred to be sold by
      such Potential  Holders and Existing  Holders and, to the extent that such
      aggregate  number  of  Outstanding  shares  of  Auction  Preferred  to  be
      purchased  and such  aggregate  number of  Outstanding  shares of  Auction
      Preferred to be sold differ,  the Auction  Agent shall  determine to which
      other  Broker-Dealer or  Broker-Dealers  acting for one or more purchasers
      such  Broker-Dealer  shall deliver,  or from which other  Broker-Dealer or
      Broker-Dealers  acting for one or more

                                       53
<PAGE>

      sellers such Broker-Dealer  shall receive, as the case may be, Outstanding
      shares of Auction Preferred.

SECTION 8. Auction Agent.

      The  Corporation  shall use its best  efforts to  maintain,  pursuant to a
written agreement (the "Auction Agent Agreement"), an Auction Agent with respect
to each Series of Auction  Preferred,  to act in accordance  with the provisions
set forth herein with respect to such Series.

SECTION 9. Remarketing Procedures.

      (a)  Determination  of Dividend Periods and Dividend Rates for Remarketing
MAPS.  Subject to Section 3 hereof,  the  duration of each  subsequent  Dividend
Period and the dividend rate for each subsequent Dividend Period with respect to
any share of Remarketing  Preferred  will be established by a Remarketing  Agent
and will be  conclusive  and binding on the  Corporation  and the Holder of such
share of Remarketing  Preferred.  Each Remarketing Agent will establish dividend
rates,  not in excess of the Maximum  Applicable  Rate, for each Dividend Period
which  it  determines  will be the  lowest  rate at  which  tendered  Shares  of
Remarketing Preferred would be remarketed at $250,000 per share. In establishing
each Dividend  Period and dividend rate, each  Remarketing  Agent will establish
Dividend  Periods and dividend rates which it determines will result in the most
favorable  financing  alternative for the Corporation  based on the then-current
Marketing Conditions.

      (b) Remarketing; Tender for Remarketing. The following procedures shall be
applicable to each share of Remarketing Preferred:

            (i) The Remarketing Agent. Each Remarketing Agent shall use its best
      efforts,  on behalf of the  Holders  thereof,  to  remarket  all shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  tendered for sale by  Remarketing  for which it is
      acting  as  Remarketing  Agent  without  charge  to such  Holder,  only at
      $250,000  per share,  provided  that no such  Remarketing  Agent  shall be
      obligated  to  remarket  such  Remarketing  Preferred  if there shall be a
      material  misstatement or omission in any disclosure  document provided by
      the  Corporation  and  used in  connection  with the  Remarketing  of such
      Remarketing  Preferred  or at any time such  Remarketing  Agent shall have
      determined that it is not advisable to remarket  Remarketing  Preferred by
      reason of: (i) a pending or proposed change in applicable tax laws, (ii) a
      material  adverse  change in the financial  condition of the  Corporation,
      (iii) a banking  moratorium,  (iv) domestic or international  hostilities,
      (v) an amendment of the provisions  hereof which  materially and adversely
      changes  the  nature  of  the  shares  of  Remarketing  Preferred  or  the
      Remarketing Procedures or (vi) a Failure to Deposit. Any Remarketing Agent
      may,  but  shall  not  be  obligated  to,  purchase  tendered  Remarketing
      Preferred for its own account.  Should the Remarketing Agent for any share
      of  Remarketing  Preferred not succeed in  Remarketing  all such shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  so  tendered  for  Remarketing  on any date,  such
      Remarketing Agent shall select the shares of such Remarketing Preferred to
      be sold from those  tendered pro rata.  Payments in the amount of $250,000
      per share of Remarketing  Preferred remarketed shall be made by the Tender
      Agent by crediting  such  payments to the accounts of the Holders  thereof
      maintained  by the Tender  Agent or, to the extent duly  requested  of the
      Tender  Agent  by  Holders,  by  wire or  other  transfer  in  immediately
      available  funds to their  accounts  with  commercial  banks in the United
      States.  If for  any  reason  a  share  of  Remarketing  Preferred  is not
      remarketed  on the date of  tender,  such share  will be  retained  by its
      Holder.  Until remarketed,  each such share of Remarketing  Preferred will
      have  successive  Dividend  Periods  of one day and  will be  entitled  to
      dividends,  payable  on  each  succeeding  Business  Day  at  the  Maximum
      Applicable Rate.

                                       54

<PAGE>

            (ii) Notice of Shares of Remarketing Preferred to be Retained.  Each
      share of  Remarketing  Preferred  will be deemed to have been tendered for
      sale by  Remarketing on the last day of each Dividend  Period,  unless the
      Holder thereof gives irrevocable notice to the contrary to the Remarketing
      Agent for such share of Remarketing  Preferred or if so instructed by such
      Remarketing  Agent,  to  the  Tender  Agent.  Such  notice,  which  may be
      telephonic  or written,  must be delivered,  prior to 3:00 P.M.,  New York
      City time,  on the Business Day  immediately  preceding  the last day of a
      Dividend  Period or on the  earlier  day  specified  in a notice,  if any,
      mailed by the Tender Agent at the direction of such  Remarketing  Agent to
      such record  holder at its address as the same  appears on the Stock Books
      of the  Corporation,  which  day  will be a  Business  Day at  least  four
      Business  Days after the  mailing  of such  notice.  The notice  from such
      Holder of an  election to retain  shares of  Remarketing  Preferred  shall
      state:

                  (A) the number of shares of such Remarketing Preferred held by
            the Securities Depository or the Remarketing Depository, and

                  (B) the number of such shares of Remarketing  Preferred  which
            shall be deemed not to have been so tendered.

            (iii)  Shares  Deemed to Have Been  Tendered.  The  failure  to give
      notice of an election  to retain any shares of  Remarketing  Preferred  as
      provided in (b)(ii) above will constitute the irrevocable  tender for sale
      by  Remarketing  of such  shares of  Remarketing  Preferred.  Certificates
      representing shares of Remarketing  Preferred remarketed will be issued to
      the Securities Depository or the Remarketing  Depository,  as the case may
      be,  irrespective of whether the certificates  formerly  representing such
      shares of Remarketing Preferred have been delivered to the Tender Agent. A
      Holder  which has not  given  notice  that it will  retain  its  shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  shall have no further  rights with respect to such
      shares of  Remarketing  Preferred  upon the  Remarketing of such shares of
      Remarketing Preferred, except the right to receive any declared but unpaid
      dividends thereon and the proceeds of the Remarketing of such shares.

            (iv) Funds for Purchase of Shares.  Payments to Holders of shares of
      Remarketing  Preferred  remarketed  will be made solely from the  proceeds
      received from the purchasers of such shares in a Remarketing.  Neither the
      Corporation, the Tender Agent nor any Remarketing Agent shall be obligated
      to provide  funds to make payment to the holders of shares of  Remarketing
      Preferred tendered for Remarketing.

                                       55

<PAGE>


            (c)  The  Remarketing  Process.  The  Remarketing  process  will  be
      conducted on the following schedule and in the following manner (all times
      are New York City time):


  The Last Business Day of a Dividend Period:*
               Beginning Not Later Than

1:00 P.M ..............The  Remarketing  Agent  for the  shares of  Remarketing
                       Preferred  will   determine  and,  upon  request,   make
                       available   to  all   interested   persons   non-binding
                       indications  of  Dividend  Periods  and  dividend  rates
                       based  upon  then  current  Marketing  Conditions.  Each
                       Holder  may  obtain  a  binding  commitment  as  to  the
                       specific  Dividend  Period or  Dividend  Periods and the
                       related  Applicable Rate or Applicable  Rates which will
                       be  applicable  to  such  Holder's  shares  should  such
                       Holder elect to retain them.

At 3:00 P.M ...........Holders  of  shares  of  Remarketing Preferred  will  be
                       deemed to have tendered shares of Remarketing  Preferred
                       for sale by  Remarketing  at $250,000  per share  unless
                       they   have   given   contrary   instructions   to   the
                       Remarketing   Agent  for  such  shares  of   Remarketing
                       Preferred  or,  if so  instructed  by  such  Remarketing
                       Agent, to the Tender Agent.

After 3:00 P.M ........The  applicable   Remarketing  Agent  will  solicit  and
                       receive  orders from  prospective  investors to purchase
                       tendered shares of Remarketing  Preferred.  A purchaser,
                       at the  time of its  agreement  to  purchase  shares  of
                       Remarketing  Preferred,  may obtain a binding commitment
                       as to the specific  Dividend Period or Dividend  Periods
                       and the related  Applicable Rate or Applicable Rates for
                       such  shares  of   Remarketing   Preferred   based  upon
                       then-current Marketing Conditions.
- --------
* Or such other time and day as may have been  specified in a notice mailed
  to the holders of Remarketing Preferred.

                                       56
<PAGE>


First Business Day of Next Dividend Period:

Opening of Business    The  applicable   Remarketing Agent  will  continue,  if
                       necessary,  remarketing shares of Remarketing  Preferred
                       as described above.

By 1:00 P.M ...........The  applicable  Remarketing  Agent  will have  completed
                       Remarketing  and will advise the Tender  Agent as to the
                       Applicable Rate and Dividend  Period  applicable to each
                       share of  Remarketing  Preferred  commencing  a Dividend
                       Period on that day and of any failure to remarket.

By 2:30 P.M ...........New  Holders   must   deliver  the   purchase  price  as
                       instructed by the applicable  Remarketing Agent.  Former
                       Holders will be paid the proceeds of the  Remarketing of
                       their  shares by the Tender  Agent  (upon  surrender  of
                       their certificates, if applicable).

SECTION 10. The Remarketing Agent.

      The Corporation will take all reasonable  action necessary so that, at all
times,  at least one  investment  bank,  broker,  dealer  or other  organization
qualified to remarket shares of Remarketing  Preferred and to establish Dividend
Periods and Applicable  Rates is acting as  Remarketing  Agent for each share of
Remarketing Preferred.

SECTION 11. Book Entry System.

      (a) Shares of Preferred  Stock with  Dividend  Periods of 7 days or longer
shall be represented by a global  certificate or certificates  registered in the
name of a nominee of the Securities Depository, as depository for such shares of
Preferred Stock.  Shares of Remarketing  Preferred with Dividend Periods of less
than 7 days  shall  be  represented  by a  global  certificate  or  certificates
registered in the name of a nominee of the Remarketing Depository, as depository
for such shares of Remarketing Preferred.

      (b) All of the  Outstanding  shares of Auction  Preferred  of each  Series
shall be represented by a single  certificate for each Series  registered in the
name of the nominee of the Securities  Depository  unless otherwise  required by
law or  unless  there is no  Securities  Depository.  If there is no  Securities
Depository,  shares of Auction  Preferred shall be registered in the Stock Books
in the name of the Existing  Holder thereof and such Existing  Holder  thereupon
will be entitled to receive a certificate  therefor and be required to deliver a
certificate therefor upon transfer or exchange thereof.

      (c)  Each  Series  of  Remarketing  Preferred  shall be  represented  by a
separate  global  security  or  global  securities  and  shares  of  Remarketing
Preferred having different  Dividend Payment Dates,  dividend rates,  redemption
provisions or  Percentages,  if any, shall be  represented by a separate  global
security.

      (d)  Interests  in  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  represented  by a global
security will be shown on, and transfers  thereof will be effected only through,
records maintained by the respective depository.

                                       57

<PAGE>

      (e) If the Securities  Depository  should resign and the  Corporation  not
select a substitute  securities  depository,  physical  delivery of certificates
shall be made in the names of designated  transferees in exchange for the global
security or securities held for the account of the Securities Depository.

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

      (a) So long as the dividend  rate is based on the results of an Auction or
Remarketing,  a Holder (i) may sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of
Auction  Preferred  only pursuant to a Bid or Sell Order in accordance  with the
Auction  Procedures  or to or through a  Broker-Dealer  or to a Person  that has
delivered a signed copy of a Purchaser's  Letter to a Broker-Dealer,  and in the
case of all transfers  other than pursuant to Auctions,  such Existing Holder of
the shares of Auction  Preferred,  its Broker-Dealer or its Participant  advises
the Auction  Agent of such  transfer,  (ii) may transfer  shares of  Remarketing
Preferred  only  pursuant to a tender of such shares to the Tender Agent or to a
person that has delivered a signed copy of a Purchaser's Letter to a Remarketing
Agent, and in the case of all transfers of shares of Remarketing Preferred other
than  pursuant  to a  tender  of  such  shares,  the  holder  of the  shares  so
transferred  advises a  Remarketing  Agent of such  transfer  and  (iii)  unless
otherwise required by law, shall have its ownership of shares of Preferred Stock
maintained in book entry form by the  Securities  Depository  or, in the case of
shares of Remarketing  Preferred with a Dividend Period of less than 7 days, the
Remarketing Depository.

      (b)  Each  Remarketing  Agent  will  be  required  to  register  on a list
maintained  pursuant  to  a  Remarketing  Agreement  a  transfer  of  shares  of
Remarketing  Preferred  for which it is the  Remarketing  Agent from a holder to
another  person only if such  transfer is made to a person that has  delivered a
signed copy of a Purchaser's  Letter to such  Remarketing  Agent and if (i) such
transfer is pursuant to a Remarketing  or (ii) such  Remarketing  Agent has been
notified  in writing  (A) by such  holder of such  transfer or (B) by any person
that  purchased  or sold such  Remarketing  Preferred  in a  Remarketing  of the
failure of such  Remarketing  Preferred to be delivered or paid for, as the case
may be, in connection with such Remarketing. A Remarketing Agent is not required
to register a transfer of Remarketing Preferred pursuant to clause (ii) above on
or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the first day of a subsequent
Dividend Period for such  Remarketing  Preferred  unless it receives the written
notice  required by such clause  (ii) by 3:00 P.M.,  New York City time,  on the
second Business Day preceding the first day of such subsequent  Dividend Period.
Such  Remarketing  Agent will  rescind a transfer  registered  on such list as a
result of a Remarketing if the  Remarketing  Agent is notified in writing of the
failure  of shares  of  Remarketing  Preferred  to be  delivered  or paid for as
required.  Any transfer of shares of Remarketing  Preferred made in violation of
the terms of a Purchaser's  Letter may affect the right of the Person  acquiring
such shares to participate in Remarketings.

      (c) (i) If the Method of determining  the Dividend Rate for some or all of
      the Series of Preferred  Stock is the Auction  Method,  the Corporation or
      any Affiliate of the  Corporation may not submit for its own account a Bid
      or Hold Order in an Auction.  If the  Corporation  or any Affiliate  holds
      shares of Auction  Preferred  for its own  account,  it must submit a Sell
      Order in the next auction with respect to such shares.  Any  Broker-Dealer
      that is an Affiliate of the Corporation may not submit for its own account
      Bid Orders or Hold Orders in Auctions.  If such  affiliated  Broker-Dealer
      holds shares of Auction  Preferred  for its own account,  it must submit a
      Sell Order in the next  Auction  with  respect  to such  shares of Auction
      Preferred.

         (ii) The  Corporation or any Affiliate of the  Corporation may acquire,
      hold  or  dispose  of shares of  Remarketing  Preferred.  Subject  to such
      limitations as  the Corporation  and the

                                       58
<PAGE>

      Remarketing Agent may agree, it and its Affiliates will purchase shares of
      Remarketing Preferred, if any, during Remarketings only after 3:00 P.M. on
      the Business Day  immediately  preceding the first day of each  subsequent
      Dividend  Period and only at  Applicable  Rates and for  Dividend  Periods
      established by the Remarketing Agents without regard to such offers by the
      Corporation  or its  Affiliates  and will  tender  shares  of  Remarketing
      Preferred for Remarketing  only upon at least 10 days' prior notice to the
      Remarketing Agents;  provided,  however, that if the then current Dividend
      Period  is less than 10 days,  the  Corporation  will  give  notice to the
      Remarketing  Agent on the day such  Dividend  Period  of less than 10 days
      commences.  In the event that the  Corporation or its Affiliates  purchase
      shares of Remarketing Preferred for their respective accounts,  all shares
      of Remarketing  Preferred  tendered by other  holders,  including any such
      Remarketing  Preferred  owned by a Remarketing  Agent,  will be remarketed
      before the  Remarketing  of any such  Remarketing  Preferred  owned by the
      Corporation  or its  Affiliates.  If any shares of  Remarketing  Preferred
      tendered for Remarketing are not sold, any shares of Remarketing Preferred
      tendered  for  Remarketing  by  the  Corporation  or an  Affiliate  of the
      Corporation,  up to the number of such shares not so sold,  will be deemed
      not to have been so tendered.

      (d) The  purchase  price of each share of  Preferred  Stock  which is sold
either through the Auction  Procedures or the  Remarketing  Procedures  shall be
$250,000.

      (e) If a holder of Converted  Auction  Preferred fails to give irrevocable
notice otherwise to the Remarketing Agent for such Remarketing Preferred (or, if
so instructed by such  Remarketing  Agent, to the Tender Agent) by no later than
3:00 P.M.,  New York City time,  on the Business Day  immediately  preceding the
first day of the subsequent  Dividend Period applicable  thereto,  or such other
day as is  specified  in a notice  delivered  in the manner set forth in Section
9(b)(ii),  such holder will be deemed to have  tendered such  Converted  Auction
Preferred for sale by Remarketing on such Business Day.

      (f) An  Auction  will be held in  respect  of  each  Series  of  Converted
Remarketing  Preferred  on the Initial  Auction  Date.  If a holder of Converted
Remarketing Preferred does not submit an Order in such Auction, such holder will
be deemed to have submitted a Sell Order in such Auction.

SECTION 13. Exclusive Remedy.

      In the event  that  dividends  are not  timely  declared  on the shares of
Preferred Stock,  the exclusive remedy of Holders against the Corporation  shall
be as set forth in this part of Article IV (B) and in no event shall  Holders of
such  shares  have  a  specifically  enforceable  right  to the  declaration  of
dividends.

SECTION 14. Additional Terms.

      (a) The Board of Directors may  interpret  the  provisions of this part of
Article IV (B) to resolve any  inconsistency  or  ambiguity or remedy any formal
defect.

      (b) The  headings of the various  subdivisions  of this part of Article IV
(B)  are  for   convenience   of  reference   only  and  shall  not  affect  the
interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.


                                   ----------

      (C) Except as  otherwise  provided by the General  Corporation  Law of the
State of Delaware or by any  resolution  heretofore or hereafter  adopted by the
Board of Directors  fixing the relative  powers,

                                       59
<PAGE>

preferences  and rights and the  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions of
any additional  series of Preferred Stock, the entire voting power of the shares
of the Company for the election of directors and for all other purposes, as well
as all other  rights  appertaining  to shares  of the  Company,  shall be vested
exclusively in the Common Stock.  Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote
upon all matters to be voted on by the holders of the Common Stock, and shall be
entitled to  participate  equally in all  dividends  payable with respect to the
Common Stock and to share ratably,  subject to the rights and preferences of any
Preferred  Stock,  in all assets of the Company in the event of any voluntary or
involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of  the  affairs  of the
Company, or upon any distribution of the assets of the Company.

      (D) The Company shall not, without either the prior approval of a majority
of the total number of shares then issued and  outstanding  and entitled to vote
or the  receipt by the  Company of a favorable  opinion  issued by a  nationally
recognized  investment  banking  firm  designated  by the  Committee  of  Equity
Security Holders of Texaco Inc. appointed in the Company's jointly  administered
Chapter 11 case in the United States  Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
of New  York or its last  chairman  (or his  designee)  to the  effect  that the
proposed  issuance is fair from a finance point of view to the  stockholders  of
the Company issue to its  stockholders  generally (i) any warrant or other right
to purchase  any  security of the Company,  any  successor  thereto or any other
person or entity or (ii) any security of the Company  containing  any such right
to purchase,  which warrant, right or security (a) is exercisable,  exchangeable
or  convertible,  based or  conditioned  in whole or in part on (I) a change  of
control of the Company or (II) the owning or holding of any number or percentage
of  outstanding  shares or voting  power or any offer to  acquire  any number of
shares or  percentage  of voting  power by any  entity,  individual  or group of
entities and/or individuals or (b) discriminates among holders of the same class
of  securities  (or the class of  securities  for which such warrant or right is
exercisable or exchangeable) of the Company or any successor thereto.


                                       V.

      The Company is to have perpetual existence.

                                       VI.

      The  private  property  of the  stockholders  is not to be  subject to the
payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

                                      VII.

      No holder of stock of the  Company  shall have any  preferential  right of
subscription  to any share of any class of stock of the Company  issued or sold,
or to any  obligations  convertible  into stock of the Company,  or any right of
subscription  to any thereof  other than such, if any, as the Board of Directors
in its discretion  may  determine,  and at such prices as the Board of Directors
may fix.

                                      VIII.

      The  Company may use its surplus  earnings or  accumulated  profits in the
purchase or  acquisition of its own capital stock from time to time as its Board
of Directors  shall  determine,  and such capital stock so purchased may, if the
directors  so  determine,  be held in the  treasury  of the  Company as treasury
stock,  to be thereafter  disposed of in such manner as the directors shall deem
proper.

                                       60

<PAGE>



                                       IX.

      (A) Number, Election and Terms of Directors.  Except as otherwise fixed by
or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof relating to the rights of the
holders of any class or series of stock having  preference over the Common Stock
as to  dividends  or  upon  liquidation  to  elect  additional  directors  under
specified  circumstances,  the number of the  directors of the Company  shall be
fixed from time to time by or pursuant to the by-laws. The directors, other than
those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of stock having a
preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation,  shall be
classified,  with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into
three  classes,  as nearly equal in number as possible,  as shall be provided in
the manner  specified in the by-laws,  one class to be originally  elected for a
term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1985,  another
class to be  originally  elected for a term  expiring  at the annual  meeting of
stockholders to be held in 1986, and another class to be originally  elected for
a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1987, with
each class to hold office until its successor is elected and qualified.  At each
annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Company,  the successors of the class
of directors  whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year
following the year of their election.

      (B)  Stockholder  Nomination  of Director  Candidates.  Advance  notice of
stockholder  nominations  for the  election of  directors  shall be given in the
manner provided in the by-laws.

      (C)  Newly  Created  Directorships  and  Vacancies.  Except  as  otherwise
provided  for or fixed by or  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Article IV hereof
relating to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of stock  having a
preference  over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation  to elect
directors under specified  circumstances,  newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the number of directors  and any  vacancies on the Board of
Directors resulting from death, resignation or disqualification,  or other cause
shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors
then in office,  even though less than a quorum of the Board of  Directors.  Any
director so elected  shall stand for  election  (for the balance of his term) at
the next annual meeting of stockholders,  unless his term expires at such annual
meeting.  Any  vacancy  on the Board of  Directors  resulting  from  removal  by
stockholder  vote shall be filled  only by the vote of a majority  of the voting
power of all shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class.

      (D) Removal.  Subject to the rights of any class or series of stock having
a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation to elect
directors  under  specified  circumstances,  any  director  may be removed  from
office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66
2/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the  then  outstanding  shares  of stock
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a
single class.

      (E) Amendment,  Repeal,  Etc.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in this
Certificate  of  Incorporation  to the  contrary,  the  affirmative  vote of the
holders  of at least 66 2/3% of the voting  power of all  shares of the  Company
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a
single  class,   shall  be  required  to  alter,   amend,  adopt  any  provision
inconsistent with or repeal this Article IX.

                                       61

<PAGE>



                                       X.

      In furtherance,  and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute,
the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

      (A) to fix in the by-laws from time to time the number of directors of the
Company, none of whom need be stockholders;

      (B) to fix the amount to be reserved as working capital over and above its
capital stock paid in;

      (C) to  borrow  money  and to make and  issue  notes,  bonds,  debentures,
obligations  and  evidence  of  indebtedness  of all kinds,  with or without the
privilege of  conversion  into stock of the Company;  and also to authorize  and
cause to be executed  mortgages and liens upon the real and personal property of
the Company and conveyances of its real estate;

      (D) from time to time to determine whether and to what extent, and at what
times and places,  and under what conditions and  regulations,  the accounts and
books of the Company  (other than the stock  ledger),  or any of them,  shall be
open to inspection of stockholders;  and no stockholder  shall have any right of
inspecting  any account  book or document of the Company  except as conferred by
statute, unless authorized by a resolution of the stockholders or directors; and

      (E) if the by-laws so provide, to designate by resolution three or more of
its number to constitute an executive committee,  which committee shall, for the
time being,  have and  exercise  such of the powers of the Board of Directors in
the  management  of the business  and affairs of the Company,  and have power to
authorize  the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers which may require
it.

      The  Company  may in its  by-laws  confer  powers  upon its  directors  in
addition  to  the  foregoing  and in  addition  to the  powers  and  authorities
expressly conferred upon them by statute.

      Both  stockholders  and  directors  shall have  power,  if the  by-laws so
provide, to hold their meeting and to have one or more offices within or without
the State of  Delaware,  and to keep the books of the  Company  (subject  to the
provisions of applicable laws),  outside of the State of Delaware at such places
as may be from time to time designated by the Board of Directors.

                                       XI.

      Any action  required or permitted to be taken by the  stockholders  of the
Company  must be  effected at a duly  called  annual or special  meeting of such
holders  and may not be  effected  by any  consent in  writing by such  holders.
Except as otherwise  required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of
any class or series of stock  having a  preference  over the Common  Stock as to
dividends or upon  liquidation,  special meetings of stockholders of the Company
may be called only by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution  approved
by a  majority  of the  entire  Board  of  Directors.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary,  the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all shares of the
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together
as a single  class,  shall be  required  to alter,  amend,  adopt any  provision
inconsistent with or repeal this Article XI.

                                       62

<PAGE>



                                      XII.

      The Board of Directors shall have power to make,  alter,  amend and repeal
the by-laws  (except so far as the  by-laws  adopted by the  stockholders  shall
otherwise provide). Any by-laws made by the directors under the powers conferred
hereby  may  be  altered,  amended  or  repealed  by  the  directors  or by  the
stockholders.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  and  anything  contained in this
Certificate  of  Incorporation  to the  contrary,  Section  2 of  Article  I and
Sections 1,2,3 and 4 of Article II of the by-laws shall not be altered,  amended
or repealed and no provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted without the
affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting  power of all
the  shares  of the  Company  entitled  to vote  generally  in the  election  of
directors, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Certificate of  Incorporation  to the contrary,  the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all shares of the Company
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a
single  class,   shall  be  required  to  alter,   amend,  adopt  any  provision
inconsistent with or repeal this Article XII.

                                      XIII.

      (A)   Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

            (1) Higher Vote for Certain  Business  Combinations.  In addition to
      any affirmative vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation,
      and except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in Section B of this Article
      XIII:

                  (a)  any  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  or  any
            Subsidiary  (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (i)  any  Interested
            Stockholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) any  other  Company
            (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after
            such merger or consolidation  would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter
            defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

                  (b) any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or
            other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions)
            to or  with  any  Interested  Stockholder  or any  Affiliate  of any
            Interested   Stockholder  of  any  assets  of  the  Company  or  any
            Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $100 million or
            more; or

                  (c) the issuance or transfer by the Company or any  Subsidiary
            (in one transaction or a series of  transactions)  of any securities
            of the Company or any  Subsidiary to any  Interested  Stockholder or
            any Affiliate of any  Interested  Stockholder  in exchange for cash,
            securities or other  property (or a combination  thereof)  having an
            aggregate Fair Market Value of $100 million or more or;

                  (d) the adoption of any plan or proposal  for the  liquidation
            or  dissolution  of  the  Company  proposed  by or on  behalf  of an
            Interested   Stockholder   or  any   Affiliate  of  any   Interested
            Stockholder; or

                  (e) any reclassification of securities  (including any reverse
            stock split), or  recapitalization  of the Company, or any merger or
            consolidation  of the Company  with any of its  Subsidiaries  or any
            other  transaction  (whether  or  not  with  or  into  or  otherwise
            involving an Interested  Stockholder) which has the effect, directly
            or  indirectly,   of  increasing  the  proportionate  share  of  the
            outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible  securities
            of the Company or any  Subsidiary  which is  directly or  indirectly
            owned  by  any  Interested

                                       63
<PAGE>

            Stockholder  or any Affiliate of any Interested  Stockholder;  shall
            require the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the
            voting power of the then outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
            Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
            "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together  as a  single  class  (it  being
            understood that for purposes of this Article XIII, each share of the
            Voting  Stock shall have the number of votes  granted to it pursuant
            to  Article  IV  of  this   Certificate  of   Incorporation).   Such
            affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact that no
            vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,
            by law or in any agreement with any national  securities exchange or
            otherwise.

            (2)  Definition  of  "Business   Combination."  The  term  "Business
      Combination" as used in this Article XIII shall mean any transaction which
      is referred to in any one or more of clauses (a) through (e) of  paragraph
      (1) of this Section (A).

      (B) When Higher Vote is Not Required.  The provisions of Section A of this
Article XIII shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and
such  Business  Combination  shall  require  only  such  affirmative  vote as is
required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if
all of the  conditions  specified in either of the following  paragraphs (1) and
(2) are met:

            (1) Approval by Disinterested  Directors.  The Business  Combination
      shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested  Directors (as
      hereinafter defined).

            (2)   Price  and  Procedure  Requirements.   All  of  the  following
      conditions shall have been met:

                  (a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
            (as hereinafter  defined) as of the date of the  consummation of the
            Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received
            per share by holders of Common  Stock in such  Business  Combination
            shall be at least equal to the higher of the following:

                        (i)(if   applicable)   the   highest   per  share  price
                  (including  any  brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes  and
                  soliciting  dealers' fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder
                  for any shares of Common  Stock  acquired by it (a) within the
                  two-year  period  immediately  prior to the first  publication
                  announcement of the proposal of the Business  Combination (the
                  "Announcement  Date")  or (b) in the  transaction  in which it
                  became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher; and

                        (ii) the Fair Market  Value per share of Common Stock on
                  the  Announcement  Date or on the date on which the Interested
                  Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (such latter date
                  is  referred  to in this  Article  XIII as the  "Determination
                  Date"), whichever is higher.

                  (b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
            as of the date of the  consummation  of the Business  Combination of
            consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of
            shares of any other class of  outstanding  Voting  Stock shall be at
            least equal to the highest of the following (it being  intended that
            the  requirements of this paragraph 2(b) shall be required to be met
            with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock,  whether or
            not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of
            a particular class of Voting Stock):

                                       64

<PAGE>

                        (i)(if   applicable)   the   highest   per  share  price
                  (including  any  brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes  and
                  soliciting  dealers' fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder
                  for any shares of such class of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it
                  (a)  within  the  two-year  period  immediately  prior  to the
                  Announcement Date or (b) in the transaction in which it became
                  an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                        (ii) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per
                  share to which the  holders  of shares of such class of Voting
                  Stock  are   entitled  in  the  event  of  any   voluntary  or
                  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the
                  Company; and

                        (iii) the Fair  Market  Value per share of such class of
                  Voting Stock on the Announcement  Date or on the Determination
                  Date, whichever is higher.

                  (c)  The   consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of  a
            particular  class of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  (including  Common
            Stock)  shall  be in cash  or in the  same  form  as the  Interested
            Stockholder  has previously  paid for shares of such class of Voting
            Stock.  If the  Interested  Stockholder  has paid for  shares of any
            class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration,  the form
            of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash
            or the form used to  acquire  the  largest  number of shares of such
            class  of  Voting  Stock  previously   acquired  by  it.  The  price
            determined  in  accordance  with  paragraph  2(a)  and  2(b) of this
            Section B shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of
            any stock  dividend,  stock split,  combination of shares or similar
            event.

                  (d) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
            Stockholder   and  prior  to  the   consummation  of  such  Business
            Combination:   (i)  except  as   approved   by  a  majority  of  the
            Disinterested Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare
            and pay at the regular date  therefor any full  quarterly  dividends
            (whether or not cumulative) on the outstanding Preferred Stock; (ii)
            there  shall  have  been  (A) no  reduction  in the  annual  rate of
            dividends  paid on the Common Stock  (except as necessary to reflect
            any  subdivision  of the  Common  Stock),  except as  approved  by a
            majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (B) an increase in such
            annual   rate   of   dividends   as   necessary   to   reflect   any
            reclassification    (including    any    reverse    stock    split),
            recapitalization,  reorganization  or any similar  transaction which
            has the effect of reducing the number of  outstanding  shares of the
            Common Stock  unless the failure so to increase  such annual rate is
            approved by a majority  of the  Disinterested  Directors;  and (iii)
            such  Interested  Stockholder  shall have not become the  beneficial
            owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the
            transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an
            Interested Stockholder.

                  (e) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
            Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the
            benefit,   directly  or  indirectly  (except  proportionately  as  a
            stockholder), of any loans, advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other
            financial  assistance  or any tax  credits  or other tax  advantages
            provided by the Company, whether in anticipation of or in connection
            with such Business Combination or otherwise.

                  (f) A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed
            Business  Combination  and complying  with the  requirements  of the
            Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and  the  rules  and  regulations
            thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act, rules
            or  regulations)  shall be  mailed  to  public  stockholders  of the
            Company at least 30 days prior to

                                       65
<PAGE>

            the consummation of such Business  Combination  (whether or not such
            proxy or information  statement is required to be mailed pursuant to
            such Act or subsequent provisions).

      (C) Vote Required for Certain Stock Repurchases.  In addition to any other
requirement of this  Certificate of  Incorporation,  the affirmative vote of the
holders  of  at  least  50%  of  the  Voting  Stock  (other  than  Voting  Stock
beneficially owned by a Selling Stockholder (as hereinafter defined)),  shall be
required before the Company purchases any outstanding  shares of Common Stock at
a price above the Market Price (as  hereinafter  defined) from a person actually
known by the Company to be a Selling Stockholder, unless the purchase is made by
the Company (i) on the same terms and as a result of an offer made  generally to
all holders of Common Stock or (ii) pursuant to statutory appraisal right.

      (D) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article XIII:

            (1) A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other
      entity.

            (2) "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean any person (other than the
      Company or any Subsidiary) who or which:

                  (a) is the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly,  of more
            than 20% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

                  (b) is an  Affiliate of the Company and at any time within the
            two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in question was the
            beneficial  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of 20% or more of the
            voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

                  (c) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares
            of Voting  Stock which were at any time within the  two-year  period
            immediately prior to the date in question  beneficially owned by any
            Interested Stockholder,  if such assignment or succession shall have
            occurred in the course of a  transaction  or series of  transactions
            not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities
            Act of 1933.

            (3) A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

                  (a) which such person or any of its  Affiliates  or Associates
            (as hereinafter  defined)  beneficially owns directly or indirectly;
            or

                  (b) which such person or any of its  Affiliates  or Associates
            has (i) the right to  acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
            immediately  or only  after the  passage of time),  pursuant  to any
            agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  or upon the  exercise of
            conversion  rights,   exchange  rights,   warrants  or  options,  or
            otherwise,  or (ii) the  right to vote  pursuant  to any  agreement,
            arrangement or understanding; or

                  (c) which are beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
            any other person with which such person or any of its  Affiliates or
            Associates has any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  for the
            purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any shares of
            Voting Stock.

            (4)  For  the  purposes  of  determining  whether  a  person  is  an
      Interested  Stockholder  pursuant to  paragraph  2 of this  Section C, the
      number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall  include
      shares deemed owned through  application  of paragraph 3 of this Section C
      but shall

                                       66
<PAGE>

      not  include  any other  shares  which  may be  issuable  pursuant  to any
      agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of conversion
      rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

            (5)  "Affiliate" or "Associate"  shall have the respective  meanings
      ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and  Regulations
      under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on March 1, 1984.

            (6)  "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation of which a majority of any
      class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
      provided,  however,  that for the purposes of the definition of Interested
      Stockholder  set  forth  in  paragraph  2 of  this  Section  C,  the  term
      "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a majority  of each
      class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

            (7)  "Disinterested  Director"  means  any  member  of the  Board of
      Directors who is  unaffiliated  with the Interested  Stockholder and was a
      member of the  Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the  Interested
      Stockholder  became an  Interested  Stockholder,  and any  successor  of a
      Disinterested Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder
      and is  recommended to succeed a  Disinterested  Director by a majority of
      Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

            (8) "Fair Market  Value"  means:  (a) in the case of the stock,  the
      highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately  preceding
      the date in  question of a share of such stock on the  Composite  Tape for
      New York Stock Exchange-Listed  Stocks, or, if such stock is not listed on
      such  Exchange,   on  the  principal  United  States  securities  exchange
      registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock
      is  listed,  or, if such  stock is not  listed on any such  exchange,  the
      highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during
      the  30-day  period  preceding  the  date  in  question  on  the  National
      Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any
      system  then in use,  or if no such  quotations  are  available,  the fair
      market  value  on the  date in  question  of a  share  of  such  stock  as
      determined by the Board of Directors in good faith; and (b) in the case of
      property other than cash or stock,  the fair market value of such property
      on the date in question as  determined  by the Board of  Directors in good
      faith.

            (9)  "Selling  Stockholder"  means  any  person  who or which is the
      beneficial  owner  of in the  aggregate  more  than 1% of the  outstanding
      shares  of  Common  Stock  and who or which  has  purchased  or  agreed to
      purchase any of such shares within the most recent two-year period and who
      sells or proposes  to sell Common  Stock in a  transaction  requiring  the
      affirmative vote provided for in Section C of this Article XIII.

            (10)  "Market  Price"  means the highest sale price on or during the
      period of five trading days immediately  preceding the date in question of
      a  share  of  such  stock  on  the  Composite  Tape  for  New  York  Stock
      Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or if such stock is not quoted on the  Composite
      Tape on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  or, if such stock is not listed on
      such  Exchange,   on  the  principal  United  States  securities  exchange
      registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock
      is  listed,  or, if such  stock is not  listed on any such  exchange,  the
      highest  closing  bid  quotation  with  respect  to a share of stock on or
      during the period of five trading days  immediately  preceding the date in
      question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
      Quotations  System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are
      available,  the fair

                                       67
<PAGE>

      market  value  on the  date in  question  of a  share  of  such  stock  as
      determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

      (E) Powers of the Board of Directors.  A majority of the  directors  shall
have the power and duty to determine  for the purposes of this Article  XIII, on
the basis of information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  (1) whether a
person is an  Interested  Stockholder,  (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person,  (3)  whether  a person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of  another,  (4)  whether  the assets  which are the  subject of any
Business  Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance
or  transfer of  securities  by the Company or any  Subsidiary  in any  Business
Combination  has, an  aggregate  Fair Market  Value of $100  million or more.  A
majority of the  directors  shall have the further power to interpret all of the
terms and provisions of this Article XIII.

      (F) No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders. Nothing
contained in this  Article  XIII shall be  construed  to relieve any  Interested
Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

      (G) Amendment,  Repeal, etc.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Certificate of Incorporation or the by-laws (and notwithstanding the fact that a
lesser  percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or
the  by-laws)  the  affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of 80%  or  more  of the
outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting together as a single class, shall be required
to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article XIII.

                                      XIV.

      A  director  of the  Company  shall not be liable  to the  Company  or its
stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation  thereof is not
permitted under the Delaware  General  Corporation Law as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended.

      Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  paragraph by the stockholders
of the Company shall not adversely  affect any right or protection of a director
of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                       68

<PAGE>



                                       XV.

      The  Company  reserves  the right to amend,  alter,  change or repeal  any
provision  contained in this Certificate of Incorporation,  in the manner now or
hereafter  prescribed by this Certificate of  Incorporation or statute,  and all
rights  conferred  upon   stockholders   herein  are  granted  subject  to  this
reservation.






                                       69



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2
                             BY-LAWS OF TEXACO INC.
                             A Delaware Corporation

                                   ARTICLE I.
                                  Stockholders.

     SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held
on the fourth Tuesday in April of each year at 2:00 P.M., or at such time of day
or on such  other  date in each  calendar  year as may be fixed by the  Board of
Directors,  for the  election  of  directors  and the  transaction  of any other
business as may properly come before the meeting.
     SECTION 2. Stockholder  Action;  Special  Meetings.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken by the  stockholders  of the Company must be effected at a
duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such holders.  Except as otherwise required by law and
subject  to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of stock  having a
preference  over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation,  special
meetings  of  stockholders  of the  Company  may be called  only by the Board of
Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of
Directors.
     SECTION 3.  Notice of  Meetings.  Notice of each  meeting of  stockholders,
annual or special,  stating the time and place,  and, if a special meeting,  the
purpose or purposes in general  terms,  shall be mailed no earlier  than 60 days
and no  later  than 10 days  prior to the  meeting  to each  stockholder  at the
stockholder's address as the same appears on the books of the Company.
     SECTION 4. Place.  Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place
or places as the Board of Directors may direct, the place to be specified in the
notice.
     Section  5.  Quorum.  At any  meeting  of  stockholders,  the  holders of a
majority of the voting shares issued and outstanding, being present in person or
represented by proxy, shall be a quorum for all purposes, except where otherwise
provided by statute.
     SECTION 6. Adjournments. Any annual or special meeting of stockholders duly
and regularly  called in  accordance  with these by-laws may adjourn one or more
times and no  further  notice of such  adjourned  meeting or  meetings  shall be
necessary.  If at any annual or special  meeting of  stockholders a quorum shall
fail to attend in person or by proxy, a majority in interest of the stockholders
attending in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting to another  time,  or to
another time and place, and there may be successive  adjournments for like cause
and in like manner  without  further  notice  until a quorum shall  attend.  Any
business may be transacted at any such adjourned meeting or meetings which might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
     SECTION 7. Organization. The Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the
Vice Chairman, or, in their absence, the President, or, in their absence, one of
the Executive  Vice  Presidents,  or, in their  absence,  one of the Senior Vice
Presidents,   or,  in  their  absence,   a  Vice  President   appointed  by  the
stockholders,  shall call meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as
chairman  thereof.  The  Secretary  of the  Company,  if  present,  shall act as
secretary  of all  meetings  of the  stockholders;  and,  in  his  absence,  the
presiding officer may appoint a secretary.
     SECTION 8. Voting. At each meeting of the  stockholders,  every stockholder
of record (at the closing of the transfer  books if closed) shall be entitled to
vote in person or by proxy  appointed by an instrument in writing  subscribed by
such  stockholder or by his duly authorized  attorney and delivered to and filed
with the Secretary at the meeting;  and each stockholder shall have one vote for
each share of stock  standing in his name.  Voting for  directors,  and upon any
question at any meeting, shall be by ballot, if demanded by any stockholder.
     SECTION 9. Stockholder Proposals.  Stockholders may present proper business
for  stockholder  action at an annual meeting by giving timely notice in writing
to the Secretary of their  intention to bring such business  before the meeting.
To be  timely,  a  stockholder's  notice  must be  delivered  to, or mailed  and
received at, the office of the Company in Harrison,  New York,  addressed to the
attention of the Secretary, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to
the first  anniversary of the preceding  year's annual meeting of  stockholders;
provided,  however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than
30 days prior to or delayed  by more than 60 days after such  anniversary  date,
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the
90th day prior to such  annual  meeting and not later than the close of business
on the  later of the  60th day  prior  to such  annual  meeting  or the 10th day
following  the day on which public  announcement  of the date of such meeting is
first made. The stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) the name and address of
the stockholder proposing such business, (b) a brief description of the business
desired to be brought  before the  meeting  and any  material  interest  in such
business of such stockholder,  and (c) the number of shares of the Company which
are  beneficially  owned by the  stockholder.  The  chairman  of the meeting may
refuse to permit  any  business  to be  brought  before an annual  meeting  by a
stockholder without compliance with the procedure set forth in this Section 9.

                                     * 1 *
<PAGE>

     For purposes of this section,  "public  announcement" shall mean disclosure
in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a
comparable  national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this by-law,  a stockholder
shall also comply with all applicable  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act") and the rules and  regulations
thereunder  with  respect to matters set forth in this  by-law.  Nothing in this
by-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion
of proposals in the company's proxy  statement  pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the
Exchange Act.
     SECTION 10. List of  Stockholders.  The  Secretary  shall keep records from
which a list of stockholders  can be compiled,  and shall furnish such list upon
order of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE II.
                             The Board of Directors.

     SECTION 1.  Number,  Election and Terms.  Except as  otherwise  fixed by or
pursuant to the  provisions of Article IV of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
relating to the rights of the  holders of any class or series of stock  having a
preference  over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation  to elect
additional directors under specified circumstances,  the number of the directors
of the Company  shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of  Directors  but
shall not be less than three. The directors, other than those who may be elected
by the  holders  of any class or series of stock  having a  preference  over the
Common Stock as to  dividends or upon  liquidation,  shall be  classified,  with
respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as
nearly equal in number as possible, as determined by the Board of Directors, one
class to be  originally  elected for a term  expiring  at the annual  meeting of
stockholders  to be held in 1985,  another class to be originally  elected for a
term  expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1986,  and
another class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting
of  stockholders  to be held in 1987,  with each class to hold office  until its
successor is elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of the  stockholders
of the Company,  the successors of the class of directors  whose term expires at
that meeting  shall be elected to hold office for a term  expiring at the annual
meeting  of  stockholders  held in the third  year  following  the year of their
election.
     SECTION 2. Newly Created  Directorships and Vacancies.  Except as otherwise
provided  for or fixed by or  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Article IV of the
Certificate of Incorporation  relating to the rights of the holders of any class
or series of stock having a preference  over the Common Stock as to dividends or
upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created
directorships  resulting  from any  increases  in the number of directors or any
vacancies  on the  Board of  Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation  or
disqualification,  or other cause shall be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the  remaining  directors  then in office,  even though less than a
quorum of the Board of  Directors.  Any  director  so  elected  shall  stand for
election  (for  the  balance  of  his  term)  at  the  next  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, unless his term expires at such Annual Meeting. Any vacancy on the
Board of Directors  resulting from removal by  stockholder  vote shall be filled
only by the vote of a majority of the voting  power of all shares of the Company
entitled to vote  generally in the election of Directors,  voting  together as a
single class.  The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the
then outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company voting generally in the
election of Directors,  voting together as a single class,  shall be required to
repeal the foregoing provisions.
     SECTION 3.  Removal.  Subject to the rights of any class or series of stock
having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to
elect Directors under specified circumstances,  any director may be removed from
office,  with or without cause,  only by the affirmative  vote of the holders of
662/3% of the  combined  voting  power of the then  outstanding  shares of stock
entitled to vote  generally in the election of Directors,  voting  together as a
single class.
     SECTION  4.  Nominations.  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or
series of stock  having a  preference  over the Common  Stock as to dividends or
upon  liquidation,  nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the
Board of Directors or a proxy  committee  appointed by the Board of Directors or
by any  stockholder  entitled to vote in the  election of  Directors  generally.
However, any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally
may  nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at a meeting only if
written  notice  of  such  stockholder's  intent  to  make  such  nomination  or
nominations  has been  given,  either by personal  delivery or by United  States
mail,  postage prepaid,  to the Secretary of the Company not later than (i) with
respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders,  90 days
in advance of such meeting, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a
special  meeting of  stockholders  for the election of  Directors,  the close of
business on the seventh day  following  the date on which notice of such meeting
is first given to  stockholders.  Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name
and address of the  stockholder  who intends to make the  nomination  and of the
person or persons to be nominated;  (b) a representation that the stockholder is
a holder of record of stock of the Company  entitled to vote at such meeting and
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
persons  specified  in the notice;  (c) a  description  of all  arrangements  or
understandings  between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or
persons  (naming  such person or persons)  pursuant to which the  nomination  or
nominations  are to be made  by the  stockholder;  (d)  such

                                     * 2 *
<PAGE>

other  information  regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would
be  required to be included  in a proxy  statement  filed  pursuant to the proxy
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated,
or intended to be nominated,  by the Board of Directors;  and (e) the consent of
each  nominee to serve as a director of the Company if so elected.  The chairman
of the meeting may refuse to  acknowledge  the nomination of any person not made
in compliance with the foregoing procedure.
     SECTION 5.  Organization  Meeting of the Board. At the last regular meeting
of the Board of  Directors  prior to each annual  meeting of  stockholders,  the
Board of Directors shall establish its organization,  elect and appoint officers
and appoint  committee  members.  Such action may also be taken at another place
and time fixed by written consent of the Directors.
     SECTION 6. Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Board are fixed and
may be held without notice at the office of the Company in Harrison, New York on
the fourth  Friday in each month at 9:00 A.M.,  or at such other time and place,
either  within or without  the State of  Delaware,  as the Board may  provide by
resolution,  without other notice than such resolution. If less than a quorum is
present at any meeting  time and place,  those  present may adjourn from time to
time until a quorum  shall be present,  but if there shall be no quorum prior to
another  regular meeting time, then such meetings of less than a quorum need not
be recorded.
     SECTION 7. Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board shall be held
whenever  called by the Chairman of the Board,  or, in his absence,  by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, or, in their absence,  by the President,  or by one-third
of the  Directors  then in  office.  The person or  persons  authorized  to call
special  meetings of the Board may fix any place,  either  within or without the
State of  Delaware,  as the  place  for  holding  any  special  meeting.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the notice thereof,  any business may be transacted at a
special meeting.
     SECTION 8. Notice of Special  Meetings.  The  Secretary  shall mail to each
director notice of any special meeting at least two days before the meeting,  or
shall  telegraph  or  telephone  such  notice  not later than the day before the
meeting.  When all Directors are present, any business may be transacted without
any previous notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting.
     SECTION 9. Quorum. A majority of the total number of Directors,  or half of
the total  number  when the number of  Directors  then in office is even,  shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of  business,  and a majority of those
present at the time and place of any regular or special  meeting,  although less
than a quorum,  may  adjourn  the same from time to time,  as  provided in these
by-laws.
     SECTION 10.  Chairman.  At all  meetings of the Board,  the Chairman of the
Board, or, in his absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or, in their absence,
the President, or, in their absence, a chairman chosen by the Directors present,
shall preside.
     SECTION 11. Action without Meeting.  A statement in writing,  signed by all
members of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, shall be deemed to
be action by the Board or Committee,  as the case may be, to the effect  therein
expressed, and it shall be the duty of the Secretary to record such statement in
the minute books of the Company under its proper date.

                                  ARTICLE III.
                    Executive Committee and Other Committees.

     SECTION 1.  Executive  Committee.  The Board of Directors  shall appoint an
Executive Committee of seven or more members to serve during the pleasure of the
Board to consist of the Chairman of the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the
Board,  the Vice  Chairman  of the Board,  the  President,  and such  additional
Directors as the Board may from time to time designate.
     SECTION 2. The  Chairman of the  Executive  Committee.  The Chairman of the
Executive Committee shall be designated by the Board of Directors and shall be a
member of the Board and of the Executive Committee. He shall preside at meetings
of the  Executive  Committee,  and shall do and perform such other things as may
from time to time by assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
     SECTION 3. Vacancies.  Vacancies in the Executive Committee shall be filled
by the Board.
     SECTION  4.  Executive  Committee  to Report.  All action by the  Executive
Committee  shall be  reported  promptly  to the Board and such  action  shall be
subject to review by the Board,  provided  that no rights of third parties shall
be affected by such review.
     SECTION 5. Procedure.  The Executive Committee,  by a vote of a majority of
all of its  members,  shall  fix its own  times and  places  of  meeting,  shall
determine the number of its members constituting a quorum for the transaction of
business,  and shall  prescribe its own rules of  procedure,  no change in which
shall be made save by a majority vote of all of its members.
     SECTION 6. Powers.  During the intervals between the meetings of the Board,
the  Executive  Committee  shall  possess and may exercise all the powers of the
Board in the  management  and  direction  of the  business  and  affairs  of the
Company,  except those which by applicable  statute are reserved to the Board of
Directors.

                                     * 3 *
<PAGE>


     SECTION 7. Other Committees.  From time to time the Board may appoint other
committees,  and they  shall  have  such  powers  as shall be  specified  in the
resolution of appointment.

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                                    Officers.

     SECTION  1.  Number.  The Board of  Directors  shall  elect  the  executive
officers of the Company  which may include a Chairman of the Board,  one or more
Vice Chairmen of the Board,  a President,  one or more Vice  Presidents  (one or
more of whom may be  designated as Executive  Vice  Presidents or as Senior Vice
Presidents  or by  other  designations),  a  General  Counsel,  a  Secretary,  a
Treasurer,  a Comptroller,  and a General Tax Counsel.  A person may at the same
time hold, exercise and perform the powers and duties of more than one executive
officer position.  In addition to the executive officers,  the Board may appoint
one  or  more  Assistant   Secretaries,   Assistant   Treasurers  and  Assistant
Comptrollers  and such  other  officers  or agents as the Board may from time to
time deem  necessary or  desirable.  All  officers and agents shall  perform the
duties and exercise the powers usually incident to the offices or positions held
by them, those prescribed by these by-laws, and those assigned to them from time
to time by the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer.
     SECTION 2. The Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall be a
member  of the  Board of  Directors  and of the  Executive  Committee.  He shall
preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors,  and shall keep in
close touch with the administration of the affairs of the Company,  shall advise
and  counsel  with the Vice  Chairman of the Board and the  President,  and with
other  executives  of the Company and shall do and perform  such other duties as
may from time to time be  assigned  to him by the Board of  Directors  or by the
Executive Committee.
     SECTION 3. The Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Vice Chairman of the Board
shall be a member of the Board of  Directors  and the  Executive  Committee.  He
shall keep in close touch with the administration of the affairs of the Company,
shall advise and counsel with the Chairman of the Board and the  President,  and
with other executives of the Company, and shall do and perform such other duties
as may from time to time be  assigned  to him by the Board of  Directors  or the
Executive Committee.
     SECTION 4. The President.  The President  shall be a member of the Board of
Directors and of the Executive Committee.  He shall keep in close touch with the
administration of the affairs of the Company,  shall advise and counsel with the
Chairman  of the  Board  and the Vice  Chairman  of the  Board  and  with  other
executives  of the  Company,  and shall do and perform  such other duties as may
from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the  Executive
Committee.  In the  absence of the  Chairman of the Board,  he shall  preside at
meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors.
     SECTION 5. The Chief Executive  Officer.  Either the Chairman of the Board,
or the President,  as the Board of Directors may  designate,  shall be the Chief
Executive  Officer of the  Company.  The officer so  designated  shall have,  in
addition to the powers and duties  applicable  to the office set forth in either
Section 2 or 4 of this Article IV, general active  supervision over the business
and affairs of the Company and over its several officers, agents, and employees,
subject,  however,  to the  direction  and control of the Board or the Executive
Committee. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions
of the Board or the  Executive  Committee  are  carried  into  effect,  and,  in
general,  shall perform all duties  incident to the position of Chief  Executive
Officer and such other  duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board
or the Executive Committee.
     SECTION 6. The Executive Vice  Presidents.  The Executive  Vice  Presidents
shall keep in touch with the administration of the affairs of the Company, shall
advise and  counsel  with the  Chairman of the Board,  the Vice  Chairman of the
Board and with the President and with other executives of the Company, and shall
do and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by
the Board of Directors,  the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the
Vice Chairman of the Board, or the President.  In the absence of the Chairman of
the  Board,  the Vice  Chairman  of the  Board  and the  President,  the  senior
Executive Vice President shall preside at meetings of the stockholders.
     SECTION 7. The Senior Vice  Presidents.  Each Senior Vice  President  shall
have such powers as may be  conferred  upon him by the Board of  Directors,  and
shall  perform  such  duties as from time to time may be  assigned to him by the
Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Vice
Chairman of the Board, or the President.
     SECTION 8. The Vice Presidents.  Each Vice President shall have such powers
as may be conferred  upon him by the Board of Directors,  and shall perform such
duties as from time to time may be  assigned  to him by the Board of  Directors,
the  Executive  Committee,  the Chairman of the Board,  the Vice Chairman of the
Board, or the President.
     SECTION 9. The General  Counsel.  The General  Counsel shall have charge of
all the legal  affairs of the Company and shall  exercise  supervision  over its
contract relations.
     SECTION  10. The  Secretary.  The  Secretary  shall keep the minutes of all
meetings of the  stockholders  and the Board of Directors in books  provided for
the  purpose.  He shall  attend to the giving and serving of all notices for the
Company.  He shall sign with the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the
Board, the President,  and Executive Vice

                                     * 4 *
<PAGE>

President, a Senior Vice President,  or a Vice President,  such contracts as may
require his  signature,  and shall in proper cases affix the seal of the Company
thereto.  He shall have charge of the certificate books and such other books and
papers as the Board of Directors may direct.  He shall sign with the Chairman of
the Board,  the President,  or a Vice President  certificates  of stock,  and he
shall in general  perform all the duties  incident  to the Office of  Secretary,
subject to the control of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as from
time to time may be assigned  to him by the Board of  Directors,  the  Executive
Committee,  the Chairman of the Board,  the Vice  Chairman of the Board,  or the
President. Any Assistant Secretary may, in his own name, perform any duty of the
Secretary, when so requested by the Secretary or in the absence of that officer,
and may perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Board. In the absence of
the Secretary and of all Assistant  Secretaries,  minutes of any meetings may be
kept by a  Secretary  pro tem,  appointed  for  that  purpose  by the  presiding
officer.
     SECTION 11. The Treasurer.  The Treasurer  shall have charge and custody of
and be  responsible  for all the funds and  securities  of the Company,  and may
invest  the  same  in any  securities  as may be  permitted  by  law;  designate
depositories  in which all  monies  and  other  valuables  to the  credit of the
Company may be deposited;  render to the Board,  or any committee  designated by
the Board,  whenever the Board or such committee may require,  an account of all
transactions  as Treasurer;  and in general perform all the duties of the office
of  Treasurer  and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the
Chairman  of the Board,  the Vice  Chairman  of the Board,  the  President,  the
officer of the Company who may be designated  Chief Financial  Officer,  and the
Board of Directors.  In case one or more Assistant Treasurers be appointed,  the
Treasurer  may  delegate  to them the  authority  to perform  such duties as the
Treasurer may determine.
     SECTION  12.  The  Comptroller.  The  Comptroller  shall  be the  principal
accounting officer of the corporation;  shall have charge of the Company's books
of accounts,  records and  auditing,  shall ensure that the  necessary  internal
controls  exist  within the  Company to provide  reasonable  assurance  that the
Company's  assets are safeguarded and that financial  records are maintained and
publicly disclosed in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles;
and in general  perform all the duties incident to the office of Comptroller and
such other  duties as from time to time may be assigned  by the  Chairman of the
Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, the officer of the Company
who may be designated Chief Financial  Officer,  and the Board of Directors.  In
case one or more  Assistant  Comptrollers  be  appointed,  the  Comptroller  may
delegate to them such duties as the Comptroller may determine.
     SECTION  13. The General Tax  Counsel.  The General Tax Counsel  shall have
charge of all the tax affairs of the Company.
     SECTION 14. Tenure of Officers:  Removal. All officers elected or appointed
by the Board shall hold office until their successor is elected or appointed and
qualified,  or until their  earlier  resignation  or removal.  All such officers
shall  be  subject  to  removal,  with  or  without  cause,  at any  time by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board.

                                   ARTICLE V.
                                Indemnification.

     SECTION 1. Right to  Indemnification.  The Company shall indemnify,  defend
and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,
whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative,  investigative  or other,  including
appeals, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee
of the  Company,  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of the  Company  as a
director,  officer or employee of any corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other  enterprise,  including  service with respect to employee benefit
plans,  whether the basis of such  proceeding  is alleged  action in an official
capacity as a  director,  officer or  employee  or in any other  capacity  while
serving as a director,  officer or employee, to the fullest extent authorized by
the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as the same exists or may  hereafter be
amended,  (but, in the case of any such amendment,  only to the extent that such
amendment  permits the Company to provide  broader  indemnification  rights than
said Law permitted the Company to provide prior to such  amendment)  against all
expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA
excise  taxes  or  penalties  and  amounts  paid or to be  paid  in  settlement)
reasonably  incurred  or  suffered  by  such  person  in  connection  therewith;
provided,  however,  that except as provided in Section 2 hereof with respect to
proceedings  seeking to enforce  rights to  indemnification,  the Company  shall
indemnify  any  such  person  seeking   indemnification  in  connection  with  a
proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or
part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.
     The right to indemnification  conferred in this Article shall be a contract
right and shall include the right to be paid by the Company expenses incurred in
defending  any such  proceeding in advance of its final  disposition;  provided,
however,  that if  required by law at the time of such  payment,  the payment of
such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his capacity as a director or
officer  (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is rendered by
such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation,  service
to an  employee  benefit  plan) in  advance  of the  final  disposition  of such
proceeding,  shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an  undertaking,
by or on behalf of such  director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if
it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled
to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

                                     * 5 *
<PAGE>


     "Employee."  as used  herein,  includes  both  an  active  employee  in the
Company's  service as well as a retired employee who is or has been a party to a
written  agreement  under  which he might be, or might  have been  obligated  to
render services to the Company.
     SECTION 2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit.  If a claim under  Section 1 is
not paid in full by the  Company  within  sixty days or, in cases of advances of
expenses,  twenty days,  after a written claim has been received by the Company,
the  claimant  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit  against  the  Company to
recover the unpaid  amount of the claim and, if  successful in whole or in part,
the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting  such
claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to
enforce a claim for expenses  incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final  disposition  where the required  undertaking has been tendered to the
Company)  that the claimant has not met the  standards of conduct  which make it
permissible  under the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law for the  Company  to
indemnify  the claimant for the amount  claimed,  but the burden of proving such
defense shall be on the Company.  Neither the failure of the Company  (including
its Board of Directors,  independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have
made  a   determination   prior  to  the   commencement   of  such  action  that
indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she
has met the  applicable  standard of conduct set forth in the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board
of Directors,  independent legal counsel or its stockholders)  that the claimant
had not met such  applicable  standard  of  conduct,  shall be a defense  to the
action or create a presumption that claimant had not met the applicable standard
of conduct.  The Company  shall be  precluded  from  asserting  in any  judicial
proceeding   commenced   pursuant  to  this  Article  that  the  procedures  and
presumptions  of this Article are not valid,  binding and  enforceable and shall
stipulate in any such proceeding that the Company is bound by all the provisions
of this Article.
     SECTION 3.  Non-Exclusivity and Survival.  The right to indemnification and
the payment of expenses  incurred in  defending a  proceeding  in advance of its
final disposition conferred in this Article (a) shall apply to acts or omissions
antedating the adoption of this by-law, (b) shall be severable, (c) shall not be
exclusive of other rights to which any director,  officer or employee may now or
hereafter  be entitled,  (d) shall  continue as to a person who has ceased to be
such  director,  officer or  employee  and (e) shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

                                   ARTICLE VI.
                                 Capital Stock.

     SECTION 1. Form and Execution of  Certificates.  The certificates of shares
of the capital  stock of the Company  shall be in such form as shall be approved
by the Board. The certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the
President, or a Vice President, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.
     Section 2. Certificates to be Entered.  Certificates shall be consecutively
numbered,  and the names of the  owners,  the  number of shares  and the date of
issue, shall be entered in the books of the Company.
     SECTION 3. Old  Certificates to be Canceled.  Except in the case of lost or
destroyed  certificates,  and  in  that  case  only  upon  performance  of  such
conditions as the Board may  prescribe,  no new  certificate  shall be issued in
lieu of a former  certificate  until  such  former  certificate  shall have been
surrendered and canceled.
     Section 4.  Transfer of Shares.  Shares  shall be  transferred  only on the
books of the Company by a holder thereof in person or by his attorney  appointed
in writing,  upon the  surrender and  cancellation  of  certificates  for a like
number of shares.
     SECTION 5. Regulations. The Board may make such rules and regulations as it
may  deem  expedient   concerning  the  issue,   transfer  and  registration  of
certificates of stock of the Company.
     Section 6. Registrar.  The Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President,
and the  Treasurer  shall  each have the  authority  to appoint a  registrar  of
transfers  and may  require  all  certificates  to bear  the  signature  of such
registrar.
     SECTION 7. Closing of Transfer Books. If deemed expedient by the Board, the
stock  books  and  transfer  books  may  be  closed  for  the  meetings  of  the
stockholders,  or for other  purposes,  during such periods as from time to time
may be  fixed  by  the  Board,  and  during  such  periods  no  stock  shall  be
transferable on said books.
     SECTION 8. Dates of Record. If deemed expedient by the Board, the Directors
may fix in advance,  a date,  not  exceeding 60 days  preceding  the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date
for the  allotment  of  rights,  or the date when any  change or  conversion  or
exchange  of  capital  stock  shall go into  effect,  as a  record  date for the
determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to notice of, and to vote at, any
such meeting or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such
allotment  of rights,  or to exercise  the rights in respect of any such change,
conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case only such stockholders
as shall be  stockholders  of record on the date so fixed  shall be  entitled to
such  notice of, and to vote at,  such  meeting,  or to receive  payment of such
dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as
the case may be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any stock on the books of the
Company after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.
     SECTION 9. Rights to Purchase  Securities.  The Company shall not,  without
either the prior  approval  of a  majority  of the total  number of shares  then
issued and  outstanding  and entitled to vote or the receipt by the Company of a

                                     * 6 *
<PAGE>


favorable  opinion  issued by a nationally  recognized  investment  banking firm
designated by the Committee of Equity Security Holders of Texaco Inc.  appointed
in the  Company's  jointly  administered  chapter 11 case in the  United  States
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern  District of New York or its last chairman (or
his  designee) to the effect that the  proposed  issuance is fair from a finance
point of view to the  stockholders  of the  Company  issue  to its  stockholders
generally  (i) any  warrant  or other  right to  purchase  any  security  of the
Company,  any  successor  thereto  or any  other  person  or  entity or (ii) any
security of the Company  containing  any such right to purchase,  which warrant,
right or security (a) is  exercisable,  exchangeable  or  convertible,  based or
conditioned  in whole or in part on (I) a change of  control  of the  Company or
(II) the owning or holding of any number or percentage of outstanding  shares or
voting  power or any offer to  acquire  any  number of shares or  percentage  of
voting power by any entity,  individual or group of entities and/or  individuals
or (b) discriminates among holders of the same class of securities (or the class
of securities for which such warrant or right is exercisable or exchangeable) of
the Company or any successor thereto.  The affirmative vote of the holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company
voting  generally  in the  election of  Directors,  voting  together as a single
class, shall be required to repeal the foregoing provisions.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   Fair Price.

     A.  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.
         1. Higher Vote for Certain  Business  Combinations.  In addition to any
     affirmative vote required by law or the Certificate of  Incorporation,  and
     except as otherwise expressly provided in Section B of this Article VII:
              a. any merger or  consolidation  of the Company or any  Subsidiary
         (as  hereinafter  defined)  with  (i) any  Interested  Stockholder  (as
         hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other person (whether or not itself an
         Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation
         would  be, an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of an  Interested
         Stockholder; or
              b. any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
         disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with
         any   Interested   Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
         Stockholder  of any assets of the Company or any  Subsidiary  having an
         aggregate Fair Market Value of $100 million or more; or
              c. the issuance or transfer by the Company or any  Subsidiary  (in
         one transaction or a series of  transactions)  of any securities of the
         Company  or  any  Subsidiary  to  any  Interested  Stockholder  or  any
         Affiliate  of  any   Interested   Stockholder  in  exchange  for  cash,
         securities  or other  property  (or a  combination  thereof)  having an
         aggregate Fair Market Value of $100 million or more; or
              d. the  adoption of any plan or proposal  for the  liquidation  or
         dissolution  of the Company  proposed by or on behalf of an  Interested
         Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or
              e. any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock
         split),  or   recapitalization   of  the  Company,  or  any  merger  or
         consolidation  of the Company with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
         transaction  (whether  or not with or into or  otherwise  involving  an
         Interested  Stockholder) which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,
         of increasing the proportionate  share of the outstanding shares of any
         class  of  equity  or  convertible  securities  of the  Company  or any
         Subsidiary  which is directly  or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
         Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;
shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to
vote  generally  in the  election of  Directors  (the  "Voting  Stock"),  voting
together  as a single  class  (it being  understood  that for  purposes  of this
Article  VII,  each  share of the  Voting  Stock  shall have the number of votes
granted to it pursuant to Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation).  Such
affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be
required,  or  that  a  lesser  percentage  may be  specified,  by law or in any
agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
         2.   Definition   of  "Business   Combination".   The  term   "Business
     Combination" as used in this Article VII shall mean any  transaction  which
     is referred to in any one or more of clauses (a) through (e) of paragraph 1
     of this Section A. B. When Higher Vote is Not Required.  The  provisions of
     Section A of this Article VII shall not be applicable to any particular
Business  Combination,  and such  Business  Combination  shall require only such
affirmative  vote as is required by law and any provision of the  Certificate of
Incorporation,  if all of the  conditions  specified in either of the  following
paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:
         1. Approval by Disinterested  Directors. The Business Combination shall
     have  been  approved  by a  majority  of the  Disinterested  Directors  (as
     hereinafter defined).
         2. Price and Procedure  Requirements.  All of the following  conditions
shall have been met:
              a. The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as
         hereinafter defined) as of the date of the consummation of the Business
         Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be received per share
         by holders of Common  Stock in such  Business  Combination  shall be at
         least equal to the higher of the following:

                                     * 7 *
<PAGE>


                  (i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
              brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
              fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder for any shares of Common
              Stock  acquired by it (a) within the two-year  period  immediately
              prior to the first publication announcement of the proposal of the
              Business  Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date")  or  (b) in the
              transaction   in  which  it  became  an  Interested   Stockholder,
              whichever is higher; and
                  (ii) the Fair  Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the
              Announcement   Date  or  on  the  date  on  which  the  Interested
              Stockholder became an Interested  Stockholder (such latter date is
              referred  to in this  Article  VII as the  "Determination  Date"),
              whichever is higher.
               b. The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as
          of  the  date  of the  consummation  of the  Business  Combination  of
          consideration  other than cash to be received  per share by holders of
          shares of any other  class of  outstanding  Voting  Stock  shall be at
          least equal to the highest of the  following  (it being  intended that
          the requirements of this paragraph 2b shall be required to be met with
          respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the
          Interested  Stockholder  has  previously  acquired  any  shares  of  a
          particular class of Voting Stock):
                  (i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
              brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
              fees) paid by the  Interested  Stockholder  for any shares of such
              class of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it (a)  within  the  two-year
              period  immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date or (b) in the
              transaction   in  which  it  became  an  Interested   Stockholder,
              whichever is higher;
                  (ii) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share
              to which the  holders of shares of such class of Voting  Stock are
              entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
              dissolution or winding up of the Company; and
                  (iii) the Fair Market  Value per share of such class of Voting
              Stock  on the  Announcement  Date  or on the  Determination  Date,
              whichever  is  higher.
              c. The  consideration  to  be received by holders of a  particular
         class of outstanding  Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in
         cash or in the same form  as the Interested  Stockholder has previously
         paid for  shares  of any  class  of  Voting  Stock.  If the  Interested
         Stockholder  has paid for  shares of  any class of  Voting  Stock  with
         varying forms of  consideration,  the form  of  consideration  for such
         class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or  the form used to acquire
         the largest number of shares of such Class  of Voting Stock  previously
         acquired by it. The price  determined in  accordance with paragraphs 2a
         and 2b of this Section B shall be subject to  appropriate adjustment in
         the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination  of shares or
         similar event.
              d.  After such  Interested  Stockholder  has become an  Interested
         Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:
         (i) except as approved by a majority  of the  Disinterested  Directors,
         there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date
         therefor any full quarterly  dividends  (whether or not  cumulative) on
         the  outstanding  Preferred  Stock;  (ii) there  shall have been (a) no
         reduction  in the annual  rate of  dividends  paid on the Common  Stock
         (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision  of the Common Stock),
         except as approved by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors,  and
         (b) an  increase  in such  annual rate of  dividends  as  necessary  to
         reflect  any  reclassification  (including  any reverse  stock  split),
         recapitalization,  reorganization or any similar  transaction which has
         the effect of reducing the number of  outstanding  shares of the Common
         Stock unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by
         a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors;  and (iii) such Interested
         Stockholder   shall  have  not  become  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
         additional  shares of Voting  Stock  except as part of the  transaction
         which  results in such  Interested  Stockholder  becoming an Interested
         Stockholder.
              e.  After such  Interested  Stockholder  has become an  Interested
         Stockholder,  such Interested  Stockholder  shall not have received the
         benefit,   directly  or  indirectly   (except   proportionately   as  a
         stockholder),  of any  loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other
         financial  assistance  or any  tax  credits  or  other  tax  advantages
         provided by the Company,  whether in  anticipation  of or in connection
         with such Business Combination or otherwise.
              f. A  proxy  or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed
         Business  Combination  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the
         Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  the  rules  and  regulations
         thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or
         regulations)  shall be mailed to public  stockholders of the Company at
         least 30 days prior to the  consummation  of such Business  Combination
         (whether or not such proxy or  information  statement is required to be
         mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).
     C. Vote  Required for Certain Stock  Repurchases.  In addition to any other
requirement of the Certificate of  Incorporation,  the  affirmative  vote of the
holders  of  at  least  50%  of  the  Voting  Stock  (other  than  Voting  Stock
beneficially owned by a Selling Stockholder (as hereinafter defined)),  shall be
required before the Company purchases any outstanding  shares of Common Stock at
a price above the Market Price (as  hereinafter  defined) from a person actually
known by the Company to be a Selling Stockholder, unless the purchase is made by
the Company (a) on the same terms and as a result of an offer made  generally to
all holders of Common Stock or (b) pursuant to statutory appraisal rights.

                                     * 8 *
<PAGE>


     D.  Certain Definitions. For the purpose of this Article VII:
         1.  A "person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  corporation or other
     entity.
         2.  "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean  any person  (other  than the
     Company or any Subsidiary) who or which:
               a. is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of more than
          20% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or
               b. is an  Affiliate  of the  Company  and at any time  within the
          two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the
          beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the voting
          power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or
               c. is an assignee of or has otherwise  succeeded to any shares of
          Voting  Stock  which  were at any  time  within  the  two-year  period
          immediately  prior to the date in question  beneficially  owned by any
          Interested  Stockholder,  if such assignment or succession  shall have
          occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions  not
          involving a public  offering  within the meaning of the Securities Act
          of 1933.
          3.  A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:
               a. which such person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  (as
          hereinafter defined) beneficially owns directly or indirectly; or
               b. which such person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  has
          (i)  the  right  to  acquire   (whether  such  right  is   exercisable
          immediately  or only  after  the  passage  of time),  pursuant  to any
          agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  or upon  the  exercise  of
          conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise,
          or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
          understanding; or
               c. which are beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any
          other  person  with  which  such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.
          4. For the purposes of  determining  whether a person is an Interested
     Stockholder pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Section D, the number of shares
     of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned
     through  application of paragraph 3 of this Section D but shall not include
     any  other  shares  which  may  be  issuable  pursuant  to  any  agreement,
     arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon  exercise  of  conversion  rights,
     warrants or options, or otherwise.
          5.  "Affiliate"  or  "Associate"  shall have the  respective  meanings
     ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General  Rules and  Regulations
     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on January 1, 1988.
          6. "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class
     of equity  security  is owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  Company;
     provided,  however,  that for the purposes of the  definition of Interested
     Stockholder  set  forth  in  paragraph  2  of  this  Section  D,  the  term
     "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each
     class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.
          7. "Disinterested Director" means any member of the Board of Directors
     who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the
     Board of Directors prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became
     an Interested  Stockholder,  and any successor of a Disinterested  Director
     who is unaffiliated  with the Interested  Stockholder and is recommended to
     succeed a Disinterested  Director by a majority of Disinterested  Directors
     then on the Board of Directors.
          8. "Fair Market Value" means (a) in the case of the stock, the highest
     closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately  preceding the date
     in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for the New York
     Stock  Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or,  if such  stock is not  listed on such
     Exchange,  on the principal United States  securities  exchange  registered
     under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed,
     or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange,  the highest  closing
     bid  quotation  with  respect  to a share of such  stock  during the 30-day
     period  preceding  the date in  question  on the  National  Association  of
     Securities Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in
     use, or if no such  quotations are available,  the fair market value on the
     date in  question  of a share of such stock as  determined  by the Board of
     Directors in good faith; and (b) in the case of property other than cash or
     stock,  the fair market  value of such  property on the date in question as
     determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.
          9.  "Selling  Stockholder"  means  any  person  who  or  which  is the
     beneficial owner of in the aggregate more than 1% of the outstanding shares
     of Common Stock and who or which has purchased or agreed to purchase any of
     such  shares  within  the most  recent  two-year  period  and who  sells or
     proposes to sell Common Stock in a transaction  requiring  the  affirmative
     vote provided for in Section C of this Article VII.
          10.  "Market  Price"  means the  highest  sale  price on or during the
     period of five trading days immediately preceding the date in question of a
     share  of  such   stock  on  the   Composite   Tape  for  New  York   Stock
     Exchange-Listed Stock, or if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape
     on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  or, if such  stock is not listed on such
     Exchange,  on the principal United States  securities  exchange  registered
     under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed,
     or, if such stock is not listed on any such

                                     * 9 *

<PAGE>


     exchange,  the highest  closing bid  quotation  with  respect to a share of
     stock on or during the period of five  trading days  immediately  preceding
     the date in question on the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,
     Inc.  Automated  Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such
     quotations are available,  the fair market value on the date in question of
     a share of such  stock as  determined  by a majority  of the  Disinterested
     Directors.

     E. Powers of the Board of Directors. A majority of the Directors shall have
the power and duty to  determine  for the  purposes of this  Article VII, on the
basis of  information  known to them after  reasonable  inquiry,  (1)  whether a
person is an  Interested  Stockholder,  (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person,  (3)  whether  a person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of  another,  (4)  whether  the assets  which are the  subject of any
Business  Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance
or  transfer of  securities  by the Company or any  Subsidiary  in any  Business
Combination  has, an  aggregate  Fair Market  Value of $100  million or more.  A
majority of the  Directors  shall have the further power to interpret all of the
terms and provisions of this Article VII.
     F. No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested  Stockholders.  Nothing
contained  in this  Article VII shall be  construed  to relieve  any  Interested
Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
     G. Amendment,  Repeal,  etc.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws (and notwithstanding the fact that
a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these  by-laws)  the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least a majority of
then outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company voting generally in the
election of  Directors,  voting  together as a single class shall be required to
repeal the foregoing provisions of this Article VII.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                                      Seal.

     The seal of the Company  shall be in circular form  containing  the name of
the Company around the margin,  with a five pointed star in the center embodying
a capital "T".

                                   ARTICLE IX.
                               By-Law Amendments.

     Subject  to the  provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  these
by-laws  may be  altered,  amended or  repealed  at any  regular  meeting of the
stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that purpose) by
a majority vote of the shares  represented and entitled to vote at such meeting;
provided that in the notice of such special meeting notice of such purpose shall
be given.  Subject  to the laws of the State of  Delaware,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and these by-laws,  the Board of Directors may by majority vote of
those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present  amend these  by-laws,
or enact  such other  by-laws  as in their  judgment  may be  advisable  for the
regulation of the conduct of the affairs of the Company.



                                     * 10 *

                                                              EXHIBIT 10(iii)(a)


                                     FORM OF
                               SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

         THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is entered into on December 17,
1998 by and between TEXACO INC.  ("Company"),  its  subsidiaries  and affiliates
(The Company,  its  subsidiaries  and affiliates  shall be referred to herein as
"Texaco"), and ______________________________________ ("Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the Company  believes  that it is in the best interest of the
Company and its  stockholders  to encourage  the  continuous  employment  of key
management;

         WHEREAS,  the Company believes that in the event of a Change of Control
of the Company,  as defined herein,  ("Change of Control") its executives should
remain free of personal  financial and  employment  uncertainty  and continue to
assess each  business  proposition  on its merits  based on what is best for the
Company's stockholders.

         WHEREAS,   although  a  change  of  control  in  the   Company  is  not
contemplated,  the Company has determined that appropriate steps should be taken
to encourage continued dedication of its key management employees.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration the Employee and
the Company agree as follows:

         1.   Term of Agreement.  The term  of this  Agreement  shall  commence
              on the date first set forth  above  and shall  continue  in effect
              through December 31, 2001;  provided  however,  on January 1, 2000
              and each January 1 thereafter  the term  of this  Agreement  shall
              automatically be extended for an  additional one-year term, unless
              the  Company's   Board  of   Directors   ("Board")   agree  by  an
              affirmative vote not to extend the  agreement;  provided  further,
              that if there is a Change of  Control  prior to the  expiration of
              any  original  or  extended   term,  this  Agreement  may  not  be
              terminated  and shall  remain in  full  force  and  effect  for 36
              months  beyond the month in  which  such  Change in Control of the
              Company  occurred;   provided  further  that  the  term  of   this
              Agreement  shall  automatically  expire upon the first day  of the
              month immediately following the Employee's 65th birthday.

         2.  Change  of  Control.  A Change of  Control  is  considered  to have
             occurred if:

              (a) At any time  during the period of two  consecutive  years,  at
                  least a  majority  of the  entire  Board  does not  consist of
                  Incumbent  Directors;   (Incumbent  Directors  is  defined  as
                  individuals who were directors of the Company at the beginning
                  of this two-year period or who  subsequently  become directors
                  of the Company and whose  election or nomination  for election
                  by the  Company's  stockholders  was approved by a vote of the
                  majority of the "Incumbent Directors.")

              (b) At any time during any 12-month period the individuals who are
                  directors  of the  Company at the  beginning  of the  12-month
                  period  cease to


<PAGE>
                                       2

                  constitute  at  least  a majority  of the Board other than due
                  to death, disability or mandatory retirement; or

              (c) Any  individual,  firm,  corporation,  partnership,  or  other
                  entity,  other than the Company,  employee benefit plan of the
                  Company, or any entity organized,  appointed or established by
                  the Company,  becomes a Beneficial  Owner of securities of the
                  Company  representing 25% or more of the combined voting power
                  of the then outstanding securities of the Company; or

              (d) The shareholders of the Company,  determined prior to a merger
                  or corporate combination, do not own 55% or more of the merged
                  or combined entity.

              3. Eligibility.  The Employee will be entitled to the benefits set
                 forth in this  Agreement  from the date of first  contact  by a
                 party, or a party's  representative,  with Texaco which results
                 in a Change of Control  involving  that party or its affiliate,
                 as may be  disclosed  in Form 14d-1  filed with the  Securities
                 Exchange  Commission  and up to 36  months  after a  Change  of
                 Control of the Company, either of the following occurs:

              (a) The  Employee's  employment is terminated  without Just Cause.
                  Termination   for  Just  Cause   means  that  the   Employee's
                  employment  with Texaco is  terminated  due to the  Employee's
                  engaging  in  willful  and  continued  misconduct,  or to  the
                  Employee's  willful  and  continued  failure to  substantially
                  perform  his or her  duties  with  Texaco  (other  than due to
                  physical or mental disability, illness, etc.), if such failure
                  or misconduct is materially damaging or materially detrimental
                  to the business and  operations  of Texaco,  provided that the
                  Employee shall have received written notice of such failure or
                  misconduct  and shall have continued to engage in such failure
                  or misconduct after thirty (30) days following receipt of such
                  notice from the Board,  which notice  specifically  identifies
                  the manner in which the Board  believes  that the Employee has
                  engaged in such  failure or  misconduct.  For purposes of this
                  subsection,  no act, or failure to act, on the employee's part
                  shall be deemed willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by
                  the Employee not in good faith and without  reasonable  belief
                  that  the  Employee's  action  or  omission  was in  the  best
                  interest  of  Texaco.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the
                  Employee shall not be deemed to have been  terminated for Just
                  Cause under this  Agreement  unless and until there shall have
                  been  delivered to the  Employee a copy of a  resolution  duly
                  adopted   by  the   affirmative   vote   of  not   less   than
                  three-quarters  (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board at
                  a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after
                  reasonable  notice to the Employee and an opportunity  for the
                  Employee, together with his or her counsel, to be heard before
                  the  Board),  finding  that in the good  faith  opinion of the
                  Board the Employee failed to substantially  perform his or her
                  duties or of misconduct in accordance  with the first sentence
                  of  this  subsection,   and  of  continuing  such  failure  to
                  substantially  perform the
<PAGE>
                                        3

                  Employee's  duties  or  misconduct  as aforesaid  after notice
                  from the Board,  and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof in
                  detail; or

              (b) The  Employee  resigns for Good Reason.  The Employee  will be
                  deemed to resign for Good Reason if he or she  resigns  within
                  60 days after:

                  (i)      a reduction in the Employee's Base Pay (as defined in
                           Section 4);

                  (ii)     a reduction in the Employee's cash bonus in excess of
                           20% of the prior year's award  (unless the  reduction
                           is due to Texaco's  performance  under the  objective
                           measurements  of the Company's  Incentive  Bonus Plan
                           effective immediately before the Change of Control or
                           under  the  objective  measurements  of an  incentive
                           compensation   program   with   target   bonuses  and
                           performance  goals  comparable to and not  materially
                           less  favorable to the Employee  than the targets and
                           goals described in the Company's Incentive Bonus Plan
                           in existence prior to the Change in Control);

                  (iii)    the  assignment of any duties  inconsistent  with the
                           position in Texaco that the Employee held immediately
                           prior  to the  Change  of  Control  or a  significant
                           adverse  alteration  in the  nature  or status of the
                           Employee's    responsibilities    or   condition   of
                           employment from those in effect  immediately prior to
                           such Change of Control;

                  (iv)     the  failure  of Texaco  to  continue  in effect  any
                           material  compensation  or benefit  plan in which the
                           Employee participated immediately prior to the Change
                           of Control, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied
                           in an ongoing  substitute or alternate plan) has been
                           made with  respect  to such plan,  or the  failure by
                           Texaco  to  continue  the  Employee's   participation
                           therein (or in such  substitute or alternative  plan)
                           on a basis not  materially  less  favorable,  both in
                           terms of the  amount  of  benefits  provided  and the
                           level of the  Employee's  participation  relative  to
                           other participants, as that which existed at the time
                           of the Change of  Control,  unless any such change is
                           independently   justified   based   on   peer   group
                           practices; or

                  (v)      being  required to relocate to a work location  which
                           is 50 or more miles from the  Employee's  former work
                           location, without the Employee's consent.

              4.  Severance  Benefits.  If there is a Change of Control  and the
                  Employee is terminated, within the period described in Section
                  3 above,  without Just Cause or resigns for Good  Reason,  the
                  Employee  shall  receive a cash  payment,  except as otherwise
                  provided herein, equal to the following:

              (a) Thirty-six months' Base Pay, which shall mean the monthly base
                  salary in effect  immediately before the Change of Control or,
                  if greater, the base
<PAGE>

                                       4

                  salary  during  the  year  immediately  before the  Employee's
                  termination  without  Just  Cause  or  resignation  for   Good
                  Reason; plus

              (b) three times the highest  cash bonus  earned by the Employee in
                  any of the five years  preceding  the  Employee's  termination
                  date (If the Employee has not yet earned a Company bonus prior
                  to the Change of Control,  then the  Employee's  target  bonus
                  shall be used in this regard); plus

              (c) three times the annual value of benefits  earned or accrued by
                  the Employee as a result of the  Employee's  participation  in
                  the  following  plans  immediately  preceding  the  Change  of
                  Control or immediately  preceding the Employee's  resignation,
                  whichever is greater:

                      (1)  In  lieu  of  additional  service  credit  under  the
                           Retirement  and  Supplemental  Plans,  a cash payment
                           equal to 10% of the amounts determined under 4(a) and
                           4(b) above; plus

                      (2)  In lieu of additional  contributions  to  the  Thrift
                           and  Supplemental  Plans, a cash payment equal to 6%
                           of  the amounts determined under 4(a) above; plus

                      (3)  If Employee is not eligible to receive a full Company
                           contribution under (d) below, a cash payment equal to
                           the annual Company  contribution  that is not payable
                           by the Company under (d) to the Texaco  Comprehensive
                           Medical Plan (or alternate  sponsored medical plan or
                           HMO) for the Employee's elected coverage option.

              (d) Retiree medical coverage under the  Company-sponsored  medical
                  plan  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of  such  plan
                  immediately  prior  to the  Change  of  Control  as  you  have
                  attained  age 45 and have at least  10 years of  service.  The
                  full  Company  portion  of the  premium  will  be  paid by the
                  Company, if the Employee has 20 or more years of service.  The
                  Company contribution will be pro-rated downward by 5% per year
                  between 10 and 20 years at termination of employment. In order
                  to qualify for retiree  coverage,  the Employee must have been
                  covered  under a  Company-sponsored  medical plan  immediately
                  prior  to the  Change  of  Control  or  immediately  prior  to
                  termination  of  employment.  If Employee is not  eligible for
                  retiree medical, she can participate in the  Company-sponsored
                  medical  plan at her own expense for three years from the date
                  of termination (inclusive of COBRA coverage); and

              (e) As  Employee  has  reached age 45 and has at least 10 years of
                  service, Employee will receive retiree life insurance coverage
                  under the  Company-sponsored  life  insurance plan pursuant to
                  the terms and conditions of such plan immediately prior to the
                  Change of Control.  The full amount of insurance  will be paid
                  by  the  Company  if the  Employee  has 20 or  more  years  of
                  service.  Coverage  will be reduced 5% per year for  employees
                  who have between 10 and 20 years of service  upon  termination
                  of
<PAGE>
                                       5

                  employment.  In  order  to qualify for retiree life  insurance
                  the Employee  must  have  participated  in  contributory  life
                  insurance  coverage  immediately  prior  to  the  date of  the
                  Change of Control  or  immediately  prior  to  termination  of
                  employment.

              (f) Outplacement   services   with    a    nationally   recognized
                  outplacement firm, with a cost not to exceed $15,000, plus

              (g) Continued  participation  under the terms and practices of the
                  Company's Tax  Assistance  Plan for the year of termination or
                  resignation and three calendar years immediately following.

              Notwithstanding  the above, if the Employee is within 36 months of
              attaining  age 65 at the  time of  termination  of  employment  or
              resignation, the benefits described in (a) through (c) above shall
              be reduced by multiplying  such benefit  amounts by a fraction the
              numerator of which shall be the number of full and partial  months
              from the date the Employee  terminates  employment to the last day
              of the month he or she turns age 65, and the  denominator of which
              shall be 36 months.

         5.  Release.  Employee  will not be asked to sign a release in order to
             receive the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         6.   Payment of Benefits.  The  Severance  Benefits  provided for under
              Section 4(a), (b) and (c) of this  Agreement,  less applicable tax
              withholding,  shall be paid by the  Company to the  Employee  in a
              lump sum within 10 business days after termination or resignation.

         7.   Gross-up.  This section will apply in the event that the Employee,
              or any of his beneficiaries or designees,  receives payments under
              this  Agreement or under any other plan,  agreement,  program,  or
              policy that is sponsored by the Company,  which are determined (as
              described  below)  to be  subject  to excise  tax  under  Internal
              Revenue Code (IRC) section 4999 ("excess parachute payments").

              (a) If it is determined  that the Employee would be subject to the
                  excise  tax noted above on such excess parachute payments, the
                  Company  shall pay to the  Employee  within 10 days  following
                  such determination or date of payment, if later, an additional
                  amount   ("Gross-up   Payment")  which  may  be  necessary  to
                  reimburse  the  Employee  on  an  after-tax  basis  (including
                  income,  FICA and excise taxes) for any excise tax that may be
                  imposed  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or a court.  Such
                  determination  of the existence of excess  parachute  payments
                  must be made either pursuant to a written determination by the
                  public  accounting  firm  designated by the Company to provide
                  tax assistance  service under the Tax Assistance Plan prior to
                  the  Change  of  Control  or  such  other   party  as  may  be
                  specifically  designated by the Company prior to the Change of
                  Control,  pursuant  to a  closing  agreement  made  under  IRC
                  Section  7121 that is  approved  by the IRS and  involves  the
                  Employee,  or pursuant to a decision involving the
<PAGE>
                                       6

                  Employee   by   a   court  of   competent   jurisdiction.   In
                  calculating  the  amount of the Gross-up Payment,  it shall be
                  assumed  that  the Employee  pays state and local income taxes
                  at  the   highest  marginal  rate of  taxation  imposed by the
                  state and  locality  in  which  the  Employee  resides  or  is
                  employed  (or  both)  in  the  calendar  year  in   which  the
                  Gross-up  Payment is to be made and pays FICA taxes  on  wages
                  earned.  It also shall be assumed that  the  Employee's income
                  tax rate will be computed  based  upon  the maximum  effective
                  marginal   federal,   state,  and   local   income  tax  rates
                  (including  FICA taxes) on earned income,  with  such  maximum
                  effective  federal  rate to be  computed  with regard  to  IRC
                  section 68, and  applying any  available  deduction  of  state
                  and local income taxes for federal income  tax  purposes.  All
                  such  calculations  shall be made  by  the  public  accounting
                  firm or party  specified  in  this  Section  in  an  equitable
                  manner.

              (b) Notwithstanding  any other  provision in this Agreement to the
                  contrary,  if it is determined  by the  Company's  independent
                  auditors,  elected by the shareholders  prior to the Change of
                  Control,  that the tax gross-up  provisions in this section as
                  they relate to the accelerated  vesting of nonqualified  stock
                  options or restricted stock issued by the Company would be the
                  sole reason  precluding  the use by the Company of the pooling
                  of  interests  method  of  accounting,  then the tax  gross-up
                  provisions   of  this   section   shall   not  apply  to  such
                  nonqualified stock options or restricted stock as the case may
                  be,  unless the gross-up  payment as  described  herein can be
                  altered,  modified  or delayed to allow it to be paid  without
                  precluding  the  use of the  pooling  of  interest  method  of
                  accounting.  The  Company  will  make best  efforts  to alter,
                  modify, or delay the payment so that the gross-up can be made.

         8.    Benefits under  this  Agreement  and  Similar  Plans.   Severance
               Benefits under  this  Agreement  are  made in  lieu of and  shall
               replace any benefit entitlements under the Separation Pay Plan of
               Texaco  Inc. but are not  intended to replace  benefits  provided
               under any other plan or arrangement.

         9.    Grantor Trust.  Severance  Benefits under this Agreement shall be
               secured by the Grantor Trust established by the Company.

         10.   Successors.  This  Agreement  will  be   binding  upon  both  the
               Company's  and  Employee's  successors  and assigns.  The Company
               shall  require any  successor  (whether  direct or  indirect,  by
               purchase,   merger,   consolidation   or  otherwise)  to  all  or
               substantially  all of the  business  assets  of  the  Company  to
               expressly  assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
               manner and to the same extent that the Company  would be required
               to perform it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of
               the Company to obtain such  assumption and agreement prior to the
               effectiveness  of any such  succession  shall be  deemed  to be a
               material  breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee
               to  compensation  from the  Company in the same amount and on the
               same terms as the  Employee  would be entitled to hereunder if he
               or she terminates  employment  following a Change of Control. For
               purposes of  implementing  the  foregoing,  the date on which any
               such  succession  becomes
<PAGE>
                                       7

               effective  shall be deemed  the Date of  Termination.  As used in
               this Agreement,  "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore
               defined  and any  successor  to its  business  and/or  assets  as
               aforesaid  which assumes and agrees to perform this  Agreement by
               operation of law, or otherwise.

         11.   Enforceability.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
               be   enforceable   by   the   Employee's    personal   or   legal
               representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors, heirs,
               distributees,  devisees and legatees.  If the Employee should die
               while any amount is still  payable  hereunder,  all such amounts,
               unless  otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance
               with  the  terms of this  Agreement  to the  Employee's  devisee,
               legatees or other designee or, if there is no such  designee,  to
               his or her estate.

         12.  Notice.  For the purpose of this Agreement,  notices and all other
              communications  provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing
              and shall be deemed to have been  duly  given  when  delivered  or
              mailed by United  States  registered  or  certified  mail,  return
              receipt requested postage prepaid, addressed to the Company or the
              Employee,  as the case may be. All notices to the Company shall be
              directed  to  the   Assistant   Secretary   of  the  Company  with
              responsibility for executive compensation at:

                                    Texaco Inc.
                                    2000 Westchester Avenue
                                    White Plains, New York 10650
                                    Attn.: Executive Compensation Department

              Notices to the Employee shall be directed to the Employee at:



              Notices of address changes must be furnished to the other party in
              writing in  accordance  herewith and shall be effective  only upon
              receipt by the other party.

         13.  Interpretation.  Any issues with respect to the  interpretation of
              this  Agreement  upon  the  occurrence  of a  Change  of  Control,
              including  but not  limited to the issue of  eligibility,  will be
              determined  by majority  vote of the Change of Control  Committee.
              The Change of Control  Committee  is a  committee  composed of all
              individuals who held the offices of Chief Executive Officer, Chief
              Financial Officer and the Assistant  Secretary of the Company with
              responsibility  for executive  compensation at any time during the
              12-month  period  immediately  before the Change of  Control.  The
              decisions  reached by the Change of Control Committee with respect
              to all issues and  questions  relative to this  Agreement  will be
              final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

         14.  Miscellaneous.  No  provision of this  Agreement  may be modified,
              waived,  cancelled  or  discharged  in any way unless such waiver,
              modification,
<PAGE>


              cancellation  or  discharge  is agreed to in writing and signed by
              the Employee and a  duly authorized officer of the Company.

         15.  Indemnification. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees
              and  expenses  incurred  by the  Employee  in seeking to obtain or
              enforce  any  rights  or  benefits  provided  by  this  Agreement,
              including,   all   reasonable   attorney's   fees  and   expenses,
              accountant's  fees  and  expenses,  and  court  costs  that may be
              incurred  by the  Employee  in  pursuing  a claim for  payment  of
              benefits  under  this  Agreement,  unless  a  Court  of  competent
              jurisdiction  determines that the participant's cause of action is
              frivolous.

         16.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is adjudged by a
              court of competent  jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable,  the
              same shall in no way affect any other  provision of this Agreement
              or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

         17.  Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be   executed  in  several
              counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of
              which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
             accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
         executed by a duly authorized officer, and the Employee has signed this
         Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                            TEXACO INC.


                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Peter I. Bijur
                               Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer




                               -------------------------------------------------
                               Employee




         Attest:



         Stephen Pennacchio
         Assistant Secretary

                                                              EXHIBIT 10(iii)(b)







December 30, 1997


Mr. John J. O'Connor

Dear John:

We are delighted that you are joining us at Texaco Inc. ("Texaco").  This letter
sets  forth  terms  and  conditions  which  you and  Texaco  have  agreed  to in
connection with your employment by Texaco.

1.  Term of Employment.

Your  employment  under this  Agreement  shall be effective  January 1, 1998 and
shall   continue   until   terminated  in  accordance   with  Section  4  below.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  your continuous  service date for the following
Texaco benefit plans: Vacation, Short Term Disability,  Long Term Disability and
Separation Pay will be January 1, 1978.

2.  Duties and Responsibilities.

(a)      Texaco will employ you  initially as Senior Vice  President & President
         of Worldwide  Exploration &  Production.  In such  capacity,  you shall
         perform the customary duties and have the customary responsibilities of
         such  position in the employ of Texaco and such other  duties as may be
         assigned to you from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or his
         designee.

(b)      You agree to faithfully  serve  Texaco,  devote your full working time,
         attention and energies to the business of Texaco,  its subsidiaries and
         affiliated entities, and perform the duties under this Agreement to the
         best of your abilities.  You may also perform inconsequential  services
         without  direct  compensation  in connection  with  charitable or civic
         organizations.

(c)      You  agree  (i)  to  comply  with  all  applicable   laws,   rules  and
         regulations,   and  all  requirements  of  all  applicable  regulatory,
         self-regulatory,   and  administrative  bodies;  (ii)  to  comply  with
         Texaco's rules, procedures, policies, requirements, and directions; and
         (iii) not to engage in any other  business  or  employment  without the
         written  consent of Texaco  except as otherwise  specifically  provided
         herein.

3.   Compensation and Benefits.

(a)      Base  Salary.  Texaco will pay you a base salary at the initial  annual
         rate of  $450,000  per year ("Base  Salary"),  which will be payable in
         accordance  with  Texaco's  standard  practice  for  elected  officers.
         Thereafter,  modifications,  if  any,  to  your  Base  Salary  will  be
         determined by the

<PAGE>

         Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  or any body or
         person  authorized  to do  so, at such  times and in such  manner as is
         consistent with  Texaco's standard practice for elected officers.

(b)      Benefit  Plans  and  Fringe  Benefits.  Except  as  otherwise  provided

         herein,  during  your employment with Texaco,  you shall participate in
         each  of  Texaco's  existing  executive  and  employee  benefit  plans,
         policies  or  arrangements  pursuant  to  their  terms,  including  the
         Relocation Plan when  you decide to move your family from Virginia, and
         any  such plans,  policies or arrangements  that Texaco may maintain or
         establish  during  your  period  of  employment  (in  addition to or in
         substitution for any existing plan) and  to receive all fringe benefits
         for which your position  grade makes  you eligible in  accordance  with
         Texaco's  usual  policies  and   in  accordance   with  the  terms  and
         provisions  of  each such  plan,  policy,  or  arrangement,  including,
         without  limitation,  those  listed  on  Appendix  A  attached  to this
         Agreement.  Any modifications,  deletions  or additions to any of these
         plans will apply to you  as they  apply to all  executives  in the same
         position grade as you.

(c)      Expense Reimbursement. Texaco shall promptly pay, or reimburse you for,
         all reasonable and necessary  business  expenses incurred by you in the
         performance  of your  duties  hereunder,  provided  that  you  properly
         account  for them in  accordance  with  Texaco's  standard  policy  for
         officers.

(d)      Stock Incentive Plan.  Texaco believes  that ownership  of  the  common

         stock   by   officers   and    other   employees   having   substantial
         responsibilities  as  to  the  conduct  and   development  of  Texaco's
         business  is  important  for the welfare of  the  stockholders.  Texaco
         common stock provides  officers and  other employees with: an alignment
         with the interests of stockholders;  and a significant incentive to use
         their best efforts for Texaco's  long-term success. Accordingly, on the
         date of your employment,  you will be granted  37,996 Stock Options and
         5,428 Performance  Restricted Shares.  These options and shares will be
         subject to the terms and conditions of  the Stock Incentive Plan and an
         agreement  to that  effect  will  be  executed  by you  and  Texaco  to
         evidence this grant.

4.  Termination of Employment.

Your employment hereunder may be terminated under the following circumstances:

(a)      Death or Total  Disability.  Your employment  hereunder shall terminate
         upon your death or your becoming Totally Disabled. For purposes of this
         Agreement,  you shall be "Totally  Disabled"  as of the date you become
         entitled  to  receive  disability  benefits  under  Texaco's  long-term
         disability plan.

(b)      Termination by Texaco for Cause.  Texaco may terminate your  employment
         hereunder for "Cause" at any time by providing written notice to you.

         (i) For purposes of this Agreement,  the term "Cause" shall mean any of
             the following:

                  (A)      the   transfer  by  you  of   confidential   business
                           information  of  any  type  concerning  Texaco  to  a
                           competitor of Texaco for compensation;

                                     - 2 -

<PAGE>

                  (B)      commission  of an act by you in the  course  of  your
                           employment with Texaco which constitutes  dishonesty,
                           or  conduct  adverse  to the  best  interests  of the
                           Company  or  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,   or
                           conduct in  violation  of  Company  policy and causes
                           material harm to Texaco;

                  (C)      any   conduct   for  which  you  are   convicted   of
                           intentionally   and  knowingly   committing  a  crime
                           against  Texaco  under  federal law or the law of the
                           state in which such action occurred;

                  (D)      conviction of a crime (including conviction on a nolo
                           contendere plea) involving a felony;

                  (E)      deliberate   and   continual   refusal   to   perform
                           employment duties  reasonably  requested by Texaco or
                           an affiliate  after thirty (30) days' written  notice
                           by  certified   mail  of  such  failure  to  perform,
                           specifying that the failure  constitutes Cause (other
                           than as a result of  vacation,  sickness,  illness or
                           injury);

                  (F)      fraud or  embezzlement  determined in accordance with
                           Texaco's normal, internal audit procedures;

                  (G)      gross  misconduct  or gross  negligence in connection
                           with the  business of Texaco or any  affiliate  which
                           has substantial effect on Texaco or the affiliate; or

                  (H)      breach of any of the covenants  set  forth in Section
                           6 below.

         (ii)     You will be  considered to have been  terminated  for Cause if
                  Texaco  determines  that you  engaged  in an act  constituting
                  Cause.  Any  such  determination  shall  be made by the  Chief
                  Executive Officer.

(c)      Termination  by  Texaco  without  Cause.   Texaco  may  terminate  your
         employment  hereunder  without Cause at any time after providing thirty
         (30) days written notice to you.

(d)      Voluntary Termination by You. You may terminate employment hereunder at
         any time after providing thirty (30) days written notice to Texaco.

5.  Compensation Following Termination of Employment.

(a)      Upon termination of employment for any reason, you (or your beneficiary
         or estate,  as the case may be) will be  entitled  to  receive  (i) any
         accrued  but unpaid Base  Salary for  services  rendered to the date of
         termination as determined  pursuant to Section 3(a),  (ii) any incurred
         but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 3(c),
         and (iii) any vacation  accrued but unused to the date of  termination.
         The benefits to which you may be entitled upon termination  pursuant to
         the plans,  policies,  and  arrangements  referred  to in Section  3(b)
         hereof shall be  determined  and paid in  accordance  with the terms of
         such plans, policies, and arrangements.

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>


(b)      Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  or under the terms of
         any incentive  compensation,  employee benefit,  or fringe benefit plan
         applicable to you at the time of your  termination  or  resignation  of
         employment,  you shall have no right to receive any other compensation,
         or to  participate  in any other plan,  arrangement  or  benefit,  with
         respect to future periods after such termination or resignation.

Texaco shall have the right to discontinue  any or all remaining  payment and/or
benefits if Texaco  determines  that there were actions on your part which would
have warranted termination for Cause under this Agreement.

6.  Restrictive Covenants.

(a)      Protected  Information.  You recognize and acknowledge  that you will 

         have  access   to  various  confidential  or  proprietary   information
         concerning Texaco  and entities affiliated with Texaco of a special and
         unique  value which  may  include,  without  limitation,  (i) books and
         records relating to  operation,  finance, accounting,  sales, personnel
         and  management,  (ii) policies  and matters  relating  particularly to
         operations  such  as  exploration   and  producing,   customer  service
         requirements,  costs of  providing  service and  equipment,  operating
         costs  and  pricing  matters,  and  (iii)  various  trade  or  business
         secrets,  including  business  opportunities,  marketing  or  business
         diversification  plans,  business  development and  bidding techniques,
         methods and processes, financial data and  the like (collectively,  the
         "Protected  Information").  You  therefore  covenant and agree that you
         will not at any time,  either  while  employed by Texaco or afterwards,
         knowingly make any  independent  use  of, or knowingly  disclose to any
         other person or  organization  (except as authorized by Texaco)  any of
         the Protected Information.

(b)      Competitive  Activity.  You covenant and agree that at all times during
         your  period of  employment  with  Texaco,  you will not,  directly  or
         indirectly,   engage  in,  assist,  or  have  any  active  interest  or
         involvement  [whether  as an  employee,  agent,  consultant,  creditor,
         advisor, officer, director, stockholder (excluding holding of less than
         1% of the stock of a public company),  partner,  proprietor or any type
         of principal whatsoever] in any person, firm, or business entity which,
         directly  or  indirectly,  is  engaged  in the  same  business  as that
         conducted and carried on by Texaco,  without Texaco's  specific written
         consent to do so.

(c)      Non-Solicitation.  You  covenant  and  agree  that for a  period of one

         year  following  termination of employment for any reason, you will not
         directly  or indirectly  (i) induce any suppliers  and/or  customers of
         Texaco or  corporations  affiliated with Texaco to provide  services to
         or patronize  any  similar  business  which  competes with any material
         business  of  Texaco;  (ii)  canvass,  solicit  or accept  any  similar
         business from any supplier  and/or  customer  of Texaco or corporations
         affiliated with Texaco; (iii) directly  or indirectly request or advise
         any  customers  of  Texaco or  corporations  affiliated  with Texaco to
         withdraw,  curtail or  cancel their business with Texaco; (iv) directly
         or indirectly  disclose  to any other person,  firm or corporation  the
          names or addresses of any of the suppliers  and/or customers of Texaco
         or corporations  affiliated  with Texaco; or (v) directly or indirectly
         solicit  or induce or assist  others  in  soliciting  or  inducing  any
         employee of Texaco to terminate his/her employment with Texaco.

                                     - 4 -

<PAGE>

(d)      Non-Disparagement.  You  covenant  and agree that  during the course of
         your  employment  by Texaco or at any time  thereafter,  you shall not,
         directly  or  indirectly,  in public  or  private,  deprecate,  impugn,
         disparage,  or make any remarks written or verbal that would tend to or
         be  construed  to tend  to  defame  Texaco  or any of its  officers  or
         employees,  members of its board of directors or agents,  nor shall you
         assist any other person, firm or company in so doing.

(e)      Return of Documents and Other Materials.  You shall promptly deliver to
         Texaco,  upon termination of your  employment,  or at any other time as
         Texaco may so request,  all customer  lists,  leads and  refunds,  data
         processing programs and documentation, employee information, memoranda,
         notes,  records,   reports,  tapes,  manuals,   drawings,   blueprints,
         programs,  and any other  documents and other materials (and all copies
         thereof)  relating to Texaco's  business  (including but not limited to
         exploration or producing  operations  activities,  etc.) or that of its
         customers,  and all property associated  therewith,  which you may then
         possess or have under your control.

7.  Enforcement of Covenants.

(a)      Termination  of Employment and  Forfeiture of  Compensation.  You agree
         that in the event that Texaco  determines that you have breached any of
         the  covenants  set forth in Section 6 hereof  during your  employment,
         Texaco shall have the right to  terminate  your  employment  for Cause.
         Such termination of employment or  discontinuance  of benefits shall be
         in  addition  to and  shall not  limit  any and all  other  rights  and
         remedies that Texaco may have against you.

(b)      Right to Injunction.  You  acknowledge  that a breach of the covenants 
         set forth  in Section 6 thereof will cause irreparable damage to Texaco
         with  respect  to  which  Texaco's  remedy at law for  damages  will be
         inadequate.  Therefore,  in  the event of breach or anticipatory breach
         of  the  covenants  set forth in this  section  by you,  you and Texaco
         agree that Texaco shall  be entitled to the following  particular forms
         of relief, in  addition to remedies otherwise available to it at law or
         equity: (i) injunctions,  both preliminary and permanent,  enjoining or
         retraining such  breach or  anticipatory  breach and you hereby consent
         to the  issuance  thereof  forthwith  and  without bond by any court of
         competent  jurisdiction;  and (ii)  recovery  of  all  reasonable  sums
         expended and costs,  including reasonable  attorney's fees, incurred by
         Texaco to enforce the covenants set forth in this section.

(c)      Separability of Covenants. The covenants  contained in Section 6 hereof
         constitute  a  series of separate  covenants,  one for each  applicable
         State in  the United  States and the District of Columbia,  and one for
         each applicable  foreign  country.  If  in any judicial  proceeding,  a
         court  shall  hold that any  of the  covenants  set forth in  Section 6
         exceed the time,  geographic,  or occupational limitations permitted by
         applicable  laws, you and Texaco  agree that such provisions  shall and
         are hereby reformed to the  maximum time,  geographic,  or occupational
         limitations  permitted  by such  laws.  Further,  in  the event a court
         shall hold unenforceable any of  the separate covenants deemed included
         herein, then such unenforceable  covenant  or covenants shall be deemed
         eliminated  from the  provisions of this  Agreement  for the purpose of
         such  proceeding  to the  extent  necessary  to  permit  the  remaining
         separate  covenants to be enforced  in such proceeding.  You and Texaco
         further  agree that the covenants in  Section 6 shall each be construed
         as a separate  agreement  independent  of any other  provisions of this
         Agreement,  and

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

         the  existence  o  any claim or cause of action by you against  Texaco
         whether   predicated  on  this  Agreement  or  otherwise,   shall   not
         constitute  a  defense  to the  enforcement  by  Texaco  of any  of the
         covenants of Section 6.

8.  Arbitration of Disputes.

In the event of any dispute or disagreement arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement,  you and Texaco agree to submit any such dispute or disagreement
or arbitration  under the Employment  Dispute  Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration  Association.  The dispute or  disagreement  will be  submitted to a
mutually  agreed upon retired  federal judge,  or failing such  agreement,  to a
retired federal judge appointed by the Chief Judge of the United States District
Court for the Southern  District of New York.  The  arbitration  will be held in
White Plains,  NY. Any decision or award of said  arbitrator  shall be final and
binding on you and Texaco.  Each party will pay its own legal fees and  expenses
for such  arbitration  and share the fees and expenses of the arbitrator  unless
otherwise  allocated by the arbitrator in the decision or award. The above shall
supercede  and be in lieu  of any  other  arbitration  process  provided  by the
Company including "Solutions".

9.  Waiver of Jury Trial.

In the event any  controversy  or claim  arising out of your  employment  or the
termination of your employment is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not
to be subject to final and binding arbitration, you and Texaco agree to try such
claim or controversy  to the Court,  without use of a jury or advisory jury. Any
action  shall be brought in the Supreme  Court,  State of New York,  Westchester
County or in the United  States  District  Court for the South  District  of New
York, White Plains Division.

10.  Non-Disclosure of Agreement Terms.

You agree that you will not  disclose  the terms of this  Agreement to any third
party other than your immediate family,  attorney or accountants,  except as may
be required by law.  In the event  disclosure  is sought from you in response to
any  subpoena,  or other legal  process,  you shall give the company  reasonable
notice under the  circumstances in order to afford the company an opportunity to
evaluate its legal rights and take such action as may be  appropriate to protect
the interests of the company.

11.  Assignment.

Except as otherwise provided in this Section,  this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon Texaco,  its successors  and assigns,  and to you
and your  heirs,  executors,  administrators  and  legal  representatives.  This
Agreement  shall not be assignable by you, and,  without your consent,  shall be
assignable by Texaco only to any corporation or other entity  resulting from the
reorganization,  merger or consolidation of Texaco with any other corporation or
entity  or any  corporation  or  entity to which  Texaco  may sell or  otherwise
dispose or transfer  all or  substantially  all of its business  and/or  assets.
Texaco will require any  successor  (whether  direct or  indirect,  by purchase,
merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business
and/or  assets,  by  agreement  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to you to
expressly  assume and agree to perform this  Agreement in the same manner and to
the  same  extent  that  Texaco  would  be  required  to  perform  it if no such
succession  had taken  place.  As used in this  Agreement,  "Texaco"  shall mean
Texaco and any  successor  to its  business  and/or  assets as

                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>

aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
or  which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the  terms  and  provisions  of this
Agreement by operation of law.


12.  Entire Agreement; Amendment.

This Agreement shall supersede any and all existing  agreements,  understandings
and  arrangements  between  you  and  Texaco  relating  to the  terms  and  your
employment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede or in any
way reduce your right to receive (or Texaco's  obligation to pay) benefits under
any  employee  benefit  plan,  program  or  arrangement  maintained  by  Texaco,
including,  without limitation, those plans, programs and arrangements described
in  Section 3 hereof.  This  Agreement  may not be  amended  except by a written
agreement signed by both parties.

13.  Governing Law and Forum.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York  applicable to agreements made and to be performed in that
State,  without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  Any action regarding
this Agreement or any term or condition of employment or employment action shall
be subject to arbitration as specified in paragraph 9 of this Agreement.

14.  Notices.

Any notice, consent or other communication made or given in connection with this
Agreement  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
delivered  by  United  States  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, to the parties at the following addresses or at such other address as
a party may specify by notice to the other:

                                    To You:

                                    John J. O'Connor
                                    Texaco Inc.
                                    2000 Westchester Avenue
                                    White Plains, NY  10650


                                    To Texaco:

                                    Stephen Pennacchio
                                    Texaco Inc.
                                    2000 Westchester Avenue
                                    White Plains, New York  10650

15.  Miscellaneous.

(a)      The  failure of you or Texaco to insist upon  strict  adherence  to any
         term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver
         thereof or deprive  that party of the right  thereafter  to insist upon
         strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>

(b)      Section  headings are used herein for convenience of reference only and
         shall not affect the meanings of any provision of this Agreement.

(c)      If any  provision of this  Agreement is invalid or  unenforceable,  the
         balance of the Agreement  shall remain in effect,  and if any provision
         is  inapplicable to any  circumstances,  it shall  nevertheless  remain
         applicable to all other circumstances.

Since your  execution of this  Agreement  provides for mandatory  arbitration of
issues arising from your employment or termination of employment  and/or waiving
of the right to a trial by jury, you may have at least  twenty-one  (21) days to
consider its meaning and effect and to determine  whether you wish to enter into
it. During that time,  you are advised to consult with anyone of your  choosing,
including an attorney, prior to executing this Agreement.

If you agree that this letter  accurately sets forth your agreement with Texaco,
please  sign and date each copy of this letter in the space  provided  below and
return one to me.

Once you have signed  this  Agreement,  you may choose to revoke your  execution
within seven (7) days.  Any  revocation of this Agreement must be in writing and
personally  delivered to me, or if mailed,  postmarked  within seven (7) days of
the date upon which it was signed by you. Texaco will not employ you pursuant to
this  Agreement  until  after the  seven  (7) day  period  expires  without  any
revocation by you.


                                   Sincerely,

                                   TEXACO INC.


                                   By:   /s/ Carl B. Davidson
                                      ------------------------------
                                                                     


Accepted and Agreed to this
 5th day of January 1998.


 /s/  John J. O'Connor
- ---------------------------
      John J. O'Connor



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A

                        List of Executive Incentive Plans
                          Section 3(b) of the Agreement





1.    Comprehensive Personal Liability Insurance Program

2.    Tax Assistance Plan

3.    Country Club Membership

4.    Annual Executive Medical Examination

                                                              EXHIBIT 10(iii)(c)

                                            July 18, 1997




Mr. William M. Wicker

Dear Mr. Wicker:

         This  letter  sets forth  certain  terms and  conditions  which you and
Texaco Inc.  ("Texaco" or "the Company") have agreed to in connection  with your
employment by Texaco.

         1. Employment Term.  Your employment  is  expected  to  commence  on or
about  August  1,1997.  You shall  remain  employed by Texaco for at least three
years,  unless earlier terminated for cause as defined in paragraph 4, under the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

         2. Employment  and  Duties.  Texaco  will  employ  you  as  Senior Vice
President initially with responsibility for corporate  development and reporting
directly to the Chief Executive Officer. In this position, or any other position
to which  you may be  elected  or  appointed,  you agree  that you shall  devote
substantially  all of your  business time and energies to the business of Texaco
and shall  perform such services as from time to time are assigned to you by the
Board of Directors (the "Board") or the Executive Management of Texaco, i.e. the
Chief Executive Officer,  the President or a Vice Chairman.  You shall also be a
member of the Executive  Council) for at least the first three years of service,
or so long as that body exists if shorter than three years.

         3. Compensation and Benefits.

         a. Your annual base salary  is  initially set at $400,000  and shall be
for no less during the first three years of your employment. It shall be payable
in accordance with Texaco's standard practice for elected officers, and shall be
determined by the Compensation  Committee of the Board at such times and in such
manner as is consistent with Texaco's standard practice for elected officers.

         b. You shall be eligible to  participate  in Texaco's  Incentive  Bonus
Plan (IBP) and Stock  Incentive Plan (SIP) in accordance  with their  respective
terms.  Your target  bonus for each of the  performance  years 1997 through 1999
shall be no less

<PAGE>
                                        2

than $280,032 the current  target for Grade IV, the salary grade at your initial
employment.  Actual bonus paid will be determined by the performance-based  IBP.
Your awards under the SIP for  1998, 1999 and 2000 shall be for no less than the
target award for Grade IV in each year.

           c. Except as otherwise  provided herein,  during your employment with
Texaco  you  shall be  eligible  to  participate  in each of  Texaco's  existing
employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements and any such plans, policies or
arrangements  that  Texaco may  maintain  or  establish  during  your  period of
employment  (in addition to or in  substitution  for any  existing  plan) and to
receive all other benefits for which your position as a corporate  officer makes
you  eligible in  accordance  with  Texaco's  usual  policies  and with the then
current  terms  and  provisions  of each  such  plan,  policy,  or  arrangement,
including those listed on Appendix A hereto.

           d. Texaco shall  promptly pay, or reimburse  you for, all  reasonable
and  necessary  business  expenses  incurred by you in the  performance  of your
duties hereunder, provided that you properly account for them in accordance with
Texaco's standard policy for elected officers.

           4. The term  "Cause" shall mean: "the transfer by you of confidential
business information of any type concerning Texaco to a competitor of Texaco for
compensation;  or  the  commission  of an act by  you  in  the  course  of  your
employment  with  Texaco  which  constitutes  fraud,  dishonesty,  or conduct in
violation of Company policy and causes  material harm to Texaco,  or any conduct
for which you are convicted of  intentionally  and knowingly  committing a crime
against  Texaco  under  federal law or the law of the state in which such action
occurred".

           5. Texaco shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate assets
to be used for the payment of the  benefits  described  in paragraph 3 or in any
other non-qualified  benefit plan, except as otherwise required by law. Texaco's
obligation  to pay  such  benefits  may be  satisfied  only  out of its  general
corporate  funds,  and,  therefore,  satisfaction  of such  obligations  will be
subject to any claims of Texaco's other creditors having priority as to Texaco's
assets.

           6. Signing Bonus.  The  Company believes that ownership of the Common
Stock by officers and other employees having substantial  responsibilities as to
the conduct and  development  of the  Company's  business is  important  for the
welfare of the  stockholders.  Texaco Common Stock  provides  officers and other
employees with: an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company;
a strong mutuality of interest with stockholders; and a significant incentive to
use their best efforts for the Company's long-term success.  Accordingly, on the
date of your employment,  you will be granted, as a signing  bonus, 15,834 Stock
Options and 2,262 Performance  Restricted Shares.  These options and shares will
be subject to the terms and  conditions of awards under the SIP and an agreement
to that  effect will be  executed  by you and Texaco to  evidence  this  signing
bonus.

           7. MD Account. Texaco recognizes  that  you  may  relinquish  certain
benefits under the Credit  Suisse/First  Boston (CS) MD Account and Savings Plan
by accepting employment with Texaco.  Texaco will make you whole in 1997 for all
MD Account  and

<PAGE>

                                       3

Savings  Plan  unvested  amounts  which  CS does not pay to you,  as  determined
conclusively  by MD Account and Savings Plan  statements  delivered by CS (as of
the date of your  resignation  from CS). The amounts  shall be paid by Texaco by
crediting to your  account as of your first day of  employment,  under  Texaco's
existing plans, a number of fully vested deferred stock units with a value equal
to the amount so forfeited.

           8. Miscellaneous.

           a. This Agreement and  the  letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement")
of even date  herewith  between  you and the  Company  shall be  governed by and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York  applicable  to
agreements made and to be performed in that State.

           b. Any notice, consent  or  other  communication  made  or  given  in
connection  with this Agreement or the Letter  Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be deemed  to have  been  duly  given  when  delivered  by  United  States
registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  to the parties at the
following  addresses or at such other  address as a party may specify by written
notice to the other:

                To You:

                Mr. William M. Wicker
                2000 Westchester Avenue
                White Plains, NY 10650

                To Texaco:

                Corporate Secretary
                Texaco Inc.
                2000 Westchester Avenue
                White Plains, NY 10650

           c. This  Agreement  shall  supersede any and all existing agreements,
understandings and arrangements  between you and Texaco relating to the terms of
your employment;  provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede the
Letter  Agreement  or  supersede  or in any way reduce your right to receive (or
Texaco's obligation to pay) benefits under any employee benefit plan, program or
arrangement maintained by Texaco,  including,  without limitation,  those plans,
programs  and  arrangements  described  in  paragraph  3  hereof.  Neither  this
Agreement nor the Letter Agreement may be amended except by a written  agreement
signed by both parties.

          d. The failure of you or Texaco to insist upon strict adherence to any
term of this  Agreement or the Letter  Agreement  on any  occasion  shall not be
considered  a waiver  thereof or deprive that party of the right  thereafter  to
insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement or
the Letter Agreement.

         e. Except  as  otherwise provided in this paragraph 8e., this Agreement
and the Letter  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit  of and be binding  upon
Texaco,  its  successors  and  assigns,  and  to  you and your heirs, executors,
administrators and legal

<PAGE>
                                       4

representatives. Neither this Agreement nor the Letter Agreement shall be
assignable by you, and, without your consent, shall be assignable by Texaco only
to any corporation or other entity resulting from the reorganization,  merger or
consolidation of Texaco with any other  corporation or entity or any corporation
or entity to which  Texaco  may sell all or  substantially  all of its  business
and/or assets. Texaco will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its
business and/or assets, by agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to you,
to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement and the Letter Agreement
in the same  manner and to the same  extent  that  Texaco  would be  required to
perform them if no such  succession  had taken place.  As used in this Agreement
and the Letter Agreement, "Texaco" shall mean Texaco as hereinbefore defined and
any  successor to its business  and/or  assets as aforesaid  which  executes and
delivers the agreement  provided for in this  paragraph  8e. or which  otherwise
becomes bound by all the terms and  provisions of this  Agreement and the Letter
Agreement by operation of law.

         f.  Paragraph  headings are used for  convenience of reference only and
shall not affect the meanings of any  provision of this  Agreement or the Letter
Agreement.

         g. If any  provision  of this  Agreement  or the  Letter  Agreement  is
invalid or unenforceable,  the balance of the Agreement and the Letter Agreement
shall  remain  in  effect,   and  if  any  provision  is   inapplicable  to  any
circumstance,   it  shall   nevertheless   remain   applicable   to  all   other
circumstances.

         h.  Texaco  shall pay  reasonable  attorney's  fees  incurred by you in
negotiating the terms of this Agreement and the Letter Agreement with Texaco.

         If you agree that this  letter,  together  with the  Letter  Agreement,
accurately sets forth your agreement with Texaco, please sign and date each copy
of this letter below in the space provided and return one to me.

                                            Sincerely,

                                            TEXACO INC.

                                            By:   /s/ Carl B. Davidson
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                      Carl B. Davidson
                                                  Vice President and Secretary

Accepted and Agreed to this

6th day of August, 1997.

/s/ William M. Wicker
- ------------------------ 
    William M. Wicker

<PAGE>

                                   Appendix A
                        List of Executive Incentive Plans




a. Comprehensive Personal Liability Insurance Program


b. Tax Assistance Plan


c. Country Club Membership


d. Executive Medical Examination


e. Home Computer


<PAGE>
                                            July 18, 1997



Mr. William M. Wicker

Dear Mr. Wicker:

         In connection with your employment by Texaco on or about August 1,1997:

         1. Unless you are earlier terminated for cause or voluntarily leave the
Company,  you shall be employed  for no less the three  years (the  "Term") as a
Senior Vice President at a salary no less than your starting salary.

         2. Your Continuous Service Date for any  Texaco-sponsored  qualified or
non-qualified  plan for which  service is a  determinant  for benefits  shall be
August  1,1989.  These plans,  at the present time,  are:  Vacation;  Short-Term
Disability;   Long-Term   Disability;   Separation  Pay;  Retirement;   and  two
Supplemental  Pension  Benefits  Plans.  The eight years' service credit for the
Retirement Plan is to be provided by a non-qualified pension supplementation.

         With  reference to the  Retirement and  Supplemental  Pension  Benefits
Plans,  the Texaco  benefits for the period August  1,1989  through July 31,1997
shall be calculated on a non-contributory basis.

         If your  employment is terminated at any time for "Cause" as defined in
a separate letter  agreement (the  "Employment  Letter") of this date, or if you
voluntarily  leave Texaco  within three years of your  initial  employment,  the
eight years of service credit for the period August 1, 1989 - July 31,1997 shall
be immediately forfeited in their entirety.

         3.  Change of Control.  If,  before you have  completed  three years of
service  there is a "Change  of  Control"  ("COC"),  as that term is  defined in
Texaco's  Separation  Pay  Plan,  at Texaco  resulting  in

<PAGE>

                                     - 2 -

termination of your employment or suspension/cancellation of the IBP and/or SIP,
or Texaco or its successor unilaterally terminates your employment without cause
or you terminate your  employment  following a material breach by Texaco of this
Agreement  or the  Employment  Letter,  (a) you  shall be  entitled  to  receive
immediately  (1) a cash lump sum  payment  equal to the  salary  you would  have
earned during the remainder of the three-year  term,  less required  withholding
deduction  for  applicable  taxes plus (2) IBP and SIP awards  (Make-Up  Awards)
sufficient to put you in the position of having the  equivalent of Stock Options
and Performance  Restricted  Shares granted to you upon your initial  employment
plus three  annual IBP and SIP awards and (b) all SIP awards then held by you or
awarded pursuant to this paragraph shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.
The strike price of the stock options in such Make-Up  Awards shall be the price
at the date of grant used for the last SIP  awards,  adjusted if  necessary,  in
accordance  with  the  terms  of the  SIP,  prior  to the COC or termination  of
employment as described in this  paragraph.  The amount of each annual IBP award
to be made up will be the average of IBP award(s)  previously received by you as
a Texaco  employee  (or, if no such awards have yet been  determined,  your then
target award).

                                            Sincerely,

                                            Texaco Inc.


                                            By:  /s/ Carl B. Davidson
                                                -----------------------------
                                                    Carl B. Davidson
                                                 Vice President & Secretary


Accepted and Agreed to this

6th day of August,1997

/s/ William M. Wicker
- --------------------------
    William M. Wicker

                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                OF TEXACO ON A TOTAL ENTERPRISE BASIS (UNAUDITED)
                FOR EACH OF THE FIVE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                            (In Millions of Dollars)

                                                                            Years Ended December 31,
                                                               ----------------------------------------------
                                                               1998       1997        1996      1995     1994
                                                               ----       ----        ----      ----     ----
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>   
Income from continuing operations,  before provision or
   benefit for income taxes and cumulative effect of
   accounting changes effective 1-1-98 and 1-1-95........    $   892     $3,514     $3,450    $1,201    $1,409
Dividends from less than 50% owned companies
   more or (less) than equity in net income..............         --        (11)       (4)         1       (1)
Minority interest in net income..........................         56         68         72        54        44
Previously capitalized interest charged to
   income during the period..............................         22         25         27        33        29
                                                              ------     ------     ------    ------    ------
        Total earnings...................................        970      3,596      3,545     1,289     1,481
                                                              ------     ------     ------    ------    ------

Fixed charges:
   Items charged to income:
     Interest charges....................................        664        528        551       614       594
     Interest factor attributable to operating
          lease rentals..................................        120        112        129       110       118
     Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries
          guaranteed by Texaco Inc.......................         33         33         35        36        31
                                                              ------     ------     ------    ------    ------
        Total items charged to income....................        817        673        715       760       743

   Interest capitalized..................................         26         27         16        28        21
   Interest on ESOP debt guaranteed by Texaco Inc........          3          7         10        14        14
                                                              ------     ------     ------    ------    ------
        Total fixed charges..............................        846        707        741       802       778
                                                              ------     ------     ------    ------    ------

Earnings available for payment of fixed charges..........     $1,787     $4,269     $4,260    $2,049    $2,224
   (Total earnings + Total items charged to income)           ======     ======     ======    ======    ======


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges of Texaco
   on a total enterprise basis...........................       2.11       6.04       5.75      2.55      2.86
                                                              ======     ======     ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.2



                    DEFINITIONS OF SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS

CURRENT RATIO
- -------------

        Current assets divided by current liabilities.

RETURN ON AVERAGE STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------

        Net   income   divided   by  average   stockholders'   equity.   Average
        stockholders'  equity is  computed  using  the  average  of the  monthly
        stockholders' equity balances.

RETURN ON AVERAGE CAPITAL EMPLOYED
- ----------------------------------

        Net income  plus  minority  interest  plus  after-tax  interest  expense
        divided  by average  capital  employed.  Capital  employed  consists  of
        stockholders' equity, total debt and minority interest.  Average capital
        employed is computed on a four-quarter average basis.

TOTAL DEBT TO TOTAL BORROWED AND INVESTED CAPITAL
- -------------------------------------------------

        Total debt,  including capital lease obligations,  divided by total debt
        plus minority interest liability and stockholders' equity.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                    23


Financial Table of Contents

Management's Discussion and Analysis                                         24

Description of Significant Accounting Policies                               41

Statement of Consolidated Income                                             43

Consolidated Balance Sheet                                                   44

Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows                                         45

Statement of Consolidated Stockholders' Equity                               46

Statement of Consolidated Nonowner Changes in Equity                         48

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1   Segment Information                                                 49

Note 2   Adoption of New Accounting Standards                                51

Note 3   Income Per Common Share                                             51

Note 4   Acquisition of Monterey Resources                                   52

Note 5   Inventories                                                         52

Note 6   Investments and Advances                                            52

Note 7   Properties, Plant and Equipment                                     55

Note 8   Foreign Currency                                                    55

Note 9   Taxes                                                               56

Note 10  Short-Term Debt, Long-Term Debt, Capital Lease Obligations 
         and Related Derivatives                                             57

Note 11  Lease Commitments and Rental Expense                                59
         
Note 12  Employee Benefit Plans                                              60
         
Note 13  Stock Incentive Plan                                                63
         
Note 14  Preferred Stock and Rights                                          64
         
Note 15  Financial Instruments                                               65
         
Note 16  Other Financial Information, Commitments and Contingencies          67
        
Report of Management                                                         69

Report of Independent Public Accountants                                     69

Supplemental Oil and Gas Information                                         70

Supplemental Market Risk Disclosures                                         76

Selected Financial Data 

Selected Quarterly Financial Data                                            77

Five-Year Comparison of Selected Financial Data                              78

Investor Information                                                         81



<PAGE>

24                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Management's Discussion and Analysis

Introduction 

In 1996, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued plain English
guidelines to improve shareholder communications. In 1997, we were the first
major energy company to begin writing our Management's Discussion and Analysis
(MD&A) in plain English. This year we continue to expand the use of plain
English.

We were the first major energy company to write our MD&A in plain English.

In the MD&A, we explain the operating results and general financial condition of
our company. The MD&A begins with a table of financial highlights that provides
a financial picture of the company. The remainder of our MD&A consists of four
main topics: Industry Review, Results of Operations, Analysis of Income by
Operating Segments and Other Items.

     In the Industry Review, we discuss the economic factors that affected our
industry in 1998. We also provide our near-term outlook for the industry.

     In the Results of Operations, we compare and describe changes in
consolidated revenues, costs, expenses and income taxes. Summary schedules,
showing results before and after special items, complete this section. Special
items are significant events that affect our results but are outside the scope
of normal current-year operations.

     In the Analysis of Income by Operating Segments, we show and discuss our
operating segments: Exploration and Production (Upstream), Manufacturing,
Marketing and Distribution (Downstream) and Global Gas Marketing. We also show
and discuss Other Business Units and our Corporate/Non-operating results. Our
discussion focuses on major business factors affecting our results.

     In the Other Items section, we discuss other important items:

o    Liquidity and Capital Resources: Our program to manage cash, working
     capital and debt and other actions that provide us financial flexibility

o    Capital and Exploratory Expenditures: Our program to invest in our
     business, especially in projects aimed at future growth

o    Environmental Matters: A discussion about our expenditures relating to
     protection of the environment

o    New Accounting Standards: A description of new accounting standards to be
     adopted

o    Euro Conversion: The status of our program to convert to the new euro
     currency

o    Year 2000: The status of our program to identify and correct our computers,
     software and related technologies to be year 2000 compliant

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our discussions in the MD&A and other sections of this Annual Report contain
forward-looking statements that are based upon our best estimate of the trends
we know about or anticipate. Actual results may be different from our estimates.
We have described in our 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K the factors that could
change these forward-looking statements.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     25


Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except per share and ratio data)                                 1998            1997           1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>    
Revenues                                                                             $ 31,707        $ 46,667       $ 45,500
Income before special items and cumulative effect of accounting change               $    894        $  1,894       $  1,665
Special items                                                                            (291)            770            353
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                    (25)             --             --
                                                                                     ---------------------------------------
Net income                                                                           $    578        $  2,664       $  2,018
Diluted income per common share (dollars)                                                                             
  Income before special items and cumulative effect                                                                   
    of accounting change                                                             $   1.59        $   3.45       $   3.03
  Special items                                                                          (.55)           1.42            .65
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                 (.05)             --             --
                                                                                     ---------------------------------------
  Net income                                                                         $    .99        $   4.87       $   3.68
Cash dividends per common share (dollars)                                            $   1.80        $   1.75       $   1.65
Total assets                                                                         $ 28,570        $ 29,600       $ 26,963
Total debt                                                                           $  7,291        $  6,392       $  5,590
Stockholders' equity                                                                 $ 11,833        $ 12,766       $ 10,372
Current ratio                                                                            1.07            1.07           1.24
Return on average stockholders' equity*                                                  4.9%           23.5%          20.4%
Return on average capital employed before special items*                                 6.5%           13.0%          12.8%
Return on average capital employed*                                                      5.0%           17.3%          14.9%
Total debt to total borrowed and invested capital                                       36.8%           32.3%          33.6%
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

*Returns for 1998 exclude the cumulative effect of accounting change (see Note 2
 to the financial statements).

Industry Review

Introduction

Crude oil prices have a major effect on our financial performance. The price of
crude oil is determined in the international market by the often complex
interaction of worldwide petroleum demand and supply. In 1998, crude oil prices
were driven down by several factors which influenced demand and supply. These
included economic activity, weather patterns and actions of the Organization of
Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC). For 1998, WTI crude oil prices averaged
$14.39 per barrel, or about 30% below the 1997 average.

Review of 1998

In 1998, the world experienced a severe economic crisis. Global economic growth
averaged a meager 1.6%, significantly below the 4% growth recorded in 1997 and
1996.

     Economic activity varied widely among regions, with many Asian countries
hit the hardest. Japan, the world's second-largest economy, experienced its
worst downturn in the post-war period, caused by a collapse in consumer and
investor confidence and severe banking problems. Several of developing Asia's
key economies, including Indonesia, Hong Kong, Korea, Malaysia, Singapore and
Thailand also plunged into recession, crippled by a regional financial crisis
which began in July 1997.

     The financial turbulence eventually spread to Russia and Latin America.
Russia's economy registered a steep decline. In Latin America, the heightened
financial uncertainty ultimately pushed the large Brazilian economy into
recession, and slowed growth in other Latin American countries. Moreover, weak
commodity prices -- attributable in part to the slowdown in Asia -- curtailed
economic growth in other areas, particularly the oil producing countries of the
Middle East and Africa.

     In sharp contrast to the areas experiencing economic recession or
stagnation, the U.S. and Western Europe enjoyed favorable economic conditions.
U.S. growth remained robust as the economy benefited from lower interest rates,
and Western Europe showed an improvement because of higher consumer spending.





<PAGE>

26                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


     Economic activity has a major effect on petroleum consumption. The
deterioration in major portions of the global economy resulted in a substantial
reduction in oil demand growth, which increased by only about 400,000 barrels
per day (BPD) or 0.5% during 1998. This represents a dramatic slowing from the
roughly 2 million BPD growth which occurred in both 1997 and 1996. Demand in
Asia suffered the largest decline, about 500,000 BPD. This was a significant
development, since growth in Asia had accounted for about half of the total
worldwide increase in recent years. Moreover, warm weather at both the beginning
and end of 1998 constrained oil consumption in the U.S. and Western Europe.

     Crude oil prices were further weakened by significant increases in
petroleum supplies early in 1998. Specifically: 

o    OPEC countries set new, higher production quotas in late 1997 and proceeded
     to exceed them 

o    U.N.-sanctioned crude oil exports from Iraq increased sharply

o    Production from non-OPEC countries also increased

     These actions led to a large increase in worldwide petroleum inventories.
By mid-1998, OPEC, Mexico and a few other non-OPEC producers agreed to reduce
their combined oil production by about 3 million BPD. Yet, in the face of lower
demand, this attempt to improve the growing market imbalance did not prevent the
slide in world oil prices. The market price of West Texas Intermediate (WTI)
crude oil slipped from an average of about $16.70 per barrel in January to
$11.30 per barrel during December.

ITEM 1
TEXACO'S U.S. REALIZED CRUDE OIL PRICE PER BARREL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 1.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition to lower worldwide crude oil prices, warmer than normal weather and
excess capacity caused natural gas prices in the U.S. to decline almost 20%.

Near-Term Outlook

We have begun to see signs of stabilization in the global economic crisis,
prompted by various steps taken by the U.S. and other industrialized countries,
including:

o    The cutting of interest rates by the U.S. Federal Reserve and other central
     banks

o    An increase in the International Monetary Fund's loanable resources by more
     than $90 billion

o    A significant financial rescue package for Brazil

o    Japanese banking reform legislation and implementation of fiscal measures
     to stimulate the economy

Although there are some preliminary indications that the troubled economies of
Asia may be bottoming-out, improvements in the region could be partly offset by
slower expansions in the U.S., Western Europe and Latin America. In addition,
the Russian economy shows no signs of a near-term turnaround. Accordingly, we
anticipate only a 1.7% increase in world economic output in 1999.

     These elements point to a continued weak oil market in 1999. OPEC's
production cuts are due to expire in June, and it is unsure if they will be
expanded, or even extended. In the absence of additional large-volume production
reductions, high worldwide petroleum inventories are likely to constrain any
significant recovery in oil prices through at least mid-1999.

Results of Operations

Revenues

Our consolidated worldwide revenues were $31.7 billion in 1998, $46.7 billion in
1997 and $45.5 billion in 1996. Approximately 80% of the decrease in 1998
resulted from the accounting for Equilon, a downstream joint venture in the
United States we formed in January 1998. Under accounting rules, the significant
revenues of the operations we contributed to this joint venture are no longer
included in our consolidated revenues. Revenues, costs and expenses of the joint
venture are reported net as "equity in income of affiliates" in our income
statement.

Sales Revenues -- Price/Volume Effects

Our sales revenues decreased in 1998 due to historically low commodity prices
throughout our global markets. Crude oil, natural gas and refined product prices
were all lower. Partly offsetting lower sales revenue due to declining prices
were higher volumes. We continue to expand our production and sales volumes
through successful capital investments and focused market expansion. Worldwide
production in 



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     27


1998 increased by 9% following an increase of 6% in 1997. These increases span
our global areas of operations including the United States, the U.K. and the
Partitioned Neutral Zone. Refined product sales growth included expanded
activities in Latin America and Europe. We also expanded our aviation, marine
and other refined product trading activities in the U.S., which are handled
outside the joint ventures. Natural gas sales also grew as we expanded our
marketing activities in the United States.

Other Revenues

Other revenues include our equity in the income of affiliates, income from asset
sales and interest income. Results for 1998 show a decrease in other revenues.
Equity in income of affiliates decreased in 1998, mostly due to a decline in
Caltex' results and special charges recorded by several of our affiliates. This
decline was partly offset by the inclusion of results for Equilon. Income from
asset sales was also lower in 1998. In 1997 we sold a 15% interest in the U.K.
North Sea Captain field and our upstream interests in Myanmar.

Costs and Expenses

Costs and expenses from operations were $30.5 billion in 1998, $42.9 billion in
1997 and $42.0 billion in 1996. Similar to the explanation of revenues, the
decrease for both costs and expenses for 1998 is largely due to the equity
accounting treatment for our joint venture company, Equilon. The impact of lower
prices, which reduced our cost of goods sold, was partly offset by higher
purchased volumes.

     Special items recorded by our subsidiaries increased costs and operating
expenses in 1998 by $382 million. Principal charges were for inventory valuation
adjustments, asset write-downs and employee separation costs. Inventory
valuation adjustments to reflect lower market prices for crude oil and refined
products increased costs by $99 million.

     Asset write-downs, which increased depreciation expense by $150 million,
resulted from impairments primarily in our upstream operations. These and other
asset impairments that we have recognized since initially applying the
provisions of SFAS 121 have been driven by specific events, such as the sale of
properties or downward revisions in underground reserve quantities, not changes
in prices used to calculate future revenues by year. In performing our
impairment reviews of assets not held for sale, we use our best judgment in
estimating future cash flows. This includes our outlook of commodity prices
based on our view of supply and demand forecasts and other economic indicators.
Our present outlook is that prices will recover from their low levels that
existed at the end of 1998. If in the future we change this view, asset
impairments may result.

     Employee separation costs increased our other expenses by approximately
$133 million. In the fourth quarter of 1998, we announced reorganizations for
several of our operations and began implementing other cost-cutting initiatives
to reduce costs and improve focus in growth areas. As a result, we accrued for
employee severance costs. The principal units affected were our worldwide
upstream operations, our North America natural gas operations, our marketing
operations in the U.K. and Brazil, our manufacturing operations in Panama, and
our corporate center. We expect that the reorganizations and other initiatives
will be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 1999. For
additional information, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

     Special charges in 1997 were $136 million principally for asset write-downs
and royalty litigation issues, and $152 million in 1996 for employee separation
and litigation matters.

     Interest expense for 1998 increased due to higher average debt levels after
a slight decrease in 1997.

     During 1998 we kept tight control over expenses as we continued to grow our
business. Our success is illustrated by the chart below.

ITEM 2
CASH EXPENSES PER BARREL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 2.]


In 1998, we targeted about $650 million in annual pre-tax cost savings through
the year 2000.




<PAGE>

28                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $98 million in 1998, $663 million in 1997 and $965
million in 1996. The decrease in 1998 is mostly due to lower income. The year
1997 included a $488 million benefit for an IRS settlement. The years 1998 and
1996 included benefits of $43 million and $188 million from the sales of
interests in a subsidiary.

Income Summary Schedules

The following schedules show results before and after special items and before
the cumulative effect of accounting change. A full discussion of special items
is included in our Analysis of Income by Operating Segments.

Income (loss)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars)                                            1998       1997      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>    
Income before special items
  and cumulative effect of accounting change                  $   894    $ 1,894    $ 1,665
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Inventory valuation adjustments                               (142)        --         --
  Asset write-downs                                               (93)       (41)        --
  Employee separation costs                                       (80)        --        (65)
  Caltex reorganization                                           (43)        --         --
  U.S. joint venture formation issues                             (21)        --         --
  Gains on major asset sales                                       20        367        194
  Tax benefits on asset sales                                      43         --        188
  Tax and other issues                                             25        444         36
                                                              -----------------------------
   Total special items                                           (291)       770        353
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income before cumulative effect of accounting change     $   603    $ 2,664    $ 2,018
===========================================================================================
</TABLE>


The following schedule further details our results:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Before Special Items               After Special Items
                                                                        --------------------------       ---------------------------
(Millions of dollars)                                                   1998       1997       1996       1998       1997       1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Exploration and production
  U.S                                                                $   381    $ 1,038    $ 1,074    $   301    $   990    $ 1,074
  International                                                          172        474        466        120        807        493
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                                 553      1,512      1,540        421      1,797      1,567
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturing, marketing and distribution
  U.S                                                                    278        311        236        223        324        210
  International                                                          503        524        249        332        508        447
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                                 781        835        485        555        832        657
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global gas marketing                                                     (35)       (43)        34        (18)       (43)        34
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total                                                             1,299      2,304      2,059        958      2,586      2,258
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other business units                                                       7          5         10          7          5         10
Corporate/Non-operating                                                 (412)      (415)      (404)      (362)        73       (250)
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
   Income before cumulative effect of accounting change              $   894    $ 1,894    $ 1,665    $   603    $ 2,664    $ 2,018
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Analysis of Income by Operating Segments

Upstream

In our upstream business, we explore for, find, produce and sell crude oil,
natural gas liquids and natural gas.

     Our upstream operations were significantly challenged in 1998, due to lower
crude oil and natural gas prices. The following discussion will focus on how the
low-price environment and other business factors affected our earnings. We will
present our U.S. and international results and conclude our discussion with some
forward-looking comments. The U.S. results include some minor Canadian
operations which were sold in December 1998.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     29


United States Upstream

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)                                               1998              1997                1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>               <C>               <C>      
Operating income before special items                                                 $   381           $ 1,038           $   1,074
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Asset write-downs                                                                       (51)              (31)                 --
  Employee separation costs                                                               (29)               --                  --
  Gains on major asset sales                                                               --                26                  --
  Tax and other issues                                                                     --               (43)                 --
                                                                                      ----------------------------------------------
   Total special items                                                                    (80)              (48)                 --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                                                      $   301           $   990           $   1,074
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Operating Data:
Net production
  Crude oil and NGL (thousands of barrels a day)                                          433               396                 388
  Natural gas available for sale (millions of cubic feet a day)                         1,679             1,706               1,675
Average realized crude price (dollars per barrel)                                     $ 10.60           $ 17.34           $   17.93
Average realized natural gas price (dollars per MCF)                                  $  2.00           $  2.37           $    2.19
Exploratory expenses (millions of dollars)                                            $   257           $   189           $     153
Production costs (dollars per barrel)                                                 $  4.07           $  3.94           $    3.82
Return on average capital employed before special items                                  6.0%             21.2%               23.7%
Return on average capital employed                                                       4.8%             20.2%               23.7%
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

What happened in the United States? 

Business Factors

PRICES Lower prices in 1998 reduced earnings by $647 million. Our average
realized crude oil price decreased 39% to $10.60 per barrel. This follows a 3%
decrease in 1997. In 1998, crude oil prices plummeted to over 20 year lows in
the fourth quarter. Our average realized natural gas price decreased 16% in 1998
to $2.00 per MCF. This follows an 8% increase in 1997.

PRODUCTION Our production increased 5% in 1998. This follows a 2% increase in
1997. The increases are due to the acquisition of heavy oil producer Monterey
Resources in November 1997. We also had new production in the Gulf of Mexico and
higher production from our Kern River field in California. These production
increases more than offset natural field declines. Our production increased 5%
in 1998 while the U.S. industry average decreased 3%.

ITEM 3 
U.S. PRODUCTION

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 3.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLORATORY EXPENSES We expensed $257 million on exploratory activity in 1998,
an increase of 36%. In 1998, we continued to focus our exploration efforts in
Texas, Louisiana, California and offshore opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico.
In 1997, we began spending more money in these areas, contributing to the
increase over 1996.




<PAGE>

30                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT

Other Factors

Our production costs per barrel have increased over the last two years. This
increase is due to higher depreciation expenses and production costs associated
with the acquired Monterey properties. However, applying our enhanced oil
recovery techniques to the acquired Monterey fields has reduced cash lifting
costs for these properties by over $1 per barrel.

ITEM 4
U.S. PRODUCTION COSTS PER BARREL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 4.]

Special Items

Results for 1998 included asset write-downs of $51 million for impaired
properties in Louisiana and Canada and $29 million for employee separation
costs.

     The employee separation costs result from our announced worldwide
restructuring which should be completed by the end of the first quarter of 1999.
This restructuring is expected to yield significant annual cost savings.

     The impaired Louisiana property represents an unsuccessful enhanced
recovery project. We determined in the fourth quarter of 1998 that the carrying
value of this property exceeded future undiscounted cash flows. Fair value was
determined by discounting expected future cash flows. The Canadian properties
were impaired following our decision in October 1998 to exit the upstream
business in Canada. These properties were written down to their sales price with
the sale closing in December 1998.

     Results for 1997 included a charge of $31 million for asset write-downs, a
gain of $26 million from the sale of gas properties in Canada and a $43 million
charge for expense accruals associated with royalty and tax issues.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Upstream

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)                                                  1998             1997             1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>   
Operating income before special items                                                     $   172           $   474          $   466
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
     Asset write-downs                                                                        (42)              (10)              --
     Employee separation costs                                                                (10)               --               --
     Gains on major asset sales                                                                --               328               --
     Tax and other issues                                                                      --                15               27
                                                                                          ------------------------------------------
          Total special items                                                                 (52)              333               27
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                                                          $   120           $   807          $   493
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Operating Data:                                                                                                       
Net production                                                                                                                 
     Crude oil and NGL (thousands of barrels a day)                                           497               437              399
     Natural gas available for sale (millions of cubic feet a day)                            548               471              382
Average realized crude price (dollars per barrel)                                         $ 11.20           $ 17.64          $ 19.55
Average realized natural gas price (dollars per MCF)                                      $  1.62           $  1.66          $  1.79
Exploratory expenses (millions of dollars)                                                $   204           $   282          $   226
Production costs (dollars per barrel)                                                     $  3.74           $  4.30          $  4.47
Return on average capital employed before special items                                      5.5%             17.9%            19.1%
Return on average capital employed                                                           3.9%             30.5%            20.2%
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     31


WHAT HAPPENED IN THE INTERNATIONAL AREAS?

Business Factors

PRICES Lower prices reduced 1998 earnings by $503 million. Our average realized
crude oil price decreased 37% to $11.20 per barrel. This follows a 10% decrease
in 1997. This trend of lower prices began in late 1997 and continued throughout
1998 with prices dropping to over 20 year lows in the fourth quarter. Our
average realized natural gas price decreased 2% in 1998 to $1.62 per MCF. This
follows a 7% decrease in 1997. 

PRODUCTION Our production had double-digit growth over the last two years. The
1998 increase is attributable to a full year's production in the U.K. North Sea
from the Captain and Erskine fields and new production from the Galley field.
Combined production from these fields averaged 78 thousand
barrels-of-oil-equivalent per day in 1998. Production also grew in the
Partitioned Neutral Zone and Indonesia. Our natural gas production at the
Dolphin field in Trinidad and from the Chuchupa field offshore Colombia also
contributed to our production growth over the last two years. Our 1998
production increased 14% following an 11% increase in 1997.

ITEM 5
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTION

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 5.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLORATORY EXPENSES We expensed $204 million on exploration activity in 1998, a
decrease of 28%. During the last half of 1998 we slowed activities in the Far
East. However, we continued our initiatives to increase future production as we
focused on new prospects in the U.K. North Sea and West Africa.

ITEM 6
INTERNATIONAL EXPLORATORY EXPENSES

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 6.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Factors

Our production costs per barrel for 1998 were $3.74, down 13%. As we raised
production and maintained control of expenses, our costs per barrel decreased.

     Operating results included non-cash currency translation effects. Years
1998 and 1996 included charges of $2 million and $38 million while 1997 included
a benefit of $21 million. These effects are derived from our British pound
deferred income tax liability. When the pound strengthens against the U.S.
dollar, we recognize a charge and when the pound weakens we experience a
benefit.

ITEM 7
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTION COSTS PER BARREL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 7.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Items

Results for 1998 included a write-down of $42 million for the impairment of our
investment in the Strathspey field in the U.K. North Sea and employee separation
costs of $10 million from an announced restructuring which is expected to yield
annual cost savings. 

     The Strathspey impairment was caused by a downward revision in the fourth
quarter of 1998 of the estimated volume of the field's proved reserves. Fair
value was determined by discounting expected future cash flows.




<PAGE>

32                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


     Results for 1997 included a $10 million charge for asset write-downs and
gains on asset sales of $328 million. These sales included a 15% interest in the
Captain field in the U.K. and investments in an Australian pipeline system and
the company's Myanmar operations. Also, 1997 included a $15 million prior period
tax benefit. Results for 1996 included a non-cash gain of $27 million for a
Danish deferred tax benefit. 

LOOKING FORWARD IN THE WORLDWIDE UPSTREAM 

We will continue to cost-effectively explore for, develop and produce crude oil
and natural gas reserves. Our areas of focus include:

o  The Gulf of Mexico where we hold a significant inventory of valuable
exploration and development acreage

o  Areas rich in heavy oil reserves, where we will apply our world class
enhanced oil recovery techniques

o  In the U.K. North Sea, where several fields are slated to phase in
production in the years 1999 - 2001

o  In Kazakhstan, where we have a 20% interest in the Karachaganak oil and gas
field

o  In West Africa, where we recently announced a major oil discovery offshore
Nigeria, and in Latin America

We expect $200 million in annual pre-tax cost savings from our recent upstream
restructuring.

Downstream

In our downstream business, we refine, transport and sell crude oil and
products, such as gasoline, fuel oil and lubricants.

     Our U.S. downstream includes operations in the Equilon area and the Motiva
area. The Equilon area includes western and midwestern refining and marketing
operations, and nationwide trading, transportation and lubricants activities.
Our 1998 results in this area are our share of the earnings of our joint venture
with Shell, named Equilon, which began operations on January 1, 1998. We have a
44% interest in Equilon. Results for 1997 and 1996 are for our subsidiary
operations in this same area. The Motiva area includes eastern and Gulf Coast
refining and marketing operations. Our 1998 results are, for the last half of
the year, our share of the earnings of our joint venture with Shell and Saudi
Refining, Inc., named Motiva, which began operations on July 1, 1998. We have a
32.5% interest in Motiva. Results for the first half of 1998 and the years 1997
and 1996 are for our share of our joint venture with Saudi Refining, Inc., named
Star. We had a 50% interest in Star.

     Internationally, our downstream operations are reported separately as Latin
America and West Africa and Europe. We also have a 50% joint venture with
Chevron named Caltex which operates in Africa, Asia, Australia, the Middle East
and New Zealand.

     In the U.S. and international operations, we also have other businesses,
which include aviation and marine product sales and other refined product
trading activity.

     We will present our U.S. and international results and conclude our
discussion with some forward-looking comments.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States Downstream

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)                   1998        1997       1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>        <C>    
Operating income before special items                     $   278     $   311    $   236
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Inventory valuation adjustments                             (34)         --         --
  Employee separation costs                                    --          --         (1)
  U.S. joint venture formation issues                         (21)         --         --
  Gains (losses) on major asset sales                          --          13        (25)
                                                         -------------------------------
   Total special items                                        (55)         13        (26)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                          $   223     $   324    $   210
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Operating Data:

Refinery input (thousands of barrels a day)                   698         747        724
Refined product sales (thousands of barrels a day)          1,203       1,022      1,036
Return on average capital employed before special items      9.6%        9.8%       7.4%
Return on average capital employed                           7.7%       10.2%       6.6%
========================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     33


WHAT HAPPENED IN THE UNITED STATES?

Equilon Area These operations contributed 79% of our 1998 operating income
before special items. The 1998 earnings were flat when compared with 1997.
Strong transportation and lubricants earnings as well as cost and expense
reductions were offset by the effects of significant downtime at certain
refineries, lower margins and interest expense. Refined product sales volumes
increased. This includes a 4% growth in Texaco branded gasoline sales. We
achieved higher results for 1997 from improved refining margins, better
run-rates at our refineries and effective cost cutting. In 1996, increased crude
oil costs late in the year sent margins downward from a second quarter peak.

Motiva Area These operations contributed 21% of our 1998 operating income before
special items. The 1998 earnings were lower due to refinery downtime coupled
with lower refining margins. Refined product sales were higher as a result of
our new joint venture and an increase in Texaco branded gasoline sales of 2%.
The year 1997 benefited from improved Gulf Coast refining margins while 1996
earnings were adversely affected by refinery disruptions that lowered yields.

Special Items Results for 1998 included a charge for inventory valuation
adjustments of $34 million to reflect lower market prices for crude oil and
refined products and a net charge of $21 million for U.S. alliance formation
issues. This net charge includes charges of $52 million for employee separations
and $45 million for asset write-downs of closed facilities and surplus equipment
and other expenses. Also included in other net charges were gains of $76 million
for the Federal Trade Commission-mandated sales of the Anacortes refinery and
Plantation pipeline. Results for 1997 included a gain of $13 million from the
sale of our credit card business. Results for 1996 included charges of $26
million primarily related to the sale of a propylene oxide/methyl tertiary butyl
ether (PO/MTBE) manufacturing site in Texas.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
International Downstream

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)                   1998        1997        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>    
Operating income before special items                     $   503     $   524     $   249
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Inventory valuation adjustments                            (108)         --          --
  Employee separation costs                                   (20)         --         (21)
  Caltex reorganization                                       (43)         --          --
  Gains on major asset sales                                   --          --         219
  Tax and other issues                                         --         (16)         --
                                                          -------------------------------
   Total special items                                       (171)        (16)        198
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                          $   332     $   508     $   447
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selected Operating Data:
Refinery input (thousands of barrels a day)                   832         804         762
Refined product sales (thousands of barrels a day)          1,685       1,563       1,552
Return on average capital employed before special items      8.1%        8.9%        4.5%
Return on average capital employed                           5.3%        8.7%        8.0%
=========================================================================================
</TABLE>

WHAT HAPPENED IN THE INTERNATIONAL AREAS?

Latin America and West Africa Our operations in Latin America and West Africa
contributed 63% of 1998 operating income before special items. Refined product
sales volumes increased due to service station acquisitions and the expansion
of our industrial customer base. We also realized improved refinery operations
in Panama. In 1997, earnings increased due to higher refining margins and a
growth in product sales volumes.

Europe Our European operations contributed 25% of 1998 operating income before
special items. Earnings increased significantly from improved refining and
marketing margins. Additionally, we grew our refined product sales volumes by
increasing retail outlets and obtaining new commercial business. In 1997,
earnings increased as general industry conditions improved from the historically
low levels experienced in 1996.




<PAGE>

34                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


     Results for 1998 and 1996 included non-cash currency charges of $3 million
and $20 million related to deferred income taxes that are denominated in British
pounds while 1997 had a $7 million benefit.

Caltex Our Caltex operations contributed 9% of 1998 operating income before
special items. In 1998, our share of Caltex' results was $163 million lower. The
dramatic earnings decline was due to currency-related losses in 1998 versus
gains in 1997. The year-to-year earnings decline due to currency effects was
$204 million. Excluding currency effects, Caltex' results in 1998 improved as
both margins and volumes were higher. This improvement was accomplished in spite
of the economic downturn experienced by many Asian economies. Our share of
Caltex' results in 1997, excluding currency-related gains of $101 million, was
basically unchanged from 1996. Strong operational results in the first nine
months of 1997 eroded in the fourth quarter due to the economic crisis in
Southeast Asia.

     In the Caltex area, most of our operations have a net liability exposure
which creates currency losses when foreign currencies strengthen against the
U.S. dollar and currency gains when these currencies weaken against the U.S.
dollar. Effective October 1, 1997, Caltex changed the functional currency used
to account for operations in Korea and Japan to the U.S. dollar.

ITEM 8
INTERNATIONAL REFINERY INPUT

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 8.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Items Results for 1998 included a charge for inventory valuation
adjustments of $108 million to reflect lower market prices for crude oil and
refined products, employee separation costs of $20 million associated with
various cost-cutting initiatives, mostly in the U.K., Panama and Brazil, and a
charge of $43 million for a reorganization program in Caltex.

     The Caltex charge results from their decision to structure their
organization along functional lines and to reduce costs by establishing a shared
service center in the Philippines. In implementing this change, Caltex will
relocate its headquarters from Dallas to Singapore. About $35 million of the
charge relates to severance and other retirement benefits for about 200
employees not relocating, write-downs of surplus furniture and equipment and
other costs. The balance of the charge is for severance costs in other affected
areas and amounts spent in relocating employees to the new shared service
center.

     Results for 1997 included a charge of $16 million primarily for a European
deferred tax adjustment. Results for 1996 included a charge for employee
separations of $21 million and a gain of $219 million related to the sale of
Caltex' interest in Nippon Petroleum Refining Company, Limited.

LOOKING FORWARD IN THE WORLDWIDE DOWNSTREAM

We anticipate that our joint ventures with Shell and Saudi Refining, Inc. will
continue to lower costs and capture synergies. Our share of these annual pre-tax
cost reductions is expected to be over $300 million. We will continue to expand
in Latin America. In addition, our share of the annual pre-tax cost savings from
the Caltex reorganization is expected to be $25 million.

Global Gas Marketing

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)               1998       1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating income (loss)
  before special items                                $   (35)   $   (43)   $    34
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Employee separation costs                                (3)        --         --
  Gain on major asset sales                                20         --         --
                                                      -----------------------------
   Total special items                                     17         --         --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income (loss)                               $   (18)   $   (43)   $    34
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural gas sales (millions
  of cubic feet per day)                                3,764      3,452      2,937
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

Global gas marketing purchases natural gas and natural gas products from our
upstream operations and others for resale, and operates natural gas processing
plants and pipelines in the United States.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     35


     Our global gas marketing results in both 1998 and 1997 were adversely
affected by losses associated with our start-up wholesale and retail marketing
activities in the United Kingdom. We exited the U.K. wholesale gas marketing
business in October 1998. Weak natural gas and natural gas liquids margins in
the U.S. also contributed to the poor results. Milder than normal temperatures
reduced demand and squeezed margins. In 1996, natural gas marketing margins in
the U.S. were strong, especially in the first quarter.

Special Items Results for 1998 included employee separation costs of $3 million
associated with an announced restructuring and a gain of $20 million on the sale
of an interest in our Discovery pipeline affiliate. The restructuring is
expected to yield annual pre-tax cost savings of $20 million.

LOOKING FORWARD IN GLOBAL GAS MARKETING

Operations will focus on more profitable trading markets. We will also exit the
retail gas marketing business in the United Kingdom.

Other Business Units

(Millions of dollars)                           1998          1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                               $   7         $   5         $  10
================================================================================

Our other business units include insurance activity and power generation and
gasification operations. There were no significant items in our three-year
results.

Corporate/Non-operating

(Millions of dollars)                            1998         1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results before special items                    $(412)       $(415)       $(404)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special items:
  Employee separation costs                       (18)          --          (43)
  Tax benefits on asset sales                      43           --          188
  Tax and other issues                             25          488            9
                                                --------------------------------
   Total special items                             50          488          154
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Corporate/
  Non-operating                                 $(362)       $  73        $(250)
================================================================================

Corporate/Non-operating includes our corporate center and financing activities.
Over the last three years, our corporate and non-operating results before
special items have been relatively flat. The year 1998 includes lower overhead
and tax expense as well as higher interest income mostly offset by interest
expense from higher average debt levels.

Special Items Results for 1998 included a charge of $18 million for employee
separation costs associated with our corporate center reorganization and other
cost-cutting initiatives which are expected to reduce annual pre-tax costs by
$60 million. Also included in 1998 results are tax benefits of $43 million for
the sales of interests in a subsidiary and a benefit of $25 million to adjust
for prior years' federal tax liabilities. The year 1997 included a tax benefit
of $488 million for an IRS settlement. Results for 1996 included a charge of $43
million for employee separation costs, a tax benefit of $188 million from the
sale of an interest in a subsidiary, a tax benefit of $41 million from adjusting
prior years' state tax expenses, and a charge of $32 million for expense
accruals for litigation issues.

Other Items

Liquidity and Capital Resources

INTRODUCTION The Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows on page 45 reports the
changes in cash balances for the last three years, and summarizes the inflows
and outflows of cash between operating, investing and financing activities. Our
cash-requirement strategy is to rely on cash from operations, supplemented by
outside borrowings and the proceeds from the sale of non-strategic assets.

     The main components of cash flows are:

INFLOWS Cash from operating activities represents net income adjusted for
non-cash charges or credits, such as depreciation, depletion and amortization,
and changes in working capital and other balances. Cash from operating
activities excludes exploratory expenses, which we show as an investing
activity. In 1998, cash from operating activities of $2,544 million is
significantly lower than the prior year primarily due to lower prices. For more
detailed insight into our financial and operational results, see Analysis of
Income by Operating Segments on the preceding pages.

     Net new borrowings in 1998 were $1,052 million compared to $498 million in
1997. Our strong cash management policies have provided us with the resources to
obtain cash necessary to supplement our funding requirements when faced with
deteriorating market conditions such as lower crude oil and natural gas prices.
During the year, we borrowed $280 million associated with assets in the U.K.
North Sea, $691 million from our existing "shelf" registrations, including $191
million under our medium-term note program, and $94 million from the issuance of
Zero Coupon Notes in Brazil. We also increased the amount 



<PAGE>

36                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


of our commercial paper by $725 million during the year, to a total of $1.6
billion at year-end. See Note 10 to the financial statements for total
outstanding debt, including 1998 borrowings.

     After December 31, 1998, we issued an additional $500 million from our
existing "shelf" registration to refinance existing short-term debt.

We maintain strong credit ratings and access to global financial markets
providing us flexibility to borrow funds at low capital costs. Our senior debt
is rated A+ by Standard & Poor's Corporation and A1 by Moody's Investors
Service. Our U.S. commercial paper is rated A-1 by Standard & Poor's and Prime-1
by Moody's. These ratings denote high quality investment grade securities. Our
debt has an average maturity of 10 years and a weighted average interest rate of
7.0%. We also maintain $2.05 billion in revolving credit facilities, which
remain unused, to provide additional support for liquidity and our commercial
paper program.

     Cash from affiliates of $612 million was received from Equilon,
representing formation payments. In February 1999, we received $101 million from
Equilon for the payment of notes receivable.

OUTFLOWS Capital and exploratory expenditures (Capex) were $3,101 million in
1998 -- The section on page 37 describes in more detail the uses of our Capex
dollars.

We continue our commitment to return value to our shareholders through a
sustained dividend policy.

Payments of dividends were $1,057 million in 1998 -- $952 million to common,
$53 million to preferred and $52 million to shareholders who hold a minority
interest in Texaco subsidiary companies.

Purchases of common stock were $579 million in 1998 -- In the first quarter of
1998, we purchased $105 million of our common stock. In March 1998, we announced
our intention to purchase up to an additional $1 billion of our common stock,
subject to market conditions, through open market purchases or privately
negotiated transactions. Under this program, we purchased $474 million in the
second and third quarters of 1998. Purchases under this program have been
suspended for an indefinite period.

     The following table reflects our key financial indicators:

(Millions of dollars, except as indicated)           1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current ratio                                        1.07       1.07       1.24
Total debt                                        $ 7,291    $ 6,392    $ 5,590
Average years debt maturity                            10         11         12
Average interest rates                               7.0%       7.2%       7.5%

Minority interest in
   subsidiary companies                           $   679    $   645    $   658
Stockholders' equity                              $11,833    $12,766    $10,372
Total debt to total borrowed
  and invested capital                              36.8%      32.3%      33.6%


OUTLOOK We consider our financial position to be sufficiently strong to meet our
anticipated future financial requirements. Our financial policies and procedures
afford us flexibility to meet the changing landscape of our financial
environment while assuring that the appropriate safeguards are in effect to
provide adequate internal controls for all transactions. Cash required to
service debt maturities in 1999 is projected to be about $500 million, which we
intend to refinance.

     While projections for a low price scenario extend through 1999, we feel
that our cash from operating activities, coupled with our borrowing capacity,
will allow us to meet our Capex requirements and continue to provide substantial
return to our shareholders in the form of dividends.

MANAGING MARKET RISK We are exposed to the following types of market risks:

o  The price of crude oil, natural gas and petroleum products

o  The value of foreign currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar

o  Interest rates




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     37


We enter into arrangements such as futures contracts, swaps and options to
manage our exposure to these risks within established guidelines. Our written
policies for engaging in these transactions limit our exposure and do not allow
for speculation. These arrangements do not expose us to material adverse
effects. See Notes 10, 15 and 16 to the financial statements and Supplemental
Market Risk Disclosures on page 76 for additional information.

Capital and Exploratory Expenditures

1998 ACTIVITY Worldwide capital and exploratory expenditures, including our
share of affiliates, were $4.0 billion for the year 1998, $5.9 billion for 1997
and $3.4 billion in 1996. The year 1997 included the $1.4 billion acquisition of
Monterey Resources Inc., a producing company primarily in California. Excluding
this acquisition, Texaco's expenditures in 1998 reflect the deferral of certain
projects due to the low-price environment. Expenditures were geographically and
functionally split as follows:

ITEM 9
CAPITAL AND EXPLORATORY EXPENDITURES--GEOGRAPHICAL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 9.]


ITEM 10
CAPITAL AND EXPLORATORY EXPENDITURES--FUNCTIONAL

[GRAPHIC/IMAGE/ILLUSTRATION MATERIAL APPEARS HERE.
 SEE APPENDIX, ITEM 10.]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION Significant areas of investment included:

o  High-impact development and exploratory projects in the deepwater Gulf of
Mexico

o  Enhanced oil recovery spending in California and Indonesia

o  Exploratory activity in promising international areas, including Nigeria,
the U.K., Angola and Trinidad

o  Development work in the U.K. North Sea, Indonesia and other promising areas

o  Continued investments, though at a slowed pace, in Eurasia

MANUFACTURING, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER Investments in downstream
facilities included:

o  Refining and marketing investments by two newly formed alliances in the
United States

o  Marketing expansion throughout promising areas of Latin America

o  Investments associated with the Caltex refinery in Thailand 




<PAGE>

38                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT

The following table details our capital and exploratory expenditures:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1998                          1997                          1996
                                              --------------------------    --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                        Inter-                        Inter-                        Inter-
(Millions of dollars)                           U.S.  national     Total     U.S.   national     Total     U.S.    national    Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Exploration and production
  Exploratory expenses                        $  257    $  204    $  461    $  189    $  282    $  471    $  153    $  226    $  379
  Capital expenditures
   Acquisition of Monterey
    Resources Inc.                                --        --        --     1,448        --     1,448        --        --        --
   Other                                       1,182     1,068     2,250     1,406     1,127     2,533       990       902     1,892
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total exploration and
    production                                 1,439     1,272     2,711     3,043     1,409     4,452     1,143     1,128     2,271
Manufacturing, marketing
  and distribution                               433       726     1,159       429       848     1,277       357       658     1,015

Global gas marketing                             115        --       115       142         2       144       103         7       110
Other                                             33         1        34        55         2        57        33         2        35
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                         $2,020    $1,999    $4,019    $3,669    $2,261    $5,930    $1,636    $1,795    $3,431
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total, excluding affiliates                   $1,528    $1,496    $3,024    $3,421    $1,718    $5,139    $1,535    $1,338    $2,873
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

1999 AND BEYOND Spending for 1999 is expected to be $3.7 billion. We realize
that future profitability is in large part dependent upon successful investments
today. Even in the current low-price environment, we feel it is important to
continue to prudently allocate capital resources on projects which often have
long lead times and which will generate attractive returns in the future.

     In the upstream, development spending will be directed toward projects in
the U.S. deepwater Gulf of Mexico, the U.K. North Sea and Denmark. Major
exploration projects will include Nigeria, Angola and Trinidad. In the
downstream, capital requirements funded by our affiliates Equilon, Motiva and
Caltex, will be slightly lower in 1999. In the European and Latin American
downstream areas, 80% of the expenditures relate to marketing operations. Most
of the manufacturing capital will be spent at the Pembroke plant in the U.K. We
will also increase our capital spending for power generation projects, mostly
through affiliates.

Environmental Matters

The cost of compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws in both
the U.S. and international continues to be substantial. Using definitions and
guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, our 1998
environmental spending was $807 million. This includes our equity share in the
environmental expenditures of our major affiliates, Equilon, Motiva and its
predecessor Star, and the Caltex Group of Companies. The following table
provides our environmental expenditures for the past three years:

(Millions of dollars)                             1998         1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures                              $175         $162         $185
Non-capital:
  Ongoing operations                               495          538          561
  Remediation                                       93           79          111
  Restoration and
     abandonment                                    44           46           48
                                                  ------------------------------
Total environmental
     expenditures                                 $807         $825         $905
================================================================================

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Our spending for capital projects in 1998 was $175 million. These expenditures
were made to comply with clean air and water regulations as well as waste
management requirements. In the United States, reformulated gasoline must meet
more stringent emission requirements in the year 2000. As a result, additional
investments will be made to meet these new standards. Worldwide capital
expenditures projected for 1999 and 2000 are $194 million and $183 million.

ONGOING OPERATIONS

In 1998, environmental expenses charged to current operations were $495 million.
These expenses related largely to the production of cleaner-burning gasoline and
the management of our environmental programs.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     39


REMEDIATION

Remediation Costs and Liabilities Our worldwide remediation expenditures in 1998
were $93 million. This included $14 million spent on the remediation of
Superfund waste sites. At the end of 1998, we had liabilities of $468 million
for the estimated cost of our known environmental liabilities. This includes $46
million for the cleanup of Superfund waste sites. We have accrued for these
remediation liabilities based on currently available facts, existing technology
and presently enacted laws and regulations. It is not possible to project
overall costs beyond amounts disclosed due to the uncertainty surrounding future
developments in regulations or until new information becomes available.

Superfund Sites Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and other
regulatory agencies have identified us as a potentially responsible party (PRP)
for cleanup of hazardous waste sites. We have determined that we may have
potential exposure, though limited in most cases, at 260 multi-party hazardous
waste sites. Of these sites, 73 are on the EPA's National Priority List. Under
Superfund, liability is joint and several, that is, each PRP at a site can be
held liable individually for the entire cleanup cost of the site. We are,
however, actively pursuing the sharing of Superfund costs with other identified
PRP's. The sharing of these costs is on the basis of weight, volume and toxicity
of the materials contributed by the PRP.

RESTORATION AND ABANDONMENT COSTS AND LIABILITIES Expenditures in 1998 for
restoration and abandonment amounted to $44 million. At year-end 1998, accruals
to cover the cost of restoration and abandonment or "closure" of our oil and gas
producing properties were $851 million.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We make every reasonable effort to fully comply with applicable governmental
regulations. Changes in these regulations as well as our continuous
re-evaluation of our environmental programs may result in additional future
costs. We believe that any mandated future costs would be recoverable in the
marketplace, since all companies within our industry would be facing similar
requirements. However, we do not believe that such future costs will be material
to our financial position or to our operating results over any reasonable period
of time.

New Accounting Standards

Note 2 to the financial statements discusses accounting standards adopted in
1998.

     In June 1998, SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities," was issued. SFAS 133 establishes new accounting rules and
disclosure requirements for most derivative instruments and for hedging related
to those instruments. We will adopt this Statement effective January 1, 2000 and
are currently assessing the initial effects of adoption.

Euro Conversion

On January 1, 1999, 11 of the 15 member countries of the European Union
established fixed conversion rates between their existing legacy currencies and
one common currency -- the euro. The euro began trading on world currency
exchanges and may be used in business transactions. On January 1, 2002, new
euro-denominated bills and coins will be issued, and legacy currencies will be
completely withdrawn from circulation by June 30 of that year.

     Our operating subsidiaries affected by the euro conversion have been
actively addressing our computer systems and overall fiscal and operational
activities to ensure our euro readiness. We are adapting our computer, financial
and operating systems and equipment to accommodate euro-denominated
transactions. We are also reviewing our marketing and operational policies and
procedures to ensure our ability to continue to successfully conduct all aspects
of our business in this new, price-transparent market. We believe that the euro
conversion will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or
results of operations.

Year 2000

THE PROBLEM The Year 2000 (Y2K) problem concerns the inability of information
and technology based operating systems to properly recognize and process
date-sensitive information beyond December 31, 1999. This could result in
systems failures and miscalculations, which could cause business disruptions.
Equipment that uses a date, such as computers and operating control systems, may
be affected. This includes equipment used by our customers and suppliers, as
well as by utilities and governmental entities that provide critical services to
us.




<PAGE>

40                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


OUR STATE OF READINESS We started working on the Y2K problem in early 1995. By
early 1996, we formed a Business Unit Steering Team and a Corporate Year 2000
Office. Our progress is reported monthly to our Chief Executive Officer, and
quarterly to our Board of Directors. Additionally, we are actively performing
both internal audits and external reviews to ensure that we reach our
objectives.

     We recognize that the Y2K issue affects every aspect of our business,
including computer software, computer hardware, telecommunications, industrial
automation and relationships with our suppliers and customers. Our Y2K effort
has included an extensive program to educate our employees, and development of
detailed guidelines for project management, testing and remediation. Each
business unit is periodically graded on their progress toward reaching their
project milestones. Our major affiliates have undertaken similar programs.

     In our computers and computer software, most of the problems we have found
involve our corporate financial software applications. Approximately 95% of
these need some type of modification or upgrade. In our industrial automation
systems, which we use in our refinery, lubricant plant, gas plant and oil well
operations to monitor, control and log data about the processes, approximately
5% need modification or upgrade. The majority of these are auxiliary systems,
such as laboratory analyzers and alarm logging functions, but several of the
higher level supervisory data acquisition systems and flow metering systems also
require upgrades.

At the end of 1998, we were approximately 80% through our Y2K efforts of
inventorying, assessing and fixing our systems. Almost all systems should be
ready by the end of the first quarter of 1999, but a few will be delayed until
later in 1999 as we wait for vendor upgrades. If any of these late-scheduled
upgrades are delayed, we will seek alternate vendors or develop contingency
plans, as appropriate. We are also progressing in our reviews with critical
suppliers and customers as to their Y2K state of readiness.

COSTS Because we began early, we have been able to do most of the work
ourselves. This has kept our costs low, and we project that we will spend no
more than $75 million on making our systems Y2K ready. As of December 31, 1998,
we have incurred costs of approximately $37 million.

RISKS Certain Y2K risk factors which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, liquidity and financial condition include, but are not
limited to: failure to identify critical systems which will experience failures,
errors in efforts to correct problems, unexpected failures by key business
suppliers and customers, extended failures by public and private utility
companies or common carriers supplying services to us and failures in global
banking systems and capital markets.

     If we have missed a potential Y2K problem, it will most likely be in our
financial software, or in auxiliary systems in our operations, such as
laboratory analyzers and alarm logging functions, where we have found the
majority of the problems. We do not anticipate that a problem in these areas
will have a significant impact on our ability to pursue our primary business
objectives. We routinely analyze all of our production and automation systems
for potential failures and appropriate responses are identified and documented.
Any problems in our primary industrial automation systems can be dealt with
using our existing engineering procedures.

     The worst case scenario would be that our failure or failures by our
important suppliers and customers to correct material Y2K problems could result
in serious disruptions in normal business activities and operations. Such
disruptions could prevent us from producing crude oil and natural gas, and
manufacturing and delivering refined products to customers. For example, failure
by a utility company to deliver electricity to our producing operations could
cause us to shut-in production leading to lost sales and income. We do not
expect a worst case scenario. However, if it occurs, Y2K failures, if not
corrected on a timely basis or otherwise mitigated by our contingency plans,
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and
overall financial condition.

CONTINGENCY PLANS We are well into our program to identify and assess our Y2K
readiness and the Y2K readiness of our critical and important suppliers and
customers. We will either seek alternative suppliers and customers for those we
assess as risky, or we will develop and test contingency plans. We have begun to
develop these contingency plans. In addition, we are reviewing our existing
business resumption plans. We expect to arrange alternative suppliers or develop
and complete the testing of contingency plans no later than July 1, 1999.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     41


Description of Significant Accounting Policies

Principals of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements consist of the accounts of Texaco Inc. and
subsidiary companies owned directly or indirectly more than 50% except when
voting control does not exist. Intercompany accounts and transactions are
eliminated.

     The U.S. dollar is the functional currency of all our operations and
substantially all of the operations of affiliates accounted for on the equity
method. For these operations, translation effects and all gains and losses from
transactions not denominated in the functional currency are included in income
currently, except for certain hedging transactions. The cumulative translation
effects for the equity affiliates using functional currencies other than the
U.S. dollar are included in the currency translation adjustment in stockholders'
equity.

Use of Estimates

In preparing Texaco's consolidated financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to use estimates and
management's judgment. While we have considered all available information,
actual amounts could differ from those reported as assets and liabilities and
related revenues, costs and expenses and the disclosed amounts of contingencies.

Revenues

We recognize revenues for crude oil, natural gas and refined product sales at
the point of passage of title specified in the contract. We record revenues on
forward sales where cash has been received to deferred income until the passage
of title during delivery.

Cash Equivalents

We generally classify highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months
or less when purchased as cash equivalents.

Inventories

We value inventories at the lower of cost or market, after initial recording at
cost. For virtually all inventories of crude oil, petroleum products and
petrochemicals, cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. For
other merchandise inventories, cost is on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.
For materials and supplies, cost is at average cost.

Investments and Advances

We use the equity method of accounting for investments in certain affiliates
owned 50% or less, including corporate joint ventures, limited liability
companies and partnerships. Under this method, we record equity in the pre-tax
income or losses of limited liability companies and partnerships, and in the net
income or losses of corporate joint-venture companies currently in Texaco's
revenues, rather than when realized through dividends or distributions.

     We record the net income of affiliates accounted for at cost in net income
when realized through dividends.

     We account for investments in debt securities and in equity securities with
readily determinable fair values at fair value if classified as
available-for-sale.

Properties, Plant and Equipment and Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

We follow the "successful efforts" method of accounting for our oil and gas
exploration and producing operations.

     We capitalize as incurred the lease acquisition costs of properties held
for oil, gas and mineral production. We expense as incurred exploratory costs
other than wells. We initially capitalize exploratory wells, including
stratigraphic test wells, pending further evaluation of whether economically
recoverable proved reserves have been found. If such reserves are not found, we
charge the well costs to exploratory expenses. For locations not requiring major
capital expenditures, we record the charge within one year of well completion.
We capitalize intangible drilling costs of productive wells and of development
dry holes, and tangible equipment costs. Also capitalized are costs of injected
carbon dioxide related to development of oil and gas reserves.

     We base our evaluation of impairment for properties, plant and equipment
intended to be held on comparison of carrying value against undiscounted future
net pre-tax cash flows, generally based on proved developed reserves. If an
impairment is identified, we adjust the asset's carrying amount to fair value.
We generally account for assets to be disposed of at the lower of net book value
or fair value less cost to sell.

     We amortize unproved oil and gas properties, when individually significant,
by property using a valuation assessment. We generally amortize other unproved
oil and gas properties on an aggregate basis over the average holding period,
for the portion expected to be nonproductive. We amortize productive properties
and other tangible and intangible costs of producing activities principally by
field. Amortization is based on the unit-of-production basis by applying the
ratio of produced oil and gas to 




<PAGE>

42                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


estimated recoverable proved oil and gas reserves. We include estimated future
restoration and abandonment costs in determining amortization and depreciation
rates of productive properties.

     We apply depreciation of facilities other than producing properties
generally on the group plan, using the straight-line method, with composite
rates reflecting the estimated useful life and cost of each class of property.
We depreciate facilities not on the group plan individually by estimated useful
life using the straight-line method. We exclude estimated salvage value from
amounts subject to depreciation. We amortize capitalized nonmineral leases over
the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, as appropriate, using
the straight-line method.

     We record periodic maintenance and repairs at manufacturing facilities on
the accrual basis. We charge to expense normal maintenance and repairs of all
other properties, plant and equipment as incurred. We capitalize renewals,
betterments and major repairs that materially extend the useful life of
properties and record a retirement of the assets replaced, if any.

     When capital assets representing complete units of property are disposed
of, we credit or charge to income the difference between the disposal proceeds
and net book value.

Environmental Expenditures

When remediation of a property is probable and the related costs can be
reasonably estimated, we expense environmentally-related remediation costs and
record them as liabilities. We expense or capitalize other environmental
expenditures, principally maintenance or preventive in nature, as appropriate.

Deferred Income Taxes

We determine deferred income taxes utilizing a liability approach. The income
statement effect is derived from changes in deferred income taxes on the balance
sheet. This approach gives consideration to the future tax consequences
associated with differences between financial accounting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities. These differences relate to items such as depreciable and
depletable properties, exploratory and intangible drilling costs, nonproductive
leases, merchandise inventories and certain liabilities. This approach gives
immediate effect to changes in income tax laws upon enactment.

     We reduce deferred income tax assets by a valuation allowance when it is
more likely than not (more than 50%) that a portion will not be realized.
Deferred income tax assets are assessed individually by type for this purpose.
This process requires the use of estimates and judgment, as many deferred income
tax assets have a long potential realization period.

     We do not make provision for possible income taxes payable upon
distribution of accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiary companies and
affiliated corporate joint-venture companies when such earnings are deemed to be
permanently reinvested.

Accounting for Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date financial statements are issued,
which may result in a loss to the company, but which will only be resolved when
one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Such contingent liabilities
are assessed by the company's management and legal counsel. The assessment of
loss contingencies necessarily involves an exercise of judgment and is a matter
of opinion. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that
are pending against the company or unasserted claims that may result in such
proceedings, the company's legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any
legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the
amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

     If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a
material liability had been incurred and the amount of the loss can be
estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the company's
financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material
liability is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot
be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an
estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be
disclosed.

     Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless
they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be
disclosed. However, in some instances in which disclosure is not otherwise
required, the company may disclose contingent liabilities of an unusual nature
which, in the judgment of management and its legal counsel, may be of interest
to stockholders or others.

Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows

We present cash flows from operating activities using the indirect method. We
exclude exploratory expenses from cash flows of operating activities and apply
them to cash flows of investing activities. On this basis, we reflect all
capital and exploratory expenditures as investing activities.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     43

Statement of Consolidated Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars) For the years ended December 31                                        1998              1997             1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>               <C>              <C>
Revenues
Sales and services (includes transactions with significant
  affiliates of $4,169 million in 1998, $3,633 million
  in 1997 and $3,867 million in 1996)                                                   $  30,910         $  45,187        $  44,561
Equity in income of affiliates, interest, asset sales and other                               797             1,480              939
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
Total revenues                                                                             31,707            46,667           45,500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deductions

Purchases and other costs (includes transactions with significant
  affiliates of $1,669 million in 1998, $2,178 million in 1997 and
  $2,048 million in 1996)                                                                  24,179            35,230           34,643
Operating expenses                                                                          2,508             3,251            3,235
Selling, general and administrative expenses                                                1,224             1,755            1,803
Exploratory expenses                                                                          461               471              379
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                                    1,675             1,633            1,455
Interest expense                                                                              480               412              434
Taxes other than income taxes                                                                 423               520              496
Minority interest                                                                              56                68               72
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           31,006            43,340           42,517
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of
  accounting change                                                                           701             3,327            2,983
Provision for income taxes                                                                     98               663              965
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change                                          603             2,664            2,018
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                        (25)               --               --
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
Net income                                                                              $     578         $   2,664        $   2,018
====================================================================================================================================

Net Income per Common Share (Dollars)
Basic:
  Income before cumulative effect of accounting change                                  $    1.04         $    4.99        $    3.77
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                     (.05)               --               --
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
  Net income                                                                            $     .99         $    4.99        $    3.77
====================================================================================================================================
Diluted:
  Income before cumulative effect of accounting change                                  $    1.04         $    4.87        $    3.68
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                     (.05)               --               --
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
  Net income                                                                            $     .99         $    4.87        $    3.68
====================================================================================================================================
Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding (for computation
  of earnings per share) (thousands)
  Basic                                                                                   528,416           522,234          520,392
  Diluted                                                                                 528,965           542,570          541,824
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

44                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Consolidated Balance Sheet

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                                                                        1998            1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                        <C>             <C>     
Assets
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                $    249        $    311
  Short-term investments - at fair value                                                                         22              84
  Accounts and notes receivable (includes receivables from significant affiliates
   of $694 million in 1998 and $234 million in 1997), less allowance for
   doubtful accounts of $28 million in 1998 and $22 million in 1997                                           3,955           4,230
  Inventories                                                                                                 1,154           1,483
  Deferred income taxes and other current assets                                                                256             324
                                                                                                           ------------------------
     Total current assets                                                                                     5,636           6,432
Investments and advances                                                                                      7,184           5,097
Net properties, plant and equipment                                                                          14,761          17,116
Deferred charges                                                                                                989             955
                                                                                                           ------------------------
     Total                                                                                                 $ 28,570        $ 29,600
===================================================================================================================================

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
  Notes payable, commercial paper and current portion of long-term debt                                    $    939        $    885
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (includes payables to significant affiliates
   of $395 million in 1998 and $106 million in 1997)
     Trade liabilities                                                                                        2,302           2,669
     Accrued liabilities                                                                                      1,368           1,480
  Estimated income and other taxes                                                                              655             960
                                                                                                           ------------------------
     Total current liabilities                                                                                5,264           5,994
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations                                                                  6,352           5,507
Deferred income taxes                                                                                         1,644           1,825
Employee retirement benefits                                                                                  1,248           1,224
Deferred credits and other noncurrent liabilities                                                             1,550           1,639
Minority interest in subsidiary companies                                                                       679             645
                                                                                                           ------------------------
     Total                                                                                                   16,737          16,834
Stockholders' Equity
  Market auction preferred shares                                                                               300             300
  ESOP convertible preferred stock                                                                              428             457
  Unearned employee compensation and benefit plan trust                                                        (334)           (389)
  Common stock - 567,606,290 shares issued                                                                    1,774           1,774
  Paid-in capital in excess of par value                                                                      1,640           1,688
  Retained earnings                                                                                           9,561           9,987
  Other accumulated nonowner changes in equity                                                                 (101)            (95)
                                                                                                           ------------------------
                                                                                                             13,268          13,722
  Less - Common stock held in treasury, at cost                                                               1,435             956
                                                                                                           ------------------------
     Total stockholders' equity                                                                              11,833          12,766
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total                                                                                                 $ 28,570        $ 29,600
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     45

Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars) For the years ended December 31                                          1998            1997            1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>    
Operating  Activities
Net income                                                                                  $   578         $ 2,664         $ 2,018
Reconciliation to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                         25              --              --
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                                    1,675           1,633           1,455
  Deferred income taxes                                                                        (152)            451             (20)
  Exploratory expenses                                                                          461             471             379
  Minority interest in net income                                                                56              68              72
  Dividends from affiliates, greater than (less than) equity in income                          224            (370)            167
  Gains on asset sales                                                                         (109)           (558)            (19)
  Changes in operating working capital
   Accounts and notes receivable                                                                125             718          (1,072)
   Inventories                                                                                  (51)            (56)           (104)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                                      16            (856)            716
   Other - mainly estimated income and other taxes                                             (205)            (64)             97
  Other - net                                                                                   (99)           (186)             73
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities                                                2,544           3,915           3,762
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Investing Activities
Capital and exploratory expenditures                                                         (3,101)         (3,628)         (2,897)
Proceeds from asset sales                                                                       282           1,036             125
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations                                                    --              --             344
Sales (purchases) of leasehold interests                                                         25            (503)            261
Purchases of investment instruments                                                            (947)         (1,102)         (1,668)
Sales/maturities of investment instruments                                                    1,118           1,096           1,816
Formation payments from U.S. affiliate                                                          612              --              --
Other - net                                                                                      --             (57)             70
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
     Net cash used in investing activities                                                   (2,011)         (3,158)         (1,949)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Financing Activities
Borrowings having original terms in excess of three months
  Proceeds                                                                                    1,300             507             307
  Repayments                                                                                   (741)           (637)           (802)
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings                                                     493             628            (143)
Purchases of common stock                                                                      (579)           (382)           (159)
Dividends paid to the company's stockholders
  Common                                                                                       (952)           (918)           (859)
  Preferred                                                                                     (53)            (55)            (58)
Dividends paid to minority stockholders                                                         (52)            (81)            (87)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
     Net cash used in financing activities                                                     (584)           (938)         (1,801)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Effect of exchange rate changes                                                                 (11)            (19)             (2)
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) during year                                                                 (62)           (200)             10
Beginning of year                                                                               311             511             501
                                                                                            ---------------------------------------
End of year                                                                                 $   249         $   311         $   511
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

46                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT

Statement of Consolidated Stockholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Shares      Amount     Shares       Amount     Shares       Amount
                                                               --------------------  ----------------------  -----------------------
(Shares in thousands; amounts in millions of dollars)                          1998                    1997                    1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>      
Preferred Stock
par value $1; Shares authorized - 30,000,000

Market Auction Preferred Shares (Series G, H, I and J) -
liquidation preference of $250,000 per share
  Beginning and end of year                                           1    $    300           1    $    300           1    $    300
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series B ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock -
liquidation value of $600 per share
  Beginning of year                                                 693         416         720         432         751         450
  Retirements                                                       (44)        (27)        (27)        (16)        (31)        (18)
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                                       649         389         693         416         720         432
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series F ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock -
liquidation value of $737.50 per share
  Beginning of year                                                  56          41          57          42          60          45
  Retirements                                                        (3)         (2)         (1)         (1)         (3)         (3)
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                                        53          39          56          41          57          42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unearned Employee Compensation
(related to ESOP preferred stock and restricted
stock awards)
  Beginning of year                                                            (149)                   (175)                   (234)
  Awards                                                                        (36)                    (16)                    (22)
  Amortization and other                                                         91                      42                      81
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                                                   (94)                   (149)                   (175)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit Plan Trust
(common stock)
  Beginning of year                                               9,200        (240)      8,000        (203)      8,000        (203)
  Additions                                                          --          --       1,200         (37)         --          --
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                                     9,200        (240)      9,200        (240)      8,000        (203)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
par value $3.125; Shares authorized - 700,000,000
  Beginning of year                                             567,606       1,774     548,587       1,714     548,587       1,714
  Issued for Monterey acquisition                                    --          --      19,019          60          --          --
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                                   567,606       1,774     567,606       1,774     548,587       1,714
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Held in Treasury, at cost
Beginning of year                                                25,467        (956)     21,191        (628)     20,152        (517)
Purchases of common stock                                         9,572        (551)      7,423        (410)      3,515        (159)
Transfer to benefit plan trust                                       --          --      (1,200)         37          --          --
Other - mainly employee benefit plans                            (2,063)         72      (1,947)         45      (2,476)         48
                                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
End of year                                                      32,976    $ (1,435)     25,467    $   (956)     21,191    $   (628)
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                                        (Continued on next page)




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     47

Statement of Consolidated Stockholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars)                                                                      1998              1997              1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>               <C>     
Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par Value
Beginning of year                                                                      $  1,688          $    630          $    655
Monterey acquisition                                                                         --             1,091                --
Treasury stock transactions relating to investor services plan
  and employee compensation plans                                                           (48)              (33)              (25)
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
End of year                                                                               1,640             1,688               630
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Retained Earnings
Balance at beginning of year                                                              9,987             8,292             7,186
Add:
  Net income                                                                                578             2,664             2,018
  Tax benefit associated with dividends on unallocated ESOP
   Convertible Preferred Stock                                                                3                 4                 5
Deduct: Dividends declared on
  Common stock ($1.80 per share in 1998, $1.75 per share in 1997
   and $1.65 per share in 1996)                                                             952               918               859
  Preferred stock
   Series B ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock                                                 38                40                42
   Series F ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock                                                  4                 4                 4
   Market Auction Preferred Shares (Series G, H, I and J)                                    13                11                12
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                                                                    9,561             9,987             8,292
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other Accumulated Nonowner Changes in Equity
  Currency translation adjustment
   Beginning of year                                                                       (105)              (65)               61
   Change during year                                                                        (2)              (40)             (126)
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                                             (107)             (105)              (65)
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Minimum pension liability adjustment
   Beginning of year                                                                        (16)               --                --
   Change during year                                                                        (8)              (16)               --
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                                              (24)              (16)               --
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
  Unrealized net gain on investments
   Beginning of year                                                                         26                33                62
   Change during year                                                                         4                (7)              (29)
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                                               30                26                33
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
Total other accumulated nonowner changes in equity                                         (101)              (95)              (32)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stockholders' Equity
End of year (including preceding page)                                                 $ 11,833          $ 12,766          $ 10,372
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

48                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT

Statement of Consolidated Nonowner Changes in Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Millions of dollars)                                                        1998       1997       1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>    
Net income                                                                $   578    $ 2,664    $ 2,018
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other nonowner changes in equity:
  Currency translation adjustment
   Reclassification to net income of realized gain on sale of affiliate        --         --        (60)
   Other unrealized net change during period                                   (2)       (40)       (66)
                                                                          -----------------------------
      Total                                                                    (2)       (40)      (126)
                                                                          -----------------------------
  Minimum pension liability adjustment
     Before income taxes                                                      (16)       (21)        --
     Income taxes                                                               8          5         --
                                                                          -----------------------------
      Total                                                                    (8)       (16)        --
                                                                          -----------------------------
  Unrealized net gain on investments
   Net gain (loss) arising during period
     Before income taxes                                                       35         22          9
     Income taxes                                                             (11)        (9)        (7)
   Reclassification to net income of net realized (gain) or loss
     Before income taxes                                                      (31)       (29)       (43)
     Income taxes                                                              11          9         12
                                                                          -----------------------------
      Total                                                                     4         (7)       (29)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total other nonowner changes in equity                                         (6)       (63)      (155)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonowner changes in equity                                          $   572    $ 2,601    $ 1,863
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     49


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1    Segment Information

We are presenting below information about our operating segments for the years
1998, 1997 and 1996, according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, which
we adopted this year.

     We determined our operating segments based on differences in the nature of
their operations and geographic location. The composition of segments and
measure of segment profit is consistent with that used by our Executive Council
in making strategic decisions. The Executive Council is headed by the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer and includes, among others, the Senior Vice
Presidents having oversight responsibility for our business units.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Segments 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Sales and Services       After      Income
                             --------------------------------         Tax         Tax                  Other     Capital  Assets at
                                           Inter-                  Profit     Expense        DD&A   Non-cash      Expen-      Year-
(Millions of dollars)         Outside     segment       Total      (Loss)   (Benefit)     Expense      Items     ditures        End
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>     
Exploration and production
  United States              $  1,712    $  1,660    $  3,372    $    301    $     34    $    892   $      1    $  1,200   $  8,699
  International                 2,028       1,358       3,386         120         127         513         20         951      4,352
Manufacturing, marketing
  and distribution
  United States                 2,582         107       2,689         223          96           6        228           1      4,095
  International                19,835          86      19,921         332         130         204        135         403      8,306
Global gas marketing            4,692          84       4,776         (18)          5          14         50          61        879
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Segment totals            $ 30,849    $  3,295      34,144         958         392       1,629        434       2,616     26,331
                             ====================
Other business units                                       91           7           4           2         (2)         --        506
Corporate/Non-operating                                     4        (362)       (298)         44        (67)         33      1,945
Intersegment eliminations                              (3,329)         --          --          --         --          --       (212)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Consolidated, before
   cumulative effect of
   accounting change                                 $ 30,910    $    603    $     98    $  1,675   $    365    $  2,649   $ 28,570
                                                     ==============================================================================

<CAPTION>
Operating Segments 1997

                                           Sales and Services       After      Income
                             --------------------------------         Tax         Tax                  Other     Capital  Assets at
                                           Inter-                  Profit     Expense        DD&A   Non-cash      Expen-      Year-
(Millions of dollars)         Outside     segment       Total      (Loss)   (Benefit)     Expense      Items     ditures        End
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>     
 Exploration and production
   United States             $    365    $  4,156    $  4,521     $   990    $    487    $    783   $    281    $  1,349   $  8,769
   International                2,575       1,751       4,326         807         566         442        105         934      4,036
 Manufacturing, marketing                          
   and distribution                                
   United States               16,992         357      17,349         324         172         178        169         262      5,668
   International               19,992         235      20,227         508         117         173       (166)        482      8,048
 Global gas marketing           5,207         254       5,461         (43)         (9)         14         61          75      1,012
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Segment totals           $ 45,131    $  6,753      51,884       2,586       1,333       1,590        450       3,102     27,533
                             ====================
 Other business units                                     101           5           5           2          4          --        544
 Corporate/Non-operating                                    6          73        (675)         41        242          57      2,030
 Intersegment eliminations                             (6,804)         --          --          --         --          --       (507)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Consolidated                                     $ 45,187     $ 2,664    $    663    $  1,633   $    696    $  3,159   $ 29,600
                                                     ==============================================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

50                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Operating Segments 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Sales and Services       After      Income
                             --------------------------------         Tax         Tax                  Other     Capital  Assets at
                                           Inter-                  Profit     Expense        DD&A   Non-cash      Expen-      Year-
(Millions of dollars)         Outside     segment       Total      (Loss)   (Benefit)     Expense      Items     ditures        End
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>     
 Exploration and production
   United States             $    204    $  4,146    $  4,350    $  1,074    $    528    $    670   $    109    $    990   $  6,067
   International                2,384       1,930       4,314         493         523         393        (21)        755      3,651
 Manufacturing, marketing                                                                
   and distribution                                                                      
   United States               18,424         493      18,917         210         143         176         92         271      6,310
   International               18,750         363      19,113         447         127         161        201         356      7,751
 Global gas marketing           4,754         342       5,096          34          19          13         (7)        110      1,152
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Segment totals           $ 44,516    $  7,274      51,790       2,258       1,340       1,413        374       2,482     24,931
                             ====================
 Other business units                                     112          10          10           7          3          --        530
 Corporate/Non-operating                                    5        (250)       (385)         35        332          35      2,216
 Intersegment eliminations                             (7,346)         --          --          --         --          --       (714)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Consolidated                                     $ 44,561    $  2,018    $    965    $  1,455   $    709    $  2,517   $ 26,963
                                                     ==============================================================================
</TABLE>

Our exploration and production segments explore for, find, develop and produce
crude oil and natural gas. The U.S. segment includes minor operations in Canada.
Our manufacturing, marketing and distribution segments process crude oil and
other feedstock into refined products and purchase, sell and transport crude oil
and refined petroleum products. Global gas marketing purchases natural gas and
natural gas products from our exploration and production operations and others
for resale, and operates natural gas processing plants and pipelines in the
United States. This segment, which operates primarily in the U.S., sold its U.K.
wholesale gas business in 1998 and announced its intention to dispose of its
U.K. retail gas marketing business as well. Other business units include our
insurance, power generation and gasification operations and investments in
undeveloped mineral properties. None of these units is individually significant
in terms of revenue, income or assets.

     You are encouraged to read Note 6 - Investments and Advances, beginning on
page 52, which includes information about our affiliates and the formation of
the Equilon and Motiva alliances in 1998.

     Corporate and non-operating includes the assets, income and expenses
relating to cash management and financing activities, our corporate center and
other items not directly attributable to the operating segments.

     We apply the same accounting policies to each of the segments as we do in
preparing the consolidated financial statements. Intersegment sales and services
are generally representative of market prices or arms-length negotiated
transactions. Intersegment receivables are representative of normal trade
balances. Other non-cash items principally include deferred income taxes, the
difference between cash distributions and equity in income of affiliates, and
non-cash charges and credits associated with asset sales. Capital expenditures
are presented on a cash basis, excluding exploratory expenses.

     The countries in which we have significant sales and services and
long-lived assets are listed below. Sales and services are based on the origin
of the sale. Long-lived assets include properties, plant and equipment and
investments in foreign producing operations where the host governments own the
physical assets under terms of the operating agreements.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Sales and Services       Long-lived assets at December 31
                                                            ---------------------------------      ---------------------------------
(Millions of dollars)                                          1998         1997         1996         1998         1997         1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
United States                                               $ 8,184      $21,657      $22,643      $ 8,757      $11,437      $ 8,683
====================================================================================================================================
International - Total                                        22,726       23,530       21,918        6,250        5,876        4,914
  Significant countries included above:
   Brazil                                                     3,175        3,175        2,670          301          266          235
   Netherlands                                                1,636        1,901        2,129          257          250          212
   United Kingdom                                             7,529        6,862        5,846        2,257        2,384        1,846
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     51


Note 2    Adoption of New Accounting Standards

SFAS 128 and 129 -- During 1997, we adopted SFAS 128, "Earnings per Share." Our
basic and diluted net income per common share under SFAS 128 were approximately
the same as under the comparable prior basis of reporting. In 1997, we also
adopted SFAS 129, "Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure." Our
existing disclosures complied with this standard.

     SFAS 130, 131 and 132 -- In 1998, Texaco adopted SFAS 130, 131 and 132.
SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," requires that we report all items
classified as comprehensive income under its provisions as separate components
within a financial statement. SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," requires the reporting of certain income,
revenue, expense and asset data about operating segments of public enterprises.
Operating segments are based upon a company's internal management structure.
SFAS 131 also requires data for revenues and long-lived assets by major
countries of operation. SFAS 132, "Employer's Disclosures about Pensions and
Other Postretirement Benefits," requires disclosure of new information on
changes in plan benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets.

     SOP 98-5 -- Effective January 1, 1998, Caltex, our affiliate, adopted
Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities,"
issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. This Statement
requires that the costs of start-up activities and organization costs, as
defined, be expensed as incurred. The cumulative effect of adoption on Texaco's
net income for 1998 was a net loss of $25 million. This Statement will be
adopted by Texaco and our other affiliates effective January 1, 1999. We do not
expect the effect to be material.

Note 3    Income Per Common Share

Basic net income per common share is based on net income less preferred stock
dividend requirements divided by the average number of common shares
outstanding. Diluted net income per common share assumes issuance of the net
incremental shares from stock options and full conversion of all dilutive
convertible securities at the later of the beginning of the year or date of
issuance. Common shares held by the benefit plan trust are not considered
outstanding for purposes of net income per common share.

     In July 1997, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one split of the
company's common stock, effective September 29, 1997. The par value was halved
and the number of authorized shares was doubled. We have restated prior years'
financial statements and all references to number of shares and per share
amounts for the stock split. Also, we have adjusted all agreements that include
exchange, conversion or other rights based on the company's common stock for the
stock split.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998                             1997                            1996
(Millions, except per share amounts) ----------------------------    -----------------------------   ------------------------------
For the years ended December 31       Income    Shares  Per Share     Income     Shares  Per Share     Income     Shares  Per Share
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>           <C>    <C>      
Basic net income:
Income before cumulative
  effect of accounting change        $   603                         $   2,664                       $   2,018
Less: Preferred stock dividends          (54)                              (56)                            (58)
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative
  effect of accounting change,
  for basic income per share         $   549      528.4   $  1.04    $   2,608    522.2  $    4.99   $   1,960     520.4  $    3.77

Effect of dilutive securities:
ESOP Convertible preferred stock          --         --                     34     19.3                     34      20.0
Stock options and restricted stock        --         .4                     --       .8                     --       1.1
Convertible debentures                     1         .2                     --       .3                     --        .3
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative
  effect of accounting change, for
  diluted income per share           $   550      529.0   $  1.04    $   2,642    542.6  $    4.87   $   1,994     541.8  $    3.68
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

52                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Note 4    Acquisition of Monterey Resources

In November 1997, we acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Monterey
Resources (Monterey) in exchange for approximately 19 million shares of our
common stock valued at $1.1 billion. We accounted for the transaction as a
purchase. The total purchase price was $1.4 billion, including existing Monterey
debt of $.3 billion; $2.2 billion was assigned to properties, plant and
equipment, and $.7 billion was assigned to deferred income tax liabilities.
Monterey was an oil and gas company with mostly crude oil properties in
California.

     Our financial statements reflect the consolidation of Monterey assets and
liabilities at fair value effective from November 1, 1997. The pro forma effects
had Monterey been consolidated at the beginning of either 1997 or 1996 would not
have been material to Texaco's revenues, net income, and basic and diluted net
income per common share for those years.

Note 5    Inventories

(Millions of dollars)
As of December 31                                            1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Crude oil                                                 $   116        $   308
Petroleum products and petrochemicals                         799            893
Other merchandise                                              40             59
Materials and supplies                                        199            223
                                                          ----------------------
  Total                                                   $ 1,154        $ 1,483
================================================================================

The book value of inventories at December 31, 1998 is net of a valuation
allowance of $99 million to adjust from cost to market. At December 31, 1997,
the excess of estimated market over the book value of inventories was $204
million.

Note 6    Investments and Advances

We account for our investments in affiliates, including corporate joint ventures
and partnerships owned 50% or less, on the equity method. Our total investments
and advances are summarized as follows:

(Millions of dollars)
As of December 31                                            1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affiliates accounted for
  on the equity method
  Exploration and production
     United States                                        $   230        $   126
     International                                          
      CPI                                                     452            437
      Other                                                    24             15
                                                          ----------------------
                                                              706            578
                                                            
  Manufacturing, marketing                                  
   and distribution                                         
     United States                                          
      Equilon                                               2,266             --
      Motiva                                                  896             --
      Star                                                     --            889
      Other                                                    29            178
     International                                          
      Caltex                                                1,747          1,860
      Other                                                   215            191
                                                          ----------------------
                                                            5,153          3,118
                                                            
  Global gas marketing                                         71             55
  Other affiliates                                             86             70
                                                          ----------------------
  Total                                                     6,016          3,821
                                                          ----------------------
                                                            
Miscellaneous investments,                                  
  long-term receivables, etc.,                              
  accounted for at:                                         
   Fair value                                                 470            537
   Cost, less reserve                                         698            739
                                                          ---------------------
   Total                                                  $ 7,184        $ 5,097
================================================================================




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     53


Our equity in the net income of affiliates is adjusted to reflect income taxes
for limited liability companies and partnerships whose income is directly
taxable to us:

(Millions of dollars)
For the years ended December 31                    1998        1997        1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity in net income (loss)
  Exploration and production
   United States                                  $  37       $  40       $  36
   International
     CPI                                            107         171         188
     Other                                          (12)         --           1
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    132         211         225

  Manufacturing, marketing
   and distribution
     United States
      Equilon                                       199          --          --
      Motiva                                         22          --          --
      Star                                           (3)         95          14
      Other                                           3          48          51
     International
      Caltex                                        (36)        252         347
      Other                                          15          20          22
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    200         415         434
  Global gas marketing                              (26)        (20)         (3)
  Other affiliates                                   12          10          13
                                                  -----------------------------
   Total                                          $ 318       $ 616       $ 669
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends received                                $ 709       $ 332       $ 878
===============================================================================

The undistributed earnings of these affiliates included in our retained earnings
were $2,409 million, $2,658 million and $2,609 million as of December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996.

Caltex Group

We have investments in the Caltex Group of Companies, owned 50% by Texaco and
50% by Chevron Corporation. The Caltex group consists of P.T. Caltex Pacific
Indonesia (CPI), American Overseas Petroleum Limited and subsidiary and Caltex
Corporation and subsidiaries (Caltex). This group of companies is engaged in the
exploration for and production, transportation, refining and marketing of crude
oil and products in Africa, Asia, Australia, the Middle East and New Zealand.

     Results for the Caltex Group in 1998 include an after-tax charge of $50 
million (Texaco's share $25 million) for the cumulative effect of accounting
change. See Note 2 for additional information.

     In 1996, Caltex completed the sale of its 50% interest in Nippon Petroleum
Refining Company, Limited (NPRC) to its partner, Nippon Oil Company, for
approximately $2 billion. Caltex' net income for 1996 includes a gain of $621
million associated with this sale. Our results include a net gain of $219
million relating to this sale, comprised of our equity share of the gain, less
an adjustment in the carrying value of our investment and further reduced by a
tax on the dividend distributed to the shareholders.

Equilon Enterprises LLC

Effective January 1, 1998, Texaco and Shell Oil Company formed Equilon
Enterprises LLC (Equilon), a Delaware limited liability company. Equilon is a
joint venture that combined major elements of the companies' western and
midwestern U.S. refining and marketing businesses and their nationwide trading,
transportation and lubricants businesses. We own 44% and Shell Oil Company owns
56% of Equilon.

     The carrying amounts at January 1, 1998, of the principal assets and
liabilities of the businesses we contributed to Equilon were $.2 billion of net
working capital assets, $2.8 billion of net properties, plant and equipment and
$.2 billion of debt. These amounts were reclassified to investment in affiliates
accounted for by the equity method.

     In April 1998, we received $463 million from Equilon, representing
reimbursement of certain capital expenditures incurred prior to the formation of
the joint venture. In July 1998, we received $149 million from Equilon for
certain specifically identified assets transferred for value to Equilon.

Motiva Enterprises LLC

Effective July 1, 1998, Texaco, Shell and Saudi Aramco formed Motiva Enterprises
LLC (Motiva), a Delaware limited liability company. Motiva is a joint venture
that combined Texaco's and Saudi Aramco's interests and major elements of
Shell's eastern and Gulf Coast U.S. refining and marketing businesses. Texaco's
and Saudi Aramco's interest in these businesses were previously conducted by
Star Enterprise (Star), a joint-venture partnership owned 50% by Texaco and 50%
by Saudi Refining, Inc., a corporate affiliate of Saudi Aramco. Texaco and Saudi
Refining, Inc., each owns 32.5% and Shell owns 35% of Motiva.

     The investment in Motiva at date of formation approximated the previous
investment in Star. The Motiva investment and previous Star investment are
recorded as investment in affiliates accounted for on the equity method.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table provides summarized financial information on a 100% basis
for the Caltex Group, Equilon, Motiva, Star and all other affiliates that we
account for on




<PAGE>

54                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


the equity  method,  as well as  Texaco's  share.  The net income of all limited
liability  companies and  partnerships  is net of estimated  income  taxes.  The
actual  income tax  liability is  reflected  in the  accounts of the  respective
members or partners and not shown in the following table.

   Motiva's and Star's assets at the respective balance sheet dates include the
remaining portion of the assets which were originally transferred from Texaco to
Star at the fair market value on the date of formation of Star. Our investment
and equity in the income of Motiva and Star, as reported in our consolidated
financial statements, reflect the remaining unamortized historical carrying cost
of the assets transferred to Star at formation of Star. Additionally, our
investments in Motiva and Star include adjustments necessary to reflect
contractual arrangements on the formation of Star, principally involving
contributed inventories.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      Total
                                                                                            Caltex          Other  Texaco's
(Millions of dollars)                                    Equilon     Motiva       Star       Group     Affiliates     Share
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
1998
Gross revenues                                          $ 22,246    $  5,371  $  3,190     $ 17,174    $  2,541    $ 22,856
Income (loss) before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of accounting change                $    502    $     78  $   (128)    $    519    $    170    $    662
Net income (loss)                                       $    326    $     51  $    (83)    $    143    $     84    $    318
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31:
Current assets                                          $  2,648    $  1,435               $  1,974    $    687    $  2,757
Noncurrent assets                                          7,758       5,306                  7,684       2,021       9,332
Current liabilities                                       (4,058)     (1,248)                (2,840)       (727)     (3,932)
Noncurrent liabilities                                      (382)     (1,665)                (2,421)       (672)     (2,141)
                                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
Net equity                                              $  5,966    $  3,828               $  4,397    $  1,309    $  6,016
===========================================================================================================================

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      Total
                                                                                             Caltex        Other   Texaco's
(Millions of dollars)                                                             Star        Group   Affiliates      Share
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
1997
Gross revenue                                                                 $  7,758     $ 18,357    $  4,028    $ 14,641
Income before income taxes                                                    $    301     $  1,210    $    605    $    940
Net income                                                                    $    196     $    846    $    400    $    616
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31:
Current assets                                                                $  1,042     $  2,521    $    947    $  1,965
Noncurrent assets                                                                3,260        7,193       3,607       6,324
Current liabilities                                                               (769)      (2,991)     (1,032)     (2,270)
Noncurrent liabilities                                                          (1,072)      (2,131)     (2,022)     (2,198)
                                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Net equity                                                                    $  2,461     $  4,592    $  1,500    $  3,821
===========================================================================================================================


<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      Total
                                                                                             Caltex        Other   Texaco's
(Millions of dollars)                                                             Star        Group   Affiliates      Share
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
1996
Gross revenue                                                                 $  8,006     $ 18,166    $  3,940    $ 14,644
Income before income taxes                                                    $     38     $  2,175    $    697    $  1,310
Net income                                                                    $     25     $  1,193    $    451    $    669
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31:
Current assets                                                                $    816     $  2,681    $  1,049    $  1,937
Noncurrent assets                                                                3,204        6,714       3,853       6,354
Current liabilities                                                               (704)      (2,999)     (1,182)     (2,329)
Noncurrent liabilities                                                          (1,141)      (2,140)     (1,845)     (2,151)
                                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Net equity                                                                    $  2,175     $  4,256    $  1,875    $  3,811
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     55


Note 7    Properties, Plant and Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Gross                                   Net
                                                                    --------------------------             -------------------------
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                                1998               1997               1998               1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>    
Exploration and production
  United States                                                    $ 21,993           $ 21,698           $  7,963           $  7,951
  International                                                       7,532              6,789              2,929              2,692
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                             29,525             28,487             10,892             10,643
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturing, marketing and distribution                                                                                     
  United States                                                          74              4,600                 26              2,743
  International                                                       4,486              4,309              3,054              2,894
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                              4,560              8,909              3,080              5,637
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                              
Global gas marketing                                                    647                593                271                224
                                                                                                                              
Other                                                                   762                967                518                612
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                           $ 35,494           $ 38,956           $ 14,761           $ 17,116
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Capital lease amounts included above                            $    264           $    450           $     79           $    105
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization totaled $20,733 million and
$21,840 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997. Interest capitalized as part of
properties, plant and equipment was $21 million in 1998, $20 million in 1997 and
$12 million in 1996.

In 1998, we recorded pre-tax charges of $150 million for the write-downs of
impaired assets. These charges were recorded to depreciation, depletion and
amortization expense.

     In the U.S. exploration and production operating segment, pre-tax asset
write-downs for impaired properties in Louisiana and Canada were $64 million.
The Louisiana property represents an unsuccessful enhanced recovery project. We
determined in the fourth quarter of 1998 that the carrying value of this
property exceeded future undiscounted cash flows. Fair value was determined by
discounting expected future cash flows. Canadian properties were impaired
following our decision in October 1998 to exit the upstream business in Canada.
These properties were written down to their sales price with the sale closing in
December 1998.

     In the international exploration and production operating segment, the
pre-tax asset write-down for the impairment of our investment in the Strathspey
field in the U.K. North Sea was $58 million. The Strathspey impairment was
caused by a downward revision in the fourth quarter of the estimated volume of
the field's proved reserves. Fair value was determined by discounting expected
future cash flows.

     In the U.S. downstream operating segment, the pre-tax asset write-downs for
the impairment of surplus facilities and equipment not transferred to the
Equilon joint venture was $28 million. Fair value was determined by an
independent appraisal.

     In 1997, we recorded pre-tax charges of $63 million for the write-downs of
impaired assets. These assets, consisting of producing properties and gas
plants, were in the U.S. and international exploration and production operating
segments. These charges were recorded to depreciation, depletion and
amortization expense. Fair values were based on expected future discounted cash
flows.

Note 8    Foreign Currency

Currency translations resulted in a pre-tax loss of $80 million in 1998, $59
million in 1997 and $60 million in 1996. After applicable taxes, 1998 included a
loss of $94 million compared to a gain of $154 million in 1997 and a loss of $66
million in 1996.

     After-tax currency impacts for the years 1998 and 1997 were largely due to
currency volatility in Asia. In 1998, our Caltex affiliate incurred significant
currency-related losses due to the strengthening of the Korean won and Japanese
yen against the U.S. dollar. In contrast, those currencies weakened against the
U.S. dollar in 1997 which resulted in significant currency-related gains.

     Results for 1996 through 1998 were also impacted by the effect of currency
rate changes on deferred income taxes denominated in British pounds. In 1998 and
1996, the U.S. dollar weakened against that currency causing us to record losses
of $5 million and $58 million. In 1997, when the U.S. dollar strengthened, we
recorded a gain of $28 million.

     Effective October 1, 1997, Caltex changed the functional currency for its
operations in its Korean and Japanese affiliates to the U.S. dollar.

     Currency translation adjustments shown in the separate stockholders' equity
account result from translation items 




<PAGE>

56                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


pertaining to certain affiliates of Caltex. For the years 1998, 1997 and 1996
these adjustments were losses of $2 million, $40 million and $126 million. The
year 1996 includes the reversal of $60 million of previously deferred gains
which were recognized in earnings due to the sale by Caltex of its investment in
its Japanese affiliate, NPRC.

Note 9    Taxes

(Millions of dollars)                          1998          1997          1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal and other income taxes
   Current
     U.S. Federal                          $    (45)     $   (538)     $    359
     Foreign                                    283           689           642
     State and local                             12            61           (16)
                                           ------------------------------------
      Total                                     250           212           985
   Deferred
     U.S.                                      (104)          457            13
     Foreign                                    (48)           (6)          (33)
                                           ------------------------------------
      Total                                    (152)          451           (20)
                                           ------------------------------------
     Total income taxes                          98           663           965
Taxes other than income taxes
   Oil and gas production                        70           127           114
   Property                                     108           139           119
   Payroll                                      119           125           120
   Other                                        126           129           143
                                           ------------------------------------
      Total                                     423           520           496
Import duties and other levies
     U.S.                                        36            53            38
     Foreign                                  6,843         5,414         4,127
                                           ------------------------------------
      Total                                   6,879         5,467         4,165
                                           ------------------------------------
   Total direct taxes                         7,400         6,650         5,626
Taxes collected from consumers                2,148         3,370         3,237
                                           ------------------------------------
   Total all taxes                         $  9,548      $ 10,020      $  8,863
===============================================================================

The deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 amounted to $205 million and $145
million, as net current assets and $1,644 million and $1,825 million, as net
noncurrent liabilities. The table that follows shows deferred income tax assets
and liabilities by category:

                                                              (Liability) Asset
                                                         ----------------------
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                     1998           1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation                                             $(1,079)       $(1,054)
Depletion                                                   (429)          (601)
Intangible drilling costs                                   (726)          (826)
Other deferred tax liabilities                              (686)          (755)
                                                         ----------------------
     Total                                                (2,920)        (3,236)

Employee benefit plans                                       532            526
Tax loss carryforwards                                       641            728
Tax credit carryforwards                                     368            237
Environmental liabilities                                    116            167
Other deferred tax assets                                    639            580
                                                         ----------------------
     Total                                                 2,296          2,238
                                                         ----------------------
     Total before valuation allowance                       (624)          (998)
Valuation allowance                                         (815)          (682)
                                                         ----------------------
     Total                                               $(1,439)       $(1,680)
===============================================================================

The preceding table excludes certain potential deferred income tax asset amounts
for which possibility of realization is extremely remote.

     The valuation allowance relates principally to upstream operations in
Denmark. The related deferred income tax assets result from tax loss
carryforwards and book versus tax asset basis differences for hydrocarbon tax.
Loss carryforwards from this tax are generally determined by individual field
and, in that case, are not usable against other fields' taxable income.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     57



     The following schedule reconciles the differences between the U.S. Federal
income tax rate and the effective income tax rate excluding the cumulative
effect of accounting change in 1998:

                                              1998          1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Federal income tax rate
  assumed to be applicable                    35.0%         35.0%         35.0%
IRS settlement                                  --         (14.7)           --
Net earnings and dividends
  attributable to affiliated
  corporations accounted
  for on the equity method                    (7.0)         (4.7)         (5.5)
Aggregate earnings and
  losses from international
  operations                                  10.4           6.2          12.7
Tax adjustments                               (8.7)          (.3)          (.4)
Sales of stock of subsidiaries                (6.1)           --          (6.3)
Energy credits                               (11.7)         (1.4)         (1.9)
Other                                          2.1           (.2)         (1.2)
                                            ------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate                     14.0%         19.9%         32.4%
================================================================================

The year 1997 included a $488 million benefit resulting from an IRS settlement.

     For companies operating in the United States, pre-tax earnings before the
cumulative effect of an accounting change aggregated $194 million in 1998,
$1,527 million in 1997 and $1,783 million in 1996. For companies with operations
located outside the United States, pre-tax earnings on that basis aggregated
$507 million in 1998, $1,800 million in 1997 and $1,200 million in 1996.

     Income taxes paid, net of refunds, amounted to $430 million, $285 million
and $917 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996. 

     The undistributed earnings of subsidiary companies and of affiliated
corporate joint-venture companies accounted for on the equity method, for which
deferred U.S. income taxes have not been provided at December 31, 1998, amounted
to $1,328 million and $2,226 million. The corresponding amounts at December 31,
1997 were $1,482 million and $2,313 million. Determination of the unrecognized
U.S. deferred income taxes on these amounts is not practicable.

     For the years 1998 and 1997, no loss carryforward benefits were recorded
for U.S. Federal income taxes. For the year 1996, we recorded a benefit of $184
million for loss carryforwards. For the years 1998, 1997 and 1996, the tax
benefits recorded for loss carryforwards were $30 million, $31 million and $16
million in foreign income taxes.

     At December 31, 1998, we had worldwide tax basis loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,692 million, including $967 million which do not have an
expiration date. The remainder expire at various dates through 2019.

     Foreign tax credit carryforwards available for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes amounted to approximately $113 million at December 31, 1998, expiring
at various dates through 2003. Alternative minimum tax and other tax credit
carryforwards available for U.S. Federal income tax purposes were $368 million
at December 31, 1998, of which $317 million have no expiration date. The
remaining credits expire at various dates through 2013. The credits that are not
utilized by the expiration dates may be taken as deductions for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes. For the year 1998, we recorded tax credit carryforwards of
$52 million for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Note 10   Short-Term Debt, Long-Term Debt, Capital Lease Obligations and Related
Derivatives

Notes Payable, Commercial Paper and Current Portion of Long-term Debt

(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                        1998         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes payable to banks and others
  with originating terms of
  one year or less                                           $  368       $  473
Commercial paper                                              1,617          892
Current portion of long-term debt
  and capital lease obligations
  Indebtedness                                                  991        1,005
  Capital lease obligations                                      13           15
                                                             -------------------
                                                              2,989        2,385

Less short-term obligations
  intended to be refinanced                                   2,050        1,500
                                                             -------------------
  Total                                                      $  939       $  885
================================================================================




<PAGE>

58                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT

The weighted average interest rates of commercial paper and notes payable to
banks at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were 5.9% and 6.1%.

Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                        1998         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt
  3-1/2% convertible notes due 2004                         $   204      $   205
  5.7% notes due 2008                                           201           --
  6% notes due 2005                                             299           --
  6-7/8% notes due 1999                                         200          200
  6-7/8% debentures due 2023                                    196          195
  7.09% notes due 2007                                          150          150
  7-1/2% debentures due 2043                                    198          198
  7-3/4% debentures due 2033                                    199          199
  8% debentures due 2032                                        147          147
  8-1/4% debentures due 2006                                    150          150
  8-3/8% debentures due 2022                                    198          198
  8-1/2% notes due 2003                                         199          199
  8-5/8% debentures due 2010                                    150          150
  8-5/8% debentures due 2031                                    199          199
  8-5/8% debentures due 2032                                    199          199
  8.65% notes due 1998                                           --          200
  8-7/8% debentures due 2021                                    150          150
  9% notes due 1999                                             200          200
  9-3/4% debentures due 2020                                    250          250
  10.61% notes due 2005                                          --          206
  Medium-term notes, maturing
   from 1999 to 2043 (7.5%)                                     543          489
  Revolving Credit Facility,
   due 1999-2002 -
   variable rate (5.9%)                                         309          330
  Pollution Control Revenue Bonds,
   due 2012 - variable rate (3.3%)                              166          166
  Other long-term debt:
   Texaco Inc. - Guarantee of ESOP
     Series F loan - variable rate (6.6%)                         2           76
   U.S. dollars (6.5%)                                          335          417
   Other currencies (11.2%)                                     394           20
                                                             -------------------
  Total                                                       5,238        4,893
Capital Lease Obligations (see Note 11)                          68          134
                                                             -------------------
                                                              5,306        5,027
Less current portion of long-term
  debt and capital lease obligations                          1,004        1,020
                                                             -------------------
                                                              4,302        4,007
Short-term obligations intended
  to be refinanced                                            2,050        1,500
                                                             -------------------
   Total long-term debt and
     capital lease obligations                              $ 6,352      $ 5,507
================================================================================

The percentages shown for variable-rate debt are the interest rates at December
31, 1998. The percentages shown for the categories "Medium-term notes" and
"Other long-term debt" are the weighted average interest rates at year-end 1998.
Where applicable, principal amounts shown in the preceding schedule include
unamortized premium or discount. Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized,
amounted to $474 million in 1998, $395 million in 1997 and $433 million in 1996.

     At December 31, 1998, we had revolving credit facilities with commitments
of $2.05 billion with syndicates of major U.S. and international banks. These
facilities are available as support for our issuance of commercial paper as well
as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We had no amounts
outstanding under these facilities at year-end 1998. We pay commitment fees on
these facilities. The banks reserve the right to terminate the credit facilities
upon the occurrence of certain specific events, including change in control.

     At December 31, 1998, our long-term debt included $2.05 billion of
short-term obligations scheduled to mature during 1999, which we have both the
intent and the ability to refinance on a long-term basis through the use of our
$2.05 billion revolving credit facilities.

     Contractual annual maturities of long-term debt, including sinking fund
payments and potential repayments resulting from options that debtholders might
exercise, for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1998 are as follows (in
millions):

 1999              2000              2001              2002              2003
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 991             $ 211             $ 219             $ 246             $ 272

Debt-related Derivatives

We seek to maintain a balanced capital structure that provides financial
flexibility and supports our strategic objectives while achieving a low cost of
capital. This is achieved by balancing our liquidity and interest rate
exposures. We manage these exposures primarily through long-term and short-term
debt on the balance sheet. As part of our interest rate exposure management, we
seek to balance the benefit of the lower cost of floating rate debt, with its
inherent increased risk, with fixed rate debt having less market risk. To
achieve this objective, we also use off-balance sheet derivative instruments,
primarily interest rate swaps, to manage identifiable exposures on a
non-leveraged, non-speculative basis.

     Summarized below are the carrying amounts and fair values of our debt and
debt-related derivatives at December 31, 1998 and 1997, excluding a combined
interest rate and 



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     59


equity swap entered into in 1997. Derivative usage during the periods presented
was limited to interest rate swaps, where we either paid or received the net
effect of a fixed rate versus a floating rate (commercial paper or LIBOR) index
at specified intervals, calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal
amount.

(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                    1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes Payable and Commercial Paper:
  Carrying amount                                       $ 1,985        $ 1,365
  Fair value                                              1,985          1,365
  Related Derivatives -
  Payable (Receivable):
   Carrying amount                                      $    --        $    --
   Fair value                                                17              3
  Notional principal amount                             $   300        $   300
  Weighted average maturity (years)                         8.3            9.3
  Weighted average fixed pay rate                          6.42%          6.42%
  Weighted average floating
   receive rate                                            5.32%          6.09%

Long-Term Debt, including
  Current maturities:
  Carrying amount                                       $ 5,238        $ 4,893
  Fair value                                              5,842          5,289
  Related Derivatives -
  Payable (Receivable):
   Carrying amount                                      $    --        $    --
   Fair value                                                (9)            (1)
  Notional principal amount                             $   449        $   544
  Weighted average maturity (years)                         8.4             .7
  Weighted average fixed receive rate                      6.24%          5.71%
  Weighted average floating pay rate                       5.03%          5.76%
Unamortized net gain on 
  terminated swaps
   Carrying amount                                      $     5        $     8
================================================================================

Excluded from this table is an interest rate and equity swap with a notional
principal amount of $200 million entered into in 1997, related to the 3-1/2%
notes due 2004. We pay floating rate and receive fixed rate. Also, the
counterparty assumes all exposure for the potential equity-based cash redemption
premium on the notes. The fair value of this swap at year-end 1998 and 1997 was
not material.

     During 1998, floating rate pay swaps having an aggregate notional principal
amount of $503 million were amortized or matured. We initiated $466 million of
new floating rate pay swaps. There was no activity in fixed rate pay swaps
during 1998.

     Fair values of debt are based upon quoted market prices, as well as rates
currently available to us for borrowings with similar terms and maturities. We
estimate the fair value of swaps as the amount that would be received or paid to
terminate the agreements at year-end, taking into account current interest rates
and the current creditworthiness of the swap counterparties. The notional
amounts of derivative contracts do not represent cash flow and are not subject
to credit risk.

     Amounts receivable or payable based on the interest rate differentials of
derivatives are accrued monthly and are reflected in interest expense as a hedge
of interest on outstanding debt. Gains and losses on terminated swaps are
deferred and amortized over the life of the associated debt or the original term
of the swap, whichever is shorter.

Note 11   Lease Commitments and Rental Expense

We have leasing arrangements involving service stations, tanker charters, crude
oil production and processing equipment and other facilities. We reflect amounts
due under capital leases in our balance sheet as obligations, while we reflect
our interest in the related assets as properties, plant and equipment. The
remaining lease commitments are operating leases, and we record payments on such
leases as rental expense.

     As of December 31, 1998, we had estimated minimum commitments for payment
of rentals (net of noncancelable sublease rentals) under leases which, at
inception, had a noncancelable term of more than one year, as follows:

(Millions of dollars)                         Operating Leases    Capital Leases
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999                                                   $   154             $  13
2000                                                       112                12
2001                                                        95                18
2002                                                       323                 8
2003                                                        56                 8
After 2003                                                 320                21
                                                        ------------------------
Total lease commitments                                $ 1,060             $  80
                                                        ======    
Less interest                                                                 12
                                                                          ------
Present value of total capital                                    
  lease obligations                                                        $  68
                                                                          ======
                                                                  
Operating lease commitments for 2002 include a $213 million residual value
guarantee of leased production facilities. Payment is required only if we do not
renew the lease.




<PAGE>

60                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


     Rental expense relative to operating leases, including contingent rentals
based on factors such as gallons sold, is provided in the table below. Such
payments do not include rentals on leases covering oil and gas mineral rights.

(Millions of dollars)                            1998          1997        1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rental expense
  Minimum lease rentals                         $ 208         $ 270       $ 259
  Contingent rentals                               --             3          10
                                                -------------------------------
   Total                                          208           273         269
Less rental income on                                                         
  properties subleased                                                        
  to others                                        50            78          53
                                                -------------------------------
Net rental expense                              $ 158         $ 195       $ 216
===============================================================================

Note 12   Employee Benefit Plans

Texaco Inc. and certain of its non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor various benefit
plans for active employees and retirees. The costs of the savings, health care
and life insurance plans relative to employees' active service are shared by the
company and its employees, with Texaco's costs for these plans charged to
expense as incurred. In addition, reserves for employee benefit plans are
provided principally for the unfunded costs of various pension plans, retiree
health and life insurance benefits, incentive compensation plans and for
separation benefits payable to employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOP)

We recorded ESOP expense of $1 million in 1998, $2 million in 1997 and $15
million in 1996. Our contributions to the Employees Thrift Plan of Texaco Inc.
and the Employees Savings Plan of Texaco Inc. amounted to $1 million in 1998, $2
million in 1997 and $26 million in 1996. These plans are designed to provide
participants with a benefit of approximately 6% of base pay, as well as any
benefits earned under the current employee Performance Compensation Program.
ESOP expenses in 1996 included $9 million for the 1995 employee incentive award
program.

     In 1998, 1997 and 1996, we paid $42 million, $44 million and $46 million in
dividends on Series B and Series F stock. The trustee applies the dividends to
fund interest payments which amounted to $5 million, $7 million and $10 million
for 1998, 1997 and 1996, as well as to reduce principal on the ESOP loans.
Dividends on the shares of Series B and Series F used to service debt of the
Plans are tax deductible to the company. In November 1998 and December 1997, a
portion of the original Thrift Plan ESOP loan was refinanced through a company
loan. The refinancing will extend the ESOP for a period of up to six years.

     We reflect in our long-term debt the plans' original ESOP loans guaranteed
by Texaco Inc. As we repay the original and refinanced ESOP loans, we reduce the
remaining ESOP-related unearned employee compensation included as a component of
stockholders' equity.

Benefit Plan Trust

We have established a benefit plan trust for funding company obligations under
some of our benefit plans. At year-end 1998, the trust contained 9.2 million
shares of treasury stock. We intend to continue to pay our obligations under our
benefit plans. The trust will use the shares, proceeds from the sale of such
shares and dividends on such shares to pay benefits only to the extent that we
do not pay such benefits. The trustee will vote the shares held in the trust as
instructed by the trust's beneficiaries. The shares held by the trust are not
considered outstanding for earnings per share purposes until distributed or sold
by the trust in payment of benefit obligations.

Termination Benefits

In the fourth quarter of 1998, we recorded an after-tax charge of $80 million
for employee separations, curtailment costs and special termination benefits
associated with our previously-announced restructuring of our worldwide upstream
and natural gas businesses, along with our corporate center restructuring and
other cost-cutting initiatives, primarily in the international downstream areas.
The charge was comprised of $88 million of operating expenses, $27 million of
selling, general and administrative expenses and $35 million in related income
tax benefits. Under the restructuring program, we estimate that over 1,400
employee reductions worldwide will occur, substantially by the end of the first
quarter of 1999. Through December 31, 1998, we have terminated 433 employees and
we paid $15 million of benefits under this program. The remaining benefits will
be paid in future periods in accordance with plan provisions.

     We recorded an after-tax charge of $56 million in the fourth quarter of
1996 to cover the costs of employee 



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     61


separations, including employees of affiliates, as a result of a companywide
realignment and consolidation of our operations. We recorded an adjustment of $6
million in the fourth quarter of 1997 to increase the accrual from the previous
amount. The program was completed by the end of 1997 with the reduction of
approximately 920 employees. During 1998, we paid $8 million of benefits under
this program. The remaining benefits of $12 million will be paid in future
periods in accordance with plan provisions.

Pension Plans

We sponsor pension plans that cover the majority of our employees. Generally,
these plans provide defined pension benefits based on years of service and final
average pay. Pension plan assets are principally invested in equity and fixed
income securities and deposits with insurance companies.

     Total worldwide expense for all employee pension plans of Texaco, including
pension supplementations and smaller non-U.S. plans, was $92 million in 1998 and
1997 and $91 million in 1996. The following data are provided for principal U.S.
and non-U.S. plans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         Pension Benefits
                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                                           1998                      1997       Other U.S. Benefits
                                                           --------------------      --------------------      --------------------
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                       U.S.        Int'l         U.S.        Int'l         1998         1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Changes in Benefit (Obligations)
Benefit (obligations) at January 1                         $(1,769)     $  (835)     $(1,657)     $  (801)     $  (756)     $  (699)
Service cost                                                   (60)         (21)         (54)         (17)          (9)          (6)
Interest cost                                                 (117)         (86)        (117)         (85)         (50)         (49)
Amendments                                                      --           (3)         (18)          --           --           (5)
Actuarial gain/(loss)                                         (191)        (117)         (85)         (74)           8          (39)
Employee contributions                                          (4)          (3)          (4)          (1)         (12)         (10)
Benefits paid                                                  240           70          182           59           56           53
Curtailments/settlements                                        17           --           --           --           (7)          --
Special termination benefits                                   (12)          --           --           (1)          (3)          --
Currency adjustments                                            --           16           --           85           --           --
Acquisitions/joint ventures                                     12           --          (16)          --           --           (1)
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit (obligations) at December 31                       $(1,884)     $  (979)     $(1,769)     $  (835)     $  (773)     $  (756)

Changes in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at January 1                     $ 1,702      $   900      $ 1,483      $   829      $    --      $    --
Actual return on plan assets                                   293          142          304          166           --           --
Company contributions                                           90           32           87           27           44           43
Employee contributions                                           4            3            4            1           12           10
Expenses                                                        (6)          (2)          (5)          (2)          --           --
Benefits paid                                                 (240)         (70)        (182)         (59)         (56)         (53)
Currency adjustments                                            --           23           --          (62)          --           --
Acquisitions/joint ventures                                    (17)          --           11           --           --           --
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at December 31                   $ 1,826      $ 1,028      $ 1,702      $   900      $    --      $    --
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

62                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Pension Benefits
                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                                         1998                      1997       Other U.S. Benefits
                                                           ------------------       -------------------       --------------------
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                      U.S.       Int'l         U.S.        Int'l         1998         1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Funded Status of the Plans

Obligation (greater than) less than assets                 $ (58)       $  49        $ (67)       $  65        $(773)       $(756)
Unrecognized net transition asset                            (14)         (14)         (21)         (23)          --           --
Unrecognized prior service cost                               68           52           85           46            4            5
Unrecognized actuarial (gain)/loss                           (93)           4         (100)         (53)         (92)         (94)
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (liability)/asset recorded in
  Texaco's Consolidated Balance Sheet                      $ (97)       $  91        $(103)       $  35        $(861)       $(845)

Net (liability)/asset recorded in Texaco's
  Consolidated Balance Sheet consists of:
Prepaid benefit asset                                      $  72        $ 346        $  64        $ 303        $  --        $  --
Accrued benefit liability                                   (215)        (268)        (195)        (299)        (861)        (845)
Intangible asset                                              23           12           21           22           --           --
Other accumulated nonowner equity                             23            1            7            9           --           --
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (liability)/asset recorded in
  Texaco's Consolidated Balance Sheet                      $ (97)       $  91        $(103)       $  35        $(861)       $(845)
===================================================================================================================================


Assumptions as of December 31

Discount rate                                               6.75%         9.5%         7.0%        10.9%        6.75%         7.0%
Expected return on plan assets                              10.0%         8.4%        10.0%         8.5%          --           --
Rate of compensation increase                                4.0%         6.1%         4.0%         6.2%         4.0%         4.0%
Health care cost trend rate                                   --           --           --           --          4.0%         4.0%
===================================================================================================================================

<CAPTION>

                                                                                        Pension Benefits
                                                      --------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998              1997              1996        Other U.S. Benefits
                                                      --------------    --------------    --------------    -----------------------
(Millions of dollars) As of December 31                U.S.    Int'l     U.S.    Int'l     U.S.    Int'l     1998     1997     1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>  
Components of Net
Periodic Benefit Expenses
Service cost                                          $  60    $  21    $  54    $  17    $  57    $  16    $   9    $   6    $  12
Interest cost                                           117       86      117       85      117       81       50       49       51
Expected return on plan assets                         (136)     (79)    (132)     (66)    (130)     (64)      --       --       --
Amortization of transition asset                         (4)     (10)      (5)      (8)      (5)      (8)      --       --       --
Amortization of prior
  service cost                                           11        7       10        6       10        6       --       --       --
Amortization of (gain)/loss                               6       (2)       3       --        3        2       (4)      (5)      (1)
Curtailments/settlements                                  6       --       --       --       --       --        1       --       --
Special termination charges                               8       --       --       --       --       --        2       --       --
                                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net periodic benefit expense                        $  68    $  23    $  47    $  34    $  52    $  33    $  58    $  50    $  62
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For pension plans with accumulated obligations in excess of plan assets, the
projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of
plan assets were $414 million, $383 million and $0 as of December 31, 1998, and
$412 million, $384 million and $11 million as of December 31, 1997.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     63


     We acquired Monterey on November 1, 1997, including their pension and
postretirement benefit plans. We amended our plans to authorize Monterey to
become a participating employer in our plans. In connection with the formation
of Equilon, effective January 1, 1998, we transferred to Equilon pension benefit
obligations of $12 million and related plan assets of $17 million.

Other U.S. Benefits

We sponsor postretirement plans in the U.S. that provide health care and life
insurance for retirees and eligible dependents. Our U.S. health insurance
obligation is our fixed dollar contribution. The plans are unfunded, and the
costs are shared by us and our employees and retirees. Certain of the company's
non-U.S. subsidiaries have postretirement benefit plans, the cost of which is
not significant to the company. For measurement purposes, the fixed dollar
contribution is expected to increase by 4% per annum for all future years.

     A change in our fixed dollar contribution has a significant effect on the
amounts we report. A 1% change in our contributions would have the following
effects:

                                           1-Percentage            1-Percentage
(Millions of dollars)                    Point Increase          Point Decrease
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on annual total of service
  and interest cost components                     $  5                    $ (4)
Effect on postretirement                                               
  benefit obligation                               $ 52                    $(45)
===============================================================================

Note 13   Stock Incentive Plan

Under our Stock Incentive Plan, stock options, restricted stock and other
incentive award forms may be granted to executives, directors and key employees
to provide motivation to enhance the company's success and increase shareholder
value. The maximum number of shares that may be awarded as stock options or
restricted stock under the plan is 1% of the common stock outstanding on
December 31 of the previous year. The following table summarizes the number of
shares at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 available for awards during the
subsequent year:

(Shares) As of December 31                    1998           1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To all participants                     12,677,325      9,607,506      7,027,010
To those participants not
  officers or directors                  1,967,715      2,362,273      1,932,796
                                        ----------------------------------------
Total                                   14,645,040     11,969,779      8,959,806
================================================================================

Restricted shares granted under the plan contain a performance element which
must be satisfied in order for all or a specified portion of the shares to vest.
Restricted performance shares awarded in each year under the plan were as
follows:

                                             1998          1997             1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares                                    334,798       281,174          282,476
Weighted average fair value               $ 61.59       $ 55.09          $ 42.43
================================================================================

Stock options granted under the plan extend for 10 years from the date of grant
and vest over a two year period at a rate of 50% in the first year and 50% in
the second year. The exercise price cannot be less than the fair market value of
the underlying shares of common stock on the date of the grant. The plan
provides for restored options. This feature enables a participant who exercises
a stock option by exchanging previously acquired common stock or who has shares
withheld by us to satisfy tax withholding obligations, to receive new options
equal to the number of shares exchanged or withheld. The restored options are
fully exercisable six months after the date of grant and the exercise price is
the fair market value of the common stock on the day the restored option is
granted.

     We apply APB Opinion 25 in accounting for our stock-based compensation
programs. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in connection with the
plan was $17 million in 1998, $18 million in 1997 and $13 million in 1996.
Had we accounted for our plan using the accounting method recommended by SFAS
123, net income and earnings per share would have been the pro forma amounts
below:

                                               1998          1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (Millions of dollars)
  As reported                                $  578       $ 2,664        $ 2,018
  Pro forma                                  $  524       $ 2,621        $ 1,997
Earnings per share (dollars)
  Basic-- as reported                        $  .99       $  4.99        $  3.77
       -- pro forma                          $  .89       $  4.91        $  3.73
  Diluted-- as reported                      $  .99       $  4.87        $  3.68
         -- pro forma                        $  .89       $  4.79        $  3.64
================================================================================

We used the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions to estimate the
fair market value of options at date of grant:

                                           1998            1997            1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected life                             2 yrs           2 yrs           3 yrs
Interest rate                              5.4%            6.0%            6.1%
Volatility                                22.5%           18.6%           15.0%
Dividend yield                             3.0%            3.0%            3.3%
===============================================================================




<PAGE>

64                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Option award activity during 1998, 1997 and 1996 is summarized in the following
table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1998                          1997                          1996
                                                 -----------------------       -----------------------       -----------------------
                                                               Weighted-                     Weighted-                     Weighted-
                                                                 Average                       Average                       Average
                                                                Exercise                      Exercise                      Exercise
(Stock Options)                                      Shares        Price           Shares        Price           Shares        Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>   
Outstanding January 1                            10,071,307       $53.31        9,436,406       $42.73        9,335,288       $33.45
Granted                                           2,388,593        61.56        2,084,902        55.06        2,040,530        42.43
Exercised                                        (7,732,978)       53.18       (9,533,861)       44.86       (8,088,040)       34.22
Restored                                          6,889,941        60.77        8,103,502        55.32        6,271,720        45.52
Canceled                                               (814)       78.08          (19,642)       51.43         (123,092)       36.77
                                                 ----------                    ----------                    ----------
Outstanding December 31                          11,616,049        59.48       10,071,307        53.31        9,436,406        42.73
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable December 31                           5,945,445        58.93        3,197,262        51.21        2,853,236        39.20
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted-average fair value of
  options granted during the year                                 $ 8.48                        $ 6.92                        $ 5.50
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information on stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Options Outstanding                     Options Exercisable
                                            ------------------------------------------------            ----------------------------
                                                                Weighted-          Weighted-                               Weighted-
Exercisable Price                                                 Average            Average                                 Average
Range (per share)                               Shares     Remaining Life     Exercise Price                Shares    Exercise Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>   
$23.39 - 31.84                                  54,329            3.6 yrs.           $ 30.00                54,329           $ 30.00
$32.06 - 78.08                              11,561,720            6.2 yrs.           $ 59.62             5,891,116           $ 59.20
                                            ----------                                                  ----------
$23.39 - 78.08                              11,616,049            6.2 yrs.           $ 59.48             5,945,445           $ 58.93
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Note 14   Preferred Stock and Rights

Series B ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock

At December 31, 1998, the outstanding shares of Series B ESOP Convertible
Preferred Stock (Series B) were held by an ESOP. Dividends on each share of
Series B are cumulative and payable semiannually at the rate of $57 per annum.

     Participants may partially convert Series B holdings into common stock
beginning at age 55, and may elect full conversion upon retirement or separation
from the company. Presently, each share of Series B entitles a participant to
25.7 votes, voting together with the holders of common stock, and is convertible
into 25.736 shares of common stock. As an alternative to conversion, a
participant can elect to receive $600 per share of Series B, payable in cash or
common stock. If the participant elects cash, we will cause shares of common
stock to be sold to fund such election. We may redeem the outstanding shares of
Series B at $600 per share, subject to the participants' right to elect
conversion to common stock at that time.

Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Rights

In 1989, we declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding
share of common stock. This was adjusted to one-half Right when we declared a
two-for-one stock split in 1997. In 1998, our shareholders approved the
extension of the Rights until May 1, 2004. Unless we redeem the Rights, the
Rights will be exercisable only after a person(s) acquires, obtains the right to
acquire or commences a tender offer that would result in that person(s)
acquiring 20% or more of the outstanding common stock other than pursuant to a
Qualifying Offer. A Qualifying Offer is an all-cash, fully financed tender offer
for all outstanding shares of common stock which remains open for 45 days, which
results in the acquiror owning a majority of the company's voting stock, and in
which the acquiror agrees to purchase for cash all remaining shares of common
stock. The Rights entitle holders to purchase from the company Units of Series D
Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Series D). In general, each Right entitles
the holder to acquire shares of Series D, or in certain cases common stock,
property or other securities at a formula value equal to two times the exercise
price of the Right.

     We can redeem the Rights at one cent per Right at any time prior to 10 days
after the Rights become exercisable. Until a Right becomes exercisable, the
holder has no additional voting or dividend rights and it will not have any



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     65


dilutive effect on the company's earnings. We have reserved and designated 3
million shares as Series D for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. At December
31, 1998, the Rights are not exercisable.

Series F ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock

At December 31, 1998, the outstanding shares of Series F ESOP Convertible
Preferred Stock were held by an ESOP. Dividends on each share of Series F were
cumulative and payable semiannually at the rate of $64.53 per annum.

     On February 16, 1999, each share of Series F was converted into 20 shares
of common stock, after we called the Series F for redemption.

Market Auction Preferred Shares

There are outstanding 1,200 shares of cumulative variable rate preferred stock,
called Market Auction Preferred Shares. The MAPS are grouped into four series
(300 shares each of Series G, H, I and J) of $75 million each, with an aggregate
value of $300 million.

     The dividend rates for each series are determined by Dutch auctions
conducted at seven-week intervals.

     During 1998, the annual dividend rate for the MAPS ranged between 3.96% and
4.50% and dividends totaled $13 million ($11,280, $11,296, $11,227 and $11,218
per share for Series G, H, I and J).

     For 1997, the annual dividend rate for the MAPS ranged between 3.88% and
4.29% and dividends totaled $11 million ($9,689, $9,650, $9,675 and $9,774 per
share for Series G, H, I and J). For 1996, the annual dividend rate for the MAPS
ranged between 3.90% and 4.19% and dividends totaled $12 million ($9,510,
$11,043, $11,009 and $11,015 per share for Series G, H, I and J).

     We may redeem the MAPS, in whole or in part, at any time at a liquidation
preference of $250,000 per share, plus premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon.

     The MAPS are non-voting, except under limited circumstances.

Note 15   Financial Instruments

In the normal course of our business, we utilize various types of financial
instruments. These instruments include recorded assets and liabilities, and also
items such as derivatives which principally involve off-balance sheet risk.

     Derivatives are contracts whose value is derived from changes in an
underlying commodity price, interest rate or other item. We use derivatives to
reduce our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and
crude oil and natural gas prices. We do not use derivatives for speculative
purposes. Derivative transactions expose us to counterparty credit risk. We
place contracts only with parties where credit-worthiness has been
pre-determined under credit policies. Also, we employ dollar limits. Therefore,
risk of counterparty non-performance and exposure to concentrations of credit
risk are limited.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Fair value approximates cost as reflected in the
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1998 and 1997 because of the
short-term maturities of these instruments. Cash equivalents are classified as
held-to-maturity. The amortized cost of cash equivalents at December 31, 1998
and 1997 includes $72 million and $129 million of time deposits and $109 million
and $47 million of commercial paper.

SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS Fair value is primarily based on quoted
market prices and valuation statements obtained from major financial
institutions. At December 31, 1998, our available-for-sale securities had an
estimated fair value of $492 million, including gross unrealized gains and
losses of $40 million and $8 million. At December 31, 1997, our
available-for-sale securities had an estimated fair value of $621 million,
including gross unrealized gains and losses of $47 million and $13 million. The
available-for-sale securities consist primarily of debt securities issued by
U.S. and foreign governments and corporations. The majority of these investments
mature within five years.

     Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were $1,011 million in
1998, $1,040 million in 1997 and $1,503 million in 1996. These sales resulted in
gross realized gains of $53 million in 1998, $48 million in 1997 and $51 million
in 1996, and gross realized losses of $22 million, $19 million, and $17 million.

     The estimated fair value of other long-term investments qualifying as
financial instruments but not included above, for which it is practicable to
estimate fair value, approximated the December 31, 1998 and 1997 carrying values
of $331 million and $197 million.

SHORT-TERM DEBT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND RELATED DERIVATIVES Refer to Note 10 for
additional information about debt and related derivatives outstanding at
December 31, 1998 and 1997.

FORWARD EXCHANGE AND OPTION CONTRACTS As an international company, we are
exposed to currency exchange risk. To hedge against adverse changes in foreign
currency




<PAGE>

66                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


exchange rates, we will enter into forward and option contracts to buy and sell
foreign currencies. Shown below in U.S. dollars are the notional amounts of
outstanding forward exchange contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies.

(Millions of dollars)                                      Buy              Sell
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Australian dollars                                     $   370             $  60
British pounds                                           1,476               440
Danish krone                                               449               237
Dutch guilders                                             303                13
New Zealand dollars                                        126                13
Other European currencies                                  179                77
Other currencies                                            50                43
                                                       -------------------------
  Total at December 31, 1998                           $ 2,953             $ 883
  Total at December 31, 1997                           $ 1,845             $ 606
================================================================================

Market risk exposure on these contracts is essentially limited to currency rate
movements. At year-end 1998, there were $8 million unrealized gains and $19
million unrealized losses related to these contracts. At year-end 1997, there
were $5 million unrealized gains and $29 million unrealized losses.

     We use forward exchange contracts to buy foreign currencies primarily to
hedge the net monetary liability position of our European, Australian and New
Zealand operations and to hedge portions of significant foreign currency capital
expenditures and lease commitments. These contracts generally have terms of 60
days or less. Contracts that hedge foreign currency monetary positions are
marked-to-market monthly. Any resultant gains and losses are included in income
currently as other costs. At year-end 1998 and 1997, hedges of foreign currency
commitments principally involved capital projects requiring expenditure of
British pounds and Danish krone. The percentages of planned capital expenditures
hedged at year-end were: British pounds - 54% in 1998 and 62% in 1997; Danish
krone - 40% in 1998 and 74% in 1997. Realized gains and losses on hedges of
foreign currency commitments are initially recorded to deferred charges.
Subsequently, the amounts are applied to the capitalized project cost on a
percentage-of-completion basis, and are then amortized over the lives of the
applicable projects. At year-end 1998 and 1997, net hedging gains of $50 million
and $51 million, respectively, had yet to be amortized.

     Contracts to sell foreign currencies are primarily related to a separately
managed program to hedge the value of our investment portfolio denominated in
foreign currencies. Our strategy is to hedge the full value of this portion of
our investment portfolio and to close out forward contracts upon the sale or
maturity of the corresponding investments. We value these contracts at market
based on the foreign exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet dates. We
record changes in the value of these contracts as part of the carrying amount of
the related investments. We record related gains and losses, net of applicable
income taxes, to stockholders' equity until the underlying investments are sold
or mature.

PREFERRED SHARES OF SUBSIDIARIES Refer to Note 16 regarding derivatives related
to subsidiary preferred shares.

PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS HEDGING We hedge a portion of the market risks
associated with our crude oil, natural gas and petroleum product purchases,
sales and exchange activities to reduce price exposure. All hedge transactions
are subject to the company's corporate risk management policy which sets out
dollar, volumetric and term limits, as well as to management approvals as set
forth in our delegations of authorities.

     We use established petroleum futures exchanges, as well as
"over-the-counter" hedge instruments, including futures, options, swaps and
other derivative products. In carrying out our hedging programs, we analyze our
major commodity streams for fixed cost, fixed revenue and margin exposure to
market price changes. Based on this corporate risk profile, forecasted trends
and overall business objectives, we determine an appropriate strategy for risk
reduction.

     Hedge positions are marked-to-market for valuation purposes. Gains and
losses on hedge transactions, which offset losses and gains on the underlying
"cash market" transactions, are recorded to deferred income or charges until the
hedged transaction is closed, or until the anticipated future purchases, sales
or production occur. At that time, any gain or loss on the hedging contract is
recorded to operating revenues as an increase or decrease in margins, or to
inventory, as appropriate.

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were open derivative commodity
contracts required to be settled in cash, consisting mostly of basis swaps
related to location differences in prices. Notional contract amounts, excluding
unrealized gains and losses, were $4,397 million and $974 million at year-end
1998 and 1997. These amounts principally represent future values of contract
volumes over the remaining duration of outstanding swap contracts at the
respective dates. These contracts hedge a small fraction of our business
activities, generally for the next twelve months. Unrealized gains and losses on
contracts outstanding at year-end 1998 were $161 million and $140 million,
respectively. At year-end 1997, unrealized gains and losses were $93 million and
$58 million, respectively.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     67


Note 16   Other Financial Information, Commitments and Contingencies

Environmental Liabilities

Texaco Inc. and subsidiary companies have financial liabilities relating to
environmental remediation programs which we believe are sufficient for known
requirements. At December 31, 1998, the balance sheet includes liabilities of
$285 million for future environmental remediation costs. Also, we have accrued
$794 million for the future cost of restoring and abandoning existing oil and
gas properties.

     We have accrued for our probable environmental remediation liabilities to
the extent reasonably measurable. We based our accruals for these obligations on
technical evaluations of the currently available facts, interpretation of the
regulations and our experience with similar sites. Additional accrual
requirements for existing and new remediation sites may be necessary in the
future when more facts are known. The potential also exists for further
legislation which may provide limitations on liability. It is not possible to
project the overall costs or a range of costs for environmental items beyond
that disclosed above. This is due to uncertainty surrounding future
developments, both in relation to remediation exposure and to regulatory
initiatives. However, while future environmental expenditures in the petroleum
industry are expected to be significant, they will be a cost of doing business
that will have to be recovered in the marketplace. Moreover, it is not believed
that such future costs will be material to our financial position or to our
operating results over any reasonable period of time.

Preferred Shares of Subsidiaries

Minority holders own $602 million of preferred shares of our subsidiary
companies, which is reflected as minority interest in subsidiary companies in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

     MVP Production Inc., a subsidiary, has variable rate cumulative preferred
shares of $75 million owned by one minority holder. The shares have voting
rights and are redeemable in 2003. Dividends on these shares were $4 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996.

     Texaco Capital LLC, another subsidiary, has three classes of preferred
shares, all held by minority holders. The first class is 14 million shares
totaling $350 million of Cumulative Guaranteed Monthly Income Preferred Shares,
Series A (Series A). The second class is 4.5 million shares totaling $112
million of Cumulative Adjustable Rate Monthly Income Preferred Shares, Series B
(Series B). The third class, issued in Canadian dollars, is 3.6 million shares
totaling $65 million of Deferred Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C). Texaco
Capital LLC's sole assets are notes receivable from Texaco Inc. The payment of
dividends and payments on liquidation or redemption with respect to Series A,
Series B and Series C are guaranteed by Texaco Inc.

     The fixed dividend rate for Series A is 6-7/8% per annum. The annual
dividend rate for Series B averaged 5.1% for 1998 and 5.9% for both 1997 and
1996. The dividend rate on Series B is reset quarterly per contractual formula.
Dividends on Series A and Series B are paid monthly. Dividends on Series A for
1998, 1997 and 1996 totaled $24 million for each year. Annual dividends on
Series B totaled $6 million for 1998 and $7 million for both 1997 and 1996.

     Series A and Series B are redeemable under certain circumstances and, at
the option of Texaco Capital LLC (with Texaco Inc.'s consent) in whole or in
part, from time to time, at $25 per share on or after October 31, 1998 for
Series A and June 30, 1999 for Series B, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid
dividends to the date fixed for redemption.

     Dividends on Series C at a rate of 7.17% per annum, compounded annually,
will be paid at the redemption date of February 28, 2005, unless earlier
redemption occurs. Early redemption may result upon the occurrence of certain
specific events.

     We have entered into an interest rate and currency swap related to Series C
preferred shares. The swap matures in the year 2005. Over the life of the
interest rate swap component of the contract, we will make LIBOR-based floating
rate interest payments based on a notional principal amount of $65 million.
Canadian dollar interest will accrue to us at a fixed rate applied to the
accreted notional principal amount, which was Cdn. $87 million at the inception
of the swap.

     The currency swap component of the transaction calls for us to exchange at
contract maturity date $65 million for Cdn. $170 million, representing Cdn. $87
million plus accrued interest. The carrying amount of this contract represents
the Canadian dollar accrued interest receivable by us. At year-end 1998 and
1997, the carrying amount and the fair value of this transaction were not
material.

     Series A, Series B and Series C preferred shares are non-voting, except
under limited circumstances.

     The above preferred stock issues currently require annual dividend payments
of approximately $34 million. We are required to redeem $75 million of this
preferred stock in 2003, $65 million (plus accreted dividends of $59 million) in
2005, $112 million in 2024 and $350 million in 2043. We have the ability to
extend the required redemption dates for the $112 million and $350 million of
preferred stock beyond 2024 and 2043.




<PAGE>

68                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Financial Guarantees

We have guaranteed the payment of certain debt, lease commitments and other
obligations of third parties and affiliate companies. These guarantees totaled
$797 million and $372 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997. The year-end 1998
amount includes $387 million of operating lease commitments of Equilon, our
affiliate.

     Exposure to credit risk in the event of non-payment by the obligors is
represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. No loss is
anticipated under these guarantees.

     Additionally, in June 1997, our 50% owned affiliate, Caltex Petroleum
Corporation (Caltex), received a claim from the United States Internal Revenue
Service for $292 million in excise taxes, $140 million in penalties and $1.6
billion in interest. The IRS claim relates to sales of crude oil by Caltex to
Japanese customers beginning in 1980. Caltex believes that the underlying claim
for excise taxes and penalties is wrong and that the claim for interest is
flawed. We believe that this claim is without merit and is not anticipated to be
materially important in relation to our consolidated financial position or
results of operations. In February 1999, the original letter of credit to the
IRS for $2.3 billion, which Caltex arranged in order to litigate this claim, was
increased to $2.5 billion. Texaco and its 50% partner, Chevron Corporation, have
severally guaranteed Caltex' letter of credit obligation to a syndicate of
banks.

Throughput Agreements

Texaco Inc. and certain of its subsidiary companies previously entered into
certain long-term agreements wherein we committed to ship through affiliated
pipeline companies and an offshore oil port sufficient volume of crude oil or
petroleum products to enable these affiliated companies to meet a specified
portion of their individual debt obligations, or, in lieu thereof, to advance
sufficient funds to enable these affiliated companies to meet these obligations.
In 1998, we assigned the shipping obligations to Equilon, our affiliate, but
Texaco remains responsible for deficiency payments on virtually all of these
agreements. Additionally, Texaco has entered into long-term purchase commitments
with third parties for take or pay gas transportation. At December 31, 1998 and
1997, our maximum exposure to loss was estimated to be $500 million and $525
million.

     However, based on our right of counterclaim against Equilon and
unaffiliated third parties in the event of nonperformance, our net exposure was
estimated to be $195 million and $422 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997.

     No significant losses are anticipated as a result of these obligations.

Other Commitments

During 1997, 1996 and 1995, we sold leasehold interests in certain equipment not
yet in service and received British pound payments totaling $530 million. Under
a related agreement, in 1997 we leased back these leasehold interests. We made a
British pound payment in 1997, which released us from future lease commitments
under this agreement. This payment effectively repurchased the leasehold
interests previously sold.

Litigation

Texaco and approximately fifty other oil companies are defendants in seventeen
purported class actions. The actions are pending in Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Louisiana, Utah, Mississippi and Alabama. The plaintiffs allege that the
defendants undervalued oil produced from properties leased from the plaintiffs
by establishing artificially low selling prices. They allege that these low
selling prices resulted in the defendants underpaying royalties or severance
taxes to them. Plaintiffs seek to recover royalty underpayments and interest. In
some cases plaintiffs also seek to recover severance taxes and treble and
punitive damages. Texaco and twenty-four other defendants have executed a
settlement agreement with most of the plaintiffs that will resolve many of these
disputes. The federal court in Texas has preliminarily approved the settlement
and is considering final approval. Similar claims by the federal and various
state governments remain unresolved.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
It is impossible for us to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability
with respect to contingencies and commitments. However, we do not anticipate
that the aggregate amount of such liability in excess of accrued liabilities
will be materially important in relation to our consolidated financial position
or results of operations.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     69


Report of Management

We are responsible for preparing Texaco's consolidated financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In doing so, we must
use judgment and estimates when the outcome of events and transactions is not
certain. Information appearing in other sections of this Annual Report is
consistent with the financial statements.

     Texaco's financial statements are based on its financial records. We rely
on Texaco's internal control system to provide us reasonable assurance that
these financial records are being accurately and objectively maintained and that
the company's assets are being protected. The internal control system comprises:

o   Corporate Conduct Guidelines that require all employees to obey all
applicable laws, comply with company policies and maintain the highest ethical
standards in conducting company business,

o   An organizational structure in which responsibilities are defined and
divided, and

o   Written policies and procedures that cover initiating, reviewing, approving
and recording transactions.

We require members of our management team to formally certify each year that the
internal controls for their business units are operating effectively.

     Texaco's internal auditors review and report on the effectiveness of
internal controls during the course of their audits. Arthur Andersen LLP,
selected by the Audit Committee and approved by stockholders, independently
audits Texaco's financial statements. Arthur Andersen assesses the adequacy and
effectiveness of Texaco's internal controls when determining the nature, timing
and scope of their audit. We seriously consider all suggestions for improving
Texaco's internal controls that are made by the internal and independent
auditors.

     The Audit Committee is comprised of seven directors who are not employees
of Texaco. This Committee reviews and evaluates Texaco's accounting policies and
reporting practices, internal auditing, internal controls, security and other
matters. The Committee also evaluates the independence and professional
competence of Arthur Andersen LLP and reviews the results and scope of their
audit. The internal and independent auditors have free access to the Committee
to discuss financial reporting and internal control issues.


/s/ Peter I. Bijur

Peter I. Bijur
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Patrick J. Lynch 

Patrick J. Lynch 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


/s/ Robert C. Oelkers

Robert C. Oelkers
Vice President and Comptroller

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Report of Independent Public Accountants

To the Stockholders, Texaco Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Texaco Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) and subsidiary companies as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and the related  statements of consolidated  income,  cash flows,  stockholders'
equity and nonowner  changes in equity for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Texaco Inc. and subsidiary
companies as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Arthur Andersen LLP
February 25, 1999
New York, N.Y.




<PAGE>

70                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Supplemental Oil and Gas Information

The following pages provide information required by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 69, Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities.

Table I - Net Proved Reserves

The reserve quantities include only those quantities that are recoverable based
upon reasonable estimates from sound geological and engineering principles. As
additional information becomes available, these estimates may be revised. Also,
we have a large inventory of potential hydrocarbon resources that we expect will
increase our reserve base, as future investments are made in exploration and
development programs.

o   Proved developed reserves are reserves that we expect to be recovered
through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

o   Proved undeveloped reserves are reserves that we expect to be recovered from
new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major
expenditure is required for completion of development.

Table I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Proved Reserves of                                                                            Net Proved Reserves of Natural Gas
Crude Oil and Natural Gas Liquids                                                                 (Billions of Cubic Feet)
(Millions of Barrels)

                                                              Consolidated Subsidiaries                       Equity                
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             Affiliate              
                                               United        Other                     Other                   - Other       World- 
                                               States         West       Europe         East        Total         East         wide 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>  
   Developed reserves                           1,125           52          142          413        1,732          350        2,082
   Undeveloped reserves                           216            2          208           62          488           88          576
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1995                         1,341           54          350          475        2,220          438        2,658
   Discoveries & extensions                        82            4           80           29          195            1          196
   Improved recovery                               20           --           --           --           20           81          101
   Revisions                                       44            2            6           21           73           (3)          70
   Net purchases (sales)                          (23)          --            3           (1)         (21)          --          (21)
   Production                                    (142)          (4)         (42)         (58)        (246)         (54)        (300)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                                  (19)           2           47           (9)          21           25           46
   Developed reserves                           1,100           50          165          418        1,733          354        2,087
   Undeveloped reserves                           222            6          232           48          508          109          617
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1996*                        1,322           56          397          466        2,241          463        2,704
   Discoveries & extensions                       107           13           34           61          215            4          219
   Improved recovery                               15           --           65           --           80           18           98
   Revisions                                       55            3           11          100          169           22          191
   Net purchases (sales)                          413           (2)         (31)          (8)         372           --          372
   Production                                    (145)          (5)         (45)         (66)        (261)         (56)        (317)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                                  445            9           34           87          575          (12)         563
   Developed reserves                           1,374           54          210          463        2,101          354        2,455
   Undeveloped reserves                           393           11          221           90          715           97          812
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1997*                        1,767           65          431          553        2,816          451        3,267
   Discoveries & extensions                        70            2            8           32          112            1          113
   Improved recovery                              136           --           16            3          155          156          311
   Revisions                                       46          (15)          22           55          108          137          245
   Net purchases (sales)                          (38)          --           --           26          (12)          --          (12)
   Production                                    (157)          (4)         (58)         (71)        (290)         (61)        (351)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                                   57          (17)         (12)          45           73          233          306
   Developed reserves                           1,415           39          246          490        2,190          456        2,646
   Undeveloped reserves                           409            9          173          108          699          228          927
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1998*                        1,824           48          419          598        2,889          684        3,573
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Includes net proved
     NGL reserves
   As of December 31, 1996                        207            1           54            1          263            6          269
   As of December 31, 1997                        246           --           71           --          317            4          321
   As of December 31, 1998                        272           --           68           --          340            6          346
===================================================================================================================================

<CAPTION>

                                                                 Consolidated Subsidiaries                  Equity
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Affiliate                
                                            United       Other                      Other                    - Other      World-    
                                            States        West         Europe        East       Total           East        wide    
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>              <C>       <C>  
   Developed reserves                        3,666         522            452          84       4,724            140       4,864
   Undeveloped reserves                        396         325            492           3       1,216             15       1,231
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1995                      4,062         847            944          87       5,940            155       6,095
   Discoveries and extensions                  436         263             34           3         736             15         751
   Improved recovery                             8          --             --          --           8              1           9
   Revisions                                   (99)         (1)            58          13         (29)            --         (29)
   Net purchases (sales)                       (53)         (7)            --           1         (59)            --         (59)
   Production                                 (626)        (71)           (75)         (4)       (776)           (18)       (794)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                              (334)        184             17          13        (120)            (2)       (122)
   Developed reserves                        3,360         893            452          96       4,801            136       4,937
   Undeveloped reserves                        368         138            509           4       1,019             17       1,036
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1996*                     3,728       1,031            961         100       5,820            153       5,973
   Discoveries and extensions                  692          26             92         346       1,156              2       1,158
   Improved recovery                             7          --             22          --          29              5          34
   Revisions                                   228          75             41         (22)        322             19         341
   Net purchases (sales)                        10        (118)            (7)       (310)       (425)            --        (425)
   Production                                 (643)        (96)           (81)         (2)       (822)           (17)       (839)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                               294        (113)            67          12         260              9         269
   Developed reserves                        3,379         792            576         110       4,857            145       5,002
   Undeveloped reserves                        643         126            452           2       1,223             17       1,240
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1997*                     4,022         918          1,028         112       6,080            162       6,242
   Discoveries and extensions                  599           6             47          98         750              1         751
   Improved recovery                             4          --              7          --          11              3          14
   Revisions                                   152         (12)            (6)         34         168             10         178
   Net purchases (sales)                       (39)         --             --         250         211             --         211
   Production                                 (633)        (92)          (112)        (17)       (854)           (25)       (879)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total changes                                83         (98)           (64)        365         286            (11)        275
   Developed reserves                        3,345         688            615         374       5,022            135       5,157
   Undeveloped reserves                        760         132            349         103       1,344             16       1,360
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31, 1998*                     4,105         820(a)         964         477       6,366(a)         151       6,517(a)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  Additionally, there is approximately 586 BCF of natural gas in Other West
     which will be available from production during the period 2005-2016 under a
     long-term purchase associated with a service agreement.


<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     71


     The following chart summarizes our experience in finding new quantities of
oil and gas to replace our production. Our reserve replacement performance is
calculated by dividing our reserve additions by our production. Our additions
relate to new discoveries, existing reserve extensions, improved recoveries and
revisions to previous reserve estimates. The chart excludes oil and gas
quantities from purchases and sales.

                          Worldwide  United States  International
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1998                      166%           144%           191%
Year 1997                      167%           132%           212%
Year 1996                      113%            83%           154%
3 year average                 150%           120%           187%
5 year average                 138%           113%           171%


Table II - Standardized Measure

The standardized measure provides a common benchmark among those companies that
have exploration and producing activities. This measure may not necessarily
match our view of the future cash flows from our proved reserves.

     The standardized measure is calculated at a 10% discount. Future revenues
are based on year-end prices for liquids and gas. Future production and
development costs are based on current year costs. Extensive judgement is used
to estimate the timing of production and future costs over the remaining life of
the reserves. Future income taxes are calculated using each country's statutory
tax rate.

     Our inventory of potential hydrocarbon resources, which may become proved
in the future, are excluded. This could significantly impact our standardized
measure in the future.

Table II - Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Consolidated Subsidiaries                 Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            Affiliate -
                                                     United       Other                   Other                   Other
(Millions of dollars)                                States        West      Europe        East       Total        East   Worldwide
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
As of December 31, 1998
  Future cash inflows from sale of oil & gas,
   and service fee revenue                         $ 23,147    $  1,657    $  6,581    $  4,816    $ 36,201    $  4,708    $ 40,909
  Future production costs                           (10,465)       (605)     (2,574)     (2,551)    (16,195)     (1,992)    (18,187)
  Future development costs                           (4,055)       (142)     (1,695)       (761)     (6,653)       (803)     (7,456)
  Future income tax expense                          (2,583)       (419)       (715)     (1,023)     (4,740)       (967)     (5,707)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net future cash flows before discount               6,044         491       1,597         481       8,613         946       9,559
  10% discount for timing of future cash flows       (2,626)       (244)       (644)       (167)     (3,681)       (391)     (4,072)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Standardized measure of discounted future
   net cash flows                                  $  3,418    $    247    $    953    $    314    $  4,932    $    555    $  5,487
====================================================================================================================================
As of December 31, 1997
  Future cash inflows from sale of oil & gas,
   and service fee revenue                         $ 34,084    $  2,305    $  9,395    $  7,690    $ 53,474    $  5,182    $ 58,656
  Future production costs                           (10,980)       (807)     (2,854)     (2,303)    (16,944)     (1,840)    (18,784)
  Future development costs                           (4,693)       (132)     (1,809)       (749)     (7,383)       (476)     (7,859)
  Future income tax expense                          (5,512)       (652)       (898)     (3,445)    (10,507)     (1,519)    (12,026)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net future cash flows before discount              12,899         714       3,834       1,193      18,640       1,347      19,987
  10% discount for timing of future cash flows       (5,361)       (252)     (1,424)       (374)     (7,411)       (519)     (7,930)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Standardized measure of discounted future
   net cash flows                                  $  7,538    $    462    $  2,410    $    819    $ 11,229    $    828    $ 12,057
====================================================================================================================================
As of December 31, 1996
  Future cash inflows from sale of oil & gas,
   and service fee revenue                         $ 41,807    $  2,863    $ 11,242    $  9,261    $ 65,173    $  6,632    $ 71,805
  Future production costs                            (8,080)       (894)     (2,368)     (1,993)    (13,335)     (1,776)    (15,111)
  Future development costs                           (2,790)       (141)     (2,094)       (551)     (5,576)       (740)     (6,316)
  Future income tax expense                         (10,444)       (758)     (1,946)     (5,099)    (18,247)     (2,181)    (20,428)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net future cash flows before discount              20,493       1,070       4,834       1,618      28,015       1,935      29,950
  10% discount for timing of future cash flows       (8,602)       (458)     (1,740)       (489)    (11,289)       (695)    (11,984)
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Standardized measure of discounted future
   net cash flows                                  $ 11,891    $    612    $  3,094    $  1,129    $ 16,726    $  1,240    $ 17,966
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

72                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Table III - Changes in the Standardized Measure


The annual change in the standardized measure is explained in this table by the
major sources of change, discounted at 10%.

o  Sales & transfers, net of production costs capture the current year's
revenues less the associated producing expenses. The net amount reflected here
correlates to Table VII for revenues less production costs.

o  Net changes in prices, production & development costs are computed before
the effects of changes in quantities. The beginning-of-the-year production
forecast is multiplied by the net annual change in the unit sales price and
production cost. The large reduction in the 1998 standardized measure due to
change in price reflects the sharp drop in crude oil and natural gas prices
during 1998.

o  Discoveries & extensions indicate the value of the new reserves at year-end
prices, less related costs.

o  Development costs incurred during the period capture the current year's
development costs that are shown in Table V. These costs will reduce the
previously estimated future development costs.

o  Accretion of discount represents 10% of the beginning discounted future net
cash flows before income tax effects.

o  Net change in income taxes is computed as the change in present value of
future income taxes.


Table III - Changes in the Standardized Measure

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                 Worldwide Including
                                                                                                    Equity in Affiliate - Other East
                                                                                           -----------------------------------------
(Millions of dollars)                                                                          1998            1997            1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>     
Standardized measure - beginning of year                                                   $ 12,057        $ 17,966        $ 11,872
Sales of minerals-in-place                                                                     (160)            (79)           (458)
                                                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                                             11,897          17,887          11,414
Changes in ongoing oil and gas operations:
  Sales and transfers of produced oil and gas,
   net of production costs during the period                                                 (3,129)         (4,921)         (4,859)
  Net changes in prices, production and development costs                                   (11,205)        (14,632)          8,820
  Discoveries and extensions and improved recovery, less related costs                          728           2,681           3,182
  Development costs incurred during the period                                                1,770           1,976           1,575
  Timing of production and other changes                                                     (1,170)           (969)           (251)
  Revisions of previous quantity estimates                                                      852           1,476             527
  Purchases of minerals-in-place                                                                 48             449             138
  Accretion of discount                                                                       1,916           3,027           1,952
  Net change in discounted future income taxes                                                3,780           5,083          (4,532)
                                                                                           -----------------------------------------
Standardized measure - end of year                                                         $  5,487        $ 12,057        $ 17,966
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Table IV - Capitalized Costs

Costs of the following assets are capitalized under the "successful efforts"
method of accounting. These costs include the activities of Texaco's upstream
operations but exclude the crude oil marketing activities, geothermal and other
non-producing activities. As a result, this table will not correlate to
information in Note 7 to the financial statements.

o  Proved properties include mineral properties with proved reserves,
development wells and uncompleted development well costs.

o  Unproved properties include leaseholds under exploration (even where
hydrocarbons were found but not in sufficient quantities to be considered proved
reserves) and uncompleted exploratory well costs.

o  Support equipment and facilities include costs for seismic and drilling
equipment, construction and grading equipment, repair shops, warehouses and
other supporting assets involved in oil and gas producing activities.

o  The accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization represents the
portion of the assets that have been charged to expense in prior periods. It
also includes provisions for future restoration and abandonment activity.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     73


Table IV - Capitalized Costs

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Consolidated Subsidiaries               Equity
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           Affiliate -
                                                     United       Other                   Other                  Other
(Millions of dollars)                                States        West      Europe        East       Total        East   Worldwide
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
As of December 31, 1998
  Proved properties                                $ 20,601    $    515    $  4,709    $  1,799    $ 27,624    $  1,015    $ 28,639
  Unproved properties                                 1,188          53          71         390       1,702         408       2,110
  Support equipment and facilities                      437          27          37         342         843         768       1,611
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Gross capitalized costs                           22,226         595       4,817       2,531      30,169       2,191      32,360
  Accumulated depreciation,
   depletion and amortization                       (14,140)       (277)     (3,381)     (1,253)    (19,051)     (1,119)    (20,170)
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net capitalized costs                           $  8,086    $    318    $  1,436    $  1,278    $ 11,118    $  1,072    $ 12,190
====================================================================================================================================
As of December 31, 1997
  Proved properties                                $ 20,196    $    581    $  4,584    $  1,623    $ 26,984    $  1,112    $ 28,096
  Unproved properties                                 1,248          16          89         225       1,578         338       1,916
  Support equipment and facilities                      438          26          37         228         729         578       1,307
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Gross capitalized costs                           21,882         623       4,710       2,076      29,291       2,028      31,319
  Accumulated depreciation,
   depletion and amortization                       (13,849)       (298)     (3,135)     (1,131)    (18,413)     (1,013)    (19,426)
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net capitalized costs                           $  8,033    $    325    $  1,575    $    945    $ 10,878    $  1,015    $ 11,893
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Table V - Costs Incurred

This table summarizes how much we spent to explore and develop our existing
reserve base, and how much we spent to acquire mineral rights from others
(classified as proved or unproved).

o  Exploration costs include geological and geophysical costs, the cost of
carrying and retaining undeveloped properties and exploratory drilling costs.

o  Development costs include the cost of drilling and equipping development
wells and constructing related production facilities for extracting, treating,
gathering and storing oil and gas from proved reserves.

o  Exploration and development costs may be capitalized or expensed, as
applicable. Such costs also include administrative expenses and depreciation
applicable to support equipment associated with these activities. As a result,
the costs incurred will not correlate to Capital and Exploratory Expenditures.

On a worldwide basis, in 1998 we spent $3.45 for each BOE we added. Finding and
development costs averaged $3.91 for the three-year period 1996-1998 and $3.75
per BOE for the five-year period 1994-1998.



<PAGE>

74                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Table V - Costs Incurred

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Consolidated Subsidiaries                Equity
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            Affiliate -
                                                    United       Other                   Other                    Other
(Millions of dollars)                               States        West      Europe        East        Total        East    Worldwide
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>   
For the year ended December 31, 1998
  Proved property acquisition                      $    27      $   --      $   --      $  199      $   226      $   --      $   226
  Unproved property acquisition                         85           1          --          32          118          --          118
  Exploration                                          417          92          65         277          851          19          870
  Development                                        1,073          25         308         204        1,610         160        1,770
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                           $ 1,602      $  118      $  373      $  712      $ 2,805      $  179      $ 2,984
====================================================================================================================================
For the year ended December 31, 1997                                                                                           
  Proved property acquisition                      $ 1,099*     $   --      $   --      $   --      $ 1,099      $   --      $ 1,099
  Unproved property acquisition                        527*          1          --          23          551          --          551
  Exploration                                          480          15          59         234          788          18          806
  Development                                        1,220          62         419         108        1,809         167        1,976
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                           $ 3,326      $   78      $  478      $  365      $ 4,247      $  185      $ 4,432
====================================================================================================================================
For the year ended December 31, 1996                                                                                           
  Proved property acquisition                      $    56      $   --      $   --      $   --      $    56      $   --      $    56
  Unproved property acquisition                         91           5          --          20          116          --          116
  Exploration                                          356          18          90         225          689           9          698
  Development                                          827         107         384         113        1,431         144        1,575
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                           $ 1,330      $  130      $  474      $  358      $ 2,292      $  153      $ 2,445
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>                                                                     


*Includes the acquisition of Monterey Resources on a net cost basis of $1,520
million, which is net of deferred income taxes amounting to $469 million and
$245 million for the acquired proved and unproved properties, respectively.


Table VI - Unit Prices

Average sales prices are calculated using the gross revenues in Table VII.
Average production costs equal producing (lifting) costs, other taxes and the
depreciation, depletion and amortization of support equipment and facilities.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Average sales prices
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Natural                  Natural                  Natural
                             Crude oil     gas per    Crude oil     gas per    Crude oil     gas per
                              and NGL     thousand     and NGL     thousand     and NGL     thousand       Average production costs
                            per barrel  cubic feet   per barrel  cubic feet   per barrel  cubic feet         (per composite barrel)
                            ----------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------    ----------------------------
                                              1998                     1997                     1996       1998      1997      1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    
United States                  $ 10.14     $  1.93      $ 16.32     $  2.32      $ 16.97     $  2.10    $  4.07   $  3.94   $  3.82
Other West                        9.65         .92        14.40        1.03        16.80         .96       1.86      2.80      3.44
Europe                           11.73        2.42        18.41        2.42        20.37        2.47       5.24      5.58      5.95
Other East                        9.61         .38        16.87        1.89        18.61        3.20       3.65      4.11      4.07
Affiliate - Other East            9.81          --        14.89          --        16.30          --       2.68      3.76      3.71
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Table VII - Results of Operations

Results of operations for exploration and production activities consist of all
the activities within our upstream operations, except for crude oil marketing
activities, geothermal and other non-producing activities. As a result, this
table will not correlate to the Analysis of Income by Operating Segments.

o  Revenues are based upon our production that is available for sale and
excludes revenues from resale of third party volumes, equity earnings of certain
smaller affiliates, trading activity and miscellaneous operating income.
Expenses are associated with current year operations but do not include general
overhead and special items.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     75


o  Production costs consist of costs incurred to operate and maintain wells and
related equipment and facilities. These costs also include taxes other than
income taxes and administrative expenses.

o  Exploration costs include dry hole, leasehold impairment, geological and
geophysical expenses, the cost of retaining undeveloped leaseholds and
administrative expenses. Also included are taxes other than income taxes.

o  Depreciation, depletion and amortization includes the amount for support 
equipment and facilities.

o  Estimated income taxes are computed by adjusting each country's income
before income taxes for permanent differences related to the oil and gas
producing activities, then multiplying the result by the country's statutory tax
rate and adjusting for applicable tax credits.


Table VII - Results of Operations


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Consolidated Subsidiaries                Equity
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           United      Other                 Other            Affiliate -
(Millions of dollars)                                      States       West     Europe       East      Total  Other East  Worldwide
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
For the year ended December 31, 1998
Gross revenues from:
  Sales and transfers, including affiliate sales          $ 2,570    $    --    $   438    $   571    $ 3,579    $   454    $ 4,033
  Sales to unaffiliated entities                              218        120        509        122        969         28        997
Production costs                                           (1,066)       (35)      (400)      (250)    (1,751)      (150)    (1,901)
Exploration costs                                            (286)       (31)       (53)      (137)      (507)       (16)      (523)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                     (832)       (22)      (422)      (113)    (1,389)      (106)    (1,495)
Other expenses                                               (198)        --         (4)       (10)      (212)        (1)      (213)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results before estimated income taxes                         406         32         68        183        689        209        898
Estimated income taxes                                        (49)       (14)       (27)      (166)      (256)      (102)      (358)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net results                                            $   357    $    18    $    41    $    17    $   433    $   107    $   540
====================================================================================================================================
For the year ended December 31, 1997
Gross revenues from:
  Sales and transfers, including affiliate sales          $ 3,492    $    --    $   495    $   934    $ 4,921    $   610    $ 5,531
  Sales to unaffiliated entities                              312        165        499        178      1,154         43      1,197
Production costs                                             (986)       (57)      (323)      (249)    (1,615)      (192)    (1,807)
Exploration costs                                            (238)       (10)       (60)      (195)      (503)       (16)      (519)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                     (735)       (27)      (382)      (129)    (1,273)      (110)    (1,383)
Other expenses                                               (249)        --         --        (24)      (273)         9       (264)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results before estimated income taxes                       1,596         71        229        515      2,411        344      2,755
Estimated income taxes                                       (511)       (40)       (85)      (418)    (1,054)      (173)    (1,227)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net results                                            $ 1,085    $    31    $   144    $    97    $ 1,357    $   171    $ 1,528
====================================================================================================================================
For the year ended December 31, 1996
Gross revenues from:
  Sales and transfers, including affiliate sales          $ 3,383    $    --    $   524    $   863    $ 4,770    $   648    $ 5,418
  Sales to unaffiliated entities                              310        140        475        181      1,106         45      1,151
Production costs                                             (937)       (54)      (321)      (215)    (1,527)      (183)    (1,710)
Exploration costs                                            (196)       (27)       (57)      (150)      (430)        (8)      (438)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                     (652)       (24)      (310)      (107)    (1,093)      (110)    (1,203)
Other expenses                                               (241)        (1)        (1)       (40)      (283)         8       (275)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results before estimated income taxes                       1,667         34        310        532      2,543        400      2,943
Estimated income taxes                                       (534)       (26)      (112)      (417)    (1,089)      (212)    (1,301)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net results                                            $ 1,133    $     8    $   198    $   115    $ 1,454    $   188    $ 1,642
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

76                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


Supplemental Market Risk Disclosures

We use derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate, foreign currency
exchange and market rate risks. Derivatives principally include interest rate
and/or currency swap contracts, forward and option contracts to buy and to sell
foreign currencies, and commodity futures, options, swaps and other instruments.
We hedge only a portion of our risk exposures for assets, liabilities,
commitments and future production, purchases and sales. We remain exposed on the
unhedged portion of such risks.

     The estimated sensitivity effects below assume that valuations of all items
within a risk category will move in tandem. This cannot be assured for exposures
involving interest rates, currency exchange rates, petroleum and natural gas.
Users should realize that actual impacts from future interest rate, currency
exchange and petroleum and natural gas price movements will likely differ from
the disclosed impacts due to ongoing changes in risk exposure levels and
concurrent adjustments of hedging derivative positions. Additionally, the range
of variability in prices and rates is representative only of past fluctuations
for each risk category. Past fluctuations in rates and prices may not
necessarily be an indicator of probable future fluctuations.

     Notes 10, 15 and 16 to the financial statements include details of our
hedging activities, fair values of financial instruments, related derivatives
exposures and accounting policies.

Debt and Debt-Related Derivatives

We had variable rate debt of approximately $2.7 billion and $2.0 billion at
year-end 1998 and 1997, before effects of related interest rate swaps. Interest
rate swap notional amounts at year-end 1998 decreased by less than $100 million
from year-end 1997.

     Based on our overall interest rate exposure on variable rate debt and
interest rate swaps at December 31, 1998 (including the interest rate and equity
swap), a hypothetical two percentage points increase or decrease in interest
rates would not materially affect our consolidated financial position, net
income or cash flows.

Forward Exchange and Option Contracts

In 1998, the net notional amount of open forward contracts increased by $831
million. This related mostly to hedging of increased balance sheet monetary
exposures.

     The effect on fair value of our forward exchange contracts at year-end 1998
from a hypothetical 10% change in currency exchange rates would be an increase
or decrease of approximately $207 million. This would be offset by an opposite
effect on the related hedged exposures.

Petroleum and Natural Gas Hedging

In 1998, the notional amount of open derivative contracts increased by $3,423
million, mostly related to natural gas hedging.

     For commodity derivatives permitted to be settled in cash or another
financial instrument, sensitivity effects are as follows. At year-end 1998, the
aggregate effect of a hypothetical 25% change in natural gas prices, a 15%
change in crude oil prices and a 16-21% change in petroleum product prices
(dependent on product and location) would not materially affect our consolidated
financial position, net income or cash flows.

Investments in Debt and Publicly Traded Equity Securities

We are subject to price risk on this unhedged portfolio of available-for-sale
securities. During 1998, market risk exposure decreased by $129 million. At
year-end 1998, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in debt and equity prices
would change portfolio fair value by about $49 million. This assumes no
fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

Preferred Shares of Subsidiaries

We are exposed to interest rate risk on dividend requirements of Series B
preferred shares of Texaco Capital LLC.

     We are exposed to currency exchange risk on the Canadian dollar denominated
Series C preferred shares of Texaco Capital LLC. We are exposed to offsetting
currency exchange risk as well as interest rate risk on a swap contract used to
hedge the Series C.

     Based on the above exposures, a hypothetical two percentage points increase
or decrease in the applicable variable interest rates and a hypothetical 10%
appreciation or depreciation in the Canadian dollar exchange rate would not
materially affect our consolidated financial position, net income or cash flows.

Market Auction Preferred Shares (MAPS)

We are exposed to interest rate risk on dividend requirements of MAPS. A
hypothetical two percentage points increase or decrease in interest rates would
not materially affect our consolidated financial position or cash flows. There
are no derivatives related to MAPS.



<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     77


Selected Financial Data

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 First     Second     Third    Fourth      First     Second     Third    Fourth
                                               Quarter    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Quarter    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
                                               --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
(Millions of dollars)                                                            1998                                      1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    
Revenues
Sales and services                             $ 7,922    $ 7,729   $ 7,481   $ 7,778    $11,813    $10,983   $10,834   $11,557
Equity in income of affiliates, interest,
  asset sales and other                            225        315       226        31        216        513       259       492
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 8,147      8,044     7,707     7,809     12,029     11,496    11,093    12,049
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions
Purchases and other costs                        6,114      5,972     5,836     6,257      9,298      8,671     8,355     8,906
Operating expenses                                 580        645       593       690        781        790       806       874
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses                          276        296       290       362        419        417       450       469
Exploratory expenses                               141         90        93       137         99         93       114       165
Depreciation, depletion and amortization           388        375       409       503        385        372       388       488
Interest expense, taxes other than
  income taxes and minority interest               249        240       237       233        261        247       220       272
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 7,748      7,618     7,458     8,182     11,243     10,590    10,333    11,174
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of accounting change           399        426       249      (373)       786        906       760       875
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes          140         84        34      (160)      (194)       335       270       252
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect
  of accounting change                             259        342       215      (213)       980        571       490       623
Cumulative effect of accounting change             (25)        --        --        --         --         --        --        --
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                              $   234    $   342   $   215   $  (213)   $   980    $   571   $   490   $   623
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonowner changes in equity               $   264    $   344   $   210   $  (246)   $   939    $   596   $   476   $   590
===============================================================================================================================

Net income (loss) per common share (dollars)
Basic
  Income (loss) before cumulative
   effect of accounting change                 $   .46    $   .62   $   .38   $  (.43)   $  1.86    $  1.07   $   .91   $  1.15
  Cumulative effect of
   accounting change                              (.05)        --        --        --         --         --        --        --
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                            $   .41    $   .62   $   .38   $  (.43)   $  1.86    $  1.07   $   .91   $  1.15
                                               ================================================================================
Diluted
  Income (loss) before cumulative
   effect of accounting change                 $   .46    $   .61   $   .38   $  (.43)   $  1.80    $  1.05   $   .90   $  1.12
  Cumulative effect of
   accounting change                              (.04)        --        --        --         --         --        --        --
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                            $   .42    $   .61   $   .38   $  (.43)   $  1.80    $  1.05   $   .90   $  1.12
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

78                                                     TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Five-Year Comparison of Selected Financial Data

(Millions of dollars)                                                            1998        1997       1996       1995        1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>     
For the year:
Revenues from continuing operations                                          $ 31,707    $ 46,667   $ 45,500   $ 36,787    $ 33,353
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
  Continuing operations                                                      $    603    $  2,664   $  2,018   $    728    $    979
  Discontinued operations                                                          --          --         --         --         (69)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes                                           (25)         --         --       (121)         --
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
  Net income                                                                 $    578    $  2,664   $  2,018   $    607    $    910
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Total nonowner changes in equity                                             $    572    $  2,601   $  1,863   $    592    $    972
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) per common share (dollars)
  Basic
   Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
     Continuing operations                                                   $   1.04    $   4.99   $   3.77   $   1.29    $   1.72
     Discontinued operations                                                       --          --         --         --        (.14)
   Cumulative effect of accounting changes                                       (.05)         --         --       (.24)         --
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
   Net income                                                                $    .99    $   4.99   $   3.77   $   1.05    $   1.58
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
  Diluted
   Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes
     Continuing operations                                                   $   1.04    $   4.87   $   3.68   $   1.28    $   1.72
     Discontinued operations                                                       --          --         --         --        (.14)
   Cumulative effect of accounting changes                                       (.05)         --         --       (.23)         --
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
   Net income                                                                $    .99    $   4.87   $   3.68   $   1.05    $   1.58
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends per common share (dollars)                                    $   1.80    $   1.75   $   1.65   $   1.60    $   1.60
Total cash dividends paid on common stock                                    $    952    $    918   $    859   $    832    $    830

At end of year:
Total assets                                                                 $ 28,570    $ 29,600   $ 26,963   $ 24,937    $ 25,505
Debt and capital lease obligations
  Short-term                                                                 $    939    $    885   $    465   $    737    $    917
  Long-term                                                                     6,352       5,507      5,125      5,503       5,564
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Total debt and capital lease obligations                                     $  7,291    $  6,392   $  5,590   $  6,240    $  6,481
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




<PAGE>

TEXACO 1998 ANNUAL REPORT                                                     81


Investor Information

Common Stock -- Market
and Dividend Information:

Texaco Inc. common stock (symbol TX) is traded principally on the New York Stock
Exchange. As of February 25, 1999, there were 209,728 shareholders of record. In
1998,  Texaco's common stock price reached a high of $65.00, and closed December
31, 1998, at $53.00.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Common Stock Price Range
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------
                                                              High          Low           High         Low             Dividends
                                                           -----------------------     -----------------------    ------------------
                                                                    1998                        1997*               1998       1997*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>    
First Quarter                                              $ 65          $ 49 1/16     $ 55 3/4     $ 48 7/8      $  .45     $  .425
Second Quarter                                               63 3/4        55 3/4        57 7/16      50 1/2         .45        .425
Third Quarter                                                64 7/8        55 1/4        61 11/16     54 11/32       .45        .45
Fourth Quarter                                               63 7/8        50 1/4        63 7/16      51 1/8         .45        .45
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

*Reflects two-for-one stock split, effective September 29, 1997.


Stock Transfer Agent and
Shareholder Communications

For information about Texaco
or assistance with your account,
please contact:

Texaco Inc.
Investor Services
2000 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10650-0001
Phone: 1-800-283-9785
Fax: (914) 253-6286
E-mail: [email protected]


NY Drop Agent

ChaseMellon Shareholder Services
120 Broadway - 13th Floor
New York, NY 10271
Phone: (212) 374-2500
Fax: (212) 571-0871


Co-Transfer Agent

Montreal Trust Company
151 Front Street West - 8th Floor
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2N1
Phone: 1-800-663-9097
Fax: (416) 981-9507


Security analysts and institutional
investors should contact:

Elizabeth P. Smith
Vice President, Texaco Inc.
Phone: (914) 253-4478
Fax: (914) 253-6269
E-mail: [email protected]


Annual Meeting

Texaco Inc.'s Annual Shareholders Meeting will be held at the Rye Town Hilton,
Rye Brook, NY, on Tuesday, April 27, 1999. A formal notice of the meeting,
together with a proxy statement and proxy form, is being mailed to shareholders
with this report.

Investor Services Plan

The company's Investor Services Plan offers a variety of benefits to individuals
seeking an easy way to invest in Texaco Inc. common stock. Enrollment in the
Plan is open to anyone, and investors may make initial investments directly
through the company. The Plan features dividend reinvestment, optional cash
investments and custodial service for stock certificates. Texaco's Investor
Services Plan is an excellent way to start an investment program for family or
friends. For a complete informational package, including a Plan prospectus, call
1-800-283-9785, e-mail at [email protected], or visit Texaco's Internet home
page at www.texaco.com.



                                                              EXHIBIT 21
                                                      --------------------------
                                                      Subsidiaries of Registrant
                                                                 1998
Parents of Registrant
       None

Registrant
       Texaco Inc.

The significant  subsidiaries included in the consolidated  financial statements
of the Registrant are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Organized
                                                                                                  under
                                                                                               the laws of
                                                                                           ------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Bridgeline Gas Distribution LLC                                                                Louisiana
FAMM LLC                                                                                       Delaware
Four Star Oil and Gas Company                                                                  Delaware
Heddington Insurance Ltd.                                                                      Bermuda
MVP Production Inc.                                                                            Delaware
Refineria Panama, S.A.                                                                         Panama
S.A. Texaco Belgium N.V.                                                                       Belgium
Saudi Arabian Texaco Inc.                                                                      Delaware
TEPI Holdings Inc.                                                                             Delaware
TRMI Holdings Inc.                                                                             Delaware
Texaco Brazil S.A. - Produtos de Petroleo                                                      Brazil
Texaco California Inc.                                                                         Delaware
Texaco Caribbean Inc.                                                                          Delaware
Texaco Cogeneration Company                                                                    Delaware
Texaco Denmark Inc.                                                                            Delaware
Texaco Exploration and Production Inc.                                                         Delaware
Texaco International Trader Inc.                                                               Delaware
Texaco Investments (Netherlands), Inc.                                                         Delaware
Texaco Limited                                                                                 England
Texaco Natural Gas Inc.                                                                        Delaware
Texaco Nederland B.V.                                                                          Netherlands
Texaco North Sea U.K. Company                                                                  Delaware
Texaco Oil ( Britain) Ltd.                                                                     England
Texaco Overseas Holdings Inc.                                                                  Delaware
Texaco Panama Inc.                                                                             Panama
Texaco Raffinaderij Pernis B.V.                                                                Netherlands
Texaco Refining and Marketing Inc.                                                             Delaware
Texaco Refining and Marketing (East) Inc.                                                      Delaware
Texaco Trading and Transportation Inc.                                                         Delaware
Texaco Trinidad Inc.                                                                           Delaware
Texas Petroleum Company                                                                        New Jersey
</TABLE>

Names of certain  subsidiary  companies are omitted  because,  considered in the
aggregate as a single subsidiary  company,  they do not constitute a significant
subsidiary company.



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1





                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports dated February 25, 1999 included or  incorporated by reference in Texaco
Inc.'s  Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,  1998,  into the  following
previously filed Registration Statements:

             1.  Form S-3                File Number 2-37010
             2.  Form S-3                File Number 33-31148
             3.  Form S-8                File Number 2-67125
             4.  Form S-8                File Number 2-76755
             5.  Form S-8                File Number 2-90255
             6.  Form S-8                File Number 33-34043
             7.  Form S-8                File Number 33-45952
             8.  Form S-8                File Number 33-45953
             9.  Form S-3                File Number 33-50553 and 33-50553-01
            10.  Form S-8                File Number 333-11019
            11.  Form S-3                File Number 333-46527 and 333-46527-01
            12.  Form S-3                File Number 333-68217 and 333-68217-01
            13.  Form S-8                File Number 333-73329




                                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP





New York, N.Y.
March 25, 1999

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2





                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



Texaco Inc.:

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February
8, 1999 relating to the combined balance sheets of the Caltex Group of Companies
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related combined statements of income,
comprehensive income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year  period ended  December 31, 1998,  which report appears in the
December 31, 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Texaco Inc.,  into the following
previously filed Registration Statements:

         1.  Form S-3                File Number 2-37010
         2.  Form S-3                File Number 33-31148
         3.  Form S-8                File Number 2-67125
         4.  Form S-8                File Number 2-76755
         5.  Form S-8                File Number 2-90255
         6.  Form S-8                File Number 33-34043
         7.  Form S-8                File Number 33-45952
         8.  Form S-8                File Number 33-45953
         9.  Form S-3                File Number 33-50553 and 33-50553-01
        10.  Form S-8                File Number 333-11019
        11.  Form S-3                File Number 333-46527 and 333-46527-01
        12.  Form S-3                File Number 333-68217 and 333-68217-01
        13.  Form S-8                File Number 333-73329




                                                         KPMG LLP





Dallas, Texas
March 25, 1999

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3





                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 5,
1999, on our audits of the  consolidated  balance sheets of Equilon  Enterprises
LLC as of December 31, 1998 and January 1, 1998,  and the related  statements of
consolidated  income,  owners' equity and cash flows for the year ended December
31, 1998, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Texaco Inc. for the year
ended  December 31,  1998,  into the  following  previously  filed  Registration
Statements:

         1.     Form S-3           File Number 2-37010
         2.     Form S-3           File Number 33-31148
         3.     Form S-8           File Number 2-67125
         4.     Form S-8           File Number 2-76755
         5.     Form S-8           File Number 2-90255
         6.     Form S-8           File Number 33-34043
         7.     Form S-8           File Number 33-45952
         8.     Form S-8           File Number 33-45953
         9.     Form S-3           File Number 33-50553 and 33-50553-01
        10.     Form S-8           File Number 333-11019
        11.     Form S-3           File Number 333-46527 and 333-46527-01
        12.     Form S-3           File Number 333-68217 and 333-68217-01
        13.     Form S-8           File Number 333-73329




PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP                                   Arthur Andersen LLP
Houston, Texas                                               Houston, Texas
March 25, 1999                                               March 25, 1999

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4



                                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 5,
1999,  on our  audits of the  balance  sheets of  Motiva  Enterprises  LLC as of
December  31,  1998 and July 1,  1998,  and the  related  statements  of income,
owners'  equity and cash flows for the period from  inception  (July 1, 1998) to
December  31, 1998,  included  in the Annual  Report on Form 10-K of Texaco Inc.
for the year ended  December  31,  1998,  into the  following  previously  filed
Registration Statements:

         1.     Form S-3           File Number 2-37010
         2.     Form S-3           File Number 33-31148
         3.     Form S-8           File Number 2-67125
         4.     Form S-8           File Number 2-76755
         5.     Form S-8           File Number 2-90255
         6.     Form S-8           File Number 33-34043
         7.     Form S-8           File Number 33-45952
         8.     Form S-8           File Number 33-45953
         9.     Form S-3           File Number 33-50553 and 33-50553-01
        10.     Form S-8           File Number 333-11019
        11.     Form S-3           File Number 333-46527 and 333-46527-01
        12.     Form S-3           File Number 333-68217 and 333-68217-01
        13.     Form S-8           File Number 333-73329




Arthur Andersen LLP



Deloitte & Touche LLP



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



Houston, Texas
March 25, 1999

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.1



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned,  Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive  Officer of TEXACO INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  hereby  makes,  designates,  constitutes  and appoints  KJESTINE M.
ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH,  and either of them (with full power to act without
the other), as the undersigned's true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,
with full power and  authority to act in any and all  capacities  for and in the
name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in connection with the filing of: (i)
any and  all  registration  statements  and all  amendments  and  post-effective
amendments   thereto   (collectively,   "Registration   Statements")  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and  any  and all  registrations,  qualifications  or  notifications  under  the
applicable  securities laws of any and all states and other jurisdictions,  with
respect to the securities of the Company of whatever  class,  including  without
limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par value $3.125 per share, and
preferred  stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  however  offered,  sold,  issued,
distributed,  placed  or  resold  by the  Company,  by  any  of  its  subsidiary
companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required to effect: (a)
any such filing,  (b) any primary or  secondary  offering,  sale,  distribution,
exchange,  or  conversion  of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any  acquisition,
merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of the Company's
securities, (d) any stock option, restricted stock grant, incentive, investment,
thrift, profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan relating to the Company's
securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock purchase plan relating to
the Company's securities; (ii) the Company's Annual Report to the Securities and
Exchange  Commission for the year ended December 31, 1998, on Form 10-K, and any
and all amendments thereto on Form 8 or otherwise, under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and (iii)  Statements of Changes of
Beneficial  Ownership of  Securities on Form 4 or Form 5 (or such other forms as
may be  designated  from time to time for such  purposes),  pursuant  to Section
16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
1st day of February, 1999.

                               /S/ Peter I. Bijur
                               ------------------
                               Peter I. Bijur
                               Chairman of the Board
                               and Chief Executive Officer

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.2



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  Senior  Vice
President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of TEXACO INC., a Delaware  corporation
(the "Company"), hereby makes, designates,  constitutes and appoints KJESTINE M.
ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH,  and either of them (with full power to act without
the other), as the undersigned's true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,
with full power and  authority to act in any and all  capacities  for and in the
name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in connection with the filing of: (i)
any and  all  registration  statements  and all  amendments  and  post-effective
amendments   thereto   (collectively,   "Registration   Statements")  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and  any  and all  registrations,  qualifications  or  notifications  under  the
applicable  securities laws of any and all states and other jurisdictions,  with
respect to the securities of the Company of whatever  class,  including  without
limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par value $3.125 per share, and
preferred  stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  however  offered,  sold,  issued,
distributed,  placed  or  resold  by the  Company,  by  any  of  its  subsidiary
companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required to effect: (a)
any such filing,  (b) any primary or  secondary  offering,  sale,  distribution,
exchange,  or  conversion  of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any  acquisition,
merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of the Company's
securities, (d) any stock option, restricted stock grant, incentive, investment,
thrift, profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan relating to the Company's
securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock purchase plan relating to
the Company's securities; (ii) the Company's Annual Report to the Securities and
Exchange  Commission for the year ended December 31, 1998, on Form 10-K, and any
and all amendments thereto on Form 8 or otherwise, under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and (iii)  Statements of Changes of
Beneficial  Ownership of  Securities on Form 4 or Form 5 (or such other forms as
may be  designated  from time to time for such  purposes),  pursuant  to Section
16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
19th day of January, 1999.

                              /S/ Patrick J. Lynch
                              --------------------
                              Patrick J. Lynch
                              Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                              (Principal Financial Officer)


                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.3



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  Vice President
and Comptroller of TEXACO INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  hereby
makes,  designates,  constitutes and appoints KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E.
KOCH,  and either of them (with full power to act  without  the  other),  as the
undersigned's true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and
authority to act in any and all capacities for and in the name,  place and stead
of  the  undersigned  in  connection  with  the  filing  of:  (i)  any  and  all
registration statements and all amendments and post-effective amendments thereto
(collectively,  "Registration  Statements") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,   and  any  and  all
registrations,  qualifications or notifications under the applicable  securities
laws of any  and  all  states  and  other  jurisdictions,  with  respect  to the
securities  of the  Company of  whatever  class,  including  without  limitation
thereon the Company's  Common Stock,  par value $3.125 per share,  and preferred
stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however offered,  sold, issued,  distributed,
placed or resold by the Company, by any of its subsidiary  companies,  or by any
other person or entity, that may be required to effect: (a) any such filing, (b)
any primary or secondary offering, sale,  distribution,  exchange, or conversion
of the Company's  securities,  (c) any acquisition,  merger,  reorganization  or
consolidation involving the issuance of the Company's securities,  (d) any stock
option, restricted stock grant, incentive,  investment,  thrift, profit sharing,
or other employee benefit plan relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any
dividend   reinvestment  or  stock  purchase  plan  relating  to  the  Company's
securities;  (ii) the  Company's  Annual Report to the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  for the year ended  December 31, 1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all
amendments thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,  under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), and (iii) Statements of Changes of Beneficial
Ownership  of  Securities  on Form 4 or Form 5 (or  such  other  forms as may be
designated  from time to time for such  purposes),  pursuant to Section 16(a) of
the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
18th day of January, 1999.

                              /S/Robert C. Oelkers
                              --------------------
                              Robert C. Oelkers
                              Vice President and Comptroller
                              (Principal Accounting Officer)

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.4



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
22nd day of January, 1999.

                             /S/ A. Charles Baillie
                             ----------------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.5



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
18th day of March, 1999.

                                /S/ John Brademas
                                -----------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.6



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her name as of the
2nd day of February, 1999.

                                /S/ Mary K. Bush
                                ----------------


                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.7



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
18th day of March, 1999.

                             /S/ Willard C. Butcher
                             ----------------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.8



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
25th day of January, 1999.

                             /S/ Edmund M. Carpenter
                             -----------------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.9



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
19th day of January, 1999.

                              /S/ Michael C. Hawley
                              ---------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.10



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
25th day of January, 1999.

                             /S/ Franklyn G. Jenifer
                             -----------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.11



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
28th day of January, 1999.

                                  /S/ Sam Nunn
                                  ------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.12



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
27th day of January, 1999.

                            /S/ Charles H. Price, II
                            ------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.13



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------



         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
29th day of January, 1999.

                             /S/ Charles R. Shoemate
                             -----------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.14



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------



         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her name as of the
27th day of January, 1999.

                               /S/ Robin B. Smith
                               ------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.15



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------



         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
20th day of January, 1999.

                           /S/ William C. Steere, Jr.
                           --------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24.16



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                -----------------

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned,  a director of
TEXACO INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby makes,  designates,
constitutes and appoints  KJESTINE M. ANDERSON and ROBERT E. KOCH, and either of
them (with full power to act without the other), as the  undersigned's  true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power and authority to act in any
and all  capacities for and in the name,  place and stead of the  undersigned in
connection with the filing of: (i) any and all  registration  statements and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments thereto  (collectively,  "Registration
Statements")  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  any and all  registrations,  qualifications  or
notifications  under the  applicable  securities  laws of any and all states and
other  jurisdictions,  with respect to the securities of the Company of whatever
class,  including  without  limitation  thereon the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $3.125 per share, and preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,  however
offered, sold, issued,  distributed,  placed or resold by the Company, by any of
its subsidiary companies, or by any other person or entity, that may be required
to effect:  (a) any such filing,  (b) any primary or secondary  offering,  sale,
distribution,  exchange,  or  conversion of the  Company's  securities,  (c) any
acquisition,  merger,  reorganization or consolidation involving the issuance of
the  Company's  securities,  (d)  any  stock  option,  restricted  stock  grant,
incentive,  investment,  thrift,  profit sharing, or other employee benefit plan
relating to the Company's securities,  or (e) any dividend reinvestment or stock
purchase plan relating to the Company's  securities;  (ii) the Company's  Annual
Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended December 31,
1998, on Form 10-K, and any and all  amendments  thereto on Form 8 or otherwise,
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  and
(iii)  Statements of Changes of Beneficial  Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or
Form 5 (or such  other  forms as may be  designated  from  time to time for such
purposes), pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

         Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing  grant of authority,
such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, are hereby granted full
power  and  authority,  on  behalf  of and in the  name,  place and stead of the
undersigned,   to  execute  and  deliver  all  such   Registration   Statements,
registrations,  qualifications,  or notifications,  the Company's Form 10-K, any
and all  amendments  thereto,  statements  of  changes,  and  any and all  other
documents  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  and take such other and further
action as such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, deem necessary
or   appropriate.   The  powers   and   authorities   granted   herein  to  such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and either of them, also include the full right,
power  and  authority  to  effect  necessary  or  appropriate  substitutions  or
revocations.  The undersigned hereby ratifies,  confirms, and adopts, as his own
act and deed, all action  lawfully taken pursuant to the powers and  authorities
herein granted by such  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or either of them, or by
their  respective  substitutes.  This Power of Attorney expires by its terms and
shall be of no further force and effect on March 31, 2000.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the
18th day of February, 1999.

                            /S/ Thomas A. Vanderslice
                            -------------------------

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
TEXACO INC.'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-1-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                             249
<SECURITIES>                                        22
<RECEIVABLES>                                    3,983
<ALLOWANCES>                                        28
<INVENTORY>                                      1,154
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 5,636
<PP&E>                                          35,494
<DEPRECIATION>                                  20,733
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  28,570
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            5,264
<BONDS>                                          6,352
                                0
                                        673
<COMMON>                                         1,700
<OTHER-SE>                                       9,460
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    28,570
<SALES>                                         30,910
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                31,707
<CGS>                                           24,179
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   26,687
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 3,839
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 480
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    701
<INCOME-TAX>                                        98
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                603
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                         (25)
<NET-INCOME>                                       578
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.99<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.99
<FN>
<F1>EPS-PRIMARY REPRESENTS BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATEMENT
OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARD 128.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission